PD - Ex-Im Bank

Planet Debate 2014
Ex-Im Bank DA
FYI About the Export-Import Bank.........................................................10

Ex-Im 1NC...................................................................................................... 10
Ex Im Nuclear Power Scenario.................................................................15
Ex-Im 1NC? Turns Case/-- Econ/Manufacturing, Hegemony......................18
Ex-Im 2NC Overview................................................................................... 20
Uniqueness................................................................................................. 22
A2: Thumpers.......................................................................................... 23
A2: Immigration Thumper........................................................................25
2NC UQ Will Pass................................................................................26
Ex-Im U 9/7............................................................................................ 27
Yes Push -- Obama................................................................................... 31
Obama Push/PC Key/A2: Thumpers..........................................................33
Another Nuclear Power IL.........................................................................34
A2: Inclusion in CR Makes Ex-Im Inevitable..............................................35
A2: No Senate Vote..................................................................................36
A2: UQ Overwhelms the Link...................................................................37
A2: Ex-Im Bad............................................................................................. 39
A2: Ex-Im Not K2/Hurts Economy.............................................................40
A2: Ex-Im Bad Corporate Welfare..........................................................42
A2: Ex-Im Bad Crowds-Out....................................................................43
A2: Ex-Im Bad Kills Airlines....................................................................44
A2: US Not K2 Global Economy................................................................45
A2: No Competitors..................................................................................46
A2: privates could do it............................................................................47
A2: Deals Could Get Funded Without the Bank........................................48
Impact......................................................................................................... 49
2NC Nuclear Leadership...........................................................................50
2NC Competitiveness...............................................................................54
2NC Economy Structural Violence.........................................................55
2NC Turns Manufacturing.........................................................................56
2NC Naval Power...................................................................................... 59
Nuclear Leadership Ext Ex-Im Key.........................................................61
2NC Nuclear Leadership Warming.........................................................62
Small Business/Economy.........................................................................63
A2: Biodiversity Outweighs......................................................................65
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
A2: Structural Violence Outweighs...........................................................66

Extension Solves Nuclear Proliferation...................................................67
2NC Nuclear Leadership Warming.........................................................68
Solves Desalination.................................................................................. 76
Solves Oil and Natural Gas Reliance/Resource Conflicts..........................78
Nuclear Solves Energy Independence......................................................80
Ex-Im Solves Tech Leadership..................................................................81
AT: Nuclear hurts environment.................................................................82
AT: prolif/ terror........................................................................................ 84
AT: Cancer................................................................................................ 89
AT Fukushima (environmental disaster)...................................................91
**AT: Plan solves better............................................................................94
Impact extension..................................................................................... 99
Bio/ Chem terror solvency......................................................................103
ECONOMY IMPACTS!..................................................................................104
Economy Impact.......................................................................................... 105
*Uniqueness*............................................................................................... 106
Economy Fed Action Doesnt Solve.....................................................107
*Impacts*..................................................................................................... 112
Growth Good................................................................................................ 113
Critical....................................................................................................... 114
Economy Solves Movements/Activism...................................................115
Poverty link turns their kritik..................................................................116
Poverty link turns their kritik..................................................................117
Economy Impact vs. Critical Affs............................................................118
Economy Turns K Affs............................................................................. 119
Economy Turns Minorities......................................................................120
Economy Turns Racism..........................................................................121
Economy Turns the case: Imperialism/Movements/Racism....................123
Economy Turns the Case: Imperialism...................................................124
Economy Turns Indigenous People/Genocide.........................................125
Economy Turns Militarism......................................................................126
Economy Turns Human Rights...............................................................127
De-Dev Bad............................................................................................... 129
De-Dev Bad Backlash..........................................................................130
De-Dev Bad Trainer Indicts..................................................................131
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
De-Dev Bad Human Nature.................................................................133

De-Dev Bad Growth Inevitable............................................................135
De-Dev Bad Inevitable- Brain Chem....................................................136
De-Dev Bad Mindset............................................................................138
De-Dev Bad A2: Recession..................................................................140
De-Dev Bad Hypergrowth....................................................................141
AT: Dedev............................................................................................... 142
AT: Dedev ext......................................................................................... 144
AT: Dedev - Zero-Economy Bad..............................................................146
Democracy................................................................................................ 147
Growth Good Democracy....................................................................148
Economy Solves Democracy..................................................................150
Economy Solves Democracy..................................................................151
Environment.............................................................................................. 152
UQ- General........................................................................................... 153
UQ- Drinking Water................................................................................ 155
UQ- Oceans............................................................................................ 156
General.................................................................................................. 157
Technology............................................................................................. 163
So2 I/L.................................................................................................... 166
Warming................................................................................................. 167
Desertification........................................................................................ 170
Species.................................................................................................. 172
Oceans................................................................................................... 173
AT: Carrying Capacity Theory.................................................................175
Economic Collapse Causes Fossil Fuel Consumption..............................176
Economy Solves Environment................................................................177
Economy Solves Environment- Tech.......................................................180
Economy Solves Air Pollution.................................................................181
Economy Solves Deforestation..............................................................183
Economy Solves Resource Scarcity........................................................185
Famine...................................................................................................... 186
Growth Good Famine...........................................................................187
Growth Good Famine...........................................................................188
Economy Solves Food Security/Famine..................................................189
Economy Solves Water Scarcity.............................................................190
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
Health....................................................................................................... 191
Growth Good Health General............................................................192
Growth Good Health General............................................................194
Growth Good Health General UQ....................................................196
Growth Good Health Infant Mortality................................................197
Growth Good Health Infant Mortality UQ........................................198
Growth Good Health AIDS UQ.........................................................200
Growth Good Health Ebola UQ.......................................................203
Growth Good Health TB....................................................................204
Growth Good Health TB....................................................................206
Growth Good Health TB UQ............................................................207
Growth Good Health Biotech.............................................................209
Growth Good Health Biotech UQ....................................................211
Growth Good Health Avian Flu..........................................................212
Growth Good Health Avian Flu UQ..................................................214
Economy Solves Disease.......................................................................216
Economy Solves Sustainability/Justice...................................................217
Heg........................................................................................................... 218
Growth Good Heg................................................................................219
Growth Good Heg................................................................................221
Economy Solves Heg.............................................................................. 222
International Cooperation.........................................................................223
Economic Collapse Stops International Cooperation..............................224
Economic Collapse Stops International Cooperation..............................225
Overpopulation......................................................................................... 227
Economy Solves Population/Fertility......................................................228
Economy Solves Population...................................................................229
Poverty...................................................................................................... 230
Growth Good Poverty..........................................................................231
Economy Solves Rich-Poor Gap/ Poverty................................................233
Prolif.......................................................................................................... 234
Growth Good Prolif..............................................................................235
Economy Solves Prolif............................................................................ 236
Space........................................................................................................ 237
Growth Good Space General.............................................................238
Growth Good Space General.............................................................239
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
Growth Good Space - NASA.................................................................240

Growth Good Space Nanotech..........................................................241
Growth Good Space Skynet..............................................................242
Growth Good Space Asteroids...........................................................243
Economy Solves Space..........................................................................244
Terrorism................................................................................................... 245
Growth Good Terrorism........................................................................246
Economy Solves Terrorism.....................................................................249
War............................................................................................................ 251
Generic.................................................................................................. 252
Bearden Evidence..................................................................................253
Lopez Evidence...................................................................................... 254
Interdependence.................................................................................... 256
Diversionary Theory...............................................................................260
Self-Correcting....................................................................................... 262
Russia.................................................................................................... 263
Middle East............................................................................................ 268
AT: Goldstein.......................................................................................... 269
AT: Goldstein- Wave theory....................................................................272
AT: Water Wars....................................................................................... 275
AT: Resource Wars.................................................................................. 276
Economy Solves North Korea War..........................................................277
Economy Solves China War....................................................................278
Economy Solves China nationalism........................................................280
Economy Solves Asian War/Taiwan........................................................281
AT: Great Depression Analogy Flawed....................................................282
A2: Decoupling Solves the Impact.........................................................283
A2: Decoupling Solves the Impact.........................................................284
A2: Decline Doesnt Cause War..............................................................285
Growth Bad.................................................................................................. 287
De-Dev Good............................................................................................. 288
De-Dev Good Transition Solvency........................................................289
De-Dev Good Transition Solvency........................................................290
De-Dev Good Transition Now Key........................................................291
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA

De-Dev Good Transition Inevitable......................................................295
De-Dev Good Transition Inevitable......................................................297
De-Dev Good A2: No Tech...................................................................298
De-Dev Good A2: Backlash..................................................................299
De-Dev Good A2: Mindset...................................................................300
De-Dev Good Hundredth Monkey........................................................303
De-Dev Good A2: Growth Inevitable....................................................304
De-Dev Good At: Transition Wars.........................................................305
Democracy................................................................................................ 310
Growth Bad Democracy.......................................................................311
Envrionment.............................................................................................. 313
Growth Bad Environment Extinction.................................................314
Growth Bad Environment - General.....................................................316
Growth Bad Environment - General.....................................................318
Growth Bad Environment AT: Tech Solves.........................................319
Growth Bad Environment AT: Tech Solves.........................................321
Growth Bad Environment Warming Module......................................322
Growth Bad Environment Warming UQ..........................................323
Growth Bad Environment Warming...................................................324
Growth Bad Environment - Drinking Water Module.............................328
Growth Bad Environment - Drinking Water Module.............................329
Growth Bad Environment - Drinking Water UQ.................................330
Growth Bad Environment - Drinking Water..........................................331
Growth Bad Environment - Deforestation............................................333
Growth Bad Environment Defo UQ.................................................334
Growth Bad Environment Species Module........................................335
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
Growth Bad Environment Species UQ............................................336

Growth Bad Environment Species.....................................................337
Growth Bad Environment Species.....................................................339
Growth Bad Environment Oceans.....................................................341
Growth Bad Environment Overpopulation.........................................343
Growth Bad Environment Overpopulation.........................................345
Growth Bad Environment Overpopulation UQ................................347
Growth Bad Environment Ozone.......................................................348
Growth Bad Environment - AT: Tech.....................................................349
Growth Bad Environment - AT: Motive.................................................350
Growth Bad Environment - AT: Service Industry..................................351
Famine...................................................................................................... 352
Growth Bad Famine............................................................................. 353
Health....................................................................................................... 354
Growth Bad Health General..............................................................355
Growth Bad Health General UQ......................................................360
Growth Bad Health Avian Flu............................................................361
Growth Bad Health Avian Flu UQ....................................................362
Growth Bad Health TB.......................................................................363
Growth Bad Health TB.......................................................................364
Growth Bad Health TB UQ..............................................................366
Growth Bad Health AIDS...................................................................367
Growth Bad Health AIDS UQ...........................................................369
Growth Bad Health Ebola..................................................................370
Growth Bad Health Ebola UQ..........................................................372
Growth Bad Health Infant Mortality..................................................373
Growth Bad Health Infant Mortality UQ..........................................374
Growth Bad Health Biotech...............................................................376
Growth Bad Health Biotech UQ......................................................378
Heg........................................................................................................... 379
Growth Bad A2: Growth = Heg............................................................380
Growth Bad A2: Growth = Heg............................................................382
Poverty...................................................................................................... 383
Growth Bad Poverty............................................................................. 384
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
Growth Bad Poverty............................................................................. 385

Growth Bad Poverty Structural Violence...........................................386
Terrorism................................................................................................... 387
Growth Bad Terrorism..........................................................................388
War............................................................................................................ 390
Growth Bad War..................................................................................391
Growth Bad War..................................................................................392
Growth Bad War..................................................................................393
Growth Bad War Long Waves............................................................394
Growth Bad War Resources...............................................................399
Growth Bad War North/South............................................................403
Growth Bad War China US Heg.......................................................404
Growth Bad War China US Heg.......................................................405
Growth Bad War China Aggression.................................................406
Growth Bad War China Aggression.................................................408
Growth Bad War China Arms Races................................................410
Growth Bad War China Arms Races................................................411
Growth Bad War China US/ China Rels...........................................412
Growth Bad War Environment...........................................................413
Economy Impact Answers......................................................................414
Extensions Decoupling........................................................................415
Extensions Decline Doesnt Cause War...............................................417
Internal Links................................................................................................ 418
Cuts dont help....................................................................................... 419
Right Wing Fails..................................................................................... 420
Uncertainty Internal Link........................................................................421
A2: Economy Resilent............................................................................ 422
Extensions Resilent.............................................................................424
A2: Inflation Solves................................................................................ 426
AT: Depression Impact Automatic Stabilizers Solve..........................427
AT: Automatic Stabilizers........................................................................429
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
AT: Kritiks of Calculability.......................................................................430

Recession Leads to Depression..............................................................432
Slow Economy Causes Collapse.............................................................433
AT: K Waves............................................................................................ 434
A2: US Not Key to Global Economy........................................................435
A2: Fed Intervention/Monetary Intervention Solves...............................436
A2: Fed Intervention/Monetary Intervention Solves...............................437
A2: Fed/Monterary Intervention Solves..................................................438
Productivity Key to Economy..................................................................439
AT: The Fed Checks................................................................................ 440
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
10
FYI About the Export-Import Bank

http://blogs.wsj.com/washwire/2014/06/24/export-import-bank-101/
Q: Is this an agency or a bank?

A: Both. The Ex-Im Bank is a federal agency, created by the White House in
the 1930s. It receives and returns money to the U.S. Treasury Department. Its
mission is to support U.S. exports by helping provide loans, credit insurance,
and loan guarantees, among other things, on U.S. goods shipped all over the
world. It technically makes money, but it has credit exposure and if it made
bad decisions or took on too many risks, it could lose money. It is certainly a
type of bank. It makes loan decisions, and recoups interest and fees.
Q: What is happening to it?

A: The agencys charter expires at the end of September. If it isnt
reauthorized, it will essentially be unable to originate new loans or accept
new credit applications. It wont disappear, necessarily, as it will still have a
book of business to manage and monitor, but it will slowly shrink and
eventually be out of business.
Q: Why is the government in the export business? Isnt

that what Vandelay Industries is for?
A: Many in Congress - virtually all Democrats and a number of Republicans believe the agency is necessary to help promote U.S. exports. The more U.S.
exports, they believe, the better the economy will perform, the more jobs will
be created, etc. But a number of Republicans, including some senior ones,
believe this agency is getting in the way and interfering with the private flow
of capital. A number of conservative interest groups want this agency to be
shuttered.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
11
Ex-Im 1NC
Momentum for a deal
Financial Times, 9-4, 14, http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/b4378f38-345011e4-b81c-00144feabdc0.html#axzz3COBU9MQU
US lawmakers are closing in on a compromise that would temporarily
extend the life of a business-friendly federal credit agency and avert
another government shutdown, say congressional aides. Party
leaders are pushing to seal a deal that would give a short-term
reprieve to the US Export-Import Bank, a credit agency that helps big
companies by supporting foreign purchases of US products, but is loathed by
conservative Republicans. High quality global journalism requires investment.
Conservative Republicans affiliated with the Tea Party have railed against
ExIm Bank as an instrument of corporate welfare and threatened to use the
expiration of its current authorisation on September 30 to close it down. But
aides in the Republican-controlled House of Representatives said party
leaders were close to an agreement on a short-term reauthorisation
for a few months or as much as a year, which would postpone the larger
battle over its future. High quality global journalism requires investment.
Please share this article with others using the link below, do not cut & paste
the article. See our Ts&Cs and Copyright Policy for more detail. An aide to
House Democratic leaders, whose preference is for a multiyear
reauthorisation for ExIm Bank, said: I dont think theres going to be any
major reauthorisation, but the thought is that they include some short-term
extension in the continuing resolution. An alternative for Republican leaders
who control the House agenda is to have a separate, standalone vote on
ExIm Bank. The bank is a vital prop for big businesses such as Boeing,
General Electric and Caterpillar and the threat to it has prompted a vigorous
pro-ExIm campaign by the corporate establishment. The anti-ExIm campaign
in Congress has been led by Jeb Hensarling, the conservative Republican
chairman of the House financial services committee. On Wednesday his
spokesman denied a report that the congressman had already reached a deal
on ExIm with John Boehner, the Speaker of the House. Stephen Myrow, a
former Treasury official, said House Republican leaders did not need to strike
a deal with conservatives because ExIm could be reauthorised with the
combined votes of moderate Republicans and some Democrats.
Political Capital is key to reauthorizing ExIm Banks

charter
WSJ 6/24 [ Export-Import Bank 101 Jun 24, 2014
http://blogs.wsj.com/washwire/2014/06/24/export-import-bank-101/
Q: What do businesses think? A: Hard to generalize. Theres a big coalition of
companies, led by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the National Association of Manufacturers,
that is pushing to get the agencys charter reauthorized. But some other
businesses, notably Delta Air Lines DAL -1.26%, have in the past called for the agencys powers to be
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
12
scaled back dramatically, fearing that cheap financing helps their overseas rivals. Deltas message is
if the
smaller companies
shifting, however, now that the agency is on the ropes. Q: Which company has the most to lose
Ex-Im Bank isnt reauthorized?
A: Thats complicated. Some
could probably lose a lot , if their entire business model is based on Ex-Im support. But based
on sheer volume of financing,
Boeing Co.BA -1.78%, the largest U.S. exporter, would be in for
a shock if the agency was shut down. Check out page 38 of the Ex-Im Banks most
recent annual report. It lists countries where the bank approved long-term financing. Just in countries that
start with K and L - Kazakhstan, Korea, Kuwait, and Luxembourg - seven deals were approved. Those deals
all benefited one company. You guessed it, Boeing. But Boeings biggest competitors, Airbus, based in
France, routinely gets government financing help from Europe. So Boeings argument is if the Ex-Im is shut
down, it will be competing on an unlevel playing field. Q: What is the new investigation about? A: Because
the agency makes financing decisions, a lot of companies have a lot to win or lose based on whether the
agencys gives thumbs up or thumbs down to their ideas. The agencys inspector general is looking into
whether emplo WSJ 6/24 [ Export-Import Bank 101 Jun 24, 2014
http://blogs.wsj.com/washwire/2014/06/24/export-import-bank-101/|prs] yees accepted kickbacks and gifts
in exchange for helping at least one firm secure financing. Q: OK. So theres a federal agency I never paid
much attention to and it might or might not go away. Why should I care? A: The drama that is unfolding is
If the Ex-Im Bank is wound down, the impact on

Supporters of the agency believe it would have a
worth watching for a number of reasons.

the economy is uncertain.
devastating impact , while opponents of the company believe it would be just the jolt of freemarket capitalism that the economy needs to stand on its own two feet. Politically, this marks a big test for
Will Democrats go to bat for an agency that

supports a select pocket of companies? Will Republicans split into
different camps? Q: Who are the people worth watching as this unfolds? A: Start with incoming
House Majority Leader Kevin McCarthy (R., Calif.). He lit some business leaders hair
on fire when he proclaimed this weekend that he wanted the bank to
go out of business. He voted to support the agency in 2012, and his
pivot helps the conservative wing of the party gain momentum to
Democrats as well as Republicans.
shut the place down . Another key figure is Speaker of the House John Boehner
(R., Ohio). A lot of business leaders who support the bank believe hes their best shot for a Hail Mary pass
The roles of President Barack Obama and Senate Majority Leader

Harry Reid (D., Nev.) will also be pivotal . Will they really expend political
capital to fight for this agency?
as October approaches.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
13
Ex-im is the lynchpin of the economy---reauthorization is

key to prevent collapse
Brunell, 3-12 (Don, President @ Washington Association of Business,
Export-Import Bank fuels trade and job growth, Kitsap Peninsula Business
Journal, p. kpbj.com/business_weekly/2012-0312/export_import_bank_fuels_trade_and_job_growth)
It started in 1935 with a $3.8 million loan to Cuba for the purchase of U.S. silver ingots. That loan, backed by the U.S.
government, was the beginning of the Export-Import Bank. Today, the bank helps finance
export sales by thousands of U.S. manufacturers. While it is little-known outside our

nations capital, the Export-Import Bank is a lynchpin of our economy . It
provides direct loans, loan guarantees and insurance to help finance sales of American goods and
services overseas. In 2011, the Export-Import Bank provided $32 billion in financing,
supporting more than $41 billion in export sales from more than 3,600 U.S. companies. More than 85 percent of those
transactions directly supported small business. Those exports, in turn, support approximately 290,000
export-related American jobs. For example, financing from the Export-Import Bank is critical to the
success of The Boeing Company. Beleaguered airlines around the world need to replace aging fleets with more fuel
efficient jet liners. Boeing is competing with manufacturers in Europe, Canada, Brazil and China to win those
contracts, and in that highly competitive environment, financing options are important. For our manufacturers, the
Export-Import Bank is a vital link in U.S. export sales , and it is one government-
backed program that is returning money to the U.S. Treasury some $195 million last year and more than $3.4
billion in the last five years. It operates at no cost to the taxpayer. But theres a glitch. The Export-Import
Bank is currently operating under an extension that expires on May 31.

Congress must pass legislation to reauthorize the bank for the long term and
substantially increase its lending authority. Absent congressional action, it will run out of
funding ability, derailing pending sales of U.S. manufactured products and harming
manufacturing companies of all sizes.
Economic decline causes global war

Royal 10 (Jedediah, Director of Cooperative Threat Reduction U.S.
Department of Defense, Economic Integration, Economic Signaling and the
Problem of Economic Crises, Economics of War and Peace: Economic, Legal
and Political Perspectives, Ed. Goldsmith and Brauer, p. 213-215)
Less intuitive is how periods of economic decline may increase the likelihood of
external conflict . Political science literature has contributed a moderate degree of attention to the impact of
economic decline and the security and defence behaviour of interdependent states. Research in this vein has been
considered at systemic, dyadic and national levels. Several notable contributions follow. First, on the systemic level, Pollins
rhythms in the
global economy are associated with the rise and fall of a preeminent power and the often bloody transition from one pre-eminent
leader to the next. As such, exogenous shocks such as economic crises could usher
in a redistribution of relative power (see also Gilpin. 1981) that leads to uncertainty about
power balances, increasing the risk of miscalculation (Feaver, 1995). Alternatively, even
a relatively certain redistribution of power could lead to a
permissive environment for conflict as a rising power may seek to challenge a declining
(2008) advances Modelski and Thompson's (1996) work on leadership cycle theory, finding that
power (Werner. 1999). Separately, Pollins (1996) also shows that global economic cycles combined with parallel leadership
cycles impact the likelihood of conflict among major, medium and small powers, although he suggests that the causes and
connections between global economic conditions and security conditions remain unknown. Second, on a dyadic level,
Copeland's (1996, 2000) theory of trade expectations suggests that 'future
expectation of trade' is
a significant variable in understanding economic conditions and
security behaviour of states. He argues that interdependent states are likely to gain pacific benefits
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
14
if the expectations
of future trade decline, particularly for difficult to replace items such as energy resources, the
from trade so long as they have an optimistic view of future trade relations. However,
likelihood for conflict increases , as states will be inclined to use

force to gain access to those resources. Crises could potentially be the
trigger for decreased trade expectations either on its own or because it triggers protectionist
moves by interdependent states.4 Third, others have considered the link between
economic decline and external armed conflict at a national level.
Blomberg and Hess (2002) find a s trong correlat ion between internal
conflict and external
conflict,
particularly during
periods of
economic
downturn . They write: The linkages between internal and external conflict and prosperity are strong and mutually
reinforcing. Economic conflict tends to spawn internal conflict, which in turn returns the favour. Moreover, the
presence of a recession tends to amplify the extent to which

international and external conflicts self-reinforce each other . (Blomberg &
Hess, 2002. p. 89) Economic decline has also been linked with an increase in
the likelihood of terrorism (Blomberg, Hess, & Weerapana, 2004), which has the capacity to spill
across borders and lead to external tensions. Furthermore, crises generally reduce the popularity of a sitting government.
"Diversionary theory" suggests that, when facing unpopularity arising

from economic decline, sitting governments have increased incentives
to fabricate external military conflicts to create a 'rally around the
flag' effect. Wang (1996), DeRouen (1995). and Blomberg, Hess, and Thacker (2006) find supporting evidence
showing that economic decline and use of force are at least indirectly correlated. Gelpi (1997), Miller (1999), and
the tendency towards diversionary tactics

are greater for democratic states than autocratic states, due to the fact that democratic leaders
Kisangani and Pickering (2009) suggest that
are generally more susceptible to being removed from office due to lack of domestic support. DeRouen (2000) has
periods of weak economic performance in the U nited

S tates, and thus weak Presidential popularity, are statistically linked to an increase in
the use of force. In summary, recent economic scholarship positively correlates economic integration with an
increase in the frequency of economic crises, whereas political science scholarship links
provided evidence showing that
economic decline with external conflict at systemic, dyadic and

national levels.5 This implied connection between integration, crises and armed conflict has not featured
prominently in the economic-security debate and deserves more attention.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
15
Ex Im Nuclear Power Scenario

Ex-Im bank key to nuclear exports and US leadership
NEI 6/27
[Nuclear Energy Institute Press Release Industry Urges House Panel to
Reauthorize Ex-Im Bank
Lexis]
The Nuclear Energy Institute, in written testimony to the House Financial Services
Committee for a June 25 hearing on reauthorizing the Export-Import Bank of the United States, says
the bank is one of the most important tools available to promote
U.S. nuclear energy exports to the large and growing global
market. When a U.S. supplier wins a major nuclear power plant tender, it establishes relationships
that can endure for decades through the supply of fuel, equipment and services, NEI President and CEO
Marvin Fertel wrote. A
strong and reliable Ex-Im Bank will enable U.S.

nuclear energy suppliers to compete for and win international
nuclear energy tenders, add billions of dollars of U.S. exports and
tens of thousands of American jobs, and promote other U.S. national
interests, Fertel said.
US nuclear exports critical to the survival of the nuclear

non-proliferation regime
Domenici, Senator (R NM), chair of Senate Energy and Natural
Resources Committee, 04
(Pete, A Brighter Tomorrow, p. 115-21, Stimulatedeffectiveness and
influence.)
. American leadership helped to build
the global nonproliferation regime. From the outset, the United States took
the lead in developing the rules of the road regarding international nuclear
commerce that have become the basis of other countries nonproliferation
policies. We did much to help set the standard for acceptable behavior. In
1954 the United States amended the Atomic Energy Act to require that
countries must have a bilateral nuclear co operation agreement with the
United States before an export of special nuclear materials or reactors to
them could take place. Led by the United States, the international community
undertook the commitment to halt the spread of the possession of nuclear
weapons beyond those that already possessed them, as well as the spread of
nuclear materials and technologies into the hands of terrorists. The
international nonproliferation regime now includes a complex web of
international treaties, national laws, bilateral and multilateral agreements,
and international organizations and national agencies to stop the spread of
nuclear weapons and other nuclear devices.
The United States was a driving force behind the development of the key
foundation in the international nonproliferation regime, the Nuclear Non
It is time to take stock of what the United States has helped to create
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
16
proliferation Treaty (NPT), which came into force in 1970. The signatories to
this treaty agreed that:
nonweapons states will not acquire nuclear weapons and will allow
international inspection of their civilian fuel cycle programs to ensure
materials are not diverted to weapons purposes;
the five declared nuclear weapons statesChina, France, Russia, the United
Kingdom, and the United Statesmay not aid other nations in developing
nuclear weapons;
the nuclear weapons states commit to the eventual disarmament of all of
their nuclear weapons; and
they also commit to collaborate with nonweapons states in the
development of civilian nuclear energy programs.
Even before that, the United States helped build and nurture the IAEA, an arm of the United Nations that oversees the signatories compliance
with NPT obligations. Through its safeguards policies and systems, the IAEA inspects and verifies that nonweapons states do not divert nuclear
materials for weapons purposes. A major component of the regime is the international group of supplier nations that have established
guidelines for their members governing the export of nuclear materials and related technologies. In addition, there are international
guidelines established by the IAEA to apply to physical security arrangements for the storage, shipment, and usage of nuclear materials.
The Nuclear Nonproliferation Act of 1978 (P.L.95-242) established the requirement that any non-nuclear-weapon country wishing to acquire
special nuclear materials and equipment from the United States must first accept safeguards on all of its nuclear facilities. With the exception
of China, a nu clear weapons state, all nuclear suppliers have adopted these standards. In retrospect, while the safeguards concept was
admirable, we see that the United States unilateral imposition of new requirements on our nuclear trading partners was similar to the Carter
administrations attempt to dictate fuel cycle policies to other trading partners.
American leadership has been vital in the continual improvement of the

nonproliferation regime. However, often in the process, the attitudes taken by
some U.S. administrations (starting with President Carters and to a lesser
degree repeated by the Clinton administration) suggesting that we are
hostile to nuclear power or theologically opposed to closed fuel cycles
have impaired our effectiveness and influence.
Proliferation causes nuclear war

Samuel Totten, Associate Professor in the College of Education at the University
of Arkansas, The Widening Circle of Genocide, 1994, p. 289
There are numerous dangers inherent in the spread of nuclear weapons, including but not limited to the
following: the possibility that a nation threatened by destruction in a conventional war may resort to the use
of its nuclear weapons; the miscalculation of a threat of an attack and the subsequent use of nuclear
weapons in order to stave off the suspected attack; a nuclear weapons accident due to carelessness or flawed
technology (e.g., the accidental launching of a nuclear weapon); the use of such weapons by an unstable leader;
the use of such weapons by renegade military personnel during a period of instability (personal, national
or international); and, the theft (and/or development) and use of such weapons by terrorists. While it is unlikely
(though not impossible) that terrorists would be able to design their own weapons, it is possible that they could do so with the
assistance of a renegade government.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
17
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
18
Ex-Im 1NC? Turns Case/-Econ/Manufacturing, Hegemony

Ex-im turns case economy, manufacturing, hegemony
DavidPetraeus&OHanlon,95,14isthechairmanoftheKKRGlobalInstituteandaformer
commanderofUSCentralCommandanddirectoroftheCIA.MichaelO'Hanlonisaseniorfellowatthe
BrookingsInstitutionandcoauthorwithJimSteinbergofStrategicReassuranceandResolve:USChina
Relationsinthe21stCentury.
Congresslefttownonsummerbreakwithanumberoftasksleftundone.Someoftheparalysiscanbe
easilyexplainedbygenuinedisagreementsbetweenthetwopartiesovergoverningphilosophy,someby
jockeyingforpositionaheadoftheloomingmidtermelections.
ButwhywouldCongressnotrenewthebasiccharteroftheExportImportBanktheU.S.
governmententitythathas,forthelast80years,madeloanstoAmericanbusinessesseekingtosellgoods
andservicesabroad?ThecharterontheExImBankissoontoexpire;withoutactionshortlyuponits
returntoDCinSeptember,theCongresswillbedoomingthebanktodissolution.
Itishardtoseewhythisarmofthegovernmentcouldbecontroversial.Afterall,itisessentiallyfree;it
hasactually
returned$2billionmoretotheTreasury
thanithasrequiredtocoveroperatingcosts
andanybadloansoverthelastfiveyears.AndithelpstheUnitedStatescompetewith50+othernations
thathavefinancingmechanismsfortheirownfirmstryingtodobusinessabroad.
ExImBankdocumentsshowthatloansmadebythebank
,nearly90%ofthemgoingtosmall
businesses,
havesupported1.2million
U.S.
jobsovertheyears
includingsome200,000justlast
year.Thetotalvalueofexportsin2013linkedtosuchloanswas$37billion,withnearly$12billionfor
smallerbusinesses.Whetherornotalltheseprospectiveexportsandjobswouldhavedriedupwithoutthe
bank,thereislittledoubtthatithashelpedconsiderablywithAmericanemploymentaswellasour
nationalbalanceofpayments.Becauseeconomicstrengthandmanufacturing
aswellasscientific
prowessareamongthe foundations of national power, weseetheseattributesas

integraltoourcountry'ssecurityinterestsaswell.
SowhyisCongresswaveringonapprovingtheExImBank?Tobesure,Congressisrighttoexaminethis
questionwithallduediligence.Butifoneworksthroughthelistofargumentsmostcommonlymade
againsttheBank,oneseesthatthecaseforitisinfactstrongerthanever:
Myth#1:Thebankcoststhetaxpayertoomuch.Itisnaturaltoaskif,inthesetimesofstillhuge
nationaldeficits,theExImBankisanorganizationwecanafford.But,asnotedearlier,thebankhasbeen
makingthetaxpayermoney,tothetuneof$2billionmorethanitsexpensesoverthepastfiveyears.
Myth#2:Theprivatesectorshoulddoit.Tobesure,Americahaslotsofcommercialbanks,withmore
internationaloperationsthanever;so,onemightaskwhythegovernmentisstillneededinthisbusiness.
ButasBrookingsscholarAmadouSyexplains,smallbusinessesandmanybankshavetroubleproperly
assessingandunderwritingriskincertainoverseasmarkets.Giventhissituation,banksmayshyawayfrom
thetroubleofhelpingsmallerbusinesseswithlimitedrevenuestreams,asthepotentialpayoffsmaynot
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
19
seemworthit.Bycontrast,anorganizationwithtiestotherestoftheU.S.governmentcandoagoodjobin
aidingtheriskassessmentprocessandotherwisehelpingbusinesseshandletheinitialburdensof
familiarizingthemselveswithcertainforeignmarkets.
Myth#3:EvenifCostsHaveBeenLow(orZero),TheyCouldGrow.Itistruethatmorebusinesses
could,inabadeconomicenvironmentinthefuture,windupdefaultingonExImBankloans,costingthe
taxpayermoneyinthefutureevenifrecentcostshavebeenzero.Putdifferently,onemightworryifthe
ExImBankcouldbethenextFannieMae,healthyandflushingoodtimes,butalurkingfinancialtime
bombthenexttimebigtroublehits.
However,historyisreassuring.TheExImBanksurvivedthegreatrecession,theAsianfinancialcrisisof
the1990s,stagflationinthe1970s,andmanyotherchallengeswithoutcostingtheAmericanpublica
bundle.Itsrecentloandefaultrateofroughly0.2%isexemplary.Moreover,broadeningAmericanfirms'
businessinterestsabroadisagoodhedgeagainstslowdownsathome;bydiversifyingmarkets,U.S.
companiesbuildupresilienceagainstslowdownsorothertroubleinanyone.
Putitalltogether,andCongressshouldseethatthecasefordoingrightbyAmericanbusinessandthe
AmericanpeoplebyreauthorizingtheExportImportBankisoverwhelminglystrong.Lawmakershave
lotsoftoughcallstomakethisfallastheyfaceissuesfromimmigrationandbordersecuritytonumerous
foreignpolicycrisesandloomingsequestration.TheExImBankisnotoneofthosetoughcalls;Congress
shouldgofortheeasywinandrenewthebank'scharter.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
20
Ex-Im 2NC Overview
Obama is currently pushing for an extension of the ex-im bank in the

legislative session that begins when Congress returns from recession on
September 8th, but passing the plan at the next available opportunity
Monday morning will both undermine Obamas political capital and screw up
the legislative agenda.
Our feathers 8-28 evidence says Obama is pushing for reauthorization, and
our WSJ evidence says Obamas involvement and expenditure of capital is
key to its passage. Brunnel 3-12 explains why it is the lynchpin of the
economy and our Royal evidence says that an economic decline will trigger a
world war.
This outweighs the case

(a)
Time frame a program that is relied up in the status

quo to maintain growth will collapse because its
authorization ends on September 30th.
(b)
Probability Our Royal evidence indicates
multiple high quality academic studies prove that
economic decline leads to war.
Magnitude extinction
.E. Bearden, LTC U.S. Army (Retired), 2000
[The Unnecessary Energy Crisis: How to Solve It Quickly,

http://www.freerepublic.com/forum/a3aaf97f22e23.htm, June 24]
History bears out that desperate nations take desperate actions. Prior
to the final economic collapse, the stress on nations will have
increased the intensity and number of their conflicts, to the point
where the arsenals of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) now
possessed by some 25 nations, are almost certain to be released. As
an example, suppose a starving North Korea launches nuclear weapons upon
Japan and South Korea, including U.S. forces there, in a spasmodic suicidal
response. Or suppose a desperate China-whose long-range nuclear missiles
(some) can reach the United States-attacks Taiwan. In addition to immediate
responses, the mutual treaties involved in such scenarios will quickly draw
other nations into the conflict, escalating it significantly. Strategic nuclear
studies have shown for decades that, under such extreme stress conditions,
once a few nukes are launched, adversaries and potential
adversaries are then compelled to launch on perception of
preparations by one's adversary. The real legacy of the MAD concept is
this side of the MAD coin that is almost never discussed. Without effective
defense, the only chance a nation has to survive at all is to launch
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
21
immediate full-bore pre-emptive strikes and try to take out its

perceived foes as rapidly and massively as possible. As the studies
showed, rapid escalation to full WMD exchange occurs. Today, a great
percent of the WMD arsenals that will be unleashed, are already on site
within the United States itself. The resulting great Armageddon will
destroy civilization as we know it, and perhaps most of the biosphere,
at least for many decades.
And it turns case insert why economic decline turns the advantages
[For example, economic decline destroys the environment]
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
22
Uniqueness
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
23
A2: Thumpers
Its only the CR and Ex-Im on the agenda now
The Hill, 9-4, 14, http://thehill.com/blogs/floor-action/house/216777after-five-week-recess-congress-might-cut-september-session-short
The most pressing task that awaits lawmakers is passage of a
funding bill to avoid a government shutdown on Oct. 1. Many
lawmakers and business groups are also demanding action to
reauthorize the Export-Import Bank, which will shut down at the end
of the month, unless its charter is renewed. But beyond those two
issues, there are few pressing legislative matters, which should allow
the leaders of both chambers to use time on legislation that reinforces their
election themes and helps candidates in tough reelection races provided
they dont decide to head for the exits instead.
No thumpers Congress wont do anything

Norman Orenstein, 9-4, 14, National Journal,
http://www.nationaljournal.com/washington-inside-out/congressreturns-to-doing-nothing-20140904
Ofcourse,it'snotasifCongresshasanythingonitsplate.Thereareafewnigglinglittlethings,suchas
theentireappropriationsprocessforthefiscalyearthatbeginsOct.1;dealingwithISIS,thebombingin
IraqandtheWarPowersActimplications;theimmigrationissue,includingthecurrentborderquestions
involvingchildrenfromCentralAmerica;taxinversionsandtaxreform;continuingpressinginfrastructure
needs;andeverythingelsethathasnotpassedinthenearlytwoyearsthe113th
Congresshasbeen
around.Andtherearethepurportedscandalsthatwillsoakupagooddealoftimeandresourcesinthose
remainingfewdays,includingBenghaziandtheIRS.Itisnogreatsurprisethat
Congresswillavoid
mostofthebigissues,failtofinishworkonbillsthatneedfinalaction,keepupitsscandalfocus,andbe
inWashingtonaslittleaspossible.CongressionalRepublicanscanalmosttasteabigvictoryin
November,includingtakingamajorityintheSenateandsolidifyingtheirmajorityintheHouse.Midterm
electionsarefocusedonthepresidentandthepresident'sparty;theworseheisdoing,thebetterforthe
partyoutoftheWhiteHouse.So
forRepublicans
,scandalmongering,blastingpresidentialfecklessness,
andminimizing
signing
ceremonieswherethepresidentcandeclarevictory,are
farmore
potent
than
accomplishinglegislativegoalsormovingtosolvebigproblems.Meantime,for
Senate
Democrats,
withalotofincumbentsupintightraces,votesoncontroversialissuesareradioactive
.But some
things have to be done, including especially getting those pesky spending

bills through before witching hour at midnight on Sept. 30. Not a single one of
the dozen appropriations have yet been enacted into law, and most will be
unresolved over this month. So we will see a continuing resolutiona typical
patternpushed to enactment before the new fiscal year begins. In theory,
this ought to be easy. The vaunted spending deal worked out by House and
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
24
Senate Budget Committee Chairs Paul Ryan and Patty Murray reached
agreement on spending for fiscal 2015 in each area, bypassing the sequester
numbers that would have brought pain and perhaps impasse. Prominent
congressional Republicans, including some tea partiers, have made
it clear that they do not want controversy for now, including over hotbutton issues like the Export-Import Bank. The leaders, and even firebrand
Ted Cruz, have underscored that they do not want another shutdown,
especially a month before this election.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
25
A2: Immigration Thumper

Obama wont act on immigration before the midterms
The Hill, 9-4, 14, http://thehill.com/blogs/floor-action/house/216777after-five-week-recess-congress-might-cut-september-session-short
Now Steve King does not exactly speak for his caucus, but others share
his views. At the same time, there are growing indications that
Obama will not go for the end zone on executive action on
immigration before the election, given the volatility of the
issue. Thus taking away the big trigger for a GOP eruption. But
it is likely he will do something, either a small or medium-sized step,
and any action might precipitate an emotional reaction in the rightwing blogosphere and talk-radio circuit, pushing Republican
congressional leaders to do something in response. Would that mean
altering a CR to cut funding for the INS, or denying any funding for
Dream Act-related actions? If it did, it would trigger a showdown with
the Senate, or at least a veto of the measure, probably extending
beyond Oct. 1.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
26
2NC UQ Will Pass
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
27
Ex-Im U 9/7
Ex-Im part of CR
CBS Local, 9-7, 14, http://washington.cbslocal.com/2014/09/07/white-houseasks-congress-for-30m-for-cdc-to-help-contain-ebola-outbreak-in-west-africa/
TherequesttokeeptheExportImportBankalivecomesasHouseGOPleadersseektosmoothover
divisionsbetweenteapartylawmakersopposedtorenewingthebankscharterandmoreestablishment,
probusinessRepublicanswhosupportit.CriticssaythebankbenefitsbigcorporationslikeBoeing
becauseitsforeigncustomersgettopurchaseexportsatlowerinterestratesthantheywouldotherwisepay.
Supporterssayboostingexportscreatesjobs.
GOPaideshaveprivatelysignaledthatsomesortofextensionofthebankscharterislikelytobe
attachedtothetemporaryfundingbill.
Supporters have the upper hand

Lubbock Online, 9-7, 14, http://m.lubbockonline.com/filed-online/2014-0907/congress-coming-back-must-act-avoid-shutdown#gsc.tab=0
ManyconservativeRepublicans,includingHouseFinancialServicesCommitteeChairmanJeb
HensarlingofTexas,opposeextendingthebank.ButDemocratsandahostofbusinessfriendly
Republicansmayhavetheupperhand.GOPaidessaiditslikelythataninterimdealwouldextend
thebanksauthorityuntilperhapsearlynextyear.
The Blaze, 9-7, 14, http://www.theblaze.com/stories/2014/09/07/summervacation-is-over-now-republicans-and-democrats-are-ready-to-get-back-togetting-along/

Republicansmightcaveonafewdivisiveissues,includingthereauthorizationofthecorporatewelfare
programknownastheU.S.ExportImportBankGOPaidestoldtheAPthebankwouldlikelybe
reauthorizedatleastthroughnextyear.
Extension now- prefer the most recent evidence

Market News, 9-5, 14,
https://mninews.marketnews.com/index.php/us-hills-fall-economicagenda-comes-sharper-focus?q=content/us-hills-fall-economic-agendacomes-sharper-focus
Severallawmakersandaideshavesaidthey
expecttheshorttermrenewaloftheExportImport
BanktobeincludedintheFY2015stopgapbill.SenateMajorityLeaderHarryReidalsoreferredtothe
needtopassthestopgapbillbuthasnotsaidwhenheexpectstheSenatetovoteonthelegislation.
Momentum but time is limited
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
28
Politico, 9-3, 14, http://www.politico.com/story/2014/09/export-import-bankgop-110552.html?hp=l4

HouseRepublicanleaderswilltrytoextendtheExportImportBanksauthorizationinthenextfew
weeks,accordingtoGOPsources.SpeakerJohnBoehnerofOhioandHouseFinancialServicesChairman
JebHensarlingofTexashaveaprivateagreementtoactonashorttermreauthorizationofthegovernment
sponsoredinternationalfinancebank,thesourcessaid.Thelengthofthatpotentialextensionisstillunclear.
Hensarlingwantstoseethebankscharterextendeduntilearlyin2015perhapsjustuntilFebruary.But
someinRepublicanleadershipthinkHensarlingmightneedmoretimetobuildsupportforaplantoreform
thebankorwinditdownentirely.Itsnotclearwhetherthebankscharterwouldbeextendedaspartofthe
mustpassgovernmentfundingbillthatneedstoclearCongressbySept.30orasapieceofstandalone
legislation.House
Republicanleadersneedtomovequickly
,however.Ifagovernmentfundingbill
clearsCongresswithoutanyhiccups,theHouseleadershipislikelytocancelthechamberslastweek
insessioninSeptember,whichwouldleavelawmakerstwoweeksinWashingtonbeforeleavingto
campaignfortheNovembermidterms.TheissuecameuponacallwithRepublicanlawmakers
Wednesdayafternoon.TheExportImportBankhasemergedasabigtargetforconservativeslike
Hensarling.ManyRepublicanssaythebankrepresentscronycapitalismandcorporatewelfare,andmust
beended.Boehnerhasstayedmumonthetopicbutprivatelysupportsreformstothebank.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
29
Extension coming now

London School of Economics and Political Science, 9-5, 14,
http://blogs.lse.ac.uk/usappblog/2014/09/05/obamas-divisive-immigrationcourse-minimum-wage-arguments-and-will-congress-get-anything-done-thisfall-us-national-blog-round-up-for-30-august-5-september/
This week, The Daily Signal reports that House Republicans have been
working on a deal to extend the life of the controversial ExportImport Bank, whose charter expires on September 30th. The bank, which
provides guaranteed loans and support to overseas buyers of American
products, has come under fire from conservatives for being a waste of money
Ex-im extension now, extension not inevitable
YahooNews,828,14,http://finance.yahoo.com/news/whyboeingcaterpillargeneedexportimport
banktocompete210003171.html
Rep.PaulRyan
,ChairmantheHouseBudgetCommittee,toldYahooFinancesBiannaGolodrygathat
heexpectsthebanktogetatemporaryextensionuntilJanuaryorFebruaryofnextyear.SoIdobelieve
thatweneedtohaveanextensivedebateontheexportimportbank,hesaidinaninterviewyesterday.
ButIthinkpeoplewillagreethatnowisnotthetime,andthatdebatemightbebetterplacedin,say,
JanuaryorFebruary.Ryan
,whoisatoddswithHouseSpeakBoehnerontheissue,mayhaveagood
readingontheshiftingpoliticalwinds,butthereare no guarantees ofareauthorizationfor

thebank,evenintheshortterm.ZacharyKarabell,strategistofEnvestnet,stronglybelieveslosingthe
bankwouldbeabigmistatek
Will pass now

GSA Business, 9-4, 14, http://www.gsabusiness.com/news/52351-gemove-to-reauthorize-export-import-bank-gaining-traction?rss=0
EffortssupportingreauthorizationoftheExportImportBankoftheUnitedStates,whichprovides
financingandothersupportforU.S.companiestoexport,arestartingtomakeheadway,saidGEPower
&WaterGlobalGovernmentAffairsandPolicyDirectorGeorgePickartTuesday.TheExportImport
BankwillclosethismonthifnotreauthorizedbyCongress.LargecompaniessuchasBoeinghavereceived
thelargesttotaldisbursementsfromthebanknearly$700millionbut35othersinthestatehave
receivedsomesortofExImBankassistanceinthelasttwoyears.AlmosthalfofthoseareintheUpstate.
Thebusinesscommunityhasbeenfullymobilizednowformonths,anditsbeendifficult,butIthink
itsmakingsometraction,saidPickartataGEorganizedroundtableofseveralofthecompanys
suppliers.Ithinkthewordisstartingtogetintothedebatenowaboutwhatthisreallymeans,aboveand
beyondphilosophy,butreallytherealworldimpactoftheExIm.
Pickartsaidallofthecompanysinternationalcompetitorshaveaccesstoanexportorientedfinancial
supportentity,whichmeansnotreauthorizingthebankforU.S.exporterswouldleavethematan
internationaldisadvantage.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
30
Inmanycases,werebiddingonprojectsthatrequireExImfinancingaspartofthebiddingdocuments,
hesaid.Wemightnotevenuseit,butwehavetobeabletoshowthatwecanbringitwithourbid,soits
reallyafundamentalmatterofourcompetitiveness.
GEisnotacustomerofthebank,butmanyofGEscustomersare,saidMonteAtwell,powergeneration
lifecycleproductmanagementleaderatGEPower&Water.Nineoutofevery10turbinesmadein
Greenvilleoverthelastfiveyearshavebeenexported,andabout10%ofthosehavebeendealsthat
benefittedfromfinancingviatheExportImportBank,saidAtwell.
NoteveryturbinethatsbuiltispulledthroughwithExImfinancing,butasignificantportionis,hesaid.
Weallplayabigroleinthisthing,andExImiskindofthecornerstoneinourabilitytobecompetitive
againstFrench,GermanandJapanesecompaniesthathaveaccessto,frankly,alotmoremoneyofthattype
offinancing,anditsveryhelpfulinthecustomersthatwedealwith.
WhilethatrealworldimpactcouldincludeputtingU.S.companiesataglobaldisadvantage,resultingin
fewerwinningbidsanddecreasedproduction,itcouldalsoaffecttheemployeebaseaswellasthesuccess
ofcompaniesthatworkcloselywithExImcustomers.
ItsmorethanjustaquestionofbigcompanieslikeGEandBoeingwhoarebeneficiaries,butalotof
otherentitiesaretiestothem,whethertheyredirectsuppliersorcompaniesthattransportthegoodsor
deliverthem,saidPickart.
Forexample,transportationfirmCSXhastransported30turbinesfromGreenvilletoCharlestontodate,
makingupasignificantpieceofbusinessforthecompanyandits1,000S.C.employees,saidCSX
ResidentVicePresidentofStateGovernmentandCommunityAffairsJohnDillard.
Their(GEs)interestsandtheirconcernsandpriorities,wesharethoseandsupportthoseandtheirability
tobecompetitive,becausethatallowsustomaintainourbusinessandouremployeebaseinSouth
Carolina,Dillardsaid.
AnotherofthosecompaniesisEnergyHardware,whichsupplieselectromechanicalhardwareandfasteners
toindustrialoriginalequipmentmanufacturers,subcontractorsandrepairoperators.
Asasupplier,everythingisleveragedaroundvolume,saidGEDirectorofBusinessDevelopmentJohn
Sucin.IftheGreenvillesoftheworldstartleaving,theperipheryGEsupportsitesstartleavingaswell,so
itsabsolutelyvitalforusthatGEissuccessful.
GEemployeesalonehavegenerated11,000letterstoCongressabouttheissue,saidPickart.Wehear
reportsofmany,manybusinesseshostingmembersofCongressoutintheirdistrictsandgivingthema
verysimilarstory,saidPickart.Frankly,Ithinkitsstartingtoresonate.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
31
Yes Push -- Obama

Obama supports the bank
Insurance News, 8-29, 14,
http://insurancenewsnet.com/oarticle/2014/08/29/export-import-director-saysagency-plays-critical-role-a-549744.html#.VAIZL0g3BmA
The opposition could put the bank out of business after Sept. 30, when the
government fiscal year ends and congressional authority for the program
expires. Mr. Obama has proposed extending the agency for another
five years and raising the cap on the size of its portfolio to $160
billion from $140 billion.
Obama and manufacturing lobby pushing for

reauthorization now
Washington Times 7/29 (Chloe Johnson, Washington Times writer,
House probes corruption as Ex-Im deadline nears 7/29/14,
http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2014/jul/29/house-probes-corruptionex-im-deadline-nears/, accessed 7/30/14)
A House hearing on Tuesday doled out more pain for the troubled U.S. Export-Import Bank,
which faces a funding cut-off Sept. 30 if it is not reauthorized by
Congress. The bank, which provides insurance for US export
transactions and sometimes provides loans to foreign buyers of U.S.
goods, has become a target for some House Republicans, who used
the hearing to highlight new reports of potential fraud by Ex-Im
bank employees. Johnny Gutierrez, a former bank employee subpoenaed as a witness for the
hearing, repeatedly pleased the Fifth Amendment when questioned by Rep. Jim Jordan, the Ohio
Republican who chaired the subcommittee hearing. Mr. Gutierrez, and three unnamed former Ex-Im
employees are currently under investigation for allegedly accepting gifts from companies who had dealings
with the bank. Ex-Im Bank President Fred Hochberg defended the agencys handling of the corruption
probes, but declined to comment on the specifics of the case. I am choosing not to interfere with a
criminal investigation, Mr. Hochberg said. Mr. Jordan pushed Mr. Hochberg extensively during the hearing
for details on the individuals and bank deals being investigated. Theres nothing in the law to prevent Mr.
Democrats contended that the

hearing was meant to build opposition to reauthorizing the bank,
which many conservative and some liberal critics have condemned
as crony capitalism channeling taxpayer dollars to big businesses .
The Obama administration, backed by major business groups such as
the National Association of Manufacturers, has actively lobbied
Congress to reauthorize the bank by the Sept. 30 deadline. [This
is a] rush to judgement intended to tarnish the reputation of the
bank and its employees in an attempt unduly to influence a vote on
the banks reauthorization, Pennsylvania Rep. Matt Cartwright, the subcommittees ranking
Hochberg from telling us what he knows, Mr.. Jordan said.
Democrat, said. The Inspector General of the bank, Michael McCarthy, said in a letter addressed to Mr.
Cartwright on Monday that the four individuals being investigated did not represent a systemic problem
within the bank. At
this time, we have not developed evidence of

widespread employee misconduct or systemic employee involvement
in fraud schemes at the bank, McCarthy wrote. The bank currently offers $140 billion in
loans and guarantees, and according to its own accounting, has returned some $2 billion to the Treasury
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
32
If the bank is not reauthorized by the

September date, it will continue to meet its current obligations, but
will not be able to make any new loans or guarantees after that date .
Department over the past two years.
Obama push now

NEI 6/27

Lexis]
Obamas Export Council recommends a 5-year reauthorization
urge you to push for the reauthorization of
the Ex-Im as expeditiously as possible, the Export Council says . With
President
with a lending cap up to $160 billion. We
some sixty other export credit agencies like Ex-Im Bank around the world aggressively supporting other countries
we believe this agency that has supported an estimated 1.2

million U.S. jobs over the past five years while earning money for the
taxpayers is a necessary tool to keep American businesses
competitive.
exporters,
Lobbying is intensifying---democratic push is key

WSJ 7/6 Political Battle Over Export Bank Heats Up,
http://online.wsj.com/articles/political-battle-over-export-bank-heats-up1404690386
Those backing the bank's reauthorization said they are scheduling
factory tours and one-on-one meetings between business owners
who benefit from the bank and their elected representatives, particularly
when lawmakers return home for their annual August recess. Ned Monroe,
senior vice president of external relations at the National Association of
Manufacturers, said it has a tailored plan for every congressional district to
promote the agency. Business owners also will be brought in for "flyins" to go office-to-office on Capitol Hill to make their case. Tony
Fratto, a partner at Hamilton Place and a veteran of the White House and
Treasury Department under President George W. Bush, said a "startling"
number of lawmakers don't realize that businesses in their district use the
bank. Sen. Maria Cantwell (D., Wash.), who backs the bank's renewal, said Mr.
McCarthy's opposition set off a "Richter-scale explosion" among
bank supporters, highlighting the need to alert businesses that
might not otherwise be focused on the issue. "They're busy shipping
product, especially if they're smallthey're not trying to figure out what's
going on politically," Ms. Cantwell said. "We're trying to make sure they know
so they can respond." Some businesses are also encouraging their
workers to get involved. In a recent memo to employees, GE Power &
Water Chief Executive Steve Bolze laid out the case for reauthorizing the
bank and asked workers to consider visiting a website to generate a letter to
their representatives in Congress. Any communication by employees of the
GE division is voluntary, Mr. Bolze wrote in the memo, but "collectively, our
efforts can make a real difference." Asked about the memo, a GE
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
33
spokesman said the bank plays an "important role" in allowing the company
to compete internationally. Reauthorization of the bank will have a direct
impact on GE and its employees, the spokesman, Shaun Wiggins, said. The
lobbying is expected to intensify in coming weeks. The bank could
soon face a key test in the Senate, where Democrats including Sen.
Charles Schumer of New York are pushing for a vote before the
August recess.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
34
Obama Push/PC Key/A2: Thumpers

Obamas pushing for reauthorization---its key to
overwhelm residual opposition in the House
Washington Post 6/24 [http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/plumline/wp/2014/06/24/another-government-shutdown/]
The bank provides direct loans, guarantees, and credit insurance to aid foreign purchasers in buying
American-made goods. Its charter expires at the end of September, unless Congress acts to renew itThe
the White House and the

Republican establishment-friendly Chamber of Commerce both
pressed the case for the banks renewal on Monday, the day after McCarthys
comments brought the debate to the forefront. Heres where things could get tricky:
Four top House Republicans are opposed to reauthorizing the bank
dispute over the bank has made some unusual allies
McCarthy, incoming House Majority Whip Steve Scalise, House Financial Services Committee Chair Jeb
Hensarling, and House Budget Chair Paul Ryan. But their
Republican counterparts in the

Senate as well as Republican governors have been more
supportive in public statements about the bank. Moreover, GOP senators wouldnt want to risk a
shutdown with a Senate majority on the line.
Obamas strong pushing for reauthorization

Washington Post 6/26
http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2014/06/26/candidateobama-echoing-tea-party-called-ex-im-bank-little-more-than-a-fund-forcorporate-welfare/]
Conservative Republicans and the broader tea party movement have
made a cause clbre out of the little-known Export-Import Bank ,
which helps U.S. companies sell overseas by guaranteeing loans to foreign purchasers. The
business community -- backed by many Democrats and President Obama -- says
the federal agency is a critical tool that helps U.S. companies
compete with foreign rivals. Many other countries provide the same type of financing to
help their industries. Republicans, too, have long supported the bank, at least until the tea party started
raising concerns in 2012 about whether it represented a giveaway to big business. That year, then-House
Majority Leader Eric Cantor (R-Va.) supported a deal that saved the bank. But amid howls that the bank is a
symbol of "crony capitalism," Cantor's successor, Rep. Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.), has said he would like to
see the bank's authorization expire, which is set to happen Sept. 30 without congressional action. Now the
twist: It turns out that the tea party had a prominent, onetime ideological ally in the fight against Ex-Im
bank. His name was Barack Obama. Weeks before he was elected president, Obama said the Ex-Im Bank
was "little more than a fund for corporate welfare." A video of the remarks, above at the 30-second mark,
was put online in 2012 by the Club for Growth, which opposes Ex-Im. Here were Obama's full remarks: I am
not a Democrat who believes that we can or should defend every government program just because it's
there. There are some that don't work like we had hoped, like the Bush Administration's billion-dollar-ayear reading program that hasn't improved our children's reading. And there are some that have been
duplicated by other programs that we just need to cut back, like waste at the Economic Development
Agency and the Export-Import Bank that has become little more than a fund for corporate welfare. I
understand there are parts of these programs worth defending, and politicians of both parties who will do
so. But if we hope to meet the challenges of our time, we must make difficult choices. As president, I will
go through the entire federal budget, page by page, line by line, and I will eliminate the programs that
don't work and aren't needed.
The administration now is strongly supporting
reauthorization of the bank . I asked the White House how it reconciles its current position
Obama's remarks as a candidate. A spokesman, Eric Schultz, sent over this statement: Since
with
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
35
the President took office, the Ex-Im bank has served an important role in helping firms access financing
when private sources of finance dried up as a result of the recession in the beginning of the administration.
the Ex-Im bank has been a vital source for these firms, and is
key to helping us achieve our export goals and supporting thousands of businesses
across the country large and small. We urge Congress to act to
reauthorize the bank
Since then,
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
36
Another Nuclear Power IL

Ex-im key to the nuclear industry
Businss Journal, 9-5,
http://www.bizjournals.com/charlotte/blog/energy/2014/09/execs-sayex-im-bank-key-to-a-competitive-u-s.html
ExecutivesfromCarolinas
nuclearcompaniesarepushingCongresstoreauthorizetheExport
ImportBank,sayingitslendingfornuclearprojectsoverseasisvitalforlargeandsmallbusinessesin
theregion.
TheExportImportBankisan80yearoldinstitutionthatlendsmoneytoforeignentitiestobuyU.S.goods
andservices.Itssupportersinthenuclearindustryaleadingsliceoftheenergyindustryinbothstates
saythebankkeepsU.S.nuclearcompaniesandtheirvendorscompetitivewithforeignnuclear
businessesthatarelargelygovernmentowned.
Buttheusuallyroutinereauthorizationofthebank,whichispartofthecongressionalbudgetprocessnow
comingtoahead,hasrunintounexpectedtrouble.Whiletherearesignsashorttermfixmaybeinthe
works,theultimatefateoftheinstitutionremainsuncertain.
Technology lead
TheNuclearEnergyInstitutesponsoredaroundtableontheissueatCharlotteRegionalPartnerships
conferenceroomWednesdaymoderatedbyJimLittle,chairmanoftheCarolinasNuclearCluster.
ItfeaturedDavidSledzik,vicepresidentatGEHitachiNuclearEnergyinWilmington;LindseyCrisp,
CEOofCarverMachineWorksinWashington,N.C.;andGreggAuld,presidentofWestinghouse
subsidiaryCarolinaEnergySolutionsinRockHill.
SledziksayswithlittlenuclearconstructiongoingonintheUnitedStates,
domesticcompaniesmust
beabletocompeteforprojectsinEurope,AsiaandeventheMiddleEast,wheredemandfornuclear
projectsremainsbrisk.
Hesays1,600jobsathisWilmingtonplantdependonthesaleofnewGEHitachinuclearplantsbecause
thoseworkersbuildfuelarraysfortheplantsandprovideaftersalesservicefortheirupkeep.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
37
A2: Inclusion in CR Makes Ex-Im Inevitable

Not certain it will be in the CR
Market News, 8-28, 14, https://mninews.marketnews.com/index.php/us-hillbegins-positioning-fy2015-stop-gap-spending-bill?q=content/us-hill-beginspositioning-fy2015-stop-gap-spending-bill
SenateMajorityLeaderHarryReid
alsoreferredtotheneedtopassthestopgapbill
buthasnotsaid
whenheexpectstheSenatetovoteonthelegislation.Thestopgapisexpectedtofundgovernmentat
FY2014levels.Itisunclearifitwillalsoextendtwoprogramswhicharesettoexpirethisfall:the
ExportImportBank'sauthorizationendsonSeptember30andtheInternetTaxFreedomActexpires
November1."We'retryingtolookattheentirechessboardandfigureouthowthevariouspiecesfit
together,"aseniorRepublicanstaffertoldMNIWednesday.The main issue is the CR. We're
going to pass one that bridges the (November 4) election, but there are still
discussions about how long to extend it," he said. "We also have to figure
out if we want to put a short-term extension of Ex-Im and an Internet
Tax Freedom extension in the CR as well."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
38
A2: No Senate Vote

House will vote on the Ex-im Bank
The Hill, 8-28, 14, http://thehill.com/blogs/floor-action/senate/216150mccaskill-its-critical-that-congress-renew-ex-im-bank
Sen.ClaireMcCaskill(DMo.)calledonCongresstoreauthorizetheExportImportBankwhenlawmakers
returnfromAugustrecess.ItscriticalthatCongresstakebipartisanactionthisfalltorenewtheExport
ImportBanksauthorizationandkeepthisvaluabletool,McCaskillsaidonWednesday.Congressmust
reauthorizetheExportImportBankbySept.30,orelseitwillshutdown.Republicansaredividedover
reauthorizingthebank,whichprovidesfinancingforprojectsdesignedtoincreaseU.S.exports.Some
conservativesarguethebankisaformofcorporatewelfare,butDemocratssaidtheprogramisneededto
keeptheUnitedStateseconomicallycompetitivewithcountriesthatheavilysubsidizeindustries.The
ExportImportBankisoneofthemostimportanttoolsavailabletohelpMissouricompaniescreatejobs
andsucceedintheincreasinglycompetitiveglobalmarket,McCaskillsaid.Whenlawmakersreturn
fromtheAugustrecess,theSenateisexpectedtovoteonafiveyearextension
,buttheHousehasnt
madeplanstoact.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
39
A2: UQ Overwhelms the Link

Support not certain
Pittsburgh Post Gazette, 8-29, 14 http://www.postgazette.com/business/2014/08/29/Export-Import-director-says-agency-playscritical-role/stories/201408290016
Ingeneral,thebankhasenjoyedbroadbipartisansupportsinceCongressauthorizedtheprogramin
1945.ButitsfutureisjeopardizedbypervasivepartisanbickeringinWashington."Thereisgreater
uncertaintyaboutthefutureof[thebank]thaneverbefore,"Mr.Mulvaneysaid.
ExtendourevidencethatPCiskey
Insurance News, 8-29, 14,

http://insurancenewsnet.com/oarticle/2014/08/29/export-import-director-saysagency-plays-critical-role-a-549744.html#.VAIZL0g3BmA
UQ Doesnt overwhelm---need to put pressure on the

house to overcome opposition---their evidence only
assumes the senate
French 6/24 Lauren French is a Congress reporter for POLITICO. She was
formerly a tax policy reporter for POLITICO Pro and the author of Morning Tax.
Before joining POLITICO, she was an intern with Reuters covering national
security and foreign policy and with McClatchy and The Houston Chronicle
where she did stints on the Hill (Lauren, House Democrats push for Ex-Im
Bank Politico, http://www.politico.com/story/2014/06/export-import-bankhouse-democrats-108208.html)//ADravid
Democrats will launch a campaign Tuesday to re-authorize the ExportBank even as incoming Majority Leader Kevin McCarthy is discounting the
measures chance of success. Authorization for the bank, which provides federal loans intended to
House
Import
boost U.S. exports, expires at the end of September. But Republicans arent rushing to re-up the charter, saying the bank
is ill equipped to carry out its duties. If Congress fails to extend the charter, it will be the first time in 80 years that the
bank, which provides loans and loan guarantees to giant corporations and small businesses, would cease to exist.
Democrats say that would put American businesses at a competitive risk. (Also on POLITICO: Messing with Texas on the
Ex-Im Bank) Congress
must take bipartisan action before the ExportImport Banks authorization expires so that we can give certainty to
businesses and provide important resources to keep American
exporters competitive. To do otherwise would greatly hurt our businesses and our economy, said
Minority Whip Steny Hoyer (D-Md.) Rep. Denny Heck (D-Wash.) will introduce legislation on Tuesday that would extend
Export-Import Banks authorization for seven years and give the bank $175 billion to spend to help companies like Boeing,
Caterpillar and GE export products. The money also helps small businesses find a place in the global market. The ExportImport Bank is a reliable way for American businessincluding many small businessesto sell their goods and services
into the world marketplace, Heck said. If we abandon this resource, we are allowing China, Russia, and European
The legislation is supported by

the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the National Association of
Manufacturers - two lobbying behemoths that hold sway among
Republicans. The groups were among the organizations who recently sent a letter to the Hill arguing that the
countries to gain ground in export deals previously made with us.
bank helps companies compete in fiercely competitive global markets. (Also on POLITICO: Kevin McCarthy: Allow Export-
But the Depression-era bank will run up against

Republicans, who are deeply divided on the issue. McCarthy, who was elected as
Import Bank to close)
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
40
majority leader just last week, said the government shouldnt be involved in the bank. I think Ex-Im Bank is something
government does not have to be involved in. The private sector can do it, McCarthy said in an interview on Fox News
Sunday this weekend. One of the biggest problems with government is they go and take hard-earned money so others do
things that the private sector can do. Thats what the Ex-Im Bank does. McCarthy voted for the banks authorization in
2012. Other top House Republicans dont appear to feel any urgency to renew the bank. GOP leaders are watching Rep.
Jeb Hensarlings (R-Texas) Financial Services Committee to see what - if anything - it produces. Theyre also eyeing the
level of organic support for renewing the program. Boehner has been clear that this is an issue that Members, particularly
on the Financial Services Committee, need to discuss - and that is happening, said Michael Steel, Boehners spokesman.
Hensarling is one of the Houses most outspoken critics against re-upping the banks mandate. Hes compared it to crony
capitalism and a handout for big business.
Re-authorizing the bank historically isnt a
heavy lift. In 2012, 330 House members approved the charter - an effort led by Majority Leader Eric Cantor, who
lost his primary bid earlier this month. In 2006, it was so noncontroversial that it passed in the House by unanimous
But the Republican caucus has grown more conservative since then.
Still, some Republicans are backing the bank. A group of 41 House Republicans wrote
consent.
to Speaker Boehner and McCarthy on Monday expressing support for the bank.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
41
A2: Ex-Im Bad
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
42
A2: Ex-Im Not K2/Hurts Economy

Failure to reauthorize reverses recovery the bank is the
most effective tool to foster export growth
Dukelow 6/28 [Josh Dukelow, VP of Public Policy and Leadership at Fox
Cities Chamber of Commerce, June 28th, 2014, Export-Import Bank needs to

be reauthorized,
http://www.postcrescent.com/story/opinion/columnists/2014/06/28/exportimport-bank-needs-reauthorized/11575457///SQR
At the federal level, one of the most effective tools to promote exports is
the Export-Import Bank . This institution exists to help finance private international trade
deals. According to reporting from the Wall Street Journal, in 2013 the Ex-Im Bank, as its
known, authorized $27 billion to facilitate $37.4 billion in U.S. export
sales, and returned more than $1 billion in profits (from interest and fees) to
the U.S. Treasury. These funds supported 200,000 jobs at 3,400 employers around the country. This
federal agency is growing the economy and turning a profit. Despite that,
some members in the House of Representatives want to put the Ex-Im Bank out of business. Critics arent
claiming the bank is ineffective. Rather, many, such as Rep. Kevin McCarthy, soon to be House majority
leader, feel the function of financing business deals should be left to the private sector. In a recent
interview, he said the Ex-Im Bank is something government does not have to be involved in. There are
even some who claim that the benefit of the banks lending only goes to big corporations, and therefore
amounts to corporate welfare. But dont we all benefit when a local employer like Appvion leverages ExIm Bank support and its growth brings more jobs to the Fox Cities? Supporters of the bank point out that
many other countries offer similar support for their exporters and to
eliminate Americas Ex-Im Bank would put American companies at a
disadvantage. Our competitors like France, Korea, China, Germany and Brazil pump subsidies into
their exporting companies, because they know exporting leads to economic strength. Congress has
the responsibility to reauthorize the Ex-Im Bank before its charter expires Sept.
30. If it doesnt, this important part of our economic recovery could be shut
down
and exporters could be left scrambling to find financing for their trade deals.
Removal of
a key piece of support for exporters could significantly constrain

any economic recovery . By tapping into consumer and business markets abroad, American
companies can continue to grow their revenue and add good, family-supporting jobs. Reauthorization of
the Export-Import Bank will ensure that exports will flow out and much-needed revenue will flow back in to
American employers and workers.
Also Key to job creation and domestic industry

The Hill 7/2 http://thehill.com/policy/finance/197852-house-dems-pushfor-hearing-on-ex-im-bank-reauthorization
House Democrats on the Financial Services Committee are calling for

panel leaders to hold a hearing on the reauthorization of the ExportImport Bank, which they argue bolsters job and economic growth . In a
letter to Committee Chairman Jeb Hensarling (R-Texas) and subcommittee Chairman John Campbell (R-Calif.), 26 Democratic lawmakers said
the bank is a self-sustaining agency that has helped maintain or create 1.2 million U.S. jobs in the past five years. "Reauthorizing the Export-
"It is urgent
that Congress reaches a bipartisan reauthorization agreement so
U.S. companies can continue competing in the global marketplace .
Import Bank will reduce the deficit and create good paying jobs right here in America, Rep. Denny Heck (Wash.) said.
The letter, led by Heck and Reps. Lacy Clay (D-Mo.), Gwen Moore (D-Wis.) and Maxine Waters (D-Calif.),
touts the banks importance in leveling the playing field for U.S. businesses that compete in the global
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
43
economy. The
reauthorization of the Export-Import Bank is vital to

growing our economy, generating good jobs for American workers,
and expanding business opportunities for our best companies, Clay
said. The bank's authorization expires Sept. 30. The bank, headed by Fred Hochberg, went through a
tough reauthorization fight two years ago. Eventually, a bill was approved to increase the total financing
the bank can guarantee to $140 billion from $100 billion and renew its charter for three years,
through 2014. The House and the Senate provided broad support for the reauthorization bill. The bank,
created in 1934, provides loan guarantees to foreign companies that want to do business with U.S.
exporters. The bottom line is that
the Export-Import Bank supports American
job s. I urge my Republican colleagues to act swiftly to reauthorize this proven jobs engine, Moore said.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
44
A2: Ex-Im Bad Corporate Welfare

Its not corporate welfare.
Thompson, 2012 (Loren B., Chief Operating Officer @ Lexington Institute,

March, Keeping America Competitive: Ex-Im Bank is Vital to U.S. Trade, p.
www.nam.org/~/media/5B8FB710F37D43FE8DD756656780D3FA/Ex_Im_Bank
_Is_Vital_To_US_Trade.pdf) drc
The charge of corporate welfare is grounded in the fact that big
industrial exporters such as Boeing, Caterpillar and General Electric get more of ExIm
Banks credit assistance than smaller exporters do . As a May, 2011 report by the
Congressional Research Service noted, Large firms account for about 80% of the dollar value of Ex-Im Banks
credit and insurance authorizations and small firms account for about 20%. However, the report went on to note
that, In contrast, small firms account for about 80% of the number of Ex-Im
Banks credit and insurance transactions , whereas large firms account

for about 20%. This disparity has less to do with favoritism than it does
with the structure of the export market. The kinds of capital-equipment exports
most in need of credit assistance are typically made by big industrial
companies. But Ex-Im Bank services are important to small exporters
because such companies often have difficulty securing financin g for their
products in private credit markets. Moreover, even when exports are manufactured by
big industrial companies, they usually contain content from many smaller
suppliers. Ex-Im Banks standards require it to treat all prospective
recipients of credit assistance equally, and the bank has made extensive efforts
to tailor its services to the needs of small and medium-size businesses.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
45
A2: Ex-Im Bad Crowds-Out

Ex-Im cannot crowd out private investment.
Thompson, 2012 (Loren B., Chief Operating Officer @ Lexington Institute,

March, Keeping America Competitive: Ex-Im Bank is Vital to U.S. Trade, p.
www.nam.org/~/media/5B8FB710F37D43FE8DD756656780D3FA/Ex_Im_Bank
_Is_Vital_To_US_Trade.pdf) drc
The complaint about distorting market forces ignores the fact that every
major trading nation in the world has one or more export credit agencies, and
they often promote local exports far more vigorously than the Ex-Im Bank does. As a percentage of Gross Domestic
Product, the governments of Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India and Italy all allocate substantially
more funding to export credit services than the U.S. government does. In fact, each of them allocates at least four
times more of their GDP to export financing, and often with fewer legal constraints than are imposed on Ex-Im
Bank. ExIm Bank not only is prohibited from competing with private
sources of financing, but must comply with a raft of other restrictions on

when providing credit is permissible. Given the scale of credit activities
by other governments, Ex-Im Banks role can more accurately be seen as
leveling the playing field for U.S. exporters so that market forces actually do
function, rather than impeding their operation.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
46
A2: Ex-Im Bad Kills Airlines

Bank not key --- other countries will finance.
Brunell, 3-12 (Don, President @ Washington Association of Business,
Export-Import Bank fuels trade and job growth, Kitsap Peninsula Business
Journal, p. kpbj.com/business_weekly/2012-0312/export_import_bank_fuels_trade_and_job_growth) drc
So whats the problem?
While the bank is an important financing option for Boeings sales of
commercial aircraft overseas, not all Boeing customers agree. According to
Bloomberg news reports, Delta Airlines, for example, is party to a lawsuit
filed by the Air Transport Association charging that the banks assistance
reduces capital costs for foreign competitors and contributes to a
glut of aircraft that will hurt an already ailing industry. Delta officials
say the $3.4 billion in loan guarantees to Air India for 30 Boeing aircraft
allowed Air India to cut its ticket prices by one third, forcing Delta to abandon
its New York to Mumbai route. But banks like our Export-Import Bank are
not unique to the United States. Historically, developed and developing
countries use so-called trade finance to boost exports by assisting
foreign buyers and domestic companies that want to sell into a global market.
For example, Brazil and China are offering much more generous terms
to give their own exporters an advantage. China has begun offering lower
interest rates or longer repayment terms than international guidelines
allow. Bloomberg reports that in 2010, China supplied $45 billion in longterm export loans and loan guarantees, while the U.S. provided just $13
billion. Last year for the first time ever, the U.S. agreed to match Chinas
cheaper financing terms to get the Pakistani government to buy General
Electric locomotives.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
47
A2: US Not K2 Global Economy

US key to the global economy
Caploe 09 (David Caploe is CEO of the Singapore-incorporated American Centre for Applied Liberal
Arts and Humanities in Asia., Focus still on America to lead global recovery, April 7, The Strait Times,
lexis)
IN THE aftermath of the G-20 summit, most observers seem to have missed perhaps the most crucial statement of
the entire event, made by United States President Barack Obama at his pre-conference meeting with British Prime
Minister Gordon Brown: 'The world has become accustomed to the US being a voracious consumer market, the
engine that drives a lot of economic growth worldwide,' he said. 'If there is going to be renewed growth, it just can't
be the US as the engine.' While superficially sensible, this view is deeply problematic. To begin with, it ignores the
fact that the global economy has in fact been 'America-centred' for more
than 60 years. Countries - China, Japan, Canada, Brazil, Korea, Mexico and so on - either sell
to the US or they sell to countries that sell to the US . This system has generally been
advantageous for all concerned. America gained certain historically unprecedented benefits, but the system also
enabled participating countries - first in Western Europe and Japan, and later, many in the Third World - to achieve
undreamt-of prosperity. At the same time, this deep inter-connection between the US
and the rest of the world also explains how the collapse of a relatively
small sector of the US economy - 'sub-prime' housing, logarithmically
exponentialised by Wall Street's ingenious chicanery - has cascaded into the worst global
economic crisis since the Great Depression. To put it simply, Mr Obama doesn't
seem to understand that there is no other engine for the world economy
- and hasn't been for the last six decades. If the US does not drive global
economic growth, growth is not going to happen. Thus, US policies to
deal with the current crisis are critical not just domestically, but also to
the entire world. Consequently, it is a matter of global concern that the Obama administration seems to be
following Japan's 'model' from the 1990s: allowing major banks to avoid declaring massive losses openly and
transparently, and so perpetuating 'zombie' banks - technically alive but in reality dead. As analysts like Nobel
laureates Joseph Stiglitz and Paul Krugman have pointed out, the administration's unwillingness to confront US
banks is the main reason why they are continuing their increasingly inexplicable credit freeze, thus ravaging the
American and global economies.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
48
A2: No Competitors
China and Canada threaten the U.S. lead.
Paur, 2-17 (Jason, staff writer @ Wired, Obama Pushes Plan to Boost American
Manufacturing, Wired, p. www.wired.com/autopia/2012/02/obama-visitsboeing/) drc
President Obama standing before a long line of 787 Dreamliners at the Boeing factory here, pushed a
proposal to boost sales of American products by enhancing funding for
U.S. exporters competing with foreign firms. The President , visiting the nations
largest exporter to trumpet his manufacturing and exporting initiatives, wants greater export
financing for American manufacturers and expanded support for small
businesses. He also stressed the need for fairer trading practices with China. To illustrate the point, he
outlined the role of the federal governments Export-Import Bank in helping
foreign carriers buy Boeing airliners. The President wants to expand the
use of government-backed financing to provide the same assistance to
domestic airlines. Im instructing the bank to give American companies a fair shot by matching the unfair
export financing that their competitors receive from other countries, he told a cheering crowd of Boeing workers.
The Export-Import Bank has long helped foreign airlines access capital to
buy American airplanes. Last year, Boeing announced a record-setting $22 billion
order for 230 Boeing 737s, a deal financed in part with help from the Export-Import
Bank. There has been an unofficial reciprocal agreement with some European nations to not offer financing to
airlines in those countries where Airbus aircraft are assembled; those countries, in turn, do the same with regard to
American carriers and Airbus aircraft. But Obama cited China, with its growing aerospace
industry, as a potential financing threat. Canada also is a concern, as the

Canadian government wants to help Bombardier sell more regional
airliners, to U.S. carriers.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
49
A2: privates could do it

The private sector would fail- lack of expertise and no
incentive to help out smaller businesses
David Petraeus & OHanlon, 9-5, 14 is the chairman of the KKR Global
Institute and a former commander of US Central Command and director of
the CIA. Michael O'Hanlon is a senior fellow at the Brookings Institution and
coauthor with Jim Steinberg of Strategic Reassurance and Resolve: US-China
Relations in the 21st Century.
Myth #2: The private sector should do it. To be sure, America has lots of
commercial banks, with more international operations than ever; so, one
might ask why the government is still needed in this business. But as
Brookings scholar Amadou Sy explains, small businessesand many banks
have trouble properly assessing and underwriting risk in certain
overseas markets. Given this situation, banks may shy away from the
trouble of helping smaller businesses with limited revenue streams,
as the potential payoffs may not seem worth it. By contrast, an
organization with ties to the rest of the U.S. government can do a
good job in aiding the risk assessment process and otherwise
helping businesses handle the initial burdens of familiarizing
themselves with certain foreign markets.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
50
A2: Deals Could Get Funded Without the Bank

Many deals will not be funded without the bank
US News, 8-28, 14, http://www.usnews.com/opinion/blogs/worldreport/2014/08/28/us-businesses-need-the-export-import-bank-to-compete-inafrica, Jake Bright, former EX IM loan officer
Ex-Im opponents dispute this, saying U.S. companies only pursue Ex-Im
tools because they are preferable and available. Otherwise, these same U.S.
businesses could receive trade financing by fully private banks.
Thats not necessarily true. As a former loan officer at a major U.S.
commercial bank, I saw many emerging markets deals that would
not have been approved without Ex-Im backing. In a typical transaction,
a U.S. company may need financing to sell its wares in a higher-risk country.
Ex-Im provides the guarantee and the commercial bank issues the loan. ExIm deal default rates are low a 2014 report to Congress showed it at less
than a quarter of 1 percent.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
51
Impact
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
52
2NC Nuclear Leadership

Ex-Im reauthorization is key to US Nuclear Leadership--uncertainty guts investment into the sector
NEI 12 [Ex-Im Bank Reauthorization: Key Points, Export-Import Bank of
the United States Media Release, September 7, 2012.

http://www.nei.org/CorporateSite/media/filefolder/Policy/Trade/ExImKeyPoints.
pdf?ext=.pdf | prs]
Ex-Im Bank is vital to U.S. competitiveness in the global nuclear
energy market . Without Ex-Im Bank, U.S. exports to the large and growing
global market for nuclear energy would plummet . Export credit
agency support is almost always a tender requirement for bidding on
foreign nuclear power plant projects. Without Ex-Im Bank, the
competitiveness of U.S. commercial nuclear suppliers would be
impaired. Like many large infrastructure projects, nuclear power plants have a
relatively long construction period before revenue is returned,
making the discount rate for capital over the plants lifetime a
critical factor in awarding a tender. Global commercial opportunities in nuclear
energy are concentrated in emerging markets, where financing is most critical. Developing nations
typically do not provide financing for a project, making competitive financing from a foreign export credit
agency vital. Other countries nuclear energy suppliers are backed by national export credit agencies or
directly by their governments. Leading nuclear energy supplier nations such as Russia, the Republic of
Korea, Japan and France provide their national nuclear energy suppliers with multiple forms of support,
including strong trade finance. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development reports
that 60 official export credit agencies (ECAs) worldwide have extended more than $1 trillion in trade
finance in recent years. Other ECAs dwarf Ex-Im Bank, which provided less than 4 percent of the global
total of trade finance in 2012. The comparison of select export credit agencies below illustrates the
competitive world of export credit finance and the small profile of Ex-Im Bank relative to its competitors.
Russia has sought a larger share of the global nuclear energy market both as a source of export revenue
and as part of a larger plan to increase its geopolitical influence.3 Financing has played a key role in
Russias success. Hungary recently cited below-market interest rates for its award of a tender for two new
nuclear plants to Rosatom, Russias integrated nuclear energy company. The $13.5 billion contract is the
largest construction deal in Hungarys post-communist history.4 Ex-Im Bank actively supports U.S. nuclear
exports Ex-Im Bank has supported nuclear exports to a wide range of countries, including Taiwan,
Korea, Mexico, Spain, Brazil, China, Russia, Czech Republic, Bulgaria and Romania. In 2012, Ex-Im Bank
authorized $2 billion in financing for U.S. exports to the Barakah One Nuclear Power Plant in the United
Arab Emirates.5 This financing will support thousands of jobs. Ex-Im Bank stands ready to support U.S.
suppliers in key markets around the world, including the China, India, Vietnam, the Czech Republic, South
Africa and more. Most Ex-Im Bank transactions support small businesses. Small business accounts
directly for more than 85 percent of Ex-Im Banks transactions. In fiscal year 2013, Ex-Im Bank provided
more than $5.3 billion in financing and insurance for the direct support of American small-business
exporters in nearly every state in the nation. These transactions do not include the indirect support
received by thousands of small businesses that supply goods and services to large exporters. Small- and
medium-sized companies in the U.S. nuclear energy supply chain benefit directly and indirectly from Ex-Im
Bank support. Ex-Im Banks financing of the Barakah One project in the UAE will support thousands of U.S.
jobs in California, Connecticut, New Hampshire, Ohio, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and other states
that are home to Westinghouse sub-suppliers. Ex-Im Bank must be reauthorizaed for the long term.
Doubts about Ex-Im Banks future hurt the competitiveness U.S.

nuclear exporters. The tender process and project development for nuclear power plants occur
over many years. Customers must be assured that financing will be
available when it is needed. Foreign competitors have used the
uncertainty of the Ex-Im Banks reauthorization and terms as a
reason not to buy from U.S. suppliers . Ex-Im Bank has been
operating under a series of short-term extensions with only a
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
53
modest increase to its lending cap. If the present situation

continues, export sales will be lost, jeopardizing U.S. jobs. A longterm extension would reassure customers of U.S. commercial
nuclear exports that the bank is reliable.
Nuclear Leadership solves proliferation

Stanford 10 (Dr George S. Stanford, nuclear reactor physicist, retired from
Argonne National Laboratory, "IFR FaD context the need for U.S.
implementation of the IFR," 2/18/10)
http://bravenewclimate.com/2010/02/18/ifr-fad-context/http://bravenewclimate.com/2010/02/18/ifr-fad-context/
Regardless of how many reactors a country has, it cannot have a weapons capability
unless it has either the ability to enrich uranium or to do PUREX-type
fuel reprocessing. Therefore, the spread of weapons capability will be
strongly inhibited if the only enrichment and reprocessing facilities
are in countries that already have a nuclear arsenal. But that can
only happen if countries with reactors

the world)
(and soon that will be most of the nations of
have absolutely ironclad guarantees that they can get the
fuel they need even if they cant make their own, regardless of how obnoxious
Such guarantees will have to be backed up by
some sort of international arrangement, and that can only come to
pass if there is effective leadership for the laborious international
negotiations that will have to take place. (For a relevant discussion, see here) At
present, the only nation that has a realistic potential to be such a
their political actions might be.
leader is the United States. But a country cannot be such a leader

in the political arena unless it is also in the technological forefront.
The United States used to be the reactor-technology leader, but it
abandoned that role in 1994 when it terminated the development of
the IFR. Since then, other nations China, India, Japan, South Korea, Russia, France
have proceeded to work on their own fast-reactor versions, which
necessarily will involve instituting a fuel-processing capability. Thus
the United States is being left behind, and is rapidly losing its ability
to help assure that the global evolution of the technology of nuclear
energy proceeds in a safe and orderly manner. But maybe its not too late yet. After all, the
IFR is the fast-reactor technology with the post promise (for a variety of
reasons), and is ready for a commercial-scale demonstration to settle
some uncertainties about how to scale up the pyroprocess as
needed, to establish better limits on the expected cost of production
units, and to develop an appropriate, expeditious licensing process.
Such a demo will require federal seed money. Its time to get
moving.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
54
Prolif causes extinction

Krieger 9 [David, Pres. Nuclear Age Peace Foundation and Councilor
World Future Council, Still Loving the Bomb After All These Years, 9-4,
https://www.wagingpeace.org/articles/2009/09/04_krieger_newsweek_respons
e.php?krieger]
Jonathan Teppermans article in the September 7, 2009 issue of Newsweek, Why Obama Should Learn to
Love the Bomb, provides a novel but frivolous argument that nuclear
weapons may not, in fact, make the world more dangerous. Rather, in Teppermans world, The bomb may
actually make us safer. Tepperman shares this world with Kenneth
Waltz, a University of California professor emeritus of political science, who Tepperman describes as the
leading nuclear optimist. Waltz expresses his optimism in this way: Weve now had 64 years of
experience since Hiroshima. Its striking and against all historical precedent that for that substantial period, there has not
Actually, there were a number of proxy wars

between n uclear w eapons s tates, such as those in Korea, Vietnam
and Afghanistan, and some near disasters, the most notable being the 1962 Cuban
Missile Crisis. Waltzs logic is akin to observing a man falling from a high
rise building, and noting that he had already fallen for 64 floors
without anything bad happening to him, and concluding that so far it
looked so good that others should try it. Dangerous logic ! Tepperman builds
been any war among nuclear states.
upon Waltzs logic, and concludes that all states are rational, even though their leaders may have a lot of bad qualities,
including being stupid, petty, venal, even evil. He asks us to trust that rationality will always prevail when there is a
risk of nuclear retaliation, because these weapons make the costs of war obvious, inevitable, and unacceptable.
he is asking us to do more than trust in the rationality of

leaders; he is asking us to gamble the future on this proposition .
Actually,
The
iron logic of deterrence and mutually assured destruction is so compelling, Tepperman argues, its led to whats known
as the nuclear peace. But if this is a peace worthy of the name, which it isnt, it certainly is not one on which to risk
One irrational leader with control over a nuclear

arsenal could start a nuclear conflagration, resulting in a global Hiroshima .
the future of civilization.
Tepperman celebrates the iron logic of deterrence, but deterrence is a theory that is far from rooted in iron logic. It is
a theory based upon threats that must be effectively communicated and believed. Leaders of Country A with nuclear
weapons must communicate to other countries (B, C, etc.) the conditions under which A will retaliate with nuclear
weapons. The leaders of the other countries must understand and believe the threat from Country A will, in fact, be
The longer that nuclear weapons are not used, the more
other countries may come to believe that they can challenge Country
A with impunity from nuclear retaliation. The more that Country A
bullies other countries, the greater the incentive for these countries
to develop their own nuclear arsenals . Deterrence is unstable and
therefore precarious. Most of the countries in the world reject the argument, made most prominently by
carried out.
Kenneth Waltz, that the spread of nuclear weapons makes the world safer. These countries joined together in the Nuclear
Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) to prevent the spread of nuclear weapons, but they never agreed to maintain indefinitely a
system of nuclear apartheid in which some states possess nuclear weapons and others are prohibited from doing so. The
principal bargain of the NPT requires the five NPT nuclear weapons states (US, Russia, UK, France and China) to engage in
good faith negotiations for nuclear disarmament, and the International Court of Justice interpreted this to mean complete
nuclear disarmament in all its aspects. Tepperman seems to be arguing that seeking to prevent the proliferation of
nuclear weapons is bad policy, and that nuclear weapons, because of their threat, make efforts at non-proliferation
unnecessary and even unwise. If some additional states, including Iran, developed nuclear arsenals, he concludes that
wouldnt be so bad given the way that bombs tend to mellow behavior. Those who oppose Teppermans favorable
These would be the people,

and I would certainly be one of them, who see nuclear weapons as
presenting an urgent danger to our security, our species and our
future. Tepperman finds that when viewed from his nuclear optimist perspective, nuclear weapons
start to seem a lot less frightening. Nuclear peace, he tells us, rests on a scary
bargain: you accept a small chance that something extremely bad
will happen in exchange for a much bigger chance that something very
bad conventional war wont happen. But the extremely bad
thing he asks us to accept is the end of the human species . Yes, that would be
disposition toward the bomb, he refers to as nuclear pessimists.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
55
He also doesnt make the case that in a world without nuclear

weapons, the prospects of conventional war would increase
dramatically. After all, it is only an unproven supposition that nuclear
weapons have prevented wars, or would do so in the future . We have
serious.
certainly come far too close to the precipice of catastrophic nuclear war. As an ultimate celebration of the faulty logic of
deterrence, Tepperman calls for providing any nuclear weapons state with a survivable second strike option. Thus, he
not only favors nuclear weapons, but finds the security of these weapons to trump human security. Presumably he would
have President Obama providing new and secure nuclear weapons to North Korea, Pakistan and any other nuclear
weapons states that come along so that they will feel secure enough not to use their weapons in a first-strike attack .
Do we really want to bet the human future that Kim Jong-Il and his
successors are more rational than Mr. Tepperman?
Nuclear leadership enables multilateral solutions to

warming
CSIS 13 [Center for Strategic and International Studies, Restoring U.S.
Leadership in Nuclear Energy, The CSIS Commission on Nuclear Energy
Policy in the United States. June 2013 | prs]
Nuclear energy is currently the only commercially available, lowcarbon generating resource that can provide reliable base load
power on a large scale. Any scenario for achieving substantial
global carbon reductions in the future will require bringing large
increments of low-carbon capacity on line, in the United States and
worldwide. This could be much more difficult and potentially much more
expensive without a sizable contribution from nuclear energy .
Political will to act on climate change has recently waned in the
United States and elsewhere. But these conditions could change quickly
if warming trends accelerate or if evidence emerges that the global climate
system could be nearing a kind of tipping point beyond which damages
become much more difficult or costly to manage. At present, nuclear energy
accounts for about two-thirds of the low-carbon electricity supply in the
United States and about 45 percent of the low-carbon electricity supply
globally.74 Over the next several decades, access to improved
nuclear technologies could have enormous option value for
reconciling the energy needs of modern societies with the scale and
pace of carbon reductions needed to avert the most damaging
consequences of human-induced warming . Indeed, access to U .S.origin nuclear power technology could even be an important
bargaining chip for U.S. negotiators if the United States someday
finds itself in the position of bringing other countries along in an
international effort to limit greenhouse gas emissions.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
56
2NC Competitiveness
Key to U.S. competitiveness
Saha, 3-6 (Devashree, Senior Policy Analyst @ Brookings, Reauthorize the ExIm Bank to Foster Exports, the New Republic, p. www.tnr.com/blog/theavenue/101432/reauthorize-the-ex-im-bank-foster-exports)
Most important though, the
Ex-Im Bank addresses a critical market failure. The

bank operates as a lender of last resort responding to risks shunned by private sector
finance. To that end, the bank focuses on exports by small- and medium-sized
companies that otherwise would find it difficult to access private sector funding,
including those with riskier but innovative technologies. The United States faces a
tough global market for exports. ECAs of other countries--especially ECAs in emerging
economies that offer aggressive below-market loans to gain an edge in the global marketplace skirting Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) rules--provide several times more export
assistance as a share of GDP than the United States does. Given these realities,
reauthorizing and reforming the Ex-Im Banks financing operations for exports is a priority.
Without it, meeting President Obamas National Export Initiative goal to double exports by 2015 will be difficult.
Competitiveness is crucial to hegemony

Segal 10 Adam Segal is Maurice R. Greenberg Senior Fellow in China
Studies at the Council on Foreign Relations Is America Losing its Edge?

Nov/Dec. 2004 accessed July 20, 2010
http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/60260/adam-segal/is-america-losingits-edge
The United States' global primacy depends in large part on its ability
to develop new technologies and industries faster than anyone else .
For the last five decades, U.S. scientific innovation and technological
entrepreneurship have ensured the country's economic prosperity
and military power. It was Americans who invented and
commercialized the semiconductor, the personal computer, and the
Internet; other countries merely followed the U.S. lead . Today, however,
this technological edge-so long taken for granted-may be slipping,
and the most serious challenge is coming from Asia . Through
competitive tax policies, increased investment in research and
development (R&D), and preferential policies for science and
technology (S&T) personnel, Asian governments are improving the
quality of their science and ensuring the exploitation of future
innovations. The percentage of patents issued to and science journal articles published by scientists
in China, Singapore, South Korea, and Taiwan is rising. Indian companies are quickly becoming the secondlargest producers of application services in the world, developing, supplying, and managing database and
other types of software for clients around the world. South Korea has rapidly eaten away at the U.S.
advantage in the manufacture of computer chips and telecommunications software. And even China has
made impressive gains in advanced technologies such as lasers, biotechnology, and advanced materials
United
States' technical dominance remains solid, the globalization of
research and development is exerting considerable pressures on the
American system. Indeed, as the United States is learning, globalization cuts both
ways: it is both a potent catalyst of U.S. technological innovation
and a significant threat to it. The United States will never be able to
used in semiconductors, aerospace, and many other types of manufacturing. Although the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
57
prevent rivals from developing new technologies; it can remain

dominant only by continuing to innovate faster than everyone else.
But this won't be easy; to keep its privileged position in the world,
the United States must get better at fostering technological
entrepreneurship at home.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
2NC Economy Structural Violence

Global economic collapse causes food crisis, economic
hardships, and increases poverty
[Michael T. Author and Professor of Peace and World-Security Studies at Hampshire
College, March 19, http://www.huffingtonpost.com/michael-t-klare/the-secondshockwave_b_176358.html]
Klare 9
While the
economic contraction is apparently slowing in the advanced industrial countries and may
only beginning to gain momentum in the
developing world, which was spared the earliest effects of the global
meltdown. Because the crisis was largely precipitated by a collapse of the housing market in the United States
reach bottom in the not-too-distant future, it's
and the resulting disintegration of financial products derived from the "securitization" of questionable mortgages,
most developing nations were unaffected by the early stages of the meltdown, for the simple reason that they
possessed few such assets. But now, as the wealthier nations cease investing in the developing world or acquiring its
exports, the crisis is hitting them with a vengeance. On top of this, conditions are deteriorating at a time when severe
drought is affecting many key food-producing regions and poor farmers lack the wherewithal to buy seeds, fertilizers,
and fuel. The likely result: A looming food crisis in many areas hit hardest by
the global economic meltdown. Until now, concern over the human impact of the
global crisis has largely been focused -- understandably so -- on unemployment and
economic hardship in the United States, Europe, and former Soviet Union. Many stories have appeared on
the devastating impact of plant closings, bankruptcies, and home foreclosures on families and communities in these
parts of the world. Much less coverage has been devoted to the meltdown's impact on people in the developing world.
As the crisis spreads to the poorer countries, however, it's likely that people in these areas
will experience hardships every bit as severe as those in the wealthier countries -- and, in many cases, far worse. The
greatest worry is that most of the gains achieved in eradicating poverty over the last decade or so
will be wiped out, forcing tens or hundreds of millions of people from the
working class and the lower rungs of the middle class back into the
penury from which they escaped. Equally worrisome is the risk of food scarcity
in these areas, resulting in widespread malnutrition, hunger, and starvation. All this is sure to produce vast human
misery, sickness, and death, but could also result in social and political unrest of various sorts, including riot,
rebellion, and ethnic strife. The president, Congress, or the mainstream media are not, for the most part, discussing
these perils. As before, public interest remains focused on the ways in which the crisis is affecting the United States
and the other major industrial powers. But the World Bank, the Food and Agriculture Organization, and U.S.
intelligence officials, in three recent reports, are paying increased attention to the prospect of a second economic
shockwave, this time affecting the developing world.Sinking Back Into Penury In late February, the World Bank staff
prepared a background paper for the Group of 20 (G-20) finance ministers meeting held near London on March 13
and 14. Entitled "Swimming Against the Tide: How Developing Countries Are Coping with the Global Crisis," it
provides a preliminary assessment of the meltdown's impact on low-income countries (LICs). The picture, though still
hazy, is one of deepening gloom. Most LICs were shielded from the initial impact of the sudden blockage in private
capital flows because they have such limited access to such markets. "But while slower to emerge," the report notes,
"the impact of the crisis on LICs has been no less significant as the effects have spread through other channels." For
example, "many LIC governments rely on disproportionately on revenue from commodity exports, the prices of which
have declined sharply along with global demand." Likewise, foreign direct investment is falling, particularly in the
natural resource sectors. On top of this, remittances from immigrants in the wealthier countries to their families back
home have dropped, erasing an important source of income to poor communities. Add all this up, and it's likely that
"the slowdown in growth will likely deepen the deprivation of the existing
poor." In many LICs, moreover, "large numbers of people are clustered just above
the poverty line and are therefore particularly vulnerable to economic
volatility and temporary slowdowns." As the intensity of the crisis grows, more and
more of these people will lose their jobs or their other sources of income
(such as those all-important remittances) and so be pushed from above the poverty line to beneath it. The resulting
outcome: "The economic crisis is projected to increase poverty by around 46
million people in 2009."
58
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
59
2NC Turns Manufacturing

Failure to reauthorize tanks manufacturing---internal-link
turns the economy adv
NAM 14 [National Assn of Manufacturers, The Export-Import Bank of the
U.S., http://www.nam.org/Issues/Trade/Ex-Im-Bank.aspx | prs]
The U.S. Export-Import Bank (Ex-Im) is a vital tool to help grow U.S. exports and
increase American jobs. As the official export credit agency of the United States, Ex-Im Bank assists in
financing U.S. exports from thousands of American companies and bolsters our global competitiveness. In
90 percent of Export-Import Banks transactions directly

support U.S. small business. Ex-Im Bank operates at no cost to the taxpayer, and it has a
fact, nearly
track record of generating a profit for the government. Last year alone, the Bank sent $1 billion to the U.S.
The U.S. Export-Import Banks current charter is set to expire

in September 2014, and a lapse in authorization would threaten the
Treasury.
competitiveness of manufacturers in the United State sparticularly

small and medium-sized manufacturers. Manufacturers are urging
Congress to move quickly to pass a reauthorization of the Ex-Im
Bank. When Ex-Im Bank was last reauthorized in 2012, the legislation received broad bipartisan support
in both the House and Senate.
Ex-Im Bank key to US manufacturing

The Hill 7/29 (Vicki Needham, reporter for The Hill, Report: Failure to
fund Ex-Im Bank puts US manufacturers at global disadvantage 7/29/14,
http://thehill.com/policy/finance/213637-report-failure-to-fund-ex-im-bankputs-us-manufacturers-as-global-disadvantage, accessed 7/30/14)
Manufacturers argued on Tuesday that the failure of Congress to
reauthorize the Export-Import Bank puts U.S. firms even further
behind in an increasingly competitive global export credit financing
market. A new report from the National Association of
Manufacturers (NAM) concluded that amid the massive size and growth of foreign export
credit activity around the world, eliminating Ex-Im would make it much more
difficult for U.S. manufacturers to compete in rapidly growing
sectors such as infrastructure and transportation. The size and scope of the
Ex-Im Bank pales in comparison to the official export credit agencies of our top competitors, NAM
If Congress eliminates the Ex-Im Bank, these

other nations will jump in and fill the void, and manufacturers in the
United States stand to lose tens of billions of dollars in business. The
President and CEO Jay Timmons.
export financing arms of nine of the nation's top trading partners Brazil, Canada, China, France,
Germany, Japan, Mexico, South Korea and the United Kingdom provided nearly half a trillion dollars in
export credit assistance to their exporters in 2013. That amount is more than 18 times greater than the
$27 billion provided by the Ex-Im Bank last year. While the U.S. Ex-Im Bank supported about 2.42 percent
of all U.S. exports, Germany (3.63 percent), China (12.50 percent) and Canada (20.29 percent) supported a
larger share of their countries exports. China dominates the export credit financing landscape, with
Beijing's bank authorizing more than $153 billion in 2013, helping to grow exports by nearly 57 percent
from 2012. Without Ex-Im, tens of billions of dollars in U.S. exports will be put at risk annually and foreign
manufacturers will win foreign sales, the report said. Plus, the growth of U.S. small-business
manufacturers will be stunted. The bank's charter expires Sept. 30. House conservatives are aiming to
eliminate the bank because they say it is a form of corporate cronyism. A House Oversight and
Government Reform subcommittee will look at problems at the bank at a Tuesday morning hearing. Bank
Ex-Im financing has

become even more important given growing constraints on privatePresident Fred Hochberg is set to testify.
The NAM report said that
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
60
lending options for certain types of exports, including small business

transactions and exports related to long-term projects and emerging
markets where foreign financing is much more active. Most developed
countries and many developing countries have official export credit agencies with more than 60 operating
worldwide.
More evidence
Bloomberg 7/8 (Michael C. Bender, Congressional reporter for Bloomberg
News, Boeing Faces Credit Risk If Ex-Im Bank Closed, S&P Says 7/8/14,
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-07-08/boeing-faces-credit-risk-if-ex-imbank-closed-s-p-says.html, accessed 7/30/14)
Boeing Co. (BA) may face a long-term credit risk if Congress doesnt
reauthorize the Export-Import Bank, said a report by Standard &
Poors Ratings Services. Without financing from the bank, the
worlds largest plane maker may need to provide between $7 billion
and $9 billion in financial backing to airlines and other clients , according
to the report today. Chicago-based Boeings current financing portfolio was $3.5 billion on March 31. A number
of Republicans in Congress oppose reauthorizing the 80-year-old
Export-Import Bank, which provides low-cost loans to aid U.S.
exports. The lender says its loans supported more than 200,000 jobs last year at
no cost to taxpayers. Backers of the limited-government Tea Party criticize the loans as corporate welfare.
Authorization for the bank expires Sept. 30. Boeing, the largest beneficiary of Ex-Ims
activities, could face long-term credit risks, especially if it responds
by significantly expanding the direct loans and guarantees it
provides to its airline customers in order to remain competitive ,
according to S&P, a unit of McGraw-Hill Cos. that provides credit ratings and financial information Airbus Group (AIR),
based in Blagnac, France, and Boeings main competitor, has financing support from European export credit agencies.
Shares Fall Boeing fell 1.8 percent to $126.77 at 3:47 p.m. in New York. The decline is one of the steepest among the
members of the Dow Jones Industrial Average. (INDU) The potential effects on multiple U.S. business sectors as noted in
the S&P report are consistent with what we have been saying all along, Boeing spokesman Tim Neale said in a statement.
the elimination of Ex-Im would put Boeing and thousands of

companies in our U.S. supply chain at a competitive disadvantage to
For aerospace,
Airbus.
Kills manufacturing
Hiebert 7/10 (Murray Hiebert, Senior Fellow and Deputy Director, Sumitro
Chair for Southeast Asia Studies, CSIS, Congress Should Reauthorize Ex-Im
Bank to Level the Playing Field for U.S. Companies 7/10/14,
http://csis.org/publication/southeast-asia-scott-circle-congress-shouldreauthorize-ex-im-bank-level-playing-field-u#commentary, accessed 7/30/14)
In one of the more unusual twists in Washington, the Tea Party and conservative
Republicans in Congress are taking on the nations largest business
associations, labor unions, and most Democrats in a battle to shut
down the Export-Import (Ex-Im) Bank of the United States. The eightdecade-old Ex-Im Banks charter will expire September 30 unless
Congress votes to reauthorize the agency. The Ex-Im Bank helps U.S.
companies sell their products overseas by providing low-cost loans
and loan guarantees to foreign businesses to make it easier for them
to buy U.S. goods and services. The agency in fiscal year 2013 authorized $27 billion to
support U.S. exports totaling roughly $37 billion, including airplanes, power-generating equipment, and oil
and gas projects. The bank earned interest and fee income of just over $1 billion, which it turned over to
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
61
the U.S. Treasury. The harshest critics charge that the Ex-Im Bank creates crony capitalism that supports
exporting firms over companies that sell domestically. They say it interferes in the market and provides the
government with an opportunity to pick winners and losers. Conservative members of Congress argue that
it causes risks for taxpayers and say that exporters should look instead to the private sector for the loans
they need to fund exports. The new House of Representatives Majority Leader, Kevin McCarthy, recently
told Fox News that he would allow the Ex-Im Banks charter to expire. The California Republican said one
of the biggest problems with government is they go and take hard-earned money so others do things the
private sector can do. Thats what the Ex-Im Bank does. McCarthys opposition strengthens the hand of
Financial Services Committee chair Jeb Hensarling, who says his goal is to wind down the agency. Ex-Im
Bank supporters, which include most of the countrys business associations as well as the Barack Obama
shutting down the bank could result in billions of

dollars of lost foreign orders and could prompt some companies to
move their operations to countries that provide export financing . They
say the agency makes it possible for U.S. firms to compete with their
foreign competitors, many of whom get government aid including
financing at below market rates. The heads of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the
administration, argue that
National Association of Manufacturers argued in a recent letter to the Wall Street Journal, whose editorials
have called for pulling the plug on the agency, that the Ex-Im Bank levels the global playing field by
making it possible for U.S. companies to compete in an environment in which some 60 countries have
issued over $1 trillion in trade financing in recent years. These two business groupings, which have
mounted a public relations campaign urging Congress to support Ex-Im Bank reauthorization, also rejected
the argument that the bank mainly helps multinationals. They said that last year the agency approved
more than 3,400 small business transactions and that small businesses accounted for almost 90 percent of
its transactions in 2013. If
Ex-Im is not reauthorized, products of all sizes

and shapes, from planes to medical equipment, will still be
purchased overseas, the heads of the two organizations said. They just will not be
produced in the U.S. by American workers. In a letter to members of Congress
signed by 835 business associations from across the United States, the signatories argued that failure to
reauthorize the Ex-Im Bank would amount to unilateral disarmament in the face of far-more-aggressive
export credit agencies in countries like Brazil, China, France, Germany, and South Korea. House
Democrats, who for the most part support the agency, introduced legislation in late June that would
reauthorize the Ex-Im Bank for seven years and boost its lending cap to $175 billion, significantly higher
than the $140 billion limit approved in 2012. The Ex-Im Bank has a critical role to play in the larger U.S.
rebalance toward the Asia Pacific. Trade and investment relations serve as a critical component of U.S. ties
to the countries of Southeast Asia, and few other regions offer U.S. companies as many opportunities.
These countries for the most part have rapidly growing economies and emerging middle classes with
whom U.S. products are popular. The United States ranks as the Asia Pacifics fifth-largest trading partner,
but economic relations could be more robust. The U.S. market share has dropped about 10 percent over
the past two decades, while the regions trade ties with China have soared. For the United States to boost
its role in the region, it is critical that the 12-nation Trans-Pacific Partnership free trade agreement be
completed soon because it will help open markets for U.S. products and convince governments in the
region that Washington is competing in the Asia Pacific not only politically and militarily but commercially
as well. The Ex-Im Bank has an important complementary role to play by helping U.S. companies compete
against rivals from China, Japan, South Korea, and European nations whose companies benefit from cheap
loans from their versions of the bank. In the interest of promoting U.S. exports and supporting American
jobs, Congress should set aside the acrimonious arguments against the Ex-Im Bank and vote to
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
62
2NC Naval Power

Ex-Im key to merchant marine fleet
Ilias, 1-31 (Shayerah, Analyst in International Trade and Finance @ CRS,

Reauthorization of the Export-Import Bank: Issues and Policy Options for
Congress, p. www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41829.pdf) drc
Ex-Im Banks shipping policy is based on the Jones Act (46 U.S. Code 55101), which requires
that merchandise being transported by water between U.S. points must travel in U.S.built and U.S.-citizen-owned vessels that are registered in the United States, and Public
Resolution 17 (PR- 17, approved March 26, 1934, by the 73 rd Congress), whose purpose is to
support the U.S. strategic objective of maintaining a merchant marine
sufficient to carry a substantial portion of its waterborne export and import foreign commerce. 32 Under
Ex-Im Banks shipping policy, certain products supported by Ex-Im Bank must be
transported exclusively on U.S. vessels. Transactions subject to the Ex-Im Bank shipping
requirement include direct loans of any amount, guarantees above $20 million, and products with repayment periods
of more than seven years. Under limited conditions, a waiver on this requirement may be granted on a case-by-case
basis by the U.S. Maritime Administration (MARAD). Supporters contend that maintaining U.S. flag
vessels is critical to U.S. national security and essential to

maintaining a commercial U.S.-flag merchant marine . 33 They argue that, from a
budgetary standpoint, cargo preference is a highly cost efficient way to support a
privately owned U.S.-flag commercial fleet. Because the goods will be shipped
regardless of which ship carries them, and therefore the cost will be incurred regardless, requiring that some
of the cargoes be shipped on U.S.-flag vessels leverages that basic transportation expense to provide other benefits
to the nation at a fraction of direct cost purchase. The concern under this view is that otherwise, the U.S.
government would have to duplicate sealift capacity at enormous expense with government-owned vessels. 34
These merchant U.S.-flag vessels are then available to transport U.S.
troops and military equipment. Proponents also argue that the cargo preference
requirements help to support the U.S. shipping industry and the employment of
shipboard crew.
Merchant marines key to U.S. naval power

Captain, 2011 (Captain is the World Leader in Maritime & Offshore News, Navy
League: Skilled Merchant Marine, Strong U.S. Shipbuilding Critical to
America's Economic and National Security, p. gcaptain.com/navy-leagueskilled-merchant/?24734) drc
A skilled Merchant Marine and strong U.S. shipbuilding industry are critical to
Americas national and economic security declares the Navy League of the United States in
its just-released 2011-12 Policy Statement. The 32-page document credits the Jones Act and other U.S.
maritime laws with playing a crucial role in todays irregular warfare environment. The
ability to
access [the] maritime capability of ships and seafarers is essential to our national
and economic security, the Navy League said. The Voluntary Intermodal Agreement, which includes the
domestic Jones Act fleet, provides 135 ships, 213 barges and tugs, and worldwide intermodal capability.
Without these commercial capabilities, the U.S. government would

be required to provide significantly more funds to build a
replacement fleet and infrastructure while losing the pool of highly
qualified mariners needed to sail these vessels . The Navy League also
emphasized the critical importance of a strong American shipyard capacity. Citing the benefits of Navy,
Coast Guard and commercial shipbuilding, the League said that It is essential that this nation have a
policy at the highest levels of government to support and sustain an adequate industrial base capable of
providing and supporting a strong Navy and maritime commerce. The report said the Jones Act and other
maritime laws boost security by adding a sealift capacity as well

as an expanded pool of trained and experienced mariners to crew U.S.
U.S.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
63
laws also help to sustain the U.S. shipbuilding

base that is vital to the U.S. Navy. Ninety-five percent
of the equipment and supplies required to deploy the U.S. armed
forces is moved by sea. The Navy League recognizes that our military needs to
maintain a strong Merchant Marine of U.S-flagged vessels and domestic
shipbuilding capacity to support our armed services worldwide, said James Henry,
government-owned sealift assets. These
and repair industrial
President of the Transportation Institute and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the American Maritime
Partnership.
Naval power decline causes multiple nuclear wars

Robert Kagan, Senior Fellow at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, End of Dreams, Return of
History, 7-19-2007, http://www.realclearpolitics.com/articles/2007/07/end_of_dreams_return_of_histor.html
This is a good thing, and it should continue to be a primary goal of
American foreign policy to perpetuate this relatively benign international
configuration of power. The unipolar order with the United States as the
predominant power is unavoidably riddled with flaws and contradictions.
It inspires fears and jealousies. The United States is not immune to error, like all other nations, and because of its size and importance
in the international system those errors are magnified and take on greater significance than the errors of less powerful nations.
Compared to the ideal Kantian international order, in which all the world 's powers would be peace-loving equals, conducting
themselves wisely, prudently, and in strict obeisance to international law, the unipolar system is both dangerous and
unjust. Compared
to any plausible alternative in the real world, however, it is

relatively stable and less likely to produce a major war between great
powers.
It is also comparatively benevolent, from a liberal perspective, for it is more conducive to the principles of economic and political liberalism that Americans and many others value. American predominance does not stand in the way of progress toward a better world, therefore. It stands in the way of regression toward a more dangerous world. The choice is not between an American-dominated order and a world that looks
like the European Union. The future international order will be shaped by those who have the power to shape it. The leaders of a post-American world will not meet in Brussels but in Beijing, Moscow, and Washington. The return of great powers and great games If the world is marked by the persistence of unipolarity, it is nevertheless also being shaped by the reemergence of competitive national ambitions of the kind that have shaped human affairs from time
immemorial. During the Cold War, this historical tendency of great powers to jostle with one another for status and influence as well as for wealth and power was largely suppressed by the two superpowers and their rigid bipolar order. Since the end of the Cold War, the United States has not been powerful enough, and probably could never be powerful enough, to suppress by itself the normal ambitions of nations. This does not mean the world has returned to
multipolarity, since none of the large powers is in range of competing with the superpower for global influence. Nevertheless, several large powers are now competing for regional predominance, both with the United States and with each other. National ambition drives China's foreign policy today, and although it is tempered by prudence and the desire to appear as unthreatening as possible to the rest of the world, the Chinese are powerfully motivated to return their
nation to what they regard as its traditional position as the preeminent power in East Asia. They do not share a European, postmodern view that power is pass; hence their now two-decades-long military buildup and modernization. Like the Americans, they believe power, including military power, is a good thing to have and that it is better to have more of it than less. Perhaps more significant is the Chinese perception, also shared by Americans, that status and honor,
and not just wealth and security, are important for a nation. Japan, meanwhile, which in the past could have been counted as an aspiring postmodern power -- with its pacifist constitution and low defense spending -- now appears embarked on a more traditional national course. Partly this is in reaction to the rising power of China and concerns about North Korea 's nuclear weapons. But it is also driven by Japan's own national ambition to be a leader in East Asia or at
least not to play second fiddle or "little brother" to China. China and Japan are now in a competitive quest with each trying to augment its own status and power and to prevent the other 's rise to predominance, and this competition has a military and strategic as well as an economic and political component. Their competition is such that a nation like South Korea, with a long unhappy history as a pawn between the two powers, is once again worrying both about a "greater
China" and about the return of Japanese nationalism. As Aaron Friedberg commented, the East Asian future looks more like Europe's past than its present. But it also looks like Asia's past. Russian foreign policy, too, looks more like something from the nineteenth century. It is being driven by a typical, and typically Russian, blend of national resentment and ambition. A postmodern Russia simply seeking integration into the new European order, the Russia of Andrei
Kozyrev, would not be troubled by the eastward enlargement of the EU and NATO, would not insist on predominant influence over its "near abroad," and would not use its natural resources as means of gaining geopolitical leverage and enhancing Russia 's international status in an attempt to regain the lost glories of the Soviet empire and Peter the Great. But Russia, like China and Japan, is moved by more traditional great-power considerations, including the pursuit of
those valuable if intangible national interests: honor and respect. Although Russian leaders complain about threats to their security from NATO and the United States, the Russian sense of insecurity has more to do with resentment and national identity than with plausible external military threats. 16 Russia's complaint today is not with this or that weapons system. It is the entire post-Cold War settlement of the 1990s that Russia resents and wants to revise. But that does
not make insecurity less a factor in Russia 's relations with the world; indeed, it makes finding compromise with the Russians all the more difficult. One could add others to this list of great powers with traditional rather than postmodern aspirations. India 's regional ambitions are more muted, or are focused most intently on Pakistan, but it is clearly engaged in competition with China for dominance in the Indian Ocean and sees itself, correctly, as an emerging great power
on the world scene. In the Middle East there is Iran, which mingles religious fervor with a historical sense of superiority and leadership in its region. 17 Its nuclear program is as much about the desire for regional hegemony as about defending Iranian territory from attack by the United States. Even the European Union, in its way, expresses a pan-European national ambition to play a significant role in the world, and it has become the vehicle for channeling German,
French, and British ambitions in what Europeans regard as a safe supranational direction. Europeans seek honor and respect, too, but of a postmodern variety. The honor they seek is to occupy the moral high ground in the world, to exercise moral authority, to wield political and economic influence as an antidote to militarism, to be the keeper of the global conscience, and to be recognized and admired by others for playing this role. Islam is not a nation, but many
Muslims express a kind of religious nationalism, and the leaders of radical Islam, including al Qaeda, do seek to establish a theocratic nation or confederation of nations that would encompass a wide swath of the Middle East and beyond. Like national movements elsewhere, Islamists have a yearning for respect, including self-respect, and a desire for honor. Their national identity has been molded in defiance against stronger and often oppressive outside powers, and also
by memories of ancient superiority over those same powers. China had its "century of humiliation." Islamists have more than a century of humiliation to look back on, a humiliation of which Israel has become the living symbol, which is partly why even Muslims who are neither radical nor fundamentalist proffer their sympathy and even their support to violent extremists who can turn the tables on the dominant liberal West, and particularly on a dominant America which
implanted and still feeds the Israeli cancer in their midst. Finally, there is the United States itself. As a matter of national policy stretching back across numerous administrations, Democratic and Republican, liberal and conservative, Americans have insisted on preserving regional predominance in East Asia; the Middle East; the Western Hemisphere; until recently, Europe; and now, increasingly, Central Asia. This was its goal after the Second World War, and since the
end of the Cold War, beginning with the first Bush administration and continuing through the Clinton years, the United States did not retract but expanded its influence eastward across Europe and into the Middle East, Central Asia, and the Caucasus. Even as it maintains its position as the predominant global power, it is also engaged in hegemonic competitions in these regions with China in East and Central Asia, with Iran in the Middle East and Central Asia, and with
Russia in Eastern Europe, Central Asia, and the Caucasus. The United States, too, is more of a traditional than a postmodern power, and though Americans are loath to acknowledge it, they generally prefer their global place as "No. 1" and are equally loath to relinquish it. Once having entered a region, whether for practical or idealistic reasons, they are remarkably slow to withdraw from it until they believe they have substantially transformed it in their own image. They
profess indifference to the world and claim they just want to be left alone even as they seek daily to shape the behavior of billions of people around the globe. The jostling for status and influence among these ambitious nations and would-be nations is a second defining feature of the new post-Cold War international system. Nationalism in all its forms is back, if it ever went away, and so is international competition for power, influence, honor, and status. American
predominance prevents these rivalries from intensifying -- its regional as well as its global predominance. Were the United States to diminish its influence in the regions where it is currently the strongest power, the other nations would settle disputes as great and lesser powers have done in the past: sometimes through diplomacy and accommodation but often through confrontation and wars of varying scope, intensity, and destructiveness. One novel aspect of such a
the United States is

the dominant naval power everywhere, such that other nations cannot
compete with it even in their home waters. They either happily or
grudgingly allow the United States Navy to be the guarantor of
international waterways and trade routes, of international access to
markets and raw materials such as oil. Even when the United States
engages in a war, it is able to play its role as guardian of the waterways. In
a more genuinely multipolar world, however, it would not. Nations would
compete for naval dominance at least in their own regions and possibly
beyond. Conflict between nations would involve struggles on the oceans
multipolar world is that most of these powers would possess nuclear weapons. That could make wars between them less likely, or it could simply make them morecatastrophic. It is easy but also dangerous to underestimate the role the United States plays in providing a measure of stability in the world even as it also disrupts stability. For instance ,
as well as
on land. Armed embargos, of the kind used in World War i and other major conflicts, would disrupt trade flows in a way that is now impossible. Such order as exists in the world rests not merely on the goodwill of peoples but on a foundation provided by American power. Even the European Union, that great geopolitical miracle, owes its founding to American power, for without it the European nations after World War ii would never have felt secure enough to reintegrate
Germany. Most Europeans recoil at the thought, but even today Europe 's stability depends on the guarantee, however distant and one hopes unnecessary, that the United States could step in to check any dangerous development on the continent. In a genuinely multipolar world, that would not be possible without renewing the danger of world war. People who believe greater equality among nations would be preferable to the present American predominance often
succumb to a basic logical fallacy. They believe the order the world enjoys today exists independently of American power. They imagine that in a world where American power was diminished, the aspects of international order that they like would remain in place. But that 's not the way it works. International order does not rest on ideas and institutions. It is shaped by configurations of power. The international order we know today reflects the distribution of power in the
world since World War ii, and especially since the end of the Cold War. A different configuration of power, a multipolar world in which the poles were Russia, China, the United States, India, and Europe, would produce its own kind of order, with different rules and norms reflecting the interests of the powerful states that would have a hand in shaping it. Would that international order be an improvement? Perhaps for Beijing and Moscow it would. But it is doubtful that it
War could erupt

between China and Taiwan and draw in both the United States and Japan.
War could erupt between Russia and Georgia, forcing the United States
and its European allies to decide whether to intervene or suffer the
consequences of a Russian victory. Conflict between India and
Pakistan remains possible, as does conflict between Iran and Israel or
other Middle Eastern states. These, too, could draw in other great
powers,
would suit the tastes of enlightenment liberals in the United States and Europe. The current order, of course, is not only far from perfect but also offers no guarantee against major conflict among the world 's great powers. Even under the umbrella of unipolarity, regional conflicts involving the large powers may erupt
including the United States. Such conflicts may be unavoidable no matter what policies the United States pursues. But they are more likely to erupt if the United States weakens or withdraws from its positions of regional dominance. This is especially true in East Asia, where most nations agree that a reliable American power has a stabilizing and pacific effect on the region. That is certainly the view of most of China 's
neighbors. But even China, which seeks gradually to supplant the United States as the dominant power in the region, faces the dilemma that an American withdrawal could unleash an ambitious, independent, nationalist Japan. In Europe, too, the departure of the United States from the scene -- even if it remained the world's most powerful nation -- could be destabilizing. It could tempt Russia to an even more overbearing and potentially forceful approach to unruly
nations on its periphery. Although some realist theorists seem to imagine that the disappearance of the Soviet Union put an end to the possibility of confrontation between Russia and the West, and therefore to the need for a permanent American role in Europe,history suggests that conflicts in Europe involving Russia are possible even without Soviet communism. If the United Stateswithdrew from Europe -- if it adopted what some call a strategy of "offshore balancing" -this could in time increase the likelihood of conflict involving Russia and its near neighbors, which could in turn draw the United States back in under unfavorable circumstances. It is also optimistic to imagine that a retrenchment of the American position in the Middle East and the assumption of a more passive, "offshore" role would lead to greater stability there. The vital interest the United States has in access to oil and the role it plays in keeping access open to other
nations in Europe and Asia make it unlikely that American leaders could or would stand back and hope for the best while the powers in the region battle it out. Nor would a more "even-handed" policy toward Israel, which some see as the magic key to unlocking peace, stability, and comity in the Middle East, obviate the need to come to Israel 's aid if its security became threatened. That commitment, paired with the American commitment to protect strategic oil supplies for
most of the world, practically ensures a heavy American military presence in the region, both on the seas and on the ground. The subtraction of American power from any region would not end conflict but would simply change the equation. In the Middle East, competition for influence among powers both inside and outside the region has raged for at least two centuries. The rise of Islamic fundamentalism doesn 't change this. It only adds a new and more threatening
The alternative to American predominance in

the region is not balance and peace. It is further competition. The region and the states
dimension to the competition, which neither a sudden end to the conflict between Israel and the Palestinians nor an immediate American withdrawal from Iraq would change.
within it remain relatively weak. A diminution of American influence would not be followed by a diminution of other external influences. One could expect
deeper involvement by both China and Russia, if only to secure their interests. 18 And one could also expect the more powerful states of the region,
particularly Iran, to expand and fill the vacuum. It is doubtful that any American administration would voluntarily take actions that could shift the balance of
power in the Middle East further toward Russia, China, or Iran. The world hasn't changed that much. An American withdrawal from Iraq will not return
things to "normal" or to a new kind of stability in the region. I will produce a new instability, one likely to draw the United States back in again .
The
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
64
alternative to American regional predominance in the Middle East and

elsewhere is not a new regional stability.
In an era of burgeoning nationalism, the future is likely to be one of intensified competition among nations and nationalist movements.
Difficult as it may be to extend American predominance into the future, no one should imagine that a reduction of American power or a retraction of American influence and global involvement will provide an easier path.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
65
Nuclear Leadership Ext Ex-Im Key

Ex-Im bank key to nuclear exports and US leadership
NEI 6/27
Lexis]
The Nuclear Energy Institute, in written testimony to the House Financial Services
Committee for a June 25 hearing on reauthorizing the Export-Import Bank of the United States, says
the bank is one of the most important tools available to promote
U.S. nuclear energy exports to the large and growing global
market. When a U.S. supplier wins a major nuclear power plant tender, it establishes relationships
that can endure for decades through the supply of fuel, equipment and services, NEI President and CEO
Marvin Fertel wrote. A
strong and reliable Ex-Im Bank will enable U.S.

nuclear energy suppliers to compete for and win international
nuclear energy tenders, add billions of dollars of U.S. exports and
tens of thousands of American jobs, and promote other U.S. national
interests, Fertel said.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
66
2NC Nuclear Leadership Warming

Extinction
Khosla 9,<Ashok, IUCN President, International Union for Conservation of
Nature, A new President for the United States: We have a dream, 1-29-09,
http://cms.iucn.org/news_events/?uNewsID=2595
A rejuvenated America, with a renewed purpose, commitment and
energy to make its contribution once again towards a better world
could well be the turning point that can reverse the current decline
in the state of the global economy, the health of its life support systems and the
morale of people everywhere. This extraordinary change in regime brings with it the promise of a deep
change in attitudes and aspirations of Americans, a change that will lead, hopefully, to new directions in
we can hope that from being a very

reluctant partner in global discussions, especially on issues relating to
environment and sustainable development, the U nited S tates will
become an active leader in international efforts to address the Millennial
threats now confronting civilization and even the survival of the
human species. For the conservation of biodiversity, so essential to
maintaining life on Earth , this promise of change has come not a
moment too soon. It would be a mistake to put all of our hopes on the shoulder of one young
their nations policies and action. In particular,
man, however capable he might be. The environmental challenges the world is facing cannot be addressed
an inspired US President guided by

who does not shy away from exercising the true
responsibilities and leadership his country is capable of, could do a
lot to spur the international community into action. To paraphrase one of his
by one country, let alone by one man. At the same time,
competent people,
illustrious predecessors, the world asks for action and action now. What was true in President Roosevelts
America 77 years ago is even more appropriate today. From IUCNs perspective, the first signals are
encouraging. The US has seriously begun to discuss constructive engagement in climate change debates.
With Copenhagen a mere 11 months away, this commitment is long overdue and certainly very welcome.
Many governments still worry that if they set tough standards to control carbon emissions, their industry
and agriculture will become uncompetitive, a fear that leads to a foot-dragging you go first attitude that
is blocking progress.
A positive intervention by the U nited S tates could

provide the vital catalyst that moves the basis of the present
negotiations beyond the narrowly defined national interests that lie
at the heart of the current impasse. The logjam in international
negotiations on climate change should not be difficult to break if the
US were to lead the industrialized countries to agree that much of
their wealth has been acquired at the expense of the environment (in
this case greenhouse gases emitted over the past two hundred years) and that with the
some of the benefits that this wealth has brought, comes the
obligation to deal with the problems that have resulted as sideeffects. With equitable entitlement to the common resources of the planet, an agreement that is fair
and acceptable to all nations should be easy enough to achieve. Caps on emissions and sharing of energy
efficient technologies are simply in the interest of everyone, rich or poor. And both rich and poor must now
be ready to adopt less destructive technologies based on renewables, efficiency and sustainability both
as a goal with intrinsic merit and also as an example to others. But climate is not the only critical global
Conservation of
biodiversity, a crucial prerequisite for the wellbeing of all humanity ,
no less America, needs as much attention, and just as urgently . The
environmental issue that this new administration will have to deal with.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
67
United States self-interest in conserving living natural resources

strongly converges with the global common good in every sphere: in
the oceans, by arresting the precipitate decline of fish stocks and
the alarming rise of acidification; on land, by regenerating the
health of our soils, forests and rivers; and in the atmosphere by
reducing the massive emission of pollutants from our wasteful
industries, construction, agriculture and transport systems.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
68
Small Business/Economy
Ex-im key to small businesses and the economy
RRStar.com, 8-29, 14,
http://www.rrstar.com/article/20140829/OPINION/140829268 DOA 8-30-14,
(Mark Denzler is the vice president and COO of the Illinois Manufacturers
Association, the oldest and largest state manufacturing association. Ron
Bullock is the chairman of Bison Gear & Engineering based in St. Charles.
Jason Speer is the president of Quality Float Works based in Schaumburg.)
Asweheadintothemidtermelections,youwonthearanypoliticianstoutingtheirplanstokillAmerican
jobsormakingstumpspeechesarguingthatforeigncompaniesshouldhaveaneasiertimecompeting
againstU.S.companies.ButthatswhatsomeinCongressarepushingforastheyproposetokillthe
ExportImportBank,agovernmentagencythatsupportsAmericanexportsbyfinancingsalesoverseas
whencommercialcreditisntavailable.
ExImisnowthreatenedwithcancellationforthefirsttimeinitseightdecadehistory,despiteitstrack
recordofcreatingjobsandreturningmoneytotheU.S.Treasury.Totheircredit,nearlyallofIllinois
representativesandsenatorsDemocratsandRepublicanssupportExIm,andforgoodreason.
Exportssupportmorethanaquarterofourmanufacturingjobs,whichemploy1outofevery10workersin
thestate.
ExImhashelpedIllinoiscompaniesfinanceroughly$5billioninexportssince2010,with$1billionin
exportsalreadythisyear.IllinoiscompaniesofallsizeshaveusedExIm,fromsmallMomandPopshops
tomajoremployerslikeBoeingandCaterpillar.EachIllinoismadeproductsoldoverseasnotonlysupports
thousandsofIllinoisjobsatthosecompanies,butalsocreateshundredsmoreatsmallindependent
suppliersinourstate.
SmallbusinessexportersuseExImfinancingtocreatenewrevenuestreamsanddiversifytheircustomer
base,strengtheningthemagainstchangesinthemarket.
Forexample,ExImhashelpedSt.CharlesmanufacturerBisonGearandEngineeringcompeteonaglobal
scale,growingitsexportbusinesssellingelectricmotorsandgearmotordrivesto32customersin17
countriesandcounting.SchaumburgsQualityFloatWorks(QFW)isworkingwithExImtosecurean
exportforthelargestorderinitshistory,whichwouldenableittogrowitsworkforceby20percentand
employdozensmoreworkersatQFWslocalsuppliers.ButwithoutExIm,theylllikelylosethedeal,
alongwiththepotentialjobsforIllinoisworkers.
Whatsmore,supportingtheseexportsdoesntcosttaxpayersadime:ExImfundsitsoperationsentirely
throughfeeschargedtousers.ItfollowsstringentlendingrulesandsubmitsquarterlyreportstoCongress
onitsdefaultrate,whichstandsatlessthanonequarterofonepercent(significantlybetterthanprivate
commercialbanks).Overthelastfiveyears,ExImhasreturned$2billiontotheTreasuryaftercoveringall
ofitscosts.
DespiteExImsprovenrecordcreatingjobsandreducingdeficits,itsopponentsdismissitascorporate
welfaresupposedlystandinginthewayofatrulyfreemarket.Yet90percentofExImtransactionsbenefit
smallbusinesses,notcorporatebehemoths.Moreover,gettingridoftheExImBankwouldbethereal
distortion,skewinginternationaltradeinfavorofforeigncompaniesthatreceiveamplesupport
includingexportcreditassistancefromtheirowngovernments.
As any economist can tell you, U.S. export credit pales in comparison to what
countries like France, Germany, Brazil and China provide to give their own
companies a leg-up in the global market. Korea, for example, offers its own
exporters 10 times as much government credit as the U.S., measured as a
share of GDP. Ex-Im doesnt distort the global market; it allows U.S.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
69
companies to compete on the value of their goods and services, rather than
financing mechanisms.
Until our trading partners agree to drop their own export credit programs, we
shouldnt get rid of ours. Doing so would amount to unilateral disarmament of
U.S. trade policy, effectively outsourcing hundreds of thousands of American
jobs to countries that have no intent of ending support for their domestic
industries.
In fact, ending Ex-Im would actually punish companies that keep production
and jobs in this country, rather than moving to another country that would
provide export credit assistance. At a time when Illinois is fighting for every
last job, the last thing we need is for Congress to green-light the outsourcing
of American manufacturing.
Illinois leaders in Congress deserve praise for standing up for an agency that
is supporting our economic recovery and lowering our federal deficit. As the
end-of-September deadline approaches to reauthorize the bank, were
counting on them to continue to fight for the interests of Illinois
manufacturers by supporting Ex-Im reauthorization.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
70
A2: Biodiversity Outweighs

War destroys the environment Kuwait proves
World Resource Institute, 2

[World Resources Institute, The Environment: Another casualty of war?,
December 2002, http://archive.wri.org/jlash/letters.cfm?contentid=564]
Amid what appear to be accelerating preparations for a new war, it is worth taking time to reflect on the
environmental consequences of the 1991 Gulf War. War is inherently destructive. The purpose of
the massive structures of military security that nations array against one another is the destruction of a
physical enemy and his capacity to fight back. While smart bombs and precision guidance increase the
probability that weapons will hit their targets, they do not eliminate so-called "collateral damage" to
people and ecosystems. And there is reason to fear that Saddam Hussein will fight the next war in ways
that maximize "collateral damage." In fact, what many recall as a short-lived conflict
resulting in the liberation of Kuwait was an environmental disaster - one from

which the region and its people have yet to recover. Iraqi forces themselves created much of
the immediate ecological hardship facing the Gulf region after the war. Oil spilled into the Persian
Gulf, tarred beaches and killed more than 25,000 birds. Scientists predict the toxic
residue will continue to affect fisheries in the Gulf for over 100 years. As much as six
million barrels of oil a day - almost ten percent of the world's daily ration of oil that year - shot
into the air from the burning wells. Oil spilled on land formed huge pools in
lowlands, covering fertile croplands. One oil lake in southern Kuwait was a half a mile long and
25 feet deep in places. It contained nine times as much oil as the Exxon Valdez spill. The deposition of
oil, soot, sulfur, and acid rain on croplands up to 1,200 miles in all directions from
the oil fires turned fields untillable and led to food shortages. The fires released
nearly half a billion tons of carbon dioxide, the leading cause of global warming,
emissions greater than all but the eight largest polluting countries for 1991 that will
remain in the atmosphere for more than a century. The oil that did not burn in the
fires traveled on the wind in the form of nearly invisible droplets resulting in an oil
mist or fog that poisoned trees and grazing sheep, contaminated fresh water supplies, and
found refuge in the lungs of people and animals throughout
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
71
A2: Structural Violence Outweighs

Risk of extinction changes frame of all decision-making
we have no right to make choices that risk extinction
Schell, policy analyst and proliferation expert, 2K (Jonathan, The Fate of
the Earth, p. 94-5)
To say that human extinction is a certainty would, of course, be a

misrepresentationjust as it would be a misrepresentation to say that
extinction can be ruled out. To begin with, we know that a holocaust may not
occur at all. If one does occur, the adversaries may not use all their weapons. If they do use all their weapons,
the global effects, in the ozone and elsewhere, may be moderate. And if the effects are not moderate but extreme, the
ecosphere may prove resilient enough to withstand them without breaking down catastrophically. These are all
substantial reasons for supposing that mankind will not be extinguished in a nuclear holocaust, or even that extinction
in a holocaust is unlikely, and they tend to calm our fear and reduce our sense of urgency. Yet at the same
time we are compelled to admit that there may be a holocaust, that the
adversaries may use all their weapons, that the global effects, including effects of which we are as yet unaware, may be
severe, that the ecosphere may suffer catastrophic breakdown, and that our species may be
extinguished. We are left with uncertainty, and are forced to make our
decisions in a state of uncertainty. If we wish to act to save our species, we have to muster our
resolve in spite of our awareness that the life of the species may not now in fact be jeopardized. On the other hand,
if
we wish to ignore the peril, we have to admit that we do so in the

knowledge that the species may be in danger of imminent selfdestruction. When the existence of nuclear weapons was made known, thoughtful people everywhere in the
world realized that if the great powers entered into a nuclear-arms race the human species would sooner or later face
the possibility of extinction. They also realized that in the absence of international agreements preventing it an arms
race would probably occur. They knew that the path of nuclear armament was a dead end for mankind. The
discovery of the energy in massof the basic power of the universe

and of a means by which man could release that energy altered the
relationship between [humans] and the source of [their] life, the earth. In
the shadow of this power, the earth became small and the life of the human species doubtful. In that sense, the
question of human extinction has been on the political agenda of the
world ever since the first nuclear weapon was detonated , and there was no need for
the world to build up its present tremendous arsenals before starting to worry about it. At just what point the species
crossed, or will have crossed, the boundary between merely having the technical knowledge to destroy itself and
actually having the arsenals at hand, ready to be used at any second, is not precisely knowable. But it is clear that at
present, with some twenty thousand megatons of nuclear explosive power in
existence, and with more being added every day, we have entered into the
zone of uncertainty, which is to say the zone of risk of extinction. But the mere
risk of extinction has a significance that is categorically different from,
and immeasurably greater than, that of any other risk, and as we make
our decisions we have to take that significance into account. Up to now, every
risk has been contained within the frame of life; extinction would shatter
the frame. It represents not the defeat of some purpose but an abyss in
which all human purposes would be drowned for all time. We have no
right to place the possibility of this limitless, eternal defeat on the same
footing as risks that we run in the ordinary conduct of our affairs in our
particular transient moment of human history. To employ a
mathematical analogy, we can say that although the risk of extinction may
be fractional, the stake is, humanly speaking, infinite, and a fraction of
infinity is still infinity.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
72
Extension Solves Nuclear Proliferation

Civilian nuclear power enables non-prolif it can help destroy weapons
materials, lead proliferation-safe research efforts, and spur institutional
action
(Pete, A Brighter Tomorrow, p. 153, It is an irony)
It is an irony of history that the commercial nuclear power industry, child of
the nuclear weapons program, may ultimately play a key role in destroying
nuclear weapons materials. Whether it be by burning weapons-useable HEU
in civilian nuclear power plants a la the Megatons to Megawatts program,
burning much more excess plutonium in existing reactors, designing
advanced reactor systems that do not separate out weapons-useable
materials, developing advanced safeguards and physical materials controls
technologies that reduce the possibility of proliferation, or prodding the
institutions responsible for nonproliferation to adopt the most stringent of
rules and consequences regarding proliferationthe civilian nuclear sector
can provide the leadership and wherewithal to help meet the challenge.
US action for peaceful nuclear energy is key to paving the way for nonprolif and nuclear peace
(Pete, A Brighter Tomorrow, p. 11, The United Statesexists right
now.)
The United States is in a unique position with its resources and technical
expertise, if it can summon the will to pursue sustained political and policy
leadership to promote a more peaceful and just future. Our nation is poised to
meet not only our needs for electricity with clean, low-cost generation, but
we can reach out to other nations and help them.
America has gone a long way in keeping its promise of expanding the
peaceful use of nuclear power around the world. Indeed, our country is taking
steps to make good on President Eisenhowers promise to rid the world of
nuclear weapons. It is time to reinvigorate Eisenhowers dream by addressing
the roadblocks to the further development of nuclear power while moving
toward Eisenhowers dream of a nuclear weapons-free world. We must think
of our challenge not as putting the nuclear genie back in the same bottle, but
as building a new, larger bottle in which to contain the genie. We can do that,
and the opportunity to do so exists right now.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
73
2NC Nuclear Leadership Warming

Bryce 13 Bryce is a Senior Fellow at the Manhattan Institute, he cites: James
Hansen, former Nasa scientist , Kerry Emanuel is professor of meteorology at
MIT, Tom Wigley, climate scientist at the University Corporation for
Atmospheric Research (UCAR), Kenneth Caldeira is an atmospheric scientist
who works at the Carnegie Institution for Science's Department of Global
Ecology
(Article by Robert Bryce, National Review, Wind Turbines Are Climate-Change
Scarecrows, http://www.nationalreview.com/nro-energy/364885/windturbines-are-climate-change-scarecrows-robert-bryce, AZ)
*** That is, if the worlds policymakers and environmentalists are
serious about addressing climate change, then they must admit that
renewable energy simply cannot meet the worlds soaring demand
for energy at prices that consumers can afford. The letter, which was
clearly aimed at anti-nuclear environmental groups such as the Sierra Club,
Greenpeace, and the Natural Resources Defense Council, was signed by
James Hansen, a former NASA scientist; Kerry Emanuel of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Tom Wigley of the University
of Adelaide in Australia; and Ken Caldeira of the Carnegie
Institution. The letter says that while renewables like wind and solar
and biomass are growing, those sources cannot scale up fast
enough to deliver cheap and reliable power at the scale the global
economy requires. It went on, saying that in the real world there is
no credible path to climate stabilization that does not include a
substantial role for nuclear power . The four concluded their epistle
by saying that if environmental activists have real concern about
risks from climate change, then they should begin calling for the
development and deployment of advanced nuclear energy. Frances
Beinecke of the NRDC offered a predictable response to the letter, telling The
Associated Press that nuclear is not a panacea. She added that the better
path is to clean up our power plants and invest in efficiency and renewable
energy. Ah yes, efficiency and renewables the two-legged stool upon
which the Green Left has been trying to balance its untenable energy policies
for decades. Never mind that even as energy efficiency has increased
dramatically, energy demand has been soaring. Global energy use
has nearly doubled since 1982, according to the BP Statistical Review of
World Energy. As for non-hydro renewable energy, despite decades of
hefty subsidies and in some cases, mandates, it now provides about
2 percent of the 250 million barrels of oil-equivalent energy (from all
sources) that is being consumed globally every day. The hard truth is that
renewable energy cannot even keep pace with soaring global energy
demand, much less replace significant quantities of hydrocarbons.
Thats not an opinion. Its basic math. Last year, all of the wind turbines
on the planet provided about 2.4 million barrels of oil equivalent per day to
the global economy. That sounds like a lot until you compare winds
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
74
contribution with that of the worlds fastest-growing source of energy: coal. In

2012, global coal use increased by about 2 million barrels of oil
equivalent per day. Thus, just to keep pace with the growth in coal
usage, wed have to nearly replicate the entire global fleet of wind
turbines some 285,000 megawatts of capacity and wed have to
do so every year. The same is true for solar energy. Im bullish on solar. I
have 3,200 watts of solar panels on the roof of my home in Austin, Texas.
(Yes, I got a big subsidy to install them.) The rapidly declining cost of
photovoltaic panels is encouraging. But last year, all of the worlds solar
installations contributed just 400,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day to the
global economy. Thus, just to keep pace with the growth in coal usage, wed
have to install about five times the worlds existing solar capacity which
totaled about 100,000 megawatts in 2012 and wed have to do so every
year. Now lets look at carbon dioxide emissions. In 2012, the
American Wind Energy Association claims, wind energy reduced U.S.
carbon dioxide emissions by 80 million tons. Again, that sounds
significant. But consider this: Last year, global emissions of that gas
totaled 34.5 billion tons. Thus, the 60,000 megawatts of U.S. windgeneration capacity reduced global carbon dioxide emissions by about twotenths of 1 percent. To make the point even clearer, lets look at the history
of carbon dioxide emissions. Since 1982, global carbon dioxide
emissions have been increasing by an average of about 500 million
tons per year. If we take the American Wind Energy Associations claim that
60,000 megawatts of wind-energy capacity can reduce carbon dioxide
emissions by about 80 million tons per year, then simple math shows that if
we wanted to stop the growth in global carbon dioxide emissions by using
wind energy alone, we would have to install about 375,000 megawatts of new
wind-energy capacity every year. If we assume each turbine has a capacity of
two megawatts, that would mean installing 187,500 wind turbines every
year, or nearly 500 every day. How much land would all those wind turbines
require? Again, the math is straightforward. The power density of wind energy
is 1 watt per square meter [PDF]. Therefore, merely halting the growth in
carbon dioxide emissions with wind energy would require covering a land
area of about 375 billion square meters or 375,000 square kilometers an
area the size of Germany and we would have to do so every year. What
would that mean on a daily basis? Using wind alone to stop the growth in
carbon dioxide emissions would require us to cover about 1,000 square
kilometers with wind turbines a land area about 17 times the size of
Manhattan Island and we would have to do so every day. Given the
ongoing backlash against the wind industry that is already underway here in
the U.S., Canada, Europe, and Australia, the silliness of such a proposal is
obvious. The punch line here is equally obvious: If we are going to
agree that carbon dioxide is a problem, then we must embrace the
technologies that are most effective at reducing our production of
that gas. As Hansen, Wigley, and their colleagues point out, that means
nuclear. And while the climate scientists dont mention methane, we are also going to have
to use lots of natural gas, as thats the only other fuel that can supplant significant amounts of
coal. Over the past few years, the U.S. and other countries have been subsidizing the paving of
vast areas of the countryside with 500-foot-high bird- and bat-killing whirligigs that are nothing
more than climate talismans. Wind turbines are not going to stop changes in the earths
climate. Instead, they are token gestures giant steel scarecrows that are deceiving the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
75
public into thinking that we as a society are doing something to avert the possibility of
catastrophic climate change.
Nuclear solves warming, top scientists, Sec of Energy, and

French empirics agree
Biello 13 citing former Secretary of Energy Steven Chu and Jeffrey Sachs,
Director of Earth institute at Columbia University (David Biello, Dec 12, 2013,
Scientific American, How Nuclear Power Can Stop Global Warming,
http://www.scientificamerican.com/article/how-nuclear-power-can-stop-globalwarming/)
When the Atlantic Navigator docked in Baltimore harbor earlier this month,
the freighter carried the last remnants of some of the nuclear weapons that
the Soviet Union had brandished in the cold war. During the past 20 years
more than 19,000 Russian warheads have been dismantled and processed to
make fuel for U.S. nuclear reactors. In fact, during that period more than half
the uranium fuel that powered the more than 100 reactors in the U.S. came
from such reprocessed nuclear weapons. In addition to reducing the risk of
nuclear war, U.S. reactors have also been staving off another global
challenge: climate change. The low-carbon electricity produced by
such reactors provides 20 percent of the nation's power and, by the
estimates of climate scientist James Hansen of Columbia University,
avoided 64 billion metric tons of greenhouse gas pollution. They also
avoided spewing soot and other air pollution like coal-fired power
plants do and thus have saved some 1.8 million lives. And that's why
Hansen, among others, such as former Secretary of Energy Steven Chu,
thinks that nuclear power is a key energy technology to fend off
catastrophic climate change. "We can't burn all these fossil fuels," Hansen
told a group of reporters on December 3, noting that as long as fossil fuels
are the cheapest energy source they will continue to be burned. "Coal is
almost half the [global] emissions. If you replace these power plants with
modern, safe nuclear reactors you could do a lot of [pollution reduction]
quickly." Indeed, he has evidence: the speediest drop in greenhouse gas
pollution on record occurred in France in the 1970s and 80s, when
that country transitioned from burning fossil fuels to nuclear fission for
electricity, lowering its greenhouse emissions by roughly 2 percent
per year. The world needs to drop its global warming pollution by 6 percent
annually to avoid "dangerous" climate change in the estimation of Hansen
and his co-authors in a recent paper in PLoS One. "On a global scale, it's
hard to see how we could conceivably accomplish this without
nuclear," added economist and co-author Jeffrey Sachs, director of the
Earth Institute at Columbia University, where Hansen works. The only
problem: the world is not building so many nuclear reactors.
And, nuclear power key to solving global warming
Becker et al. 08 (Ulrich, Bruno Coppi, Eric Cosman, Peter Demos, Arthur
Kerman,-Physics Professors at MIT, Richard Milner- Director of Lab For Nuclear
Science, A Perspective on the Future Energy Supply of the United States: The
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
76
Urgent Need for Increased Nuclear Power, MIT Faculty Newsletter, 11-12/08,
http://web.mit.edu/fnl/volume/212/milner.html), Shapiro
Until the U.S. dependence on foreign oil is significantly reduced, there is every expectation that increasing
amounts of precious U.S. blood and treasure will have to be expended in widening conflicts in the cause of
the U.S. must find a way to wean itself

from its addiction to oil. In ground transportation, which is a major oil consumer, significant
energy security. It is widely accepted that
progress is being made with batteries and fuel cells to replace gasoline with electricity, which can be
the development
of new technologies to increase energy efficiency and to produce reliable and
affordable energy with minimal greenhouse gas emission to the Earths
atmosphere is a high priority in the U.S. and in many other countries. It is essential that these
generated in alternative ways. Strongly motivated by these two considerations,
efforts be encouraged and enhanced. However, the probability of success and the timescale for realization
of these technologies is highly uncertain. The economic stability and national security of the United States
over the coming decades cannot be secured by assuming optimistically that these new technologies will
succeed in time to avoid a major discontinuity in the supply of oil and gas from foreign and potentially
hostile sources. Further, it is not acceptable, nor is it possible, that the U.S. continues to burn fossil fuels
indefinitely at present levels, thereby putting in clear jeopardy the planet on which we have evolved.
Nuclear Power is Carbon-free, Technologically Feasible, Scalable, and

Economical. The United States needs immediately to develop on a
large scale an energy source which does not produce greenhouse
gases, which is already known to be technologically feasible, and which is economical in view of
projected costs of energy in the future. That energy source is nuclear fission. Nuclear
fission power reactor technology was developed in the U.S. and has been utilized for electricity generation
on a large scale across the globe for half a century. For example, France produces about 70% of its
electricity using nuclear power. In the U.S. about 20% of the electricity used is produced using nuclear
power. However, there are states where it is significantly larger, e.g., in Illinois about 50% of electricity is
The U.S. should establish the goal to produce half of its

electricity by means of nuclear power as soon as feasible. This will have the
effect of reducing greenhouse gas emissions, avoiding the risk of an energy gap
generated by nuclear power.
in supply, and providing valuable time for new energy technologies to be developed. This goal would fast
track and increase the projected levels of nuclear power over the scenarios considered in several energy
studies, including the 2003 MIT study, The Future of Nuclear Power.
Only nuclear solves, renewables will never replace

increasing fuel demands; top scientists conclude
-
This card is dope, legit scientists

with all the US subsidies renewables combined solve 2%
o most aff cards wont have concrete stats, theyll be big
exaggerations that dont take into context how much oil we
already use
their cards dont assume rapidly increasing coal and oil use
Bryce 13 Bryce is a Senior Fellow at the Manhattan Institute, he cites: James

Hansen, former Nasa scientist , Kerry Emanuel is professor of meteorology at
MIT, Tom Wigley, climate scientist at the University Corporation for
Atmospheric Research (UCAR), Kenneth Caldeira is an atmospheric scientist
who works at the Carnegie Institution for Science's Department of Global
Ecology
(Article by Robert Bryce, National Review, Wind Turbines Are Climate-Change
Scarecrows, http://www.nationalreview.com/nro-energy/364885/windturbines-are-climate-change-scarecrows-robert-bryce, AZ)
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
77
*** That is, if the worlds policymakers and environmentalists are

serious about addressing climate change, then they must admit that
renewable energy simply cannot meet the worlds soaring demand
for energy at prices that consumers can afford. The letter, which
was clearly aimed at anti-nuclear environmental groups

such as the Sierra Club, Greenpeace, and the Natural
Resources Defense Council, was signed by James Hansen, a
former NASA scientist; Kerry Emanuel of the Massachusetts Institute
of Technology; Tom Wigley of the University of Adelaide in Australia;
and Ken Caldeira of the Carnegie Institution. The letter says that
while renewables like wind and solar and biomass are
growing, those sources cannot scale up fast enough to deliver
cheap and reliable power at the scale the global economy requires.
It went on, saying that in the real world there is no credible
path to climate stabilization that does not include a substantial role
for nuclear power . The four concluded their epistle by saying that
if environmental activists have real concern about risks from
climate change, then they should begin calling for the
development and deployment of advanced nuclear energy.
Frances Beinecke of the NRDC offered a predictable

response to the letter, telling The Associated Press that
nuclear is not a panacea. She added that the better
path is to clean up our power plants and invest in
efficiency and renewable energy. Ah yes, efficiency and
renewables the two-legged stool upon which the Green
Left has been trying to balance its untenable energy
policies for decades. Never mind that even as energy
efficiency has increased dramatically, energy demand has been
soaring. Global energy use has nearly doubled since 1982,
according to the BP Statistical Review of World Energy. As

for non-hydro renewable energy, despite decades of hefty
subsidies and in some cases, mandates, it now provides about 2
percent of the 250 million barrels of oil-equivalent energy (from
all sources) that is being consumed globally every day.

The hard truth is that renewable energy cannot even keep pace
with soaring global energy demand, much less replace significant
quantities of hydrocarbons. Thats not an opinion. Its basic math.
Last year, all of the wind turbines on the planet provided

about 2.4 million barrels of oil equivalent per day to the
global economy. That sounds like a lot until you compare
winds contribution with that of the worlds fastestgrowing source of energy: coal. In 2012, global coal use
increased by about 2 million barrels of oil equivalent per day. Thus,
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
78
just to keep pace with the growth in coal usage, wed have to nearly
replicate the entire global fleet of wind turbines some 285,000
megawatts of capacity and wed have to do so every year. The
same is true for solar energy. Im bullish on solar. I have

3,200 watts of solar panels on the roof of my home in
Austin, Texas. (Yes, I got a big subsidy to install them.)
The rapidly declining cost of photovoltaic panels is
encouraging. But last year, all of the worlds solar
installations contributed just 400,000 barrels of oil
equivalent per day to the global economy. Thus, just to
keep pace with the growth in coal usage, wed have to
install about five times the worlds existing solar capacity
which totaled about 100,000 megawatts in 2012 and
wed have to do so every year. Now lets look at carbon dioxide
emissions. In 2012, the American Wind Energy Association claims,
wind energy reduced U.S. carbon dioxide emissions by 80 million
tons. Again, that sounds significant. But consider this: Last year,
global emissions of that gas totaled 34.5 billion tons . Thus, the
60,000 megawatts of U.S. wind-generation capacity

reduced global carbon dioxide emissions by about twotenths of 1 percent. To make the point even clearer, lets
look at the history of carbon dioxide emissions. Since 1982,
global carbon dioxide emissions have been increasing by an average
of about 500 million tons per year. If we take the American
Wind Energy Associations claim that 60,000 megawatts

of wind-energy capacity can reduce carbon dioxide
emissions by about 80 million tons per year, then simple
math shows that if we wanted to stop the growth in global
carbon dioxide emissions by using wind energy alone, we
would have to install about 375,000 megawatts of new
wind-energy capacity every year. If we assume each
turbine has a capacity of two megawatts, that would
mean installing 187,500 wind turbines every year, or
nearly 500 every day. How much land would all those wind
turbines require? Again, the math is straightforward. The
power density of wind energy is 1 watt per square meter
[PDF]. Therefore, merely halting the growth in carbon
dioxide emissions with wind energy would require
covering a land area of about 375 billion square meters or
375,000 square kilometers an area the size of Germany
and we would have to do so every year. What would
that mean on a daily basis? Using wind alone to stop the
growth in carbon dioxide emissions would require us to
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
79
cover about 1,000 square kilometers with wind turbines

a land area about 17 times the size of Manhattan Island
and we would have to do so every day. Given the ongoing
backlash against the wind industry that is already
underway here in the U.S., Canada, Europe, and Australia,
the silliness of such a proposal is obvious. The punch line
here is equally obvious: If we are going to agree that carbon dioxide
is a problem, then we must embrace the technologies that are most
effective at reducing our production of that gas. As Hansen,
Wigley, and their colleagues point out, that means nuclear.
And while the climate scientists dont mention methane, we are also going to have
to use lots of natural gas, as thats the only other fuel that can supplant significant
amounts of coal. Over the past few years, the U.S. and other countries have been
subsidizing the paving of vast areas of the countryside with 500-foot-high bird- and
bat-killing whirligigs that are nothing more than climate talismans. Wind turbines
are not going to stop changes in the earths climate. Instead, they are token
gestures giant steel scarecrows that are deceiving the pub
Nuclear leadership enables multilateral solutions to

warming
CSIS 13 [Center for Strategic and International Studies, Restoring U.S.
Leadership in Nuclear Energy, The CSIS Commission on Nuclear Energy
Policy in the United States. June 2013 | prs]
Nuclear energy is currently the only commercially available, lowcarbon generating resource that can provide reliable base load
power on a large scale. Any scenario for achieving substantial
global carbon reductions in the future will require bringing large
increments of low-carbon capacity on line, in the United States and
worldwide. This could be much more difficult and potentially much more
expensive without a sizable contribution from nuclear energy .
Political will to act on climate change has recently waned in the
United States and elsewhere. But these conditions could change quickly
if warming trends accelerate or if evidence emerges that the global climate
system could be nearing a kind of tipping point beyond which damages
become much more difficult or costly to manage. At present, nuclear energy
accounts for about two-thirds of the low-carbon electricity supply in the
United States and about 45 percent of the low-carbon electricity supply
globally.74 Over the next several decades, access to improved
nuclear technologies could have enormous option value for
reconciling the energy needs of modern societies with the scale and
pace of carbon reductions needed to avert the most damaging
consequences of human-induced warming . Indeed, access to U .S.origin nuclear power technology could even be an important
bargaining chip for U.S. negotiators if the United States someday
finds itself in the position of bringing other countries along in an
international effort to limit greenhouse gas emissions.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
80
Extinction
Khosla 9,<Ashok, IUCN President, International Union for Conservation of
Nature, A new President for the United States: We have a dream, 1-29-09,
http://cms.iucn.org/news_events/?uNewsID=2595
A rejuvenated America, with a renewed purpose, commitment and

energy to make its contribution once again towards a better world
could well be the turning point that can reverse the current decline
in the state of the global economy, the health of its life support systems and the
morale of people everywhere. This extraordinary change in regime brings with it the promise of a deep
change in attitudes and aspirations of Americans, a change that will lead, hopefully, to new directions in
we can hope that from being a very

reluctant partner in global discussions, especially on issues relating to
environment and sustainable development, the U nited S tates will
become an active leader in international efforts to address the Millennial
threats now confronting civilization and even the survival of the
human species. For the conservation of biodiversity, so essential to
maintaining life on Earth , this promise of change has come not a
moment too soon. It would be a mistake to put all of our hopes on the shoulder of one young
their nations policies and action. In particular,
man, however capable he might be. The environmental challenges the world is facing cannot be addressed
an inspired US President guided by

who does not shy away from exercising the true
responsibilities and leadership his country is capable of, could do a
lot to spur the international community into action. To paraphrase one of his
by one country, let alone by one man. At the same time,
competent people,
illustrious predecessors, the world asks for action and action now. What was true in President Roosevelts
America 77 years ago is even more appropriate today. From IUCNs perspective, the first signals are
encouraging. The US has seriously begun to discuss constructive engagement in climate change debates.
With Copenhagen a mere 11 months away, this commitment is long overdue and certainly very welcome.
Many governments still worry that if they set tough standards to control carbon emissions, their industry
and agriculture will become uncompetitive, a fear that leads to a foot-dragging you go first attitude that
is blocking progress.
A positive intervention by the U nited S tates could

provide the vital catalyst that moves the basis of the present
negotiations beyond the narrowly defined national interests that lie
at the heart of the current impasse. The logjam in international
negotiations on climate change should not be difficult to break if the
US were to lead the industrialized countries to agree that much of
their wealth has been acquired at the expense of the environment (in
this case greenhouse gases emitted over the past two hundred years) and that with the
some of the benefits that this wealth has brought, comes the
obligation to deal with the problems that have resulted as sideeffects. With equitable entitlement to the common resources of the planet, an agreement that is fair
and acceptable to all nations should be easy enough to achieve. Caps on emissions and sharing of energy
efficient technologies are simply in the interest of everyone, rich or poor. And both rich and poor must now
be ready to adopt less destructive technologies based on renewables, efficiency and sustainability both
as a goal with intrinsic merit and also as an example to others. But climate is not the only critical global
Conservation of
biodiversity, a crucial prerequisite for the wellbeing of all humanity ,
no less America, needs as much attention, and just as urgently . The
United States self-interest in conserving living natural resources
strongly converges with the global common good in every sphere: in
the oceans, by arresting the precipitate decline of fish stocks and
the alarming rise of acidification; on land, by regenerating the
environmental issue that this new administration will have to deal with.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
health of our soils, forests and rivers; and in the atmosphere by
reducing the massive emission of pollutants from our wasteful
industries, construction, agriculture and transport systems.
81
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
82
Solves Desalination
Nuclear energy provides the tools for desalination of drinking water
this is a linear advantage; each increase in capacity provides more
ability to desalinate
(Pete, A Brighter Tomorrow, p. 207, Nuclear energy can)
Nuclear energy can also help address one of the worlds most pressing needs:
potable drinking water. There is a golden opportunity to use nuclear power for
water desalination. We do that today onboard nuclear submarines. With the
advent of new desalination systems such as reverse osmosis, the potential is
there. The French CEA is studying a 300 MWe cogeneration nuclear plant for
electricity and desalination. With the 300 MWe plant, 250 MWe are used for
electricity production and 50 MWe for desalination, producing 200,000 cubic
meters per day. This is enough water for 1 million people. Similar desalination
work is in progress in Korea, Kazakhstan, and Japan. China reportedly will
construct a nuclear power plant in Yantai City to de salinate 35 million gallons
of water per day. India is developing a desalination plant at its PWRs at the
Madras nuclear power plants in Kalpakkam. Millions of people globally could
have access to clean, desalinated water because of nuclear technologies.
Billions will die or fall ill from lack of safe drinking water
CSIS 05 (http://www.csis.org/gsi/water.htm)
Access to clean water is lacking in many parts of the world. Over one billion
people lack access to safe drinking water and 2.6 billion lack access to
improved sanitation, resulting in wasted human energies, poor sanitation, as
well as sickness and death that leave many parts of the world
underdeveloped.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
83
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
84
Solves Oil and Natural Gas Reliance/Resource

Conflicts
Sustained fossil fuel demand risks international resource conflict and
economic collapse nuclear power solves
(Pete, A Brighter Tomorrow, p. 184-6, If the current trendnatural
gas.)
If the current trend for increased demand continues in many of the developed
countries, the resulting increased dependence on energy imports could result
in an increasing loss of control of costs and supply for the United States, as
well as exposure to political instability. This could be true in other regions. For
example, European dependence on fuel imports is in danger of rising from 50
percent in 1999 to about 70 percent in the next few decades, and in the case
of oil and coal, could reach 90 percent and 100 percent, respectively. To day,
if China consumed oil at the same average rate as the rest of the world, it
would consume more than the whole of Western Europe. If Chinas level of
economic development rises to the level of that of its neighbor, South Korea,
it will consume as much oil as Western Europe and the United States
together. The global impacts could be very large if India, Africa, and Russia
were to make similar advances.
We must develop a balanced energy policy that includes a healthy reliance on
clean nuclear power to counter the increasing competition for the supply of
fossil fuels in the coming decades. China and India, with almost 40 percent of
the worlds population, rely primarily on domestic coal and domestic and
imported oil. The lEA projects that Chinas petroleum imports could grow to
10 million barrels a day and Indias to 5 million a day. Imports at this level
would take over one-quarter of the worlds projected increase in petroleum
consumption. By 2030, the combined net imports of oil into China and India
are expected to more than double those into Japan, to be greater than those
into Europe, and almost equal to those into the United States and Canada.
Increases in Chinas natural gas imports will require a dramatic increase in
gas supplies from the Middle East and Russia. Nearly half of the projected
increase in natural gas demand in India will have to be imported as LNG.
Europe and possibly the United States will have to compete with these
countries for supply, unless we turn to the nuclear option and diversify our
electricity supply further.
America will experience an alarming reliance on fossil fuels during the next
few decades and on imports of oil and petroleum products. The EIA projects
total energy consumption to grow at about a 1.5 percent annual rate from
almost 98 quads in 2002 to almost 136 quads by 2025. Fossil fuel
consumption is projected to increase from 84 quads in 2002 to 119 quads by
2025. To supply this demand, net crude oil imports rise from almost 20 quads
in 2002 to 34 quads by 2025, an average annual increase of 2.4 percent. If
by
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
85
2025, as expected, the United States imports nearly one-quarter of all its
natural gas from foreign sources, our country will head down the same
dangerous road we started down fifty years ago with foreign oil imports.
The EIA has projected that total U.S. energy consumption will rise to 136
quads by 2025, with 53 quads coming from importsthat means 39 percent
of our energy will be imported. In 2002, 29 percent of our energy came from
imported sources. While this might be accepted by a resource-poor country
like Japan, it is unacceptable for the United States, which has vast coal re
sources and a well-developed nuclear technology capability. Nuclear power
could contribute dramatically to providing nonfossil energy using fuel
supplies available domestically. The time to act is now!
American consumers would reap economic benefits as well from reducing
fossil fuel imports. At an energy subcommittee (of the Senate Energy and
Natural Resources Committee) hearing on nuclear power generation, I heard
testimony from the Energy Departments ETA regarding their recent energy
study. It showed that generation of 6,000 MWe of new nuclear power would
reduce both the consumption and the cost of natural gas by 3 percent in
2020. Such a 3 percent reduction in cost would save American businesses
and consumers more than $3.6 billion annually.
A 1,000 MWe nuclear power plant saves the American consumer, each
and every year, approximately:
14 million barrels of oil, domestic or imported, or
3.5 million short tons of coal, or
45 billion cubic feet of natural gas.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
Nuclear Solves Energy Independence

Nuclear power is critical to end oil dependence. All other renewable
sources fail.
Hickey 6 (James E, Professor of Law at Hofstra, Hofstra Law Review, 35 Hofstra L. Rev. 425)
Nuclear power is one of the most readily available domestic energy sources that can be used to
achieve energy independence. It has a fifty-year record of safe operational experience with over one
hundred power plants. n29 There are an estimated 498 million tons of uranium ore reserves in the
United States n30 to fuel a revived nuclear power industry. In addition, Australia and Canada, two
close U.S. allies, have most of the world's uranium reserves. Unlike fossil fuel electric power,
nuclear electric power does not produce any GHGs. In 2005, over 200 million barrels of oil were
used directly for electric generation. n31 This consumption can be replaced by nuclear generation,
which would help to reduce U.S. foreign oil dependence. In addition, the heavy reliance on the automobile in
the United States is a major source of both oil consumption and of GHG emissions. The movement to introduce electric and
electric hybrid cars to the U.S. automobile market is an attempt to reduce oil use and GHG emissions. However, if electric
batteries used in these cars are recharged with fossil fuel generated [*431] electricity, little is achieved to reduce GHG
emissions because the source of those emissions is simply moved from the tailpipe to the smokestack. In a revived
nuclear power industry, additional GHG emission reductions could be achieved by recharging
electric car batteries with electricity produced from nuclear power plants.
Despite these advantages, the growth of the nuclear power industry has been moribund since the late 1970s because of
domestic concerns about cost, accidents, and waste disposal. n32 As a result, the nuclear energy contribution to meet the
nation's total electric demand hovers at about twenty percent. n33 If nothing changes in the calculus of the benefits
and costs of nuclear power production, the contribution of nuclear energy to meet the rising energy
needs of the United States will decline in the future. Existing nuclear plants are operating at top efficiency and
they are near the end of their useful lives, with no new plants on the horizon. n34 In turn, U.S. electric demand is expected to
increase by forty-three percent over the next twenty years requiring between 1300 and 1900 new power plants. n35 Without
nuclear power plants, the primary fuel source for those plants will be fossil fuels (coal, natural gas and oil), which are the
major contributors of GHG to the atmosphere from electric generation. n36 Renewable energy sources presently
contribute little more than two percent of the nation's total electric generation, excluding
hydroelectricity (i.e. wind, solar, geothermal).
86
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
87
Ex-Im Solves Tech Leadership

Nuclear power is critical to encouraging technological innovation for
the future.
ElBaradei 6 (Director General Dr. Mohamed,
http://www.iaea.org/NewsCenter/Statements/2006/ebsp2006n011.html)
With rising expectations for nuclear power expansion, technological innovation
has become a strong focus as

the nuclear industry looks to the future. Current R&D projects on new reactor and fuel cycle
technologies are focused on enhancing nuclear safety, reducing proliferation risks, minimizing waste
generation and improving economic performance.
The IAEAs International Project on Innovative Nuclear Reactors and Fuel Cycles (INPRO) works
to ensure that the future needs of all countries, including developing countries, are considered when
innovative nuclear systems are evaluated. Many developing countries have been particularly interested in efforts to
develop small and medium-size reactor designs. These designs allow a more incremental investment than is required for a big
reactor, and provide a better match to grid capacity in countries with smaller grids.
Nuclear power encourages innovation in new technologies in a critical

sector of the economy: alternative energy.
ElBaradei 2007 (November 30, IAEA Director General Dr. Mohamed,
http://www.iaea.org/NewsCenter/Statements/2007/ebsp2007n021.html)
The future of nuclear power will also be greatly impacted by technological innovation - the
development of new reactor and fuel cycle technologies. As might be expected, current nuclear R&D
projects are focused on enhancing nuclear safety, reducing proliferation risks, minimizing waste
generation and improving economic performance.
The IAEAs International Project on Innovative Nuclear Reactors and Fuel Cycles (INPRO) works to ensure that the future
needs of all countries, in particular developing countries, are understood and taken into account when innovative nuclear
systems are evaluated and developed.
Many developing countries have been particularly interested in efforts to develop small and medium-size reactor designs.
These designs allow a more incremental investment than is required for a large reactor, and provide a better match to grid
capacity in many developing countries. They are more easily adapted to applications such as district heating and seawater
desalination. Many countries are currently working on developing new reactor designs in this size
range, which may well be in high demand in the future.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
88
AT: Nuclear hurts environment

radioactive waste doesnt affect environment
-
tiny volume and highly contained/ regulated, only a political problem

(France, Sweden prove its great)
coal smoke is way worse, the worst nuclear waste is fixable in long
term
low loss of life, general radioactivity lower than TVs
Beller and Rhodes 00, Denis Beller is a technical staff member at the
Los Alamos National Laboratory and works in the department of Mechanical
Engineering University of Nevada;
Richard Lee Rhodes is a Pulitzer Prizing winning American historian, journalist
and author of both fiction and non-fiction (Denis and Richard, The Need for
Nuclear Power: More energy, not less,
http://www.nci.org/conf/rhodes/index.htm, AZ)
The high-level waste is intensely radioactive, of course (the low-level
waste can be less radioactive than coal fly ash, which is used to make
concrete and gypsum incorporated into building materials), but its small
volume and the significant fact that it has not been released into the
environment allow its meticulous sequestration behind multiple
barriers. Toxic wastes from coal, dispersed across the landscape in
coal smoke or buried near the surface, retain their toxicity forever.
Radioactive nuclear waste decays steadily, losing 99 percent of its
toxicity after 600 years well within the range of human experience with
custody and maintenance, as evidenced by structures such as the Roman
Pantheon and Notre Dame cathedral. Nuclear waste disposal is a political
problem in the United States because of widespread nuclear fear
disproportionate to the reality of relative risk, but it is not an engineering
problem, as advanced projects in France, Sweden and Japan
demonstrate. The World Health Organization has estimated that indoor and
outdoor air pollution causes some three million deaths per year. [IAEA (1997),
pp. 22-23.]
Substituting small, sequestered volumes of nuclear waste for vast,
dispersed volumes of toxic wastes from fossil fuels would be an
improvement in public health so obvious that we are astonished that
physicians throughout the world have not demanded such a
conversion. Nuclear electricity generated from existing U.S. plants is fully
competitive with electricity from fossil fuels, but new nuclear power is
somewhat more expensive. Large nuclear power plants require larger
capital investments than comparable coal or gas plants. They do so
because nuclear utilities are required to build and maintain costly
systems to sequester their radioactivity from the environment. If
fossil fuel plants were similarly required to sequester the pollutants they generate,
they would cost significantly more than nuclear power plants do. The European Union
has calculated externality costs for complete energy chains (mining, transportation,
operation and disposal of waste). For equivalent amounts of energy generation, the
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) summarizes the EU calculations, the coal
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
89
and oil plants assessed, owing to their large emissions and huge fuel and transport
requirements, have the highest externality costs as well as equivalent lives lost. The
external costs are some ten times higher than for a nuclear power plant and can be a
significant fraction of generation costs. [IAEA (1997), p. 44.] Thus coal externalities,
properly accounted, cost 15 Ecu per kWh; oil, 12; gas, 0.6; nuclear, 0.4. In equivalent
lives lost per gigawatt generated annually (that is, loss of life expectancy from
human exposure to pollutants), coal kills 37; oil, 32; gas, 2; nuclear, 1. [IAEA (1997),
table 4, p. 44.] Compared to nuclear power, in other words, fossil fuels (and
renewables) have enjoyed a free ride with respect to protection of the environment
and public health and safety.
Wont damage environment as much as other energy

sources
Epstein 11 Alex Epstein is a fellow at the Ayn Rand Center for Individual
Rights, specializing in energy issues (Alex, July 23, 2011, Fox News, Nuclear
Power Is Extremely Safe -- That's the Truth About What We Learned From
Japan, http://www.foxnews.com/opinion/2011/07/23/nuclear-power-isextremely-safe-thats-truth-about-what-learned-from-japan/)
In fact, Fukushima showed just the opposite. Hows that? Well for starters,
ask yourself what the death toll was at Fukushima. 100? 200? 10?
Not true. Try zero. To think rationally about nuclear safety, you must
identify the whole context. As the late, great energy thinker Petr
Beckmann argued three decades ago in his contrarian classic "The Health
Hazards of NOT Going Nuclear," every means of generating power has
dangers and risks, but nuclear power is far safer than any other
form of large-scale energy conversion yet invented. To date, there have
been devised only five practical means of producing large-scale, affordable,
reliable energy: coal, natural gas, oil, hydroelectric, and nuclear. (Although
widely-hyped and frequently subsidized, solar and wind power -- which
generate energy from highly diffuse and intermittent sources -- have failed
for forty years to deliver.) Whether youre concerned about a dangerous
accident or harmful emissions, a nuclear power plant is the safest way to
generate power. The key to nuclear powers safety, Beckmann explains, is
that it uses a radioactive energy source--such as uranium. In addition to
having the advantage of storing millions of times more energy per unit of
volume than coal, gas, or water, the radioactive material used in power
plants literally cannot explode. Ridiculing the scare tactics that a nuclear
power plant poses the same dangers as a nuclear bomb, Beckmann
observes: An explosive nuclear chain reaction is no more feasible in the type
of uranium used as power plant fuel than it is in chewing gum or pickled
cucumbers. The one danger of running a nuclear plant is a large
release of radiation. This is extremely unlikely, because nuclear
plants contain numerous shielding and containment mechanisms
(universal in the civilized world but callously foregone by the Soviets in their
Chernobyl plant). But in the most adverse circumstances, as Fukushima
illustrated, the cooling system designed to moderate the uraniums heat can
fail, the backups can fail, the radioactive material can overheat to the point
that the plant cannot handle the pressure, and a radiation release is
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
90
necessary. Yet, even then, it is extremely unlikely that the radiation levels will
be high enough to cause radiation sickness or cancer--and radiation in
modest quantities is a normal, perfectly healthy feature of life (your blood is
radioactive, as is the sun). And even the worst nuclear accident gives
neighbors a luxury that broken dams and exploding refineries do not: time.
While many, many things went wrong at Fukushima, as might be
expected in an unprecedented natural disaster, what is more
remarkable is that thanks to the fundamental integrity of the
nuclear vessel and the containment building, none of the power
plants neighbors have died, nor have any apparently been exposed
to harmful levels of radiation. (The Japanese government has announced
that eight of 2,400 workers have been exposed to higher-than-allowed
amounts of radiation, but these amounts are often hundreds of times less
than is necessary to do actual damage.) Now imagine if a 9.0 earthquake
and 40 foot tsunami had hit a hydroelectric dam; thousands of
people could have died in the ensuing flood. Or what if they had hit a
natural gas plant or oil refinery or coal plant? These structures could
have suffered explosions, such as the type we saw on BPs Deepwater
Horizon platform in the Gulf of Mexico, or just collapsed and spewed
debris and pollution throughout the area. The Fukushima nuclear plants,
with their incredible resilience, almost certainly saved many, many lives.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
91
AT: prolif/ terror

No prolif- wrong fuel types, and strict regulations
NEI 14 (Nuclear Energy Institute, January 2014, Preventing the Proliferation
of Nuclear Materials, http://www.nei.org/Master-DocumentFolder/Backgrounders/Fact-Sheets/Preventing-The-Proliferation-Of-NuclearMaterials)
Key Facts Preventing the proliferation of nuclear weapons, their components
and the technology to produce nuclear materials is a global imperative that
requires the participation and cooperation of industry and nations. Lowenriched uranium (LEU) is used as fuel in commercial nuclear
energy facilities. It poses no risk of proliferation, because it cannot
be used to make nuclear weapons. High-enriched uranium (HEU),
which is not used in commercial nuclear reactors, can be used to make
nuclear weapons. HEU is used in some research reactors. Used
nuclear fuel from commercial reactors, which contains plutonium
generated as a byproduct of the commercial fuel cycle, poses little risk
of proliferation. All nuclear material, including fresh and used nuclear
fuel, is strictly managed and accounted for at U.S. nuclear energy
facilities as regulated by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Signatories to the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) pledge to prevent
the spread of nuclear weapons, work toward disarmament and promote the
commercial uses of nuclear energy. The NPT established a system of
safeguards under the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA).
The Obama administrations nonproliferation policy aligns with the NPT: a
world without nuclear weapons where nations have a right to pursue
commercial nuclear energy under IAEA supervision. Securing Nuclear
Materials To combat the threat of proliferation, the international nuclear
energy community has adopted robust controls to ensure that it can
secure and fully account for nuclear materials manufactured for the
production of electricity and their byproducts. The industry does so
through the entire fuel cyclefrom the mining of uranium to the safe and
secure storage of used nuclear fuel. Controls include global monitoring
by international inspectors and stringent national inspection
programs. The principal materials of concern in the nuclear weapons
production cycle include high-enriched uranium and plutonium. Before its use
in reactors, mined uranium must be enriched to concentrate the uranium-235
isotope necessary for power production. This process creates the fuel used in
commercial nuclear reactors, lowenriched uranium. LEU is considered to be
uranium enriched to less than 20 percent U-235. Uranium used in commercial
nuclear reactors contains less than 5 percent U-235. It is impossible to
create a nuclear weapon from LEU with the concentration of U-235
so low. Commercial reactors, once in operation, create plutonium as a
byproduct of electricity generation. Extracting the plutonium in used
fuel rods entails complex chemical reprocessing and requires highly
sophisticated equipment. The U.S. nuclear industry does not reprocess used
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
92
fuel, although a few other nations do. The Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty The
Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty is an international agreement aimed at preventing
the spread of nuclear weapons and promoting cooperation in the commercial uses of
nuclear energy and disarmament. Created in 1968 and signed by 189 nations, it
permits ownership of nuclear weapons only by the five countries that possessed
them at the treatys inception: China, France, Russia, the United Kingdom and the
United States. These five countries pledged not to transfer nuclear weapons
technology to other states and to reduce their weapons stockpiles. IAEA inspectors
work to ensure that commercial nuclear materials and technologies are not used for
military purposes. Acting under the treaty, the IAEA regularly inspects
more than 350 civilian nuclear facilities. Under the Additional Protocol,
adopted by the IAEA in 1997, the agency was granted expanded rights of
access to information and sites. Nuclear Fuel Supply Banks Strictly
monitored nuclear fuel banks enhance nonproliferation goals by
ensuring a supply of enriched uranium if a disruption in the supply
chain occurs. The fuel banks are designed to persuade other nations to forego
development of uranium enrichment or reprocessing technology, which could be
used to make weapons grade material. The IAEA Board of Governors has approved
the creation of two separate fuel banks. The first was established in March 2010
between the IAEA and the Russian government. The second fuel bank was approved
in December 2010 and will be owned and operated by the IAEA. Both LEU reserves
were established to protect member states from possible supply disruptions
unrelated to technical or commercial considerations. The U.S. Assured Fuel Supply In
August 2011, the U.S. Department of Energy established an independent reserve
supply of LEU, the Assured Fuel Supply, available to both domestic and international
reactor facilities in case of commercial supply disruptions. This reserve supply of LEU
was created from U.S. surplus weapons-grade HEU. Other Programs and Initiatives
The National Nuclear Security Administration NNSA is a semi-autonomous agency
within the Department of Energy that is responsible for detecting, preventing and
reversing the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. The Global Threat
Reduction Initiative is an NNSA program that seeks to reduce and secure nuclear and
radiological materials located at civilian sites worldwide. Nuclear Suppliers Group The
46-nation Nuclear Suppliers Group establishes guidelines for international nuclear
trade. In 2011, the NSG voted to adopt guidelines that set clear and
specific criteria for the transfer of equipment and technology used in

uranium enrichment and used nuclear fuel reprocessing.
(AT: Terrorism)Power plants are impregnable

WNA14 (World Nuclear Association, April, Safety of Nuclear Power
Reactors, world-nuclear.org , http://www.world-nuclear.org/info/Safety-andSecurity/Safety-of-Plants/Safety-of-Nuclear-Power-Reactors/)

Since the World Trade Centre attacks in New York in 2001 there has
been increased concern about the consequences of a large aircraft
being used to attack a nuclear facility with the purpose of releasing
radioactive materials. Various studies have looked at similar attacks on
nuclear power plants. They show that nuclear reactors would be
more resistant to such attacks than virtually any other civil
installations see Appendix 3. A thorough study was undertaken by the
US Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) using specialist consultants and
paid for by the US Dept. of Energy. It concludes that US reactor structures
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
93
"are robust and (would) protect the fuel from impacts of large
commercial aircraft".
Completely safe, no terrorism

UCSB no date (University of California, Santa Barbara, Science Line,
http://scienceline.ucsb.edu/getkey.php?key=1361)
Nuclear energy is produced in nuclear power plants, where the

radioactive reactions that produce energy are highly controlled and
contained. As long as these controlled environments are functioning
properly, and the waste of the reactions is properly contained, nuclear
energy is not harmful. In fact, many people say that nuclear energy is
much more environmentally friendly than the alternative (and more
widely used) fossil-fuel routes of energy production, because the
controlled nuclear reactions produce much less harmful gases than
reactions of fossil fuels. However, this topic is highly debated and
controversial. Some people think that nuclear energy is a bad idea because of
the RISK for it to be harmful: if the special contained reaction environments
malfunction, or if the nuclear waste cannot be contained forever, then there
does exist potential for environmental damage. People who support the use
of nuclear energy say that the risks are small and that this form of energy is
becoming safer with newly developing technologies.
No link to prolif: Nuclear reactors help reduce nuclear

weapons
Biello 13 citing former Secretary of Energy Steven Chu and Jeffrey Sachs,
Director of Earth institute at Columbia University (David Biello, Dec 12, 2013,
Scientific American, How Nuclear Power Can Stop Global Warming,
http://www.scientificamerican.com/article/how-nuclear-power-can-stop-globalwarming/)
When the Atlantic Navigator docked in Baltimore harbor earlier this
month, the freighter carried the last remnants of some of the
nuclear weapons that the Soviet Union had brandished in the cold
war. During the past 20 years more than 19,000 Russian warheads
have been dismantled and processed to make fuel for U.S. nuclear
reactors. In fact, during that period more than half the uranium fuel
that powered the more than 100 reactors in the U.S. came from such
reprocessed nuclear weapons.
No nukes can be made from power plants

Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
94
In fact, Fukushima showed just the opposite. Hows that? Well for starters,
ask yourself what the death toll was at Fukushima. 100? 200? 10?
Not true. Try zero. To think rationally about nuclear safety, you must
identify the whole context. As the late, great energy thinker Petr
Beckmann argued three decades ago in his contrarian classic "The Health
Hazards of NOT Going Nuclear," every means of generating power has
dangers and risks, but nuclear power is far safer than any other form
of large-scale energy conversion yet invented. To date, there have
been devised only five practical means of producing large-scale,
affordable, reliable energy: coal, natural gas, oil, hydroelectric, and
nuclear. (Although widely-hyped and frequently subsidized, solar and wind
power -- which generate energy from highly diffuse and intermittent sources
-- have failed for forty years to deliver.) Whether youre concerned about
a dangerous accident or harmful emissions, a nuclear power plant is
the safest way to generate power. The key to nuclear powers safety,
Beckmann explains, is that it uses a radioactive energy source--such
as uranium. In addition to having the advantage of storing millions of
times more energy per unit of volume than coal, gas, or water, the
radioactive material used in power plants literally cannot explode .
Ridiculing the scare tactics that a nuclear power plant poses the same
dangers as a nuclear bomb, Beckmann observes: An explosive nuclear
chain reaction is no more feasible in the type of uranium used as
power plant fuel than it is in chewing gum or pickled cucumbers.
The one danger of running a nuclear plant is a large release of
radiation. This is extremely unlikely, because nuclear plants contain
numerous shielding and containment mechanisms (universal in the
civilized world but callously foregone by the Soviets in their Chernobyl plant).
But in the most adverse circumstances, as Fukushima illustrated, the cooling
system designed to moderate the uraniums heat can fail, the backups can
fail, the radioactive material can overheat to the point that the plant cannot
handle the pressure, and a radiation release is necessary. Yet, even then, it is
extremely unlikely that the radiation levels will be high enough to cause
radiation sickness or cancer--and radiation in modest quantities is a normal,
perfectly healthy feature of life (your blood is radioactive, as is the sun). And
even the worst nuclear accident gives neighbors a luxury that broken dams
and exploding refineries do not: time. While many, many things went
wrong at Fukushima, as might be expected in an unprecedented
natural disaster, what is more remarkable is that thanks to the
fundamental integrity of the nuclear vessel and the containment
building, none of the power plants neighbors have died, nor have
any apparently been exposed to harmful levels of radiation. (The
Japanese government has announced that eight of 2,400 workers have been
exposed to higher-than-allowed amounts of radiation, but these amounts are
often hundreds of times less than is necessary to do actual damage.) Now
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
95
imagine if a 9.0 earthquake and 40 foot tsunami had hit a

hydroelectric dam; thousands of people could have died in the
ensuing flood. Or what if they had hit a natural gas plant or oil
refinery or coal plant? These structures could have suffered
explosions, such as the type we saw on BPs Deepwater Horizon
platform in the Gulf of Mexico, or just collapsed and spewed debris and
pollution throughout the area. The Fukushima nuclear plants, with their
incredible resilience, almost certainly saved many, many lives.
Nuclear not unique to prolif, countries wouldnt risk

political risk, nuclear energy reduces explosivity of
uranium (had trouble tagging this)
-
plutonium beyond capacity of terrorists

no way that country would lose the plutonium political fallout
plan decreases prolif, extracting nuclear energy prevents it from being
explosiv

Although power-reactor plutonium can theoretically be used to make
nuclear explosives, spent fuel is refractory and highly radioactive,
beyond the capacity of terrorists to process ; weapons made from
reactor-grade plutonium would be hot, unstable and of uncertain
yield. No nation has chosen to follow this route to build a nuclear
arsenal, nor is any likely to do so. Commercially viable [nuclear power]
plants are large and visible, comments former U.S. Undersecretary of Energy
A. David Rossin. Their customers visit them. International inspectors verify
their safeguards. It would be a treaty violation and a national
disaster if any attempt were made to divert commercially
separated plutonium. It would really be a huge risk, even for a
desperate nation, to be caught in a diversion attempt before it could
build a credible nuclear arsenal. [Rossin (n.d.), p. 13.] The risk of
proliferation, the IAEA has concluded, is not zero and would not
become zero even if nuclear power ceased to exist . It is a continually
strengthened nonproliferation regime that will remain the cornerstone of
efforts to prevent the spread of nuclear weapons.[IAEA (1997), p. 30.]
Ironically, burying spent fuel without extracting its plutonium through
reprocessing would actually increase the longterm risk of nuclear
proliferation, since the intensely radioactive fission products that
serve as a barrier to diversion (the spent fuel standard) decay
significantly in a century or less, and the decay of the less fissile and more
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
96
radioactive isotopes in spent fuel after one to three centuries improves the
nuclear explosive properties of the Pu the spent fuel contains. Besides
extending the worlds uranium resources almost indefinitely, a closed
nuclear fuel cycle makes it possible to convert plutonium to useful
energy while breaking it down into more short-lived, nonfissionable
nuclear waste.
No terrorism
(OR)
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
97
AT: Cancer
(AT: Cancer)Nuclear power has less emissions, and
produces less cancer than fossil fuels
Nuclear power also saves lives that would otherwise be lost to
pollution. A nuclear power plant has effectively zero harmful
emissions . (It generates a small amount of waste, which France, among
other countries, has demonstrated can be both re-used economically
and stored safely.) By contrast, fossil fuel plants generate various
forms of particulate matter that strongly correlate with higher
cancer rates. We should not knock coal, Beckmann stressed, as fossil
fuel plants are vital for human survival for decades to come, but we should
recognize that new nuclear power plants are far safer than the status quo.
The perversity of using nuclear powers demonstrated safety as a black mark
against it is not new. Beckmanns book came out in 1976--three years before
the Three Mile Island disaster, which nuclear critics capitalized on, even
though it was, as Beckmann later wrote, historys only major disaster with a
toll of zero dead, zero injured, and zero diseased. Still, environmentalists
shut down nuclear plants, oblivious to the accidents they could have
prevented. In just the three years leading up to Three Mile Island,
Beckmann observed, dam disasters have killed thousands of people
(at least 2,000 in India in August 1979); many hundreds have died in
explosions and fires of gas, oil, butane, gasoline, and other fuels . . .
Turn: nuclear power decreases cancer


Even one annual equivalent life lost to nuclear power externalities is
questionable, however. Such an estimate of loss of life expectancy depends
on whether or not exposure to amounts of radiation considerably less
than the natural radiation background less even than the normal
variations in background encountered during airline travel or living at
different altitudes increases the risk of cancer. Despite the longstanding
linear no-threshold theory (LNT) that dictates elaborate and expensive
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
98
confinement regimes for nuclear power operations and waste disposal, there
is no evidence that low-level radiation exposure increases cancer
risk and good evidence that it does not. There is even good evidence
that exposure to low doses of radioactivity improves health and
lengthens life, probably by stimulating the immune system much as
vaccines do (the best study, of background radon levels in hundreds of
thousands of homes in more than 90 percent of U.S. counties, found lung
cancer rates decreasing significantly with increasing radon levels
among both smokers and nonsmokers). [Cohen (1998b).] Based on this
evidence, low-level radioactivity from nuclear power generation
presents at worst a negligible risk. Authorities on coal geology and
engineering make the same argument about low-level radioactivity from coal
burning; a U.S. Geological Survey Fact Sheet, for example, concludes that
radioactive elements in coal and fly ash should not be sources of alarm.
[USGS (1997), p. 4.] But nuclear power development has been hobbled, and
nuclear waste disposal unnecessarily delayed, by LNT-derived radioactivity
limits not visited upon the coal industry.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
99
AT Fukushima (environmental disaster)

Reactors are much safer now- even the weakest plants
wont be hurt by natural disasters
Biello 12 citing Scott Burnell of the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission
(March 9, 2012, David, Scientific American, How Safe Are U.S. Nuclear
Reactors? Lessons from Fukushima,
http://www.scientificamerican.com/article/how-safe-are-old-nuclear-reactorslessons-from-fukushima/)
But the disaster was no surprise given the type of reactors at
Fukushima. In fact, nuclear power experts, computer models and
other analyses have consistently shown for decades that a problem
in the older boiling-water reactors employed at Fukushima Daiichi
would become disastrous because of a flawed safety system that
houses the nuclear fuel, known as the Mark I containment. It is "the worst
one of all the containments we have"and in a complete blackout, "you're
going to lose containment," noted U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
Commission (NRC) Deputy Regional Administrator Charles Casto on
March 16, 2011, who was in Japan to assist, according to transcripts of
internal meetings released by the NRC. " There's no doubt about it." The U.S. has 23
reactors with the same kind of safety systemsand the same risky placement of pools for
spent nuclear fuel, namely, alongside the main reactor in the top of the reactor building. Would
U.S. reactors perform any better than Japan's in a crisis? And what lessons does Fukushima
hold for reactor safety worldwide? Off the Mark The Mark I containment is a doughnut-shaped
structure beneath the reactor itself that is partially filled with water. In the event of a
breakdown of pumps that supply the reactor with fresh cooling water, the torus design is
supposed to provide additional cooling. Steam created by the still fissioning fuel floods into the
torus and is cooled by the supplemental water there. That additional cooling would limit the
pressure created by any steam buildup, theoretically allowing the reactor's designers to
employ less strength in other parts of the safety system. Unfortunately, any additional cooling
provided by the torus did not last as long as the loss of electricity at Fukushima. As a result,
the nuclear rods heated their zirconium cladding along with the remaining water to steam. At
high heat, the cladding interacts with the surrounding water vapor, binding tightly to the
oxygen and freeing the hydrogen, which escapes as a gas. If allowed to accumulate, the
hydrogen can burn with an invisible flame as it did at Three Mile Island (which had a different
containment system) or, as appears to be the case at Fukushima, explode. As much as 1,000
kilograms of hydrogen may have been generated at the complex this way, according to the
Japan's Nuclear and Industrial Safety Agency. In fact, the nuclear fuel in Unit 3 produced
enough hydrogen to cause the explosion in Unit 4 next door via a shared exhaust stack. To
minimize the chances of such hydrogen accumulation, the NRC has suggested U.S. reactors
strengthen vents to ensure that they could be used to relieve such a dangerous buildup of
pressure. After all, the accretion of hydrogen could also raise pressures above the design limits
of the safety systems. Fukushima Daiichi actually had such hardened vents, which either failed
to operate or were not used soon enough to prevent the explosions. One problem may have
been that the vents require electricity to operateand at that point the stricken nuclear power
plant had none. "The NRC is implementing a [recommendation] to
enhance the vents by making them 'reliable' under adverse

conditions," such as a loss of electricity, says NRC spokesman Scott
Burnell. And the agency concludes that such voluntary improvements
provide "appropriate protection" of public health and safety. Beyond that,
new rules are expected to address any lessons learned from the
Fukushima nuclear crisis. Regardless of the ability of the vents to function
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
100
appropriately, one clear difference exists between the operation of

such boiling-water reactors in the U.S. versus those in Japanin the
U.S., reactor operators have the authority to vent radioactive steam
or hydrogen gas as conditions warrant. The employees of the Tokyo Electric
Power Co. (TEPCO), which ran Fukushima Daiichi, appear to have required or at least sought
government authorization to do so. "They were concerned venting might allow a flow of
radioactive materials into the air, and they had not yet fully evacuated the area," explains
mechanical engineer Vijay Nilekani of the Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI), an industry group. By
the time evacuations and authorizations had taken place, "they had damaged the core and
were venting hydrogen that caused explosions," Nilekani explains. "If you don't damage your
core, you do not produce the large amounts of hydrogen that resulted in detonation." In
addition, it remains unclear how the hydrogen got from the sealed area containing the reactor
vessel into the surrounding buildingand then built up in sufficient quantities to explode. One
suggestion is that the enormous pressures generated by the boiling steam opened gaps
around bolts that allowed the hydrogen to escape or that the vents themselves leaked. Such
problems have long been an issue with the Mark I, the "safety disadvantages" of which were
highlighted in an internal memo at the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission the precursor to the
NRCas far back as 1972. The NRC nonetheless permits its use because "the Mark I can
survive long enough to allow for actions that keep the public safe in the event of a radioactive
release," Burnell says. In other words, there would be time to evacuate or take other safety
precautions. Modeling the worst To make that judgment, the NRC relies on computer modeling,
the most recent of which is known as State-of-the-Art Reactor Consequence Analyses. That
modeling took two representative nuclear power plants in the U.S.a pressurized-water
reactor from the Surry Power Station in Virginia and a boiling-water reactor from Peach Bottom
Atomic Power Station in Pennsylvaniaand attempted to assess what would happen in a
severe accident, such as the loss of all electric power as a result of an earthquake, among
other scenarios. The Peach Bottom reactors are broadly similar to those in use at Fukushima. In
fact, they are similar enough that the NRC even turned to this analysis to try to predict what
might happen at the latter's during that accident. Much as what unfolded during the crisis in
Japan, the computer modeling suggested that fuel in one of the two reactors on the Peach
Bottom site would begin to melt as soon as nine hours after a loss of cooling water flow. Peach
Bottom's Mark I containment would then fail roughly 20 hours after the earthquake if there was
no restoration of cooling water. The breached reactor would then spew "16 percent of the core
inventory""inventory" meaning cesium 137, along with 68 other radioactive isotopes in the
hot nuclear fuel. The consequences of the release, the analysis concluded, "could be serious."
But the computer modeling only analyzed catastrophic failure at one reactor at each of these
nuclear power plants, despite the fact that Peach Bottom and Surry each have two reactors on
site. Multiple reactors might be expected to be similarly troubled by shared challenges, as seen
during the Fukushima crisis. Nor did the modeling analyze what would happen if a powerful
earthquake immediately destroyed safety equipment or ripped a hole in the structure
containing the reactor itself. The key weakness revealed by both the Fukushima plant and in
the U.S. computer models is the reliability of backup electricity. The reactors at Fukushima had
batteries big enough to power equipment, including monitoring instruments, for eight hours.
U.S. reactors are required only to have two hours of such battery backup. "The NRC is currently
revising the station blackout rule, and this effort could lead to change in battery coping times,"
the NRC's Burnell says. "The models show that when you have a station blackout where you
still have batteries, there are steps that can be taken to go beyond what is considered the
normal life of batteries." Engineers could extend battery life by recharging them and/or by
shutting down all nonessential systems, for example. Staying flexible **The U.S.
nuclear industry, for its part, is suggesting that it will voluntarily

implement an approach it calls FLEX, which is meant to be a "diverse
and flexible coping capability." Nuclear power plant operators would
purchase and store portable equipment that could be used to
provide additional means of cooling the reactor, a plan that could be in
place as soon as 2015. "FLEX would provide multiple means of
obtaining power and water needed to fulfill the key safety functions
of core cooling, containment integrity and spent-fuel pool cooling that
would preclude damage to nuclear fuel," explains Adrian Heymer,
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
101
executive director of Fukushima regulatory response at NEI. That

equipment list might include extra pumps, portable diesel generators for
recharging batteries, additional battery packs and hoses as well as fuel and
diesel-powered air compressors, among other things. They would keep the
plant running for 72 hours. The similar work done to improve safety in the
wake of the terrorist attacks in September 2001 "gives us a 10-year head
start on dealing with unexpected events," argues NEI president Marvin Fertel,
and FLEX builds on that approach. Plus, new pressurized-water reactor
designs currently under construction in Georgia, known as the AP-1000,
incorporate so-called passive safety features, including enough water to
cool a reactor for three days in the absence of any human action. " If
this design had been used in Fukushima, we would not have a news
story, " argues nuclear engineer Aris Candris, CEO of Westinghouse, the
company responsible for the new design. "The AP-1000 is immune to the loss
of off-site power." But even at a reactor that does not fare as well in a
large earthquake and is not immune to the loss of off-site power,
there is "essentially zero risk of early fatalities ," according to the
NRC worst-case modeling. Even when a release of radioactive material
reaches the environment, "it's small enough and takes so long to reach
the community that people have already been evacuated or otherwise
protected," NRC's Burnell argues. "The public avoids any short-term
dose large enough to kill." And that is exactly what happened at
Fukushima.
AT: Chernobyl

Industrial accident the Chernobyl disaster in particular is another kind
of risk which has generated disproportionate public concern. The
Chernobyl explosion followed from a fundamentally faulty reactor
design which could not have been licensed in the West. Locally it
caused a human and environmental disaster, including 31 deaths, most
from severe radiation exposure. Thyroid cancer, which could have been
prevented with prompt iodine prophylaxis, has increased in Ukrainian children
exposed to fallout. More than eight hundred cases have occurred, and several
thousand are projected; although the disease is treatable, three children have
died. LNT calculations (if credited) project 3,420 excess longterm cancer
deaths in Chernobyl area residents and cleanup crews. [IAEA (1997), Table 1,
p. 25.] No technological system is immune from accident, but these
numbers for the worst possible nuclear power accident are
remarkably low compared to major accidents in other industries. Recent
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
102
dam failures in Italy and India each resulted in several thousand

fatalities. Coal mine accidents, oil and gas industry fires and pipeline
explosions typically kill hundreds per incident. The 1984 Bhopal chemical
plant disaster caused some three thousand prompt deaths and
severely damaged the health of several hundred thousand people. According
to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, between 1987 and 1996 there
were more than 600,000 accidental releases of toxic chemicals in the U.S.
that killed a total of 2,565 people and caused 22,949 injuries. [Cited in
Grossman (1999).] The Chernobyl reactor lacked a containment
structure, a fundamental safety system that is required on Western
reactors. Post-accident calculations indicate that such a structure would
have confined the explosion and thus the radioactivity, in which case no
injuries or deaths would have occurred. [Cohen (1998)] More than forty
years of commercial nuclear power operations demonstrate that
nuclear power is much safer than fossil fuel systems in terms of
industrial accidents, environmental damage, health effects and
longterm risk.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
103
**AT: Plan solves better

Nuclear way better than NatGas- no emissions and a
million times more efficient
-
a million times more efficient,

no toxic gases (NG is 200,000) and low radioactivity

Natural gas has many virtues as a fuel compared to coal or oil, and its
increasing share of world primary energy across the first half of the 21st
century is assured. But its supply is limited and unevenly distributed; it
is expensive as a power source compared to coal or uranium; it has
higher value as a feedstock for materials and as a substitute for petroleum in
transportation, particularly for fuel cells; and it pollutes the air. Natural
gas fires and explosions are significant risks and an uncounted
externality. A single mile of gas pipeline three feet in diameter at 1,000
psi pressure contains the equivalent of two-thirds of a kiloton of
explosive energy; a million miles of such large pipelines lace the earth. A
1,000 MWe natural gas plant releases 5.5 tonnes per day of sulfur
oxides, 21 tonnes per day of nitrogen oxides, 1.6 tonnes per day of
carbon monoxide and 0.9 tonnes per day of particulates. U.S. annual
discharges in 1994 generating energy from natural gas totaled about 5.5
billion tonnes. [Lehman (1996), p. 32.] The great advantage of nuclear
power is its ability to wrest enormous energy from a small volume of
fuel. Nuclear fission , transforming matter directly into energy, is several
million times as energetic as chemical burning , which merely breaks
chemical bonds. One tonne of nuclear fuel produces energy equivalent
to two to three million tonnes of fossil fuel. [Suzuki (1993), cited in
Lehman (1996), p. 138.] Burning 1 kilogram of firewood can generate 1
kilowatt hour of electricity; 1 kg of coal, 3 kWh; 1 kg of oil, 4 kWh. But 1 kg of
uranium fuel in a modern lightwater reactor generates 400,000 kWh of
electricity, and if that uranium is recycled for maximum burnup, 1 kg can
generate more than 7,000,000 kWh. These spectacular differences in
volume of fuel per unit of energy produced largely determine the
differing environmental impacts of nuclear versus fossil fuels from
mining or extraction, through transportation, to environmental
releases and the disposal of waste. Generating 1,000 MW of electricity
for a year requires 2,000 train cars of coal or 10 supertankers of oil, but only
one 10 cubic-meter fuel assembly of uranium. [IAEA (1997), P. 32.] Out the
other end of such fossil fuel plants even with abatement systems
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
104
operating come thousands of tonnes of noxious gases, particulates

and heavy-metal-bearing (and radioactive) ash plus solid hazardous waste:
up to 500,000 tonnes of sulfur if coal, more than 300,000 tonnes if oil and
200,000 tonnes if natural gas. In contrast, a 1,000 MWe nuclear plant
releases annually no noxious gases or other pollutants, [5] and trace
radioactivity many times less per person than airline travel, a home
smoke detector or a television set. It produces about 30 tonnes of highlevel waste (spent fuel) and 800 tonnes of low- and intermediate-level waste
about 20 cubic meters in all when compacted (roughly, the volume of two
passenger cars). [6] [IAEA (1997), pp. 32-34.]
Nukes > Renewables

-
unpractical
less emissions
tons already spent on renewables

The vision of a world run on pristine energy generated from
renewables which, like controlled thermonuclear fusion, recede as
practical sources despite expensively subsidized R&D always twenty
years down the road has romanticized a far less realistic technological
exuberance among environmental activists than that of which they have
long accused advocates of nuclear power. Along the way, the public
investment in renewables might have been spent making coal plants
and automobiles cleaner. The 1997 U.S. Federal R&D investment per
thousand kilowatt-hours, for example, was only $0.05 for nuclear and coal,
$0.58 for oil, $0.41 for gas but $4,769 for wind and $17,006 for photovoltaics.
[EIA, cited in NEI (1999), p. 15.] While nuclear power avoided millions of
tons of air pollutants and greenhouse gases, The $5.8 billion spent
by the [U.S.] Department of Energy on wind and solar subsidies over
the last 20 years is the financial equivalent of replacing between 5,000
and 10,000 MW of the nations dirtiest coal capacity with gas-fired
combined-cycle units, which would have reduced carbon dioxide
emissions between one-third and two-thirds, Robert L. Bradley, Jr., of
Houstons Institute for Energy Research estimates. [Bradley (1997), p. 67, n.
305.] Replacing coal with nuclear generation would have reduced
overall emissions even more. Conservation has also been heavily
subsidized, making saved power twice as expensive in the U.S. as generated
power. [Bradley (1997), citing the EIA.] Overall, by Bradleys estimate, U.S.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
105
conservation efforts and nonhydro renewables have benefitted from

a cumulative twenty-year taxpayer investment of some $30-$40
billion, the largest governmental peacetime energy expenditure in U.S.
history. [Bradley (1997), p. 4.]
HYDRO, Solar, Wind, Geothermal, biomass stink
tons of investments already, plan non-U

low energy
WEI predicts it wont replace over 7%

The Decline and Fall of the Renewables Renewable sources of energy
hydroelectric [4] , solar, wind, geothermal and biomass have high
capital investment requirements and significant, if usually
unacknowledged, environmental consequences. For most renewables,
the energy they collect is extremely dilute, requiring large areas of
land and masses of collectors to concentrate. Manufacturing solar
collectors, pouring concrete for fields of windmills, drowning square miles of
land behind dams damages and pollutes. Photovoltaic cells are large semiconductors; their
processing produces a highly toxic waste stream of metals and solvents that requires special
disposal technology. A 1,000 MWe solar electric plant using photovoltaics would generate
6,850 tonnes of hazardous waste over a thirty-year lifetime from metals finishing alone. A
comparable solar thermal plant (mirrors focussed on a central tower) would require primary
metals that would generate 435,000 tonnes of manufacturing waste, of which 16,300 tonnes
would be contaminated with lead and chromium and considered hazardous. [Lehman (1996),
pp. 53-54.] Decentralized solar systems of comparable capacity would use an equivalent
volume of materials, but decentralization is hardly feasible for the megapolises of today and
tomorrow. A global solar energy system would consume at least 20 percent of identified world
iron resources. It would require a century to build and a substantial fraction of annual world
iron production to maintain. The energy necessary to manufacture sufficient solar collectors to
cover a half-million square miles of the earths surface and to deliver the electricity through
long-distance transmission systems would itself add grievously to the global burden of
pollution and greenhouse gas. [Cf. Weingart (1978).] A global solar energy system without
fossil or nuclear backup would also be hostage to solar radiation reductions from volcanic
events such as the 1883 eruption of Krakatoa, which caused widespread crop failure during the
year without a summer that followed. [Science 285 (5433): 1489 (3 Sept. 99)] Wind farms,
besides the waste stream resulting from manufacturing their millions of pounds of concrete
and steel, their inefficiency, low (because intermittent) capacity and visual and noise pollution,
are mighty slayers of birds. Several hundred birds of prey, including dozens of golden eagles,
are killed every year by a single California wind farm; more eagles have been killed by wind
turbines than were lost in the disastrous Exxon Valdez oil spill. The National Audubon Society
has launched a campaign to save the California condor from a proposed wind farm to be built
by Enron north of Los Angeles. A wind farm equivalent in output and capacity to a 1,000 MWe
fossil or nuclear plant would occupy some 2,000 square miles of land, [Estimated from NEI
(1999), p. 14 (quadruple 150,000 acres).] and even with substantial subsidies and uncharged
pollution externalities would produce electricity at double or triple the cost of fossil fuels.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
106
[Bradley (1997), p. 8.] Hydroelectric power dams which submerge large areas of land, displace
rural populations, change river ecology, kill fish and raise concerns of catastrophic failure has
lost its environmental constituency in recent years. The U.S. Export-Import Bank was
responding in part to environmental lobbying when it denied funding to the PRCs 18,000 MW
Three Gorges project. [Bradley (1997), p. 21, citing the New York Times and the Wall Street
Journal.] At least one quarter of the world potential for hydropower has already been
developed. Geothermal sources are inherently limited, and often coincide with scenic sites
(such as Yellowstone National Park) that conservationists understandably desire to preserve.
Because of these and other disadvantages, organizations such as the

World Energy Council and the IEA predict that hydroelectric
generation will continue to account for no more than its present 6.9
percent share of world primary energy supply, while nonhydro
renewables, even robustly subsidized, will move from their present 0.5
percent share to claim no more than 5 to 8 percent by 2020. [IAEA
(1997), p. 10.] In the United States, which leads the world in renewable
energy generation, utility renewable generation declined by 9.4 percent from
1997 to 1998: hydro decreased 9.2 percent, geothermal decreased 5.4
percent, wind decreased 50.5 percent, and solar decreased 27.7 percent.
[Data from DOE/EIA database, Annual Utility Electric Production Report 1998.]
The vision of a world run on pristine energy generated from
renewables which, like controlled thermonuclear fusion, recede as
practical sources despite expensively subsidized R&D always twenty
years down the road has romanticized a far less realistic technological
exuberance among environmental activists than that of which they have
long accused advocates of nuclear power. Along the way, the public
investment in renewables might have been spent making coal plants
and automobiles cleaner. The 1997 U.S. Federal R&D investment per
thousand kilowatt-hours, for example, was only $0.05 for nuclear and coal,
$0.58 for oil, $0.41 for gas but $4,769 for wind and $17,006 for photovoltaics.
[EIA, cited in NEI (1999), p. 15.] While nuclear power avoided millions of tons
of air pollutants and greenhouse gases, The $5.8 billion spent by the [U.S.]
Department of Energy on wind and solar subsidies over the last 20 years is
the financial equivalent of replacing between 5,000 and 10,000 MW of the
nations dirtiest coal capacity with gas-fired combined-cycle units, which
would have reduced carbon dioxide emissions between one-third and twothirds, Robert L. Bradley, Jr., of Houstons Institute for Energy Research
estimates. [Bradley (1997), p. 67, n. 305.] Replacing coal with nuclear
generation would have reduced overall emissions even more. Conservation
has also been heavily subsidized, making saved power twice as expensive in
the U.S. as generated power. [Bradley (1997), citing the EIA.] Overall, by
Bradleys estimate, U.S. conservation efforts and nonhydro renewables have
benefitted from a cumulative twenty-year taxpayer investment of some $30$40 billion, the largest governmental peacetime energy expenditure in U.S.
history. [Bradley (1997), p. 4.]
Solar sucks
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
107

Photovoltaic cells are large semiconductors; their processing produces a
highly toxic waste stream of metals and solvents that requires
special disposal technology. A 1,000 MWe solar electric plant using
photovoltaics would generate 6,850 tonnes of hazardous waste over
a thirty-year lifetime from metals finishing alone. A comparable solar
thermal plant (mirrors focussed on a central tower) would require primary
metals that would generate 435,000 tonnes of manufacturing waste, of which
16,300 tonnes would be contaminated with lead and chromium and
considered hazardous. [Lehman (1996), pp. 53-54.] Decentralized solar
systems of comparable capacity would use an equivalent volume of
materials, but decentralization is hardly feasible for the megapolises
of today and tomorrow. A global solar energy system would consume
at least 20 percent of identified world iron resources. It would require
a century to build and a substantial fraction of annual world iron production
to maintain. The energy necessary to manufacture sufficient solar
collectors to cover a half-million square miles of the earths surface and to
deliver the electricity through long-distance transmission systems would
itself add grievously to the global burden of pollution and
greenhouse gas. [Cf. Weingart (1978).] A global solar energy system
without fossil or nuclear backup would also be hostage to solar
radiation reductions from volcanic events such as the 1883 eruption of
Krakatoa, which caused widespread crop failure during the year
without a summer that followed. [Science 285 (5433): 1489 (3 Sept. 99)]
Wind sucks

Wind farms, besides the waste stream resulting from manufacturing
their millions of pounds of concrete and steel, their inefficiency, low
(because intermittent) capacity and visual and noise pollution, are mighty
slayers of birds. Several hundred birds of prey, including dozens of
golden eagles, are killed every year by a single California wind farm;
more eagles have been killed by wind turbines than were lost in the
disastrous Exxon Valdez oil spill. The National Audubon Society has
launched a campaign to save the California condor from a proposed wind
farm to be built by Enron north of Los Angeles. A wind farm equivalent in
output and capacity to a 1,000 MWe fossil or nuclear plant would
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
108
occupy some 2,000 square miles of land, [Estimated from NEI (1999), p.
14 (quadruple 150,000 acres).] and even with substantial subsidies and
uncharged pollution externalities would produce electricity at double or
triple the cost of fossil fuels. [Bradley (1997), p. 8.] Hydroelectric
power dams which submerge large areas of land, displace rural
populations, change river ecology, kill fish and raise concerns of
catastrophic failure has lost its environmental constituency in recent
years. The U.S. Export-Import Bank was responding in part to environmental
lobbying when it denied funding to the PRCs 18,000 MW Three Gorges
project. [Bradley (1997), p. 21, citing the New York Times and the Wall Street
Journal.] At least one quarter of the world potential for hydropower has
already been developed. Geothermal sources are inherently limited,
and often coincide with scenic sites (such as Yellowstone National Park)
that conservationists understandably desire to preserve.
NG sucks

Natural gas has many virtues as a fuel compared to coal or oil, and its
increasing share of world primary energy across the first half of the 21st
century is assured. But its supply is limited and unevenly distributed;
it is expensive as a power source compared to coal or uranium; it has
higher value as a feedstock for materials and as a substitute for petroleum in
transportation, particularly for fuel cells; and it pollutes the air. Natural
gas fires and explosions are significant risks and an uncounted
externality. A single mile of gas pipeline three feet in diameter at
1,000 psi pressure contains the equivalent of two-thirds of a kiloton
of explosive energy; a million miles of such large pipelines lace the earth.
A 1,000 MWe natural gas plant releases 5.5 tonnes per day of sulfur
oxides, 21 tonnes per day of nitrogen oxides, 1.6 tonnes per day of
carbon monoxide and 0.9 tonnes per day of particulates. U.S. annual
discharges in 1994 generating energy from natural gas totaled about 5.5
billion tonnes. [Lehman (1996), p. 32.]
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
109
Impact extension
North Korea, Iran, Syria will use nukes, NPT enforcement
is key
Kane 12 (Summer 2012, Samuel Kane, GlobalSolutions.org, Preventing
Nuclear Terrorism: Nuclear Security, the Nonproliferation Regime, and the
Threat of Terrorist Nukes,
https://globalsolutions.org/files/public/documents/Sam-Kane-PreventingNuclear-Terrorism.pdf)
For most of its recent history, North Korea has had a decidedly
antagonistic relationship with the international nuclear
nonproliferation regime. However, prior to the mid-1990s. North Korea
actually seemed to be on the path to becoming a responsible member of this
framework. It signed on to the NPT in 1985, and in 1992, signed the "|oint
Declaration on the Denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula" with South
Korea, pledging to "not test, manufacture, produce, receive, possess, store,
deploy, or use nuclear weapons." Trouble began to brew in 1993, when
inspectors from the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), the
international community's nuclear watchdog, were denied access to
two North Korean nuclear waste sites. The IAEA responded by asking the
United Nations Security Council for permission to conduct additional
inspections, which prompted North Korea to submit its resignation from the
NPT. Eventually, the US was able to convince the Kim regime to withdraw its
resignation, and further collaborated with the regime to forge an "Agreed
Framework" in 1994, under which North Korea agreed to freeze activity at its
plutonium facilities and work to implement the terms of the 1992 Joint
Declaration, in exchange for US assistance in reactor construction. However,
the Agreed Framework would ultimately collapse in the early years of the
second Bush administration, amidst US concerns that North Korea was
embarking on a secret uranium-enrichment program. The US imposed
economic sanctions late in 2002, prompting North Korea to resume nuclear
activity, expel IAEA inspectors, and withdraw from the NPT. Since then, North
Korea has been engaged in on-and- off multilateral discussions regarding its
nuclear program (the so-called Six Party Talks, including the US, Russia,
China, Japan. North Korea, and South Korea), though no lasting agreement
has come of these negotiations. The Nature of the Nuclear Threat The threat
of North Korean nuclear weapons falling into terrorist hands
manifests itself primarily in the possibility that North Korea could,
directly or indirectly, give nuclear weapons or materials to terrorist
groups. Several of North Korea's past actions demonstrate its general
disregard for international nonproliferation norms. For instance, a 2010 UN
report asserted that the regime was using a variety of illicit means
to export nuclear technology to Iran and Syria, thus circumventing
the UN sanctions that had been levied against it53 In addition. North Korea
was an active participant in AQ Khan's nuclear proliferation network,5* and
allegedly paid more than S3 million to senior members of the Pakistani
military for access to nuclear knowledge and equipment." Such examples
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
110
paint a picture of a regime not beholden to traditional norms that restrain

governments from acts of nuclear proliferation. Moreover, North Korea's
diplomatic isolation on the world stage, coupled with the bleak state of its
economy, puts the regime in a situation in which it may feel that it has
nothing to lose by spreading nuclear materials, technology, and know-how to
other states, or even a terrorist group. As one expert told the Council on
Foreign Relations, in a 2010 interview also referenced in Section 1, "North
Korea would sell just about anything to anyone."56 Though that expert
was also quick to assert that no evidence has yet been presented that
indicates that North Korea has sold nuclear assets to non-state actors, the
regime's past actions do not exactly assuage fears that such an event lies
within the realm of possibility. A secondary concern with regards to the North
Korea nuclear program is the possibility that a collapse of the country's
authoritarian regime could lead to a loss of control over its nuclear arsenal.
This issue has taken on an added relevance in the past year, as the death of
Kim |ong-il has raised concerns over whether the Supreme Leader's young
successor, Kim Jong-un, is capable of maintaining the Kim family*s grip on
political power. If the Kim regime were to collapse, its nuclear assets could
potentially "fall into the hands of warlords or factions," and these elements
might very well be even less beholden to international proliferation norms
than the current regime.57 Moreover, even if the US were to intervene and
attempt to unilaterally secure North Korea's arsenal, the task would
undoubtedly be complicated by the reality that few outside the inner circles
of the regime's nuclear program have any idea of precisely how large the
arsenal is, or where it is located.58 US Involvement The US effort to
prevent North Korean nuclear assets from falling into terrorist hands
consists of two primary components: (1) diplomatic efforts aimed at
convincing the Kim regime to dismantle its nuclear program and return to
the NPT ; and (2) interdiction efforts designed to prevent North Korea from
proliferating its nuclear assets and know-how to outside sources. Regarding
the first point: unlike Russia and Pakistan, which the US accepts (somewhat
begrudgingly, in Pakistan's case) as members of the nuclear weapons club, a
nuclear North Korea has been described by US officials as an "intolerable"
and "unacceptable" reality.59 As mentioned earlier, the US has been
engaged in discussions with North Korea regarding its nuclear
program since the 1990s, and, throughout this time period, it has
vehemently opposed the idea of a nuclear-armed Kim regime, insisting that
the end result of any agreement must be a nuclear weapons-free
North Korea that is part of the NPT and subject to IAEA oversight
Though the specifics of its negotiating strategy have varied, the US has
generally offered North Korea a combination of "carrots" (energy assistance,
assurances of peace), balanced by the threat of "sticks" (economic
sanctions), in order to bring about North Korea's nuclear disarmament.60 In
addition to its diplomatic efforts, the US has also sought to prevent
North Korean nuclear exports from reaching their intended
destinations by employing a strategy of naval interdiction. This
strategy is employed under the umbrella of the Proliferation Security Initiative
(PSI), a global cooperative effort, launched in 2003 and involving more than
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
111
90 countries, that "aims to stop trafficking of weapons of mass destruction,

their delivery systems, and related materials to and from states and nonstate actors of proliferation concern."61 Though the US and its allies have yet
to interdict any North Korean ships carrying nuclear materials, several North
Korean vessels carrying missile technologies and conventional weaponry
have been successfully turned back by PSI participants,62 63 bolstering
hopes that these interdiction efforts will help to deter North Korea from
attempting to proliferate nuclear materials to other states and non-state
actors. Other States While a combination of academic literature and historical
evidence supports the assertion that Russia, Pakistan, and North Korea
represent the most likely sources of a terrorist-controlled nuclear
weapon, they are certainly not the only possible sources. After all. the
nuclear weapons club contains six other members, and at least one additional
state could very well join the group within the next decade. Therefore, it is
important that this paper briefly addresses nuclear security with regards to
these other states.
NPT is key to prevent terror; decreases number of

unsecure nukes and increases safety regulations, but
currently isnt enforced well
The NPT At present, the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons

(NPT) stands as a core part of the international nonproliferation
regime. Broadly, the treaty, which entered into force in 1970, aims to
prevent the spread of nuclear weapons beyond five recognized nuclear
weapons states (the US, Russia, China, UK, and France). In 2004, Thomas
Graham, Jr. aptly described the NPT as being based, in part, on a fundamental
tradeoff between nuclear weapons states (NWS) and non- nuclear weapons
states (NNWS). To use the words of Graham, Jr.: The NPT is based on a central
bargain: the NPT non-nuciear-weapon states agree never to acquire
nuclear weapons and the NPT nuclear-weapon states in exchange
agree to share the benefits of peaceful nuclear technology and to
pursue nuclear disarmament aimed at the ultimate elimination of their
nuclear arsenals.77 Without question, the NPT has had a positive
impact on the cause of nuclear nonproliferation. With all but four
countries party to the treaty (India, Pakistan, and Israel are non-signatories,
and North Korea withdrew in 2003), the NPT "has the widest adherence of any
arms control agreement" currently in effect.78 Because of its wide
acceptance within the international community, the treaty has played an
integral role in advancing nuclear nonproliferation as a global norm, and as
an ethic that responsible members of international society are expected to
subscribe to.79 Additionally, within the context of preventing nuclear
materials from falling into terrorist hands, the NPT's positive impact
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
112
is twofold .80 First, by limiting the possession of nuclear weapons

(ideally) to a core group of five states, the NPT helps to keep nuclear
weapons from being developed in countries that are unable to
adequately protect them. Second, the NPT implements controls on
the transfer of nuclear materials and requires all nuclear states to submit
to IAEA standards regarding "accounting and control" systems, thus making
nuclear materials less susceptible to theft or unauthorized export.
Despite these positive effects, the NPT has also proven to be a flawed
institution in several key ways. First, the treaty has long struggled with
the issue of noncompliance. As analysts at the Nuclear Threat Initiative
have pointed out, "the NPT does not have a built-in mechanism for noncompliance."81 Instead, when a state is found to be in violation of the terms
of the NPT, the International Atomic Energy Agency (the IAEA, which, as will
be detailed later in this section, is responsible for actually carrying out
compliance inspections) simply reports the violating state to the UN, which
has the responsibility of actually determining a punishment. This method
stands in stark contrast to other nuclear treaties, such as the proposed
Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty (CTBT), which would "[provide] for measures
to redress a violation of the Treaty and to ensure compliance, including
sanctions, and for settlement of disputes."82 Because the NPT does not
contain a standardized framework for dealing with violators, it has faced
difficulties in dissuading noncompliance, and in building consensus
among signatories regarding how to enforce compliance.83
NPT prevents prolif

The NPT At present, the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons

(NPT) stands as a core part of the international nonproliferation
regime. Broadly, the treaty, which entered into force in 1970, aims to
prevent the spread of nuclear weapons beyond five recognized nuclear
weapons states (the US, Russia, China, UK, and France). In 2004, Thomas
Graham, Jr. aptly described the NPT as being based, in part, on a fundamental
tradeoff between nuclear weapons states (NWS) and non- nuclear weapons
states (NNWS). To use the words of Graham, Jr.: The NPT is based on a central
bargain: the NPT non-nuciear-weapon states agree never to acquire
nuclear weapons and the NPT nuclear-weapon states in exchange
agree to share the benefits of peaceful nuclear technology and to
pursue nuclear disarmament aimed at the ultimate elimination of their
nuclear arsenals.77 Without question, the NPT has had a positive
impact on the cause of nuclear nonproliferation. With all but four
countries party to the treaty (India, Pakistan, and Israel are non-signatories,
and North Korea withdrew in 2003), the NPT "has the widest adherence of any
arms control agreement" currently in effect.78 Because of its wide
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
113
acceptance within the international community, the treaty has played an

integral role in advancing nuclear nonproliferation as a global norm, and as
an ethic that responsible members of international society are expected to
subscribe to.79 Additionally, within the context of preventing nuclear
materials from falling into terrorist hands, the NPT's positive impact is
twofold.80 First, by limiting the possession of nuclear weapons (ideally)
to a core group of five states, the NPT helps to keep nuclear weapons
from being developed in countries that are unable to adequately
protect them. Second, the NPT implements controls on the transfer of
nuclear materials and requires all nuclear states to submit to IAEA standards
regarding "accounting and control" systems, thus making nuclear materials
less susceptible to theft or unauthorized export. Despite these positive
effects, the NPT has also proven to be a flawed institution in several key
ways. First, the treaty has long struggled with the issue of noncompliance. As
analysts at the Nuclear Threat Initiative have pointed out, "the NPT does not
have a built-in mechanism for non-compliance."81 Instead, when a state is
found to be in violation of the terms of the NPT, the International Atomic
Energy Agency (the IAEA, which, as will be detailed later in this section, is
responsible for actually carrying out compliance inspections) simply reports
the violating state to the UN, which has the responsibility of actually
determining a punishment. This method stands in stark contrast to other
nuclear treaties, such as the proposed Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty
(CTBT), which would "[provide] for measures to redress a violation of the
Treaty and to ensure compliance, including sanctions, and for settlement of
disputes."82 Because the NPT does not contain a standardized framework for
dealing with violators, it has faced difficulties in dissuading noncompliance,
and in building consensus among signatories regarding how to enforce
compliance.83
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
114
Bio/ Chem terror solvency

NPT solve bioterror: BWC modelling and dual-use facilities
Rosenberg 07 (Barbara Hatch Rosenberg, Acronym institute for
Disarmament Diplomacy, April 30, 2007,,
http://www.acronym.org.uk/dd/dd84/84bhr.htm, A Counter-Bioterrorism
Strategy For The New UN Secretary-General)
The failure of the BWC Protocol negotiations in 2001 made the
defunct Protocol (which still remains on the table in so-called "Sleeping
Beauty" mode) a political weapon that any state party to the Convention
can invoke if it wishes to prevent new negotiations. At the same time, many
states parties that formerly supported the Protocol now consider its text - as
it finally evolved under the consensus rule, stripped of much of its early value
- to be obsolete in the light of recent experience in Iraq. Nonetheless, many
parties remain committed to the development of measures to verify
compliance with the BWC "in the longer term".[31] For the present, all parties
warily avoided the issue at the Review Conference, thereby enabling some
progress on other issues.[32] A strengthened and operational capability
for biological investigations, maintained by the Secretary General and
available to the Security Council to investigate possible violations of the
BWC, would be a significant step forward for the Convention. It
would tend to deter states parties from gross violation of the BWC
and would provide an alternative to military action in confronting
serious biological threats.[33] But it would not be equivalent to a BWC
compliance regime. The permanent members of the Security Council would
effectively be excluded from investigation, and there still would be no routine
or periodic measures for assessing compliance. If eventually an appropriate
BWC compliance regime is adopted by the states parties, its inspectorate
could be jump-started by a skilled and ready, upto-date UN biological
investigation mechanism. There is also another interesting possibility: a
competent UN investigational capability could evolve into a
dedicated international biological inspection agency, serving the BWC
but outside it, much as the IAEA serves the Nuclear Non-Proliferation
Treaty (NPT). A major element in an effective biological regime is
likely to be the monitoring of dual-use biological facilities by
maintaining a constant possibility of inspection, with specified access
required. Such a regime, which could be viewed as a "safeguards"
mechanism, could be established through an agreement analogous to
the Comprehensive Safeguards Agreements and Additional Protocol
concluded with the IAEA by parties to the NPT to cover dual-use nuclear
facilities. -
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
ECONOMY IMPACTS!
115
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
Economy Impact
116
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
117
*Uniqueness*
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
118
Economy Fed Action Doesnt Solve

Feds debt purchase has failed to stimulate the economy
Forbes, September 24, 2012, Smaller Government FED Should Shrink, Too p.
30
A hopeful surprise in August was the intensity of the political outcry for a
strong and stable dollar and for Federal Reserve restraint. Reversing the Fed's
expansion is an integral part of the sweeping upheaval needed to stop
Washington's overreach and a necessary condition for restarting privatesector job creation.
Whatever the Fed's theory, the reality is that its attempts to prime the pump
haven't worked. They distort and weaken the economy and chase capital into
such job losers as gold, gov ernment bonds and factories abroad. After
years of buying government debt and imposing 0% interest rates the
Fed has piled on nearly $2 trillion in liabilities, yet the economy is
suffering the weakest recovery in postwar history. Unemployment is
over 8%, and the mortgage market, one of the Fed's priorities, is still
broken.
This isn't some inevitable by-prod uct of the financial crisis. It's the direct
result of unprecedented spending and tax, regulatory and monetary policies
that put the government first and the private sector way down the list.
Monetary intervention is no longer working

Investment Europe, September 13, 2012, US: the next crisis, or the next
opportunity?
Sentiment could be boosted by a further round of quantitative easing from
the US Federal Reserve. Luca Paolini, chief strategist at Pictet Asset
Management, noted in July that the prospect of further easing would usually
be a cue to increase risk exposure, as both QE1 and QE2 in the US were
followed by a bounce in risk assets. "But we are concerned that
unconventional monetary policy interventions are beginning to lose their
ability to provide a significant boost to activity by restoring the flow of credit
and boosting investor sentiment, at a time when the global economic outlook
is deteriorating," Paolini says.
Quantitiatve easing wont solve unemployment
Money News, 9-16, 12, http://www.moneynews.com/Economy/Wiedemerrecession-fiscal-cliff/2012/09/16/id/451953
Furthermore, quantitative easing won't even carry out it its primary purpose
of creating jobs provided businesses remain concerned over the country's
fiscal fate. "I dont think were going to see much impact from this on
unemployment or hiring. Thats more of a cover for the Fed for wanting to
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
119
pump up the stock market. It will pump up the stock market," Wiedemer said.
"It wont do much for hiring. In fact, you could likely see hiring continue to go
down. A number of leading economic indicators are indicating we are heading
towards a recession. Thats certainly not going to be good for hiring." The
European debt crisis has raged on for over two years now, while in the United
States, tax cuts are set to expire at the end of this year at the same time
automatic cuts to government spending kick in, a combination known as a
fiscal cliff that could send the country sliding into recession next year if left
unchecked by Congress. Businesses have remained reluctant to expand and
hire due to the fiscal cliff, especially since they don't know how much taxes
they might be paying next year. Lawmakers have been reluctant to address
tax and spending issues in an election year, though some have suggested
they might convene early in 2013 after November's elections and deal with
the problem on a retroactive basis. In the end, however, they'll come to a
solution that will likely involve raising the country's borrowing limit and spend
their way out, punting tough decisions to narrow deficits and pay down debts.
"I never lose sleep at night worrying about whether Congress will find a way
to borrow more money. They will figure it out. They will borrow more money,"
Wiedemer said. "Its easy for Congress to kick the can down the road a few
months and theyll be able to do that but, ultimately, theyll be able to borrow
the money." In the meantime, Fed stimulus measures will send stocks rising,
and investors should look to equities markets for opportunities albeit
cautiously, keeping in mind the Fed-fueled rally won't last. Dividend stocks
have performed well over the last year as their yields outpace those in fixedincome investments, many of which are offering yields that don't even keep
pace with inflation figures, thanks to low interest rates. Still, some dividend
stocks aren't offering as much yield, such as electric utilities, though other
dividend stocks offer nice returns. "Well probably take some off of the table
and shift out for some pharmaceuticals, maybe an oil company. Chevron pays
a good dividend, so theres a number of options out there that might be
better plays right now for dividends than the old utility stocks," Wiedemer
said. "Although, Id probably keep a couple of them, but Id probably look at
moving into some other ones. Pharmaceuticals or maybe an oil."
Quanitative easing not a long-term growth solution

Times Union, 9-16, 12, http://www.timesunion.com/business/article/In-acrummy-economy-why-are-stocks-soaring-3866454.php
The measures are the Fed's third round of so-called quantitative

easing. It's the fourth round if you count a similar, ongoing plan known
as Operation Twist under which the Fed drives down long-term interest
rates.
The earlier actions were rocket boosters for stocks:
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
120
The first round was announced in its full $1.2 trillion form in March
2009, at the depths of the recession. From there, the Dow gained 45
percent over the following year. The S&P 500 rose even more.
Bernanke hinted at a second round in August 2010. From then until
it ended June 30, 2011, the Dow added 24 percent.
Between the launch of Operation Twist last September and
Wednesday, the day before the Fed's announcement, all three indexes
rose more than 20 percent.
The Fed's actions work in part because they help make U.S. stocks one
of the least ugly investments out there. Big American companies are a
stable bet compared with Europe and many emerging markets. People
might prefer the safety of Treasurys, but the Fed is shooing them away,
pushing yields so low that, adjusting for inflation, investors end up
paying the government to hold on to their money. There's no denying
the Fed measures draw investors into stocks, says Tyler Vernon, chief
investment officer of Biltmore Capital, an investment adviser in
Princeton, N.J. But without some improvement in the economy itself, he
says, the effects will be fleeting. "We've had this recovery in the stock
market but not really in the economy," Vernon says. Stocks will likely
fall within months, he says, "when the same stories are coming out
about the economy, when we start hearing the same old song of
people dropping out of the workforce and unemployment staying high."
Only the banks benefit from monetary easing

Robert Reich is a professor of public policy at the University of California at
Berkeley and was previously the secretary of labor during the Clinton
administration, 9-17, 12, http://marketplayground.com/2012/09/17/robertreich-two-cheers-for-the-fed-but-thumbs-down-for-moodys-and-the-deficithawks/
Withdeficithawkscirclingoverhead,theresponsibilityforcreatingjobshasfallenbydefaulttoBen
BernankeandtheFederalReserve.LastweektheFedsaiditexpectedtokeepinterestratesnearzero
throughmid2015inordertostimulateemployment.
Twocheers.
Theproblemis,lowinterestratesalonewontdoit.TheFedhasheldinterestratesnearzeroforseveral
yearswithoutthatmuchtoshowforit.AsmallerportionofAmericanadultsisnowworkingthanatany
timeinthelastthirtyyears.
Sofar,thebiggestbeneficiariesofnearzerointerestrateshaventbeenaverageAmericans.Theyvebeen
tooweigheddownwithdebttoborrowmore,andtheirwageskeepdropping.Andbecausetheywontand
cantborrowmore,businesseshaventhadmorecustomers.Sotheresbeennoreasonforbusinessesto
borrowtoexpandandhiremorepeople,evenatlowinterestrates.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
121
Three reasons lower rates fail bank hoarding, consumer

credit, personal interest income
OmahaWorldHerald,918,12,http://www.omaha.com/article/20120918/NEWS0802/709189981/1677
Still,therecoverystumbled.Therehavebeenoffsettingtendencies.Lowinterestratesmeanlessincomefor
savers,whichdampensconsumerspending.Personalinterestincomehasdroppedabout$400billionayear,
noteseconomistTimothyTayloronhisblog.Anotherreason:Manyoftheproblemsfacingtheeconomy
cantbeaddressedwithlowerinterestrates,writesveteraneconomicjournalistJohnM.BerryinThe
InternationalEconomy.Lowratesdontmatteriftoughercreditstandardspreventpotentialhomebuyers
fromqualifyingforloans.Orbankscurblendingtorestorecapital.
Fedactionwillonlyreduceunemploymentbyatenthofapercent
OrlandoSentinel,917,12,http://articles.orlandosentinel.com/20120917/news/osedrobertsamuelson
09171220120917_1_interestratesfundsratejoblessrate
WASHINGTON -- We are reaching -- or may already have passed -- the

practical limits of "economic stimulus." Last week, the Federal Reserve
adopted an open-ended bond-buying program of $40 billion a month to goad
the economy into faster growth. But even before the announcement, there
was skepticism that it would do much to lower the unemployment rate, which
has exceeded 8 percent for 43 months. The average response of 47
economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal was that a similar program
might cut the jobless rate 0.1 percentage point over a year.
The banks just sit on the $

Robert Auerbach, Professor of Public Affairs, The University of Texas at Austin,
9-17, 12, http://www.huffingtonpost.com/robert-auerbach/limiting-loanscreates-unemployment_b_1890276.html
The Bernanke Fed's policy has contributed to unemployment by

rewarding banks for not making loans to consumers and businesses.
Eighty-five percent of the Bernanke Fed's printing press expansion
since August 2008 is sitting idle in the nation's banks as excess
reserves (which is 56 percent of the August 2012 monetary base). The
monetary base of the money supply (currency, coin and bank reserves)
is the Fed's primary instrument for its operations. From August 2008 to
August 2012 the Bernanke Fed exploded the monetary base by $1.74
trillion (from $908 billion to $2.64 trillion). The nation's banks received
huge deposits -- most of which they kept in idle money (excess
reserves) that they were not required to hold. Idle reserves increased
by $1.48 trillion ($1.482 billion in August 2008 to $1.483 trillion in
August 2012). One incentive the banks have for holding these idle
reserves is that the Bernanke Fed has paid the banks one quarter of
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
122
one percent interest on their reserves since October 2008, one month
after the huge financial crash. Generally, banks pay extremely low
interest on the money from their depositors -- near zero as long as the
Fed is trying to keep interest rates near zero. If the banks can pay little
more than zero to get the deposits, they may choose to let the
deposits sit idle and draw risk free interest from the Bernanke Fed. You
might think that one quarter of one percent interest is peanuts -- the
Fed paid the banks $3.764 billion interest on their reserves in 2011 -but even a Federal Reserve bank president disagreed with this Fed
policy. On Aug. 23, 2012, St. Louis Federal Reserve Bank President
James Bullard, speaking on CNBC, rattled the stock markets and
certainly the printing press enthusiasts on the Fed's decision making
committee. Bullard disagreed about another major injection of money
into the economy. Asked if he thought there should be another major
injection: Bullard said, "I don't think so." Three cheers for Bullard who
said he would be willing to consider reducing the interest paid on
excess reserves held by the nation's banks that they are not required
to hold.
Fed cant do any more interest rates cant go lower

Sylvain Leduc and Zheng Liu, research advisors in the Economic
Research Department of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, 917, 2012, FRBSF Economic Weekly,
20http://www.frbsf.org/publications/economics/letter/2012/el201228.html?utm_source=frbsf-home-highlighttitle&utm_medium=frbsf&utm_campaign=economic-letter-2012-09-17
Our statistical model suggests that uncertainty has pushed the
unemployment rate up at least one percentage point in the past three years.
By contrast, uncertainty was not an important factor in the unemployment
surge during the deep downturn of 198182. One possible reason why
uncertainty has weighed more heavily on the economy in the recent
recession and recovery is that monetary policy has been limited by the zero
lower bound on nominal interest rates. Because nominal rates cannot go
significantly lower than their current near-zero level, policy is less able to
counteract uncertaintys negative economic effects.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
123
*Impacts*
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
124
Growth Good
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
125
Critical
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
126
Economy Solves Movements/Activism

Decreased economic growth undermines
movement/activism power- the civil rights movement
proves
Seth Sandronsky, CommonDreams.Org, 2002
[Coloring the Youth Peace Movement, Dec 7,
http://www.ccmep.org/2002_articles/General/121002_coloring_the_youth_peace_mov
emen.htm]
U.S. elites see it differently. They have a world to steal, and have waged wars
abroad for decades against black, brown and yellow people to this thieving
end. These wars have dovetailed with U.S. racism in complex ways. Thus its
no coincidence that the Civil Rights Movement of the 1960s
energized opposition to U.S. military intervention in Southeast Asia.
Then, the political power of the U.S. majority was rising. Meanwhile,
the post-World War II economic boom was ending. As U.S. economic
growth slowed during the 1960s and 1970s, the political power of
the majority weakened. The subsequent restructuring of the world
economy followed. A racist reaction against those least to blame for
it spread in the U.S. In the 1980s, the Reagan administration waged
Central American wars against the supposed communist menace of brown
people. This dovetailed with the phony "War on Drugs" against people of
color in the U.S.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
127
Poverty link turns their kritik

No time for reflection when you are poor too busy
fighting for survival economic growth is the best way to
promote rethinking
Hitchcock, holistic lawyer, 02
[http://www.seamless-web.net/wealth.htm, Wealth and Spirituality-Friends or Foes?]
There is nothing wrong with being rich, and in fact, it is a lot easier to be rich
and spiritual, than it is to be poor and spiritual. When you are poor, you
are too busy "catching hell"; i.e., trying to survive, and eat, to spend
much time on spiritual pursuits. When you are wealthy, you can
share your spirituality with a greater number of people, and do more
good things. As Louise Hay writes, money is every bit as spiritual as
a rose. Money does not make a person good or bad. There are just as
many stingy poor people as stingy rich people, if not more.
Poverty leaves no time for anything else cant

transverse
Aileen Carroll, Candadian Minister of International Cooperation, 2005
[http://www.acdicida.gc.ca/cida_ind.nsf/0/53A5215268FBDBF685256FAC00773486?
OpenDocument]
I tell people address the crisis of poverty because you believe, as I do, that
no one should spend every moment of the day searching for food, clean
water, and shelter for yourself or for those relying on you. Or as
Margaret Hassan of CARE IRAQ put it, "When you are poor, every day
is a crisis, and we forget that, I think. We think there's a crisis when
there's a war... when there's an earthquake. But if you've got no
money, then every single day you wake up is a crisis for you. You don't
have time to think of anything else". Or, I say, address this crisis because
poverty leads to a despair that destabilizes the very foundation of socities
and that will eventually create threats to your personal security.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
128
Poverty link turns their kritik

Poverty makes lives sacrificiblekills all autonomy
Jean Gerber, Canadian Jewish News, 01
[http://www.cjnews.com/pastissues/01/feb22-01/features/feature2.htm]
There is something about poverty that smells like death," wrote
Harlem Renaissance writer Zora Neale Hurston, who had known both poverty
and fame. The Talmud put it succinctly: "A poor man is like a dead
person." "Poverty," wrote Jim Torczyner in his 1995 study of Jews in
Vancouver, "is not just the absence of money. Poverty is the absence of
power, an inability to influence the conditions which affect one's
life." When you are poor, you are, to all intents and purposes, dead.
You can influence nothing about your life; you watch your children go
hungry. You experience constant anxiety about where you will live, what you
will be able to eat, what clothing you can provide.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
129
Economy Impact vs. Critical Affs

War and poverty lead to the suspension of all ethical
principles
Leopold 04 emeritus scientist at Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant
Research at Cornell
[A. Carl, currently involved with several organizations for the promotion of
ethical responsibilities to the land, February 1, 2004, BioScience, No. 2, Vol.
54, p. 149, proquest]
As part of a discussion on bioethics in a changing world, we should take the
measure of the conditions or forces that clash with or simply override ethical
considerations. Some examples include greed, poverty, and war. Greed can
be a major force in driving excessive exploitation of natural capital,
such as excessive mining, excessive removal of oceanic resources, or
reckless cutting of forests. Insatiable appetites for personal aggrandizement
and ostentation often override ethical considerations. Poverty, too, can be
expected to nullify ethical considerations in relation to the
stewardship of the environment: Impoverished people often use
natural resources badly. The occurrence of wars leads to the
suspension of practically all ethical principles, not only at the
personal, social, and political levels but also at the biological and
environmental levels. These three examples of forces in opposition to
ethical actions occur with alarming frequency in our nation and in many other
parts ot the world. The extent to which Aldo Leopold's ethical concept will
persist in our society is likely to depend upon the extent to which such
conflicting forces can be restrained. It is reasonable to assume, for example,
that involvement of people in the restoration and protection of quality land
may increase their sensitivity to rates of resource consumption and possibly
to issues of poverty and peace. As we discuss the positive values of bioethical
principles, we must keep a special awareness of the massive ethical costs of
war. There is a perceived need among professional scientists for more
knowledge about ethics. As human lives have come to revolve around urban
centers, the need for a better understanding of bioethics, and specifically for
an ethics-based strategy for environmentalism and conservation, has become
more acute. Aldo Leopold's statement of the land ethic, which extended the
concept of conservation to include restoration ecology, fills such a need. The
emergence of Leopold's land ethic has been followed by an elaboration of
ethical concepts in relation to biology and conservation, as would be
expected with the advent of a new scientific paradigm. It is important to be
aware that bioethics are susceptible to violation, or even destruction, by
social dysfunctions such as greed, poverty, and war. A part of the costs of
this social dysfunction will necessarily be a corrosive effect on
bioethical principles and a deterioration of harmony between
humans and their natural environment. Remember Aldo Leopold's
statement of the land ethic (1949): "A thing is right when it tends to
preserve the integrity, stability, and beauty of the biotic community.
It is wrong when it tends otherwise." Despite these obstacles, we can
hope that the land ethic will continue to grow, that mentors and teachers will
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
130
guide students toward this goal, and that ecological restoration will be used
to provide leverage for fostering ethical ideals in students, coworkers, family,
friends, and ourselves.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
131
Economy Turns K Affs

In a world of economic decline the government will turn to
fascism and governmental control
Johansen 04 Marxist publicist political commentator [Ralph, [Marxism]
Bush and the fascist menace by Jack A. Smith, Nov. 25,
http://archives.econ.utah.edu/archives/marxism/2004w47/msg00107.htm]
The mostly likely such crisis to afflict capitalism would be a complete

economic breakdown caused by a devastating domestic and
international economic depression. This is a chief ingredient in the
move to fascism. The United States economy does not appear ready to
experience a catastrophe of this nature in the near future. The 1930s
Great Depression came relatively close, forcing the New Deal
government of Franklin D. Roosevelt to initiate an impressive program of
social reforms intended in part to prevent the possibility of socialist threats
to a wounded capitalism.
Economic decline causes aggressive US foreign policy

Sam Webb 02 national chairman of the Communist Party USA, October 19,
2002, Independent Media Center, Bush Doctrine Threatens Humanity,
http://colorado.indymedia.org/newswire/display/3873/index.php
Finally, the slowdown of the global capitalist economy and the

accompanying intensified competition of rival capitalisms in already
saturated global markets nudged the U.S. ruling class, and
particularly its most reactionary sector, to pursue a more aggressive
policy in the world arena. In doing so, it hopes to convert its superiority on
a military and political level into advantage on an economic level.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
132
Economy Turns Minorities

Sluggish growth disproportionately impacts minorities
Holzer, Georgetown public policy professor, 04
[Harry, http://www.americanprogress.org/site/pp.asp?c=biJRJ8OVF&b=19550]
A booming economy helps everyone, but especially those closer to
the bottom of the economic ladder. Reckless fiscal policies that harm
economic growth pose their greatest threats to minorities and
others who are most in need of a boom.
Economic decline impacts minorities first

The Famuan 02
[http://www.thefamuan.com/news/163365.html]
"There's an old saying among black activists in terms of unemployment,
'When the nation catches a cold, we (blacks) get pneumonia,'" said
David Bositis, a senior political analyst at the Joint Center for Political and
Economic Studies. Blacks and Hispanics have been hit the hardest by the
economic recession. Since Sept. 11, President George W. Bush has done well
in reassuring the nation that all will be well, against terrorism that is.
However, that does not extinguish the fact that the United States' economy is
in the worst slump it's seen in almost a decade. According to
blackamericaweb.com, the unemployment rate for Hispanics in
December was 7.9 percent, the highest it's been since July 1997. The
unemployment rate for blacks was 10.2 percent twice that of
whites. Also, there are many undocumented minority workers, which
means that the unemployment rates could be even higher. Minorities
occupy most of the jobs in manufacturing, air transportation, hotels and
temporary employment services. These industries have been hit the
hardest by the recession. Also, now that the economy's downturn is
official, economists are leaning on the motto that minorities will be
the "last hired and first fired." When the economy is booming, minorities
are the last ones hired because most are believed to be younger, have lower
levels of education and less experience. Political analysts expect the
nation to bounce back from the recession later this year, but the
bounce will probably have a late reaction when it comes to
minorities. "Latinos and African-Americans are usually the last to
benefit from the recovery," said Charles Kamasaki, a senior vice president
at the National Council of La Raza, a Hispanic advocacy group.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
133
Economy Turns Racism

Economic Recession Leads to Racism
International Socialist Review 03 Issue 32, NovemberDecember
2003
KEEANGA-YAMAHTTA TAYLOR, Civil rights and civil wrongs: Racism in America
today, http://www.isreview.org/issues/32/racism.shtml, 7/11/06
Even at its historic low of 7.2 percent, Black unemployment still was
twice the unemployment level for whites.9 These numbers did not
take into account the nearly one million Black men locked up in
prison and jail, which, by some estimates would increase the overall
unemployment level by two percentage points.10 Moreover, since 2001,
when the economy officially went into recession, official Black unemployment
has drifted between 10 and 11 percent. An added result of the recession is
that the drop in Black poverty rates, a result of the economic expansion of
the 1990s, has been reversed and Black poverty is again on the rise.
According to the Census Bureau, 24 percent of Blacks now live in povertyup
from 22 percent in 2001.11 Additionally, there was a 3 percent decrease in
the Black median income.12 "African Americans tend to be the last to
be hired when the economy is booming. That means that they also
tend to be the first to lose their jobs when a downturn hits,"
according to Stephanie Armour writing in USA Today in December 2002. She
goes on to say, "job losses have been deep in manufacturing and
construction, they have also hit retailers, which lost 39,000 jobs in November.
Jobs in those industries tend to be disproportionately held by African
Americansdepartment store hiring was down by 17,000, the worst
November for store hiring since 1982."13 In July 2003, the New York Times
reported: Unemployment among Blacks is rising at a faster pace than in any
similar period since the mid-1970snearly 2.6 million jobs have disappeared
overall during the last 28 months nearly 90 percent of those jobs were in
manufacturingwith Blacks hit disproportionately harder than whites.14 The
disproportionate impact of layoffs on African Americans in the
recession of the early 1990s further illustrates how racism compounds
an already bad situation when the economy begins to contract.
Economic Recession Leads to Racism

Socialism Today, Issue 37, April 1999
HANNAH SELL, After the Lawrence report,
http://www.socialismtoday.org/37/race37.html, 7/11/06
By their actions New Labour have already shown that they will be prepared to
play the race card in a more serious way when they need to. In an economic
recession, where unemployment and poverty increase, and the government
need someone to blame, it is all too likely that they will resort to whipping up
racism on a larger scale. Some commentators argue that, despite racism,
blacks and Asians have succeeded in overcoming economic discrimination.
Unfortunately this is not true. There are differences between the ethnic
minorities. The Chinese and African-Asians are, on average, less poor than
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
134
other ethnic minorities (but are still worse off than whites). The Bangladeshi
community are particularly poor. Most importantly - there is a general picture
- if you are black or Asian you will almost certainly be lower paid and have
worse housing. On average the earnings of men from ethnic minorities are
40 a week lower than those of white men. 35% of Caribbean men do shift
work, compared with only 20% of white men. 28% of white families live below
the poverty line compared with 41% of Afro-Caribbean families and 84% of
Bangladeshi families. This situation is bound to get worse in the coming
economic recession. The gap between black and white unemployment always
grows at the start of a recession, as racism leads to blacks getting thrown out
of work more quickly than whites.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
135
Economy Turns the case:

Imperialism/Movements/Racism
Economic downturn leads to a conservative backlash and
racist wars of oppression
Sandronsky 02 editor with Because People Matter
["Coloring the youth peace movement," 12/7, HYPERLINK
"http://www.ccmep.org" www.ccmep.org]
U.S. elites see it differently. They have a world to steal, and have waged wars
abroad for decades against black, brown and yellow people to this thieving
end. These wars have dovetailed with U.S. racism in complex ways. Thus its
no coincidence that the Civil Rights Movement of the 1960s energized
opposition to U.S. military intervention in Southeast Asia. Then, the political
power of the U.S. majority was rising. Meanwhile, the post-World War II
economic boom was ending. As U.S. economic growth slowed during the
1960s and 1970s, the political power of the majority weakened. The
subsequent restructuring of the world economy followed. A racist reaction
against those least to blame for it spread in the U.S. In the 1980s, the Reagan
administration waged Central American wars against the supposed
communist menace of brown people. This dovetailed with the phony "War on
Drugs" against people of color in the U.S.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
136
Economy Turns the Case: Imperialism

Economic Decline increases US imperialism
Business World 98
< September 10, 1998 Global recession phase two: Catastrophic (Private
sector views) What would it be like if global recession becomes full bloom?
The results will be catastrophic. The weapons industry may also grow rapidly
because of the ensuing wars. Arms escalation will have primacy over food
production if wars escalate. The US will depend increasingly on weapons
exports to nurse its economy back to health. This will further induce wars and
conflicts which will aggravate US recession rather than solve it. The US may
depend more and more on the use of force and its superiority to get its ways
internationally.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
137
Economy Turns Indigenous People/Genocide

Indigenous people will starve or be slaughtered in a
global recession
BusinessWorld, 98
<September 10, 1998 Global Recession phase two: Catastrohic (Private

The results will be catastrophic>
A few will get a windfall from the disaster with the erratic movement
in world prices of basic goods. But the majority, especially the small and
medium enterprises (SMEs), will suffer serious shrinkage. Mega-mergers and
acquisitions will rock the corporate landscape. Capital markets will shrink and
credit crisis and spiralling interest rates will spread internationally. And
environmental advocacy will be shelved in the name of survival. Domestic
markets will flourish but only on basic commodities. The focus of enterprise
will shift into basic goods in the medium term. Agrarian economies are at
an advantage since they are the food producers. Highly
industrialized nations will be more affected by the recession.
Technologies will concentrate on servicing domestic markets and the agrarian
economy will be the first to regrow. The setback on research and
development and high-end technologies will be compensated in its eventual
focus on agrarian activity. A return to the rural areas will decongest the big
cities and the ensuing real estate glut will send prices tumbling down.
Tourism and travel will regress by a decade and airlines worldwide will need
rescue. Among the indigenous communities and agrarian peasantry,
many will shift back to prehistoric subsistence economy. But there
will be a more crowded upland situation as lowlanders seek more
lands for production. The current crisis for land of indigenous
communities will worsen. Land conflicts will increase with the
indigenous communities who have nowhere else to go either being
massacred in armed conflicts or dying of starvation.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
138
Economy Turns Militarism

Recession increase US militarism
BusinessWorld, 98
< September 10, 1998 Global recession phase two: Catastrophic (Private
The results will be catastrophic>
The weapons industry may also grow rapidly because of the ensuing wars.
Arms escalation will have primacy over food production if wars escalate. The
US will depend increasingly on weapons exports to nurse its economy back to
health. This will further induce wars and conflicts which will aggravate US
recession rather than solve it. The US may depend more and more on the use
of force and its superiority to get its ways internationally.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
139
Economy Turns Human Rights

Economic growth allow for free society and break down
authoritarianism
Daniel T. Griswold 05 Director of the Cato Institute's Center for Trade
Policy Studies. Globalization and Human Rights October 11, 2005
http://www.aworldconnected.org/article.php/565.html
By creating a more vibrant civil society and economy, globalization nurtures

new leaders who can challenge a countrys entrenched authority structure. In
his book, Business as a Calling, social thinker Michael Novak identified this as
the Wedge Theory. "Capitalist practices, runs the theory, bring contact with
the ideas and practices of the free societies, generate the economic growth
that gives political confidence to a rising middle class, and raise up successful
business leaders who come to represent a political alternative to military or
party leaders. In short, capitalist firms wedge a democratic camels
nose under the authoritarian tent."
Every aspect of human rights has improved in China due

to economic growth
Daniel T. Griswold 05 Director of the Cato Institute's Center for Trade
Policy Studies. Globalization and Human Rights October 11, 2005
http://www.aworldconnected.org/article.php/565.html
Even in nominally communist China, economic reform and globalization give
reason to hope for political reforms. After two decades of reform and rapid
growth, an expanding middle class is experiencing for the first time the
independence of home ownership, travel abroad, and cooperation with others
in economic enterprise free of government control. The share of workers
employed by, and hence directly answerable to, the government has been
inexorably shrinking. The number of telephone lines, mobile phones, and
Internet users has risen exponentially in the past decade. Tens of thousands
of Chinese students are studying abroad each year. The works of Friedrich
Hayek, probably this centurys most influential defender of a free society, are
now being distributed legally on the Mainland. Free trade has brought new
ideas and new relationships to China and other previously closed societies.
Chinas economic reforms have opened the door for greater religious
freedom. Non-sanctioned churches are growing rapidly in China despite
continued persecution. More than 100 Western missionary organizations are
active in China today, and those organizations have distributed millions of
Chinese language Bibles. Thousands of foreign religious workers in China
teach English and serve in other occupations while ministering to the growing
body of believers. All that would have been unthinkable 25 years ago when
China was still isolated from the global economy.That can only be good news
for individual freedom in China, and a growing problem for the government. A
recent study by the Chinese Communist Partys influential Central
Organization Department noted with concern that "as the economic standing
of the affluent stratum has increased, so too has its desire for greater political
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
standing." The study concluded that such a development would have a
"profound impact on social and political life" in China.
140
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
141
De-Dev Bad
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
142
De-Dev Bad Backlash

Elite backlash
Kassiola 90 (Joel, Prof of Poli-Sci @ Brooklyn College, The death of
industrial civilization, p. 194, jam)
Moreover, as a result of disappointment, Wildean tragedy, and value erosion, the postindustrial elite (the current members of
the beneficiary class within the dominant, postindustrial social paradigm and structure) might come to a realization unique in
history. The elite, postindustrial consciousness may be shocked into change by increasingly
conspicuous limits to growth as
well as by the profoundly challenging nature of the limits-togrowth literature: the futility, insecurity, and disaster looming in our foreseeable future (unlike the predicted long-range
disaster of our sun burning up in several billion years), and a future filled with the preoccupation of
seeking to maintain their relative advantages and ceaselessly fend off all of the others
seeking to replace them. The enjoyment of the elites present success seems short-lived, unstable, and increasingly
inadequate relative to both the concern and effort expended in attaining such success in the first place, and the rising costs
of maintaining their celebrated position on top.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
143
De-Dev Bad Trainer Indicts

Trainers a hack and resources are infinite
Jackson 7 (Gerard, Brookes News Economic Editor, Apr 16,
[http://www.brookesnews.com/071604trainer1.html] AD: 6-23-11, jam)

If anyone doubts for a moment that Marxism is a cult they need look no further than Ted
Trainer. Full-blooded Marxism has been an utterly brutal failure that killed more than
100,000,000 people (The Black Book of Communism: Crimes, Terror, Repression, Harvard University Press,1999)
yet Trainer remains so blind to historical facts that he proposes a Marxism solution to the nonproblem of economic growth and natural resources. According to the learned Mr Trainer: The fundamental cause of the big
global problems threatening us now is simply over-consumption. The rate at which we in rich countries are using up
resources is grossly unsustainable. Its far beyond levels that can be kept up for long or that could be spread to all people.
(The Age, ) Let me first deal with Trainers absurd notion that we are running out of resources. The following table
clearly show that from a human perspective mineral resources are infinite . So much for
Trainers easily refuted idea of over-consumption. (In economic theory over-production would be defined as capital
consumption). However, what the above table does not reveal is that resources are basically a function of
technology. Oil was a just a smelly nuisance, a liability that reduced the value of a farmers land. In 1886, when the
Burma Oil Company of Britain first started to commercially pump oil, it bought thousands of barrels of oil from 24 families
at Yenangyaung. In English it means the creek of stinking waters. (James Dale Davidson & Lord Rees-Mogg, Blood in the
Streets, Sidgwick & Jackson Limited, 1988). Farming families in Pennsylvania experienced the same good fortune more than
25 years earlier, as did Arab sheiks at a much later date. This, and many other examples from economic history, demonstrates
that genuine growth is actually a resource-generating process . It also needs to be stressed that
mineral and oil reserves are a function of prices. As prices rise so do reserves . This is why
Ali Al-Naimi, Saudi Minister of Petroleum and Mineral Resources, was able to tell an international conference in April 2004
that his countries proven oil reserves have been greatly under-estimated and that the country has 1.2 trillion barrels of
estimated reserve four times what is usually estimated. No wonder that Peter Odell of Rotterdams Erasmus University
was able to observe that since 1971, over 1,500 billion barrels have been added to reserves. Over the same 35-year period,
under 800 billion barrels were consumed. One can argue for a world which has been running into
oil rather than out of it. (The Economist, 30 April 2005).
Not only are we running out of mineral resources we

are also facing eventual famine because the average per capita area of productive land available on the planet is only about
1.3 hectares. This is called cherry picking. Lets forget the cherries and concentrate of the sort of facts that lefties hate.
In 1960 it took about 1500 million acres to produce the worlds supply of grain; today it still only takes about 1500 million
acres. Without this 134 per cent increase in productivity we would now need about 3.5 billion acres for grain production.
Trainers wrong therell never be resource shortages

Jackson 7 (Gerard, Brookes News Economic Editor, Apr 16,
[http://www.brookesnews.com/071604trainer1.html] AD: 6-23-11, jam)

But our radically green anarchist (his own description) is not going to let a little thing like facts
and economics challenge his calcified ideology. This is why he makes the patently absurd assertion that we need to
cut resource use by 90 per cent and share the remaining energy among 9 billion people. This Marxist cultist seems
unaware of the scientific fact that there can never be an energy shortage. Energy is neither
created nor destroyed. What is scarce is the capital material means of production that
can be used to turn energy into a useful work. And that is why we build power stations or used to. He
then made the idiotic claim that once we had virtually abolished our use of natural resources and slashed our consumption of
energy to a suicidal level we could all enjoy a ... simpler [and] far more satisfying way of life.. [and be] able to live well on
two days work for money a week, without any threat of unemployment, or insecurity in old age, in a supportive community.
To the conventional mind such claims are insanely impossible. Only a certifiable idiot could possible
think that one could reduce energy use to the level of a medieval peasant and still
enjoy a 21st century lifestyle. Revealing his extensive knowledge of economic history and his profound grasp of
economic theory Trainer also claimed that an average rate of growth of 3 per cent from now until 2070
would mean that total world economic output each year would be 60 times as great as
it is now then it is at present if the economic expectations of the then the 9 billion people are to be satisfied. Gee! How
terrible! How will our grand children and great grand children manage if they are going to be
60 times richer than their grandparents?
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
144
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
145
De-Dev Bad Human Nature

Human kind feels they are supposed to fulfill destinymakes growth inevitable
Zey 1 (Dr. Michael G., Ph.D. in Sociology at Rutgers
University, [http://www.zey.com/perspective.htm] AD: 623-11)
The Theory in a Nutshell. The Expansionary Theory posits that the human species is a unique entity that can and will play a
special role in the greater cosmological framework. According to this theory, over the eons, humankind will apply
its ingenuity to overcoming the forces of entropy . The theory synthesizes ideas from astronomy,
cosmology, anthropology, physics, sociology, and other fields, and borrows from Kaku, Dyson, Darwin, Teilhard de Chardin,
Gribbins, Rees, Moravec, Kurzweil, the Russian Cosmism school, and others. This theoretic synthesis incorporates
ideas such as the
Anthropic principle, complexity theory, and the Big Bang theory, and
reflects recent discoveries in physics, astronomy, and astrobiology. Our current and future breakthroughs in
biotechnology, aerospace, and computers will hasten humankind's achievement of its destiny. This section will be expanded
over the coming weeks and months. THE EXPANSIONARY VISION OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT Humanity is
on a quest to improve the species, marshal the forces of nature, and reshape the
universe. Through such processes as biogenesis, cybergenesis, species coalescence, and dominionization, our species has
prepared itself for the achievement of its ultimate destiny, vitalization. The question that still remains unanswered is, of
course, why? What motivates humankind to feverishly prepare itself for what seems to be a grand mission?
Humankind, a species residing on an infinitesimal island in a corner of the universe, dares to believe that
the
fate and future of the universe lie in its hands. What act of pride do we commit, what hubris do we
exhibit to entertain the notion that we even have a destiny, let alone such a lofty one? And who are we to believe that we not
only possess such a magnificent destiny, but also are capable of mastering the skills and knowledge necessary to fulfill such a
mandate.
Growth inevitable- hardwired in human psyche

Zey 1 (Dr. Michael G., 2001, THE EXPANSIONARY THEORY OF HUMAN
DEVELOPMENT, http://www.zey.com/perspective.htm, ) ET
The emerging picture of early Earth is one of a planet brimming with activity,
virtually forcing life into existence. As soon as the molecules had the chance, they attempted to establish the
conditions for life. This self-organization of molecules made life, and the evolution of life forms, possible. It is the
contention here that the same inclination to self-organize, to intentionally evolve
oneself from the simple to the complex, exists on the biological level as well as the
molecular. And the human species is the finest example of this process. Alfred Russell
Wallace, a contemporary of Darwin who concurrently developed a similar theory of natural selection, discussed a major
mystery in human evolution. It seems that between Homo habilis and Homo erectus the human brain undergoes a gigantic
jump in its size. The earlier hominid has a brain only slightly larger than that of an ape. Homo erectus, which existed for a
million years starting around 1.5 million years ago, has a cortex as large as ours. Wallace contends that the
human brain was overdesigned for its primitive uses and thus could not have been a
production of natural selection. He said that natural selection could only have
endowed savage man with a brain a few degrees superior to that of an ape, whereas
he actually possesses one very little inferior to that of a philosopher. Robert Orenstein, a
biologist specializing in brain research, is similarly curious about why Homo erectus possessed a
brain that he ostensibly had little use for. Our brain expanded to a size for which
there was little functional use at the time. According to Orenstein, (in his book The Evolution of
Consciousness) Homo erectus' brain was complex enough to invent a microprocessor, even
though all that was needed at the time was a brain that could figure out how to
hammer out the first few stone tools. "Why be able to fly to the moon when no one has even understood how
to make iron?", Orenstein asks.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
146
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
147
De-Dev Bad Growth Inevitable

Growth inevitable
Gibson-Graham 6 (JK, Feminist Economic Geographers at
the Australian National U, The End Of Capitalism (As We
Knew It): A Feminist Critique of Political Economy, jam)
Though divorced from its association with an evolutionary narrative of capitalisms inevitable breakdown and supersession,
accumulation brings its other meanings to the stories of Fordism and post-Fordism, which its status
as a central process and systemic imperative cannot help but reinforce . Most prominently
here I am thinking of the growth imperative that is traditionally associated with
capitalist economies. If the regulationists have dispensed with the inevitability of capitalist breakdown, they have no
dispensed with the inevitability of growth. Growth remains an unquestioned law of capitalist
development, with the implication for progressive activists that politics must at least accommodate
and at most foster capitalist expansion (the alternative to the necessary process of growth being a crisis of
accumulation).
Trainers simpler world is fantasy capitalist growth will

always occur
Isbister 1 (John, prof of econ at the U of California at Santa Cruz,
Capitalism and Justice, p. 46, jam)
Some in the capitalist world try to retain or re-create the best parts of precapitalism. Some Amish and Mennonite
communities are based on precapitalist values, as are some other faith-based groups. The 1960s and 1970s saw the creation
of secular alternative rural communes, communities whose members tried to eliminate all marks of distinction between them,
to be self-sufficient, and to live simply. The communes had some successes, but most eventually collapsed.
Communities such as these have attempted to embody precapitalist values, but none has
succeeded in cutting itself off from capitalist influences: from the market , from the media,
from the legal system, and from other influences of the modern world. While we can learn
from our antecedent societies, we cannot return to them. The door has been closed .
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
148
De-Dev Bad Inevitable- Brain Chem

Consumption inevitable brain chemistry
Allenby 7 (Brad, prof of Civil and Environmental Engineering at Arizona
State U, Mar 7, [http://www.greenbiz.com/blog/2007/03/07/benefits-ourhardwired-need-consume], AD:6-23-11, jam)
That humans are inclined to make choices that offer more pleasure than pain comes as no surprise, but a look at how
marketing -- whether of consumer goods or environmental causes -- offers intriguing ideas on how to create change, Brad
Allenby writes. The issue of consumption is perhaps one of the most vexed in the environmental and sustainability
discourses, especially when contrasting the United States, which tends towards more of a free market, free consumer choice
philosophy, with the European Union. Some interesting recent work indicates that it may also be much more complex than
we generally realize. Take the recent work by George Lowenstein at Carnegie-Mellon University, Brian Knutson of
Stanford, and Drazen Prelec of MIT. In
order to better understand the brain chemistry underlying

consumption, they presented product choices, then payment choices, to volunteers while
scanning their brains with functional magnetic resonance imaging. They found that the nucleus accumbens,
which is involved in processing reward stimuli (food, recreational drugs) was activated by presentation
of desirable products such as chocolates, while the insular cortex, linked to expectations of pain,
was activated by price information. After both product and price were presented, the
prefrontal cortex, an area associated with rational calculation, engaged as well. This not
only indicated that modern behavior ("rational" consumption choices) are piggybacking on neural circuits evolved for much
different circumstances (not a surprise), but leads to some interesting if speculative possibilities. A fairly straightforward
interpretation of these data is the suggestion that, at the neural level, consumption is affected, perhaps significantly, by a
weighing of immediate pleasure versus immediate pain, rather than rational calculation, which only comes later. This may not
sound revolutionary, especially to marketing gurus, but it nonetheless has some substantial implications. To begin with, it
emphasizes the importance of marketing and presentation in consumption: if the benefits of a product can be made explicit
and attractive from the beginning, the decision to purchase can be encouraged before the "rational weighing" process is even
engaged. This might argue against the traditional environmental project of reducing consumption by generating large
amounts of environmental information to be appended to particular products: if the V8 GT or large SUV is initially
appealing, information on fuel consumption may be only marginally relevant because it enters the cognitive processes after
the purchasing decision is essentially made. Conceptually, in other words, the environmental approach to
reducing consumption through product specific information implicitly accepts "the

rational consumer" model of human behavior: provide more information on social and
environmental costs, and consumers, rationally balancing their options, will choose the more rational
outcome -- that is, environmental preferability (remembering that consumers may not share the values prioritization of
environmentalists). This appears to be an oversimplistic, if not incorrect, model of consumer cognition.
However, while this research might discourage product-by-product information schemes, it might support general anticonsumption campaigns. After all, such campaigns when successful make the act of consumption itself more negative
emotionally, and thus enhance the expectations of pain associated with any consumption (the downsides of consistently
negative messages from environmentalists are well known, however, and might generate consumer backlash that outweighs
such consumption reduction effects over time). Another, perhaps more difficult, implication is the possibility that use of
credit, which on balance reduces the immediate pain of a purchase because nothing material is apparently given up in
exchange, creates a context within which consumers are inherently weighted towards consumption (the researchers have not
yet tested this hypothesis). The growth and differentiation of credit mechanisms, and the dematerialization of money, are
long-term trends in developed economies, and a major mechanism supporting the continued growth in complexity of
financial and economic structures. Thus, it becomes problematic for anti-consumption activists if the
inherent dynamics and structure of economic systems as they evolve shifts the balance
between consumption and pain towards consumption. That consumption has deep emotional
dimensions, and that access to credit encourages economic growth, and along with it consumption, are not revolutionary
findings. But that consumption decisions engage particular brain pathways in ways that affect the effectiveness of
environmental campaigns and projects is both interesting and important, even if at this point it may be difficult to be sure
quite how these new discoveries cut. At the least, however, the demonstration that even apparently straightforward decisions
are, in fact, grounded in pre-rational cognitive information processing suggests that environmental and sustainability activists
need to become more sophisticated in the way they think about, and seek to socially engineer, consumption decisions. For
social engineering is a double-edged sword, and especially in areas like consumption, increasingly understood as involving
complex and fundamental behaviors, such efforts can rebound against those who seek to impose such behavior change,
regardless of their good intentions.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
149
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
150
De-Dev Bad Mindset

Dedev fails fascist industrialists take over after the rev
Lewis 92 (Martin, prof in the School of the Environment and the Center for
International Studies at Duke U, Green Delusions, p.170-171, jam)
While an explosive socioeconomic crisis in the near term is hardly likely the possibility certainly cannot be dismissed.
Capitalism is an inherently unstable economic system, and periodic crises of some magintude are inevitable. An outbreak
of jingoistic economic nationalism throughout the world, moreover, could quickly result in virtual economic collapse. Under
such circumstances we could indeed enter an epoch of revolutionary social turmoil. Yet I believe that there are good
reasons to believe that the victors in such a struggle would be radicals not of the left but
rather of the right. The extreme left, for all its intellectual strength, notably lacks the kind of power necessary
to emerge victorious from a real revolution. A few old street radicals may still retain their militant ethos,
but todays college professors and their graduate students , the core marxist contingent, would be
ineffective. The radical right, on the other hand, would present a very real threat. Populist rightwing paramilitary groups are well armed and well trained, while establishment-minded fascists probably have links with the
American military, wherein lies the greatest concentration of destructive power this planet knows. Should a crisis
strike so savagely as to splinter the American center and its political institutions, we could well experience a
revolutionary movement similar to that of Germany in the 1930.
Mindset shift is impossible the public wont be

convinced consumer culture is bad
Lewis 92 (Martin, prof in the School of the Environment
and the Center for International Studies at Duke U,
Green Delusions, p.11-12, jam)
Here I will argue that eco-radical political strategy, if one may call it that, is consummately self-defeating.
The theoretical and empirical rejection of green radicalism is thus bolstered by a series of purely pragmatic objections. Many
eco-radicals hope that a massive ideological campaign can transform popular
perceptions, leading both to a fundamental change in lifestyles and to large-scale social reconstruction. Such a view is
highly credulous. The notion that continued intellectual hectoring will eventually result in a mass conversion to
environmental monasticism (Roszak 1979:289)marked by vows of poverty and nonprocreationis difficult to accept.
While radical views have come to dominate many environmental circles, their effect on
the populace at large has been minimal. Despite the greening of European politics that recently gave
stalwarts considerable hope, the more recent green plunge suggests that even the European electorate lacks commitment to
environmental radicalism. In the United States several decades of preaching the same ecoradical gospel have
had little appreciable effect; the public remains, as before, wedded to consumer culture and
creature comforts. The stubborn hope that nonetheless continues to inform green extremism stems from a pervasive
philosophical error in radical environmentalism. As David Pepper (1989) shows, most eco-radical thought is
mired in idealism: in this case the belief that the roots of the ecological crisis lie ultimately in ideas about nature and
humanity As Dobson (1990:37) puts it: Central to the theoretical canon of Green politics is the belief that our social,
political, and economic problems are substantially caused by our intellectual relationship with the world (see also Milbrath
1989:338). If only such ideas would change, many aver, all would be well. Such a belief has inspired the writing of eloquent
jeremiads; it is less conducive to designing concrete strategies for effective social and economic change. It is certainly not
my belief that ideas are insignificant or that attempting to change others opinions is a futile endeavor. If that were true I
would hardly feel compelled to write a polemic work of this kind. But I am also convinced that changing ideas
alone is insufficient. Widespread ideological conversion, even if it were to occur, would hardly
be adequate for genuine social transformation. Specific policies must still be
formulated, and specific political plans must be devised if those policies are ever to
be realized.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
151
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
152
De-Dev Bad A2: Recession

No mindset shift recession left the system in tact
Harrison 10 (Edward, Credit Write downs, mar 10,
http://www.creditwritedowns.com/2010/03/the-mindset-will-not-change-adepressionary-relapse-may-be-coming.html )
As for Xies views on the U.S., optimistically, he entitles his latest piece A Change of Mindset, as if to say the bailout
mentality has come to an end:We are hearing the first major departure from the mainstream consensus; US President Barack
Obama has just announced a proposal to limit proprietary trading on Wall Street. This is his first major step to address the
root cause of the crisis. The crisis happened because financial professionals had incentives to bet other peoples money in a
game they could not lose. With so many getting in on the act, the liquidity they threw into the trades made them effective,
turning bankers into heroes, but only for a while. The crisis showed that their behavior was indeed
rational: while the losses to shareholders and taxpayers surpassed all the accounting profits that Wall Street reported
during the bubble, those who made the trades are still rich, because they paid themselves bonuses in cash,
not derivatives. Obama has not been well-advised. His so-called accomplishment stabilizing the financial
system comes from throwing trillions of taxpayers dollars at financial firms . He has
behaved like a Wall Street trader: spending other peoples money with no thought of
consequences. Anyone can do that. Hopefully Obama has fundamentally changed his approach. Reform, not
stimulus, is the solution. Only by limiting financial speculation can the foundations be laid for a healthy recovery, and
to prevent another crisis. I am glad he is hopeful that Obama sees the folly in more bailouts and malinvestment. Perhaps he is
on to something. However, I do not expect the mindset to change whatsoever . Bank profits are
back at record levels and the worst of the panic is now over . You dont get a change in
mindset in that environment. More likely, you get a victory lap.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
153
De-Dev Bad Hypergrowth

Decreased growth leads to rapid and unrestrained
rebounds supercharging their reasons why growth is bad
Bronson 6 (Bob, Bronson Capital Markets Research, LLC, May 16,
[http://www.financialsense.com/editorials/bronson/2006/0517.html] AD: 6-2311, jm)

The reasons behind the investor psychology of an echo-mania are the stuff of the field of behavioral finance. Quite simply,
investors havent had enough of the easy money made in the original mania, even though much, if not all, of that money was
lost in the first downleg (A) of the Supercycle Bear Market. The eagerness for quick riches is hard to
squelch, and so they rush in to buy all over again, creating a second, or echo bubble.
They
tell themselves theyve learned a lesson and wont make the same mistake twice by holding on to their hot stocks too
long. They think theyll sell in time to avoid the next market collapse, but empirical
evidence shows they dont. In fact, their eventual herding, when the decline is well underway and they finally
get it and decide to sell en masse, usually causes a more severe second downleg than the first. Experiments conducted by
George Mason University professor Vernon Smith, who shared in the 2002 Nobel Prize for economics, confirmed this
behavior. Participants traded a dividend-paying stock with a very clear fundamental
value. A bubble invariably forms, then bursts. If the experiment is repeated with the same people, a
bubble forms again. The second time, though, participants think they will be able to sell their stock before trouble strikes.
They then express surprise that, in fact, they werent able to get out before the second collapse, which leads to their total
disdain for investing in stocks. This collective investor disillusionment is both a necessary and sufficient condition for
bringing about the selling that results in the extreme fundamental undervaluation that finally ends the Supercycle Bear
Market Period. We have seen exactly this behavior at work since the stock market began
its rebound from the October 2002 and March 2003 lows. We expect that the recent echo-mania will end like the
original mania and like the good professors experiment: badly for the investors speculating once again on highly overvalued
stock and believing theyre now a better-than-average investor.
Dislocations make the boom-bust cycle go crazy, allowing

us to access all of their impacts
Fekete 3 (Alan, Memorial U of Newfoundland, Nov 3,
[http://www.shoemakerconsulting.com/GoldisFreedom/Archives/goldsstability.
htm] AD: 6-23-11)
The world economy has been in a deflationary mode since 1980,
witness the dishoarding of marketable commodities that had been hoarded
during the pre-1980 inflationary period (e.g., crude oil, grains, metals,
lumber, etc.). In this context "hoarding" should be understood in its
broadest sense to include the creation of excess capacity to produce
agricultural and industrial goods for consumption. Likewise, "dishoarding"
also includes the dismantling of excess capacity causing what I call jobdrain or the export of American jobs to Asia. The destabilization of the
interest-rate structure is the single greatest economic dislocation that has
wreaked the greatest havoc on the world, and was caused by government
tampering with the right to own gold. Unless this right is carved in the stone
of the Constitution, more damage will follow as the rate of interest can
plunge to zero (hyper-deflation), or it can take a flight to infinity
(hyper-inflation), and it is impossible to predict which should come
first.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
154
AT: Dedev
1. Our Impact comes first- a global nuclear would result,
years prior to any move away from the growth mentalitytheir growth cause war cards are long-term and their
defense against the quick result of financial crisis are
laughable.
2. No Risk of dedevelopmentA. Zero evidence that global depression would cause any
sort of mindset shift at any pointB. No mindset shift- thousands of years of history on our
side- their alternative results in totalitarianism
Wilfred Beckerman 95, Emeritus Fellow at Balilol College, Oxford, 1995
[Small is Stupid, pg. 20]
Most criticism of economic growth not only contain errors of logic or fact.
They are also divorced from political reality. Even if it could be demonstrated
that economic growth deos not lead to a rise in welfare, it would still not
follow that we should try to bring growth to a halt. For, in the absence of
some transformation in human attitudes, the like of which has never been
seen in spite of constant admonitions by powerful religions for thousands of
years, human nature has not yet abandoned the goal of increased prosperity.
To some people this goal is a denial of holiness. But to others it is a
testament of the infinite variety of the human spirit. And to some it is an
opportunity to rid the world of poverty and drudgery. This means that if
growth were to be abandoned as an objective of policy, democracy too would
have to be abandoned. And, as the experience of the 1980s has
demonstrated, even totalitarian regimes cannot, in the end, survive if they
fail to deliver the increase in living standards to which their populations
aspire.
C. Elites would backlash

Eric Dasman 98, University of California Ecology Professor, ENDS OF THE
EARTH: PERSPECTIVES ON MODERN ENVIRONMENTAL HISTORY, Donald
Worster, ed., p.288.
Those who exercise the greatest political and military power still threatens a
war that can bring the whole edifice built by civilization crashing down into
the wreckage of the biosphere, while in the meanwhile dozens of little wars
forestall efforts to achieve sustainable ways of life. There is also a reasonable
fear that if the power and influence of those who work for conservation of
nature, sustainable development based on social justice and equity, and a
more reasonable approach to human use of the biosphere, begins to reach a
critical mass there will be attempts at massive repression by those who feel
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
155
threatened by such changes. In other terms, if we begin to approach the

hundredth monkey level, the "international power struggle" will declare an
open season on monkeys. If that happens then the real question will be
whether anyone will be left to write the environmental history of our times.
D. Wealth cant be redistributed- war would result

Francis Fukuyama 94, Rand international politics consultant,
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND THE ENERGY INDUSTRY, , p.309
Industry is at a high level of advancement, and cannot be pushed backward

to lower levels. Pollution and energy problems can only be solved with future
technologies; To realize zero growth, it would be necessary to redistribute a
countrys domestic accumulated wealth, there is however no way to do this
democratically; To realize zero growth, it would also be necessary to
redistribute the accumulated wealth of countries internationally. It is however
impossible to do this simultaneously throughout the world and could very well
bring about global warfare; Trying to force people to do what they dont want
to do would hinder individual freedoms. The only realistic way to solve
environmental problems is to continue industrialization while expanding
economic growth based on technological innovations.
E. Growth ideology is entrenched in political leaders

Lester Brown 98, President, Worldwatch Institute, STATE OF THE WORLD ,
p.4.
The ideology of growth knows no geographic boundaries. It has permeated

every corner of the planet. Political leaders in developing countries often
denounce the high levels of consumption in industrial countries, but none
have talked about eventual limits on their own consumption as they
modernize. No national political leader of an industrial country, no matter
how affluent, has announced plans to stabilize demands on the Earth's
ecosystem once people's basic needs for food, shelter, and health care are
satisfied.
3. <insert all of your favorite growth good args>
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
156
AT: Dedev ext.

No strategy for no-growth world
Richard Heinberg, Core Faculty, New College, 2004
[ Power Down: Options and Actions for a Post-Carbon World p. 11]
In the present instance, we are already seeing the first phases of collapse, as
signaled by the disruption of global climate, the decline of oceanic
ecosystems, energy resource depletion, and the peaking of per-capita global
grain production; however, it is unlikely that anyone now alive will see the
end of the process. From a sufficient ly distant temporal perspective, future
historians will likely view the period from roughly 1800 to 2000 as the growth
phase of industrial civilization, and the period from 2000 to 2100 or 2200 as
its contraction or collapse phase. Even if a reversal of growth is inevitable,
the form it will take is as yet unclear, and will be determined by the actions of
the present generation. We have weapons and other technological means to
end human life forever. We also have the knowledge and skills necessary to
build small-scale, decentralized, sustainable communities capable of
providing a high level of human satisfaction and cultural attainment while
degrading the environment to only a relatively minor extent over time.
HUMAN DESIRES MAKE DEDEVELOPME'VT IMPOSSIBLE

Lincoln Allison 91, Sir Robert Meuzies Centre for Australian Studies visiting
fellow, 1991, Ecology and Utility, p.124.
People's desires for wealth and their desires to reproduce are nor controllable.
In a world of a 170 states, the sort of direct control 'we' would need is
inconceivable. Something like a stationary state may have existed for a long
time in such societies as the Byzantine and Chinese empires, but the brute
fact is that both of these societies were destroyed by dynamic forces from
outside. The Soviet Union, left to itself, might have been a Byzantium, but the
West's capacity to undermine its way through materialist envy arid modern
Communications has exceeded the expectations of all commentators. In the
contemporary world, mobility, interconnectedness and rising expectations
all militate against any possibility of a stationary state.
The Rich and the Poor Alike Will Squash Dedev; Without
World-Wide Support, Dedev Fails
Walter Mead 87, World Policy Institute, AMERICA IN TRANSITION, 1987, p
215
As the world economy bucks and slips, resistance to the American world
order will stiffen in both the advanced and the developing countries. The
advanced countries will feel greater pressure to reassert control over their
own economic destinies; the Third World countries will be devastated by
waves of economic catastrophe. The developing countries are more
vulnerable to recession than the advanced ones. Developing countries
depend more heavily on export markets, and their internal markets are too
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
157
small to cushion them from the ups and downs of international trade. Their
products are likely to be excluded by the advanced countries during any
protectionist frenzy. The workers in these countries receive little in the way of
social services like unemployment compensation or welfare hundreds of
millions, therefore, are exposed to the most terrifying privations by gyrations
in the world economy that register in New York and London only as the rise
and fall of a graph indicator. Those people cannot all be expected to accept
their fate with calm and resignation. Existing revolutionary movements will
gain support and credibility; new ones will form.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
158
AT: Dedev - Zero-Economy Bad

Depressions Dont Redistribute Resources
Edward Walter 89, Prof of Philosophy, University of
Missouri, THE IMMORALITY OF LIMITING GROWTH, 1989,
p. 500
It might be though that the goals of no-growth futurists can be altered to
include a national distribution of wealth and the retention of power among
the nations of the free world. But even this will not work because there is no
possibility that economic, social, and political leaders can be convinced to act
fairly. Selfishness is too ingrained in the human personality for this to happen.
Those in power will scheme and rationalize to protect their advantages until
they die. The majority of people will use themselves to percieve the distress
of others only in a catastrophic situation such as war. The social collapse
imagined by no-growth futurists will proceed slowly and insidiuosly.
It is Too Late to Turn Back; Zero Growth Leads to

Extinction of the Human Race
Michael Zey 94, Professor of Sociology, Rutgers University, SEIZING THE
FUTURE, 1994, p. 34
Humanitys future is conditioned by what I call the Imperative of Growth, a

principle I will herewith describe along with its several corollaries. The
Imperative of Growth states that in order to survive, any nation, indeed, the
human race, must grow, both materially and intellectually. The
Macroindustrial Era represents growth in the areas of both technology and
human development, and natural stage in the evolution of the species
continued extension of its control over itself and its environment. Although 5
billion strong, our continued existence depends on our ability to continue the
progress we have been making at higher and higher levels. Systems, whether
organizations, societies, or cells, have three basic directions in which to
move. They can grow, decline, or temporarily reside in a state of equilibrium.
These are the choices. Choosing any alternative to growth, for instance,
stabilization of production/consumption through zero-growth policies, could
have alarming pernicious side effects including extinction.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
159
Democracy
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
160
Growth Good Democracy

Democracy depends directly on economic growth.
Barro 99 (Robert, prof of econ @ Harvard U,
Determinants of Democracy, Journal of Political
Economy Vol. 107:6 December 1999 Pg. 163, 179,182, JF)
Inspection of the cross-country data suggests that countries
at low levels of economic development

typically do not sustain democracy. For example, the political freedoms installed in
most of the newly independent African states in the early 1960s did not tend to last.
Conversely, nondemocratic places that experience substantial economic development
tend to become more dramatic. Examples include Chile, South Korea, Taiwan, Spain,
and Portugal. Moreover, the countries of central and eastern Europewhich have
been reasonably advanced economically for some time, especially in terms of
educationeventually became more democratic. Thus a casual view of the data seems to support the
Lipset/Aristotle hypothesis.
A surge of democratization since the late 1980s meant that many of

the countries in sub-Saharan Africa became more democratic than
predicted by 1995. This group includes Benin, Central African Republic,
Guinea-Bissau, Malawi, Mali, Niger, and Zambia. In some of these cases, the
democratization may be explicable from the pressures and rewards exerted
by international organizations, such as the IMF and the World Bank. (The
recent U.S. efforts in Haiti are analogous.) In any case, the regression
analysis predicts that, as with the African experience of the 1960s,
democracy that gets well ahead of economic development will not
last. As a possible indicator of this process, Niger had a military coup in
January 1996 and then became nondemocratic.
The data for a large panel of countries confirm the Lipset/Aristotle hypothesis,
which says that a higher standard of living promotes democracy. This
relation shows up when democracy is represented by electoral rights
or civil liberties and when the standard of living is measured by per
capita GDP, primary school attainment, the gap between male and female
primary schooling (which enters negatively), and the importance of the
middle class. Democracy does not relate significantly to school attainment at
the secondary and higher levels. For a given standard of living, democracy
tends to fall with urbanization and a greater reliance on natural resources but
has little relation to country size.
Democracy solves several scenarios for extinction.

Diamond 95 (Larry, Prof @ Stanford University, Promoting
Democracy in the 1990s)
The experience of this century offers important lessons. Countries
that govern themselves in a truly

democratic fashion do not go to war with one another. They do not aggress against
their neighbors to aggrandize themselves or glorify their leaders. Democratic governments do not
ethnically cleanse their own populations, and they are much less likely to face ethnic insurgency.
Democracies do not sponsor terrorism against one another. They do not build
weapons of mass destruction to use on or to threaten one another. Democratic
countries form more reliable, open, and enduring trading partnerships. In the long run they offer
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
161
better and more stable climates for investment. They are more environmentally
responsible because they must answer to their own citizens, who organize to protest
the destruction of their environments. They are better bets to honor international treaties since they value
legal obligations and because their openness makes it much more difficult to breach agreements in secret. Precisely because,
within their own borders, they respect competition, civil liberties, property rights, and the
rule of law, democracies are the only reliable foundation on which a new world order
of international security and prosperity can be built.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
162
Economy Solves Democracy

Growth is key to democracy
Wilfred Beckerman 95, Emeritus Fellow at Balilol College, Oxford, 1995
[Small is Stupid, pg. 20]
Most criticism of economic growth not only contain errors of logic or fact.
They are also divorced from political reality. Even if it could be demonstrated
that economic growth deos not lead to a rise in welfare, it would still not
follow that we should try to bring growth to a halt. For, in the absence of
some transformation in human attitudes, the like of which has never been
seen in spite of constant admonitions by powerful religions for thousands of
years, human nature has not yet abandoned the goal of increased prosperity.
To some people this goal is a denial of holiness. But to others it is a
testament of the infinite variety of the human spirit. And to some it is an
opportunity to rid the world of poverty and drudgery. This means that if
growth were to be abandoned as an objective of policy, democracy too would
have to be abandoned. And, as the experience of the 1980s has
demonstrated, even totalitarian regimes cannot, in the end, survive if they
fail to deliver the increase in living standards to which their populations
aspire.
Growth is critical to democracy

Leonard Silk 94, Professor of Economics, Pace University, A WORLD FIT FOR
PEOPLE, ed. Kirdar and Silk, 1994, p. 7. (DRGOC/E348)
The world is seeking a new model of democratization and political opening
a model in sharp contrast to the one that was known in Eastern Europe and
the former USSR. This new model necessitates that politics follow
economics. The movement toward human rights and political participation
can only be built on a strong foundation of economic stability. Energetic and
prosperous business foundation and maximization of return on
capital, technology, and human resources are absolutely essential
for any democracy. However, no foundation could be lasting unless it is
established on the basis of fairness of distribution of wealth and efficiency in
allocating resources to meet the communitys needs. Private ownership of
business is a must but not without adherence to ground rules that ensure fair
play.
Strong US economic growth drives global democratization

Michael Colaresi & William R. Thompson 03, Oxford University and
Indiana University, 2003, The Economic Development-Democratization
Relationship, COMPARATIVE POLITICAL STUDIES, Vol. 36 No. 4, May 2003
381-403, http://cps.sagepub.com/cgi/reprint/36/4/381 (HARVUN3843)
There is, for instance, a literature on the systemic basis for economic
growth and democratization that basically links these processes to
radical economic and political innovations that generated British and
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
163
U.S. system leadership in the 19th and 20th centuries. The argument
is that the economies of these system leaders are one of the
principal drivers of world economic growth and that their
concentration of politico-military power facilitates democratization
as well (Modelski & Perry, 1991; Reuveny & Thompson, 2001).
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
164
Economy Solves Democracy

Economic growth key to democratization which spurs
peace
Michael Colaresi & William R. Thompson 03, Oxford University and
Indiana University, 2003, The Economic Development-Democratization
Relationship, COMPARATIVE POLITICAL STUDIES, Vol. 36 No. 4, May 2003
381-403, http://cps.sagepub.com/cgi/reprint/36/4/381 (HARVUN3844)
A key relationship in comparative and international politics is the connection

between economic development and democratization. In international
politics, advocates of the democratic peace argument contend that
democratization can pacify international politics (Russett, 1993;
Russett & Oneal, 2001). If so, an obvious question becomes, What drives
democratization? One of the most common answers to that question
is economic development. Certainly, both modernization and liberal theory
identify economic development as one of their primary drivers in bringing
about democratization (Przeworski & Limongi, 1997). More skeptical analysts
doubt whether economic development is a necessary causal factor in
bringing about the onset of democratization, but there appears to be some
consensus that economic development sustains democratization once it has
emerged (Przeworski, Alvarez, Cheibub, & Limongi, 2000). So either as a
primary mover or as a supportive foundation, the linkage of
economic development to democratization and, presumably, to
conflict propensities is a fundamental one.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
165
Environment
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
166
UQ- General
Studies show all environmental indicators are up
Tater 9 (Red, political writer with experience in politics, public schools,
business, sports and LIFE, May 30, [redstaterusa.blogspot.com/2009/05/ourenvironment-is-actually-getting.html] AD: 6-23-11, jm)
Environmental quality continues to improve dramatically in the United
States, according to the Index of Leading Environmental Indicators 2002,
released today by the San Francisco-based Pacific Research Institute (PRI).
Authors Steven Hayward and Julie Majeres show that environmental
quality has been improving since the first Earth Day 32 years ago,
despite the public perception that it is getting worse. Environmental
scare-mongering harms environmental policy because it detracts from
constructive, science-based policy, said the authors. With all of the
information that's available online, citizens don't have to take anyone's word
for it, they can check it out for themselves. The study uses government
data to examine long-term air and water quality trends, toxic
chemicals and land use, as well as biodiversity issues. The authors
take an in-depth look at the evolution of the environmental debate and
provide extensive web-based resources. On Earth Day, April 22, the Institute
launched a new environmental section on its website with local data for all 50
states and an exhaustive guide to online environmental resources
www.pacificresearch.org/press/index.html).
No Overpopoulation stats prove

Craven 6-13 (Michael, Christian Post, President of the Center for Christ &
Culture, http://www.christianpost.com/news/the-myth-of-overpopulation51113/, dw: 6-13-2011, da: 6-22-2011)
Perhaps one of the most persistent and pervasive myths that have
shaped the thinking of many people and, subsequently, public policy
is the myth that the worlds population is spiraling out of control and
that it will ultimately lead to catastrophic shortages of the essential
resources necessary to sustain life. This whole concept of
overpopulation can be traced to Thomas Malthus, the British scholar and
Anglican clergyman (albeit a very misguided one) who, without any specific
knowledge other than his own speculations, predicted in 1789 that the
planets rapid increase in population would soon outstrip the planets ability
to produce food, resulting in massive worldwide starvation. Malthuss
predicted famine never materialized, of course; he could not have predicted
the industrial revolution or the enormous impact subsequent technological
innovations would have on our ability to produce food. Recall that today
our federal government actually pays farmers not to grow crops due
to the abundance of food produced on considerably less farmland
than existed just a century ago. Even the United Nations, historically
a rabid advocate of population control, has conceded that the
worlds current infrastructure is capable of supporting a worldwide
population of more than 9 billion people. Furthermore, according to
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
167
the most recent estimates, the planets population will most likely
continue to climb from its current level until 2050, when it will peak
at 9 billion; other predictions have the worlds population peaking at
7.5 billion in 2040. In either case, global population levels will begin
a sharp decline sometime during the middle of the twenty-first
century. Present fertility rates actually indicate a massive
underpopulation crisis is coming, particularly among Western
nations. The question of overpopulation is not merely a topic for
conversation; it is a burning matter of policy and action at the local,
national, and international levels. Our national government is actually
committed by law and by international agreement to reducing the worldwide
rate of population growth. Government officials, such as former Assistant
Secretary of State for Global Affairs in the Clinton administration, Timothy
Wirth, insist that this effort must also apply to the population of the United
States. Wirth, as you may recall, was at the center of controversy when the
Clinton administration decided to deport 13 Chinese women who sought
asylum in the United States to avoid forced abortion under communist
Chinas notorious one-child policy. By offering asylum to these women, Wirth
explained, we could potentially open ourselves up to just about everybody in
the world saying I don't want to plan my family, therefore I deserve political
asylum. Apparently, Wirth believes government-forced abortions and
sterilization constitutes family planning.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
168
UQ- Drinking Water

Drinking water up Grants solving
News around the Caribbean 6-20
(http://www.caribbean360.com/index.php/news/guyana_news/468402.html#a
xzz1Q3qVsyJZ, 6-20-2011, da: 6-22-2011, lido)
The Inter-American Development Bank
(IDB) has approved a $12 million loan to improve efficiency, quality
and sustainability of the drinking water service in Linden, Guyana's
second largest city. The funds will help the city cut energy use; improve
pressure, quality and continuity of the water supply system; reduce the level
GEORGETOWN, Guyana, Monday June 20, 2011
of revenue loss due to physical and commercial reasons; and strengthen the operation and maintenance performance of
Specifically, according to a
statement from the IDB, the five-year programme will help reduce
GWIs annual energy spending in Linden from US$232,000 to
US$140,000, while building and rehabilitating 10 kilometers of
mains, reducing non-revenue water (NRW) levels from 65 percent to less than
50 percent and bringing water pressure to adequate levels in all
households. Works will include construction of two treatment
plants to ensure good water quality and of two large reservoirs
aimed at ensuring water supply continuity and better pressure in the
distribution network, it said.
the countrys public utility, Guyana Water Incorporated (GWI).
Drinking water up super sand solves

UPI 6-22 (United Press International,
http://www.upi.com/Science_News/2011/06/22/Super-sand-could-improvedrinking-water/UPI-66511308787353/#ixzz1Q3ubnblt, dw: 6-22-2011, da: 622-2011, lido)
Australian scientists say ordinary sand, used to filter and purify
drinking water around the world, can be made into a "super sand"
five times more efficient. Researchers writing in the journal Applied Materials & Interfaces say the
material could be a low-cost benefit in developing countries where more than a billion people lack clean drinking water .
Sand has been used to purify water for more than 6,000 years, and
sand or gravel water filtration is endorsed by the World Health
Organization, researchers Mainak Majumder and his colleagues write, but their study of a nanomaterial called
graphite oxide suggests it could be used to improve sand filtration in a cost-effective way. Sand grains
coated with graphite oxide become a "super sand" that can
successfully remove mercury and other contaminants from water.
While ordinary sand was saturated with mercury after just 10
minutes of filtration, the super sand was capable of absorbing the
heavy metal for more than 50 minutes, the researchers said.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
169
UQ- Oceans
Ocean quality is improving
Barboza 10 (Tony, journalist for the LA Times, Sep 30,
[articles.latimes.com/2010/sep/30/local/la-me-0930-ocean-testing-20100930]
AD: 6-23-11, jm)
Water quality at California beaches has continued to show
improvement, even as the future of monitoring programs remains uncertain
because of state budget shortfalls, according to a report released Wednesday
by Heal the Bay. This summer was one of the cleanest on record for
California beaches and the fourth straight summer of excellent water
quality grades statewide. Of the beaches tested, 92% received A or B
grades during the high-traffic beachgoing season, according to the
environmental group's End of Summer Beach Report Card. But if money isn't
found to continue funding the $1-million-a-year beach testing program next
year, the state and coastal counties may be forced to discontinue waterquality monitoring, ending public alerts when the ocean poses a health risk to
swimmers and surfers, according to the report. "We continue to see water
quality improvements at California beaches," Heal the Bay President Mark
Gold said in a news release. "However without a sustainable source of beachmonitoring funding, the public health of millions of ocean users will be
jeopardized."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
170
General
Statistical models prove growth solves for the
environment
Tierney 9 (John, science columnist for the New York Times, journalism
degree from Yale U, cites Nobel Prize winning economist Simon Kuznets, Ph.D
from Columbia U, Apr 20, [tierneylab.blogs.nytimes.com/2009/04/20/thericher-is-greener-curve/] AD: 6-21-11, jm)
In my Findings column, I explain how researchers have discovered that,
over the long term, being richer often translates into being greener.
Many environmental problems get worse as a country first
industrializes, but once it reaches a certain level of income, the trend
often reverses, producing a curve shaped like an upside-down U. Its
called a Kuznets curve (in honor of the economist Simon Kuznets, who
detected this pattern in trends of income inequality). As promised in the
column, here are some graphic examples of Kuznets curves for sulphur
dioxide pollution, as measured in an assortment of rich and poor countries,
and also as measured over time in the United States. Each line is an
environmental Kuznets curve for a group of countries during the 1980s. The
levels of sulphur dioxide pollution (the vertical axis) rise as countries
becomes more affluent (the horizontal axis). But then, once countries
reach an economic turning point (a gross domestic product close to
$8,000 per capita), the trend reverses and air pollution declines as
countries get richer. In this analysis by Xiang Dong Qin of Clemson
University, the green line shows countries with strong protections for property
rights; the red curve shows countries with weaker protections. Im not trying
to argue that all environmental problems fit these curves, or that these
improvements happen automatically. How fast the environment improves
depends not just on money but on whether a country has an effective
government, educated citizens, healthy institutions and the right laws. (For
discussions of the variability of these curves and the factors that affect them,
see this PERC report by a group led by Bruce Yandle of Clemson University
and this article in Environment, Development and Sustainability by Kuheli
Dutt of Northeastern University.) But rising incomes can make it more
likely that improvements will come, and these Kuznets curves give
more reason for optimism than the old idea that economic growth
endangered the planet. In the 1970s, rich countries were urged to dedevelop by Paul Ehrlich and John P. Holdren, now the White House
science adviser. I welcome your thoughts on what can be learned from
Kuznets curves and whether people at opposite ends of the curves can find
common ground. As America got richer in the the 20th century, emissions of
sulphur dioxide rose. But thanks to new technologies, new laws and new
desires for cleaner air, the trend reversed, and sulphur-dioxide pollution
declined even though population and wealth kept rising.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
171
Growth reverses environmental damage EKC models

prove
Yandle et al 2 (Bruce, prof of econ @ Clemson U, Maya Vijayaraghavan,
Ph.D in applied econ from Clemson U, Madhusudan Bhattarai, postdoctoral
economist with the International Water Management Institute in Colombo, Sri
Lanka, Feb 1, [www.perc.org/articles/article688.php] AD: 6-21-11, jm)
Since 1991, when economists first reported a systematic relationship
between income changes and environmental quality, this relationship,
known as the Environmental Kuznets Curve (EKC), has become standard
fare in technical conversations about environmental policy (Grossman and
Krueger 1991). When first unveiled, EKCs revealed a surprising outcome:
Some important indicators of environmental quality such as the levels of
sulfur dioxide and particulates in the air actually improved as incomes and
levels of consumption went up. Prior to the advent of EKCs, many wellinformed people believed that richer economies damaged and even
destroyed their natural resource endowments at a faster pace than
poorer ones. They thought that environmental quality could only be
achieved by escaping the clutches of industrialization and the desire for
higher incomes. The EKC's paradoxical relationship cast doubt on this
assumption. We now know far more about the linkages between an
economy and its environment than we did before 1991. This primer shares
this knowledge. There is no single EKC relationship that fits all pollutants for
all places and times. There are families of relationships, and in many cases
the inverted-U Environmental Kuznets Curve is the best way to approximate
the link between environmental change and income growth. The indicators
for which the EKC relationship seems most plausible are local air pollutants
such as oxides of nitrogen, sulfur dioxide, and particulate matter. The EKC
evidence for water pollution is mixed, but there may be an inverted U-shaped
curve for biological oxygen demand (BOD), chemical oxygen demand (COD),
nitrates, and some heavy metals (arsenic and cadmium). In most cases, the
income threshold for improving water quality is much lower than the air
pollution improvement threshold. The acceptance of the EKC hypothesis for
select pollutants has important policy implications. It implies that some
environmental degradation along a country's development path is
inevitable, especially during the take-off process of industrialization.
Second, it suggests that when a certain level of per capita income is
reached, economic growth helps to undo the damage done in earlier
years. If economic growth is good for the environment, policies that
stimulate growth (trade liberalization, economic restructuring, and price
reform) should be good for the environment.
Growth solves pollution and incentivizes green living

Taylor 3 (Jerry, director of natural resource studies at the Cato Institute,
adjunct scholar at the Institute for Energy Research, Apr 23,
[www.connectusfund.org/resources/happy-earth-day-thank-capitalism] AD: 621-11, jm)
Indeed, we wouldn't even have environmentalists in our midst were it not for
capitalism. Environmental amenities, after all, are luxury goods. America --
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
172
like much of the Third World today -- had no environmental movement to

speak of until living standards rose sufficiently so that we could turn
our attention from simply providing for food, shelter, and a reasonable
education to higher "quality of life" issues. The richer you are, the
more likely you are to be an environmentalist. And people wouldn't
be rich without capitalism. Wealth not only breeds environmentalists, it
begets environmental quality. There are dozens of studies showing that, as
per capita income initially rises from subsistence levels, air and water
pollution increases correspondingly. But once per capita income hits
between $3,500 and $15,000 (dependent upon the pollutant), the ambient
concentration of pollutants begins to decline just as rapidly as it had
previously increased. This relationship is found for virtually every
significant pollutant in every single region of the planet. It is an iron law.
Given that wealthier societies use more resources than poorer societies, such
findings are indeed counterintuitive. But the data don't lie. How do we
explain this? The obvious answer -- that wealthier societies are willing
to trade-off the economic costs of government regulation for
environmental improvements and that poorer societies are not -- is only
partially correct. In the United States, pollution declines generally
predated the passage of laws mandating pollution controls. In fact, for most
pollutants, declines were greater before the federal government passed its
panoply of environmental regulations than after the EPA came upon the
scene. Much of this had to do with individual demands for environmental
quality. People who could afford cleaner-burning furnaces, for instance,
bought them. People who wanted recreational services spent their money
accordingly, creating profit opportunities for the provision of untrammeled
nature. Property values rose in cleaner areas and declined in more
polluted areas, shifting capital from Brown to Green investments. Market
agents will supply whatever it is that people are willing to spend money on.
And when people are willing to spend money on environmental
quality, the market will provide it. Meanwhile, capitalism rewards
efficiency and punishes waste. Profit-hungry companies found
ingenious ways to reduce the natural resource inputs necessary to
produce all kinds of goods, which in turn reduced environmental
demands on the land and the amount of waste that flowed through
smokestacks and water pipes. As we learned to do more and more with a
given unit of resources, the waste involved (which manifests itself in the
form of pollution) shrank. This trend was magnified by the shift away
from manufacturing to service industries, which characterizes
wealthy, growing economies. The latter are far less pollution-intensive
than the former. But the former are necessary prerequisites for the latter.
Property rights -- a necessary prerequisite for free market economies -- also
provide strong incentives to invest in resource health. Without them, no one
cares about future returns because no one can be sure they'll be around to
reap the gains. Property rights are also important means by which private
desires for resource conservation and preservation can be realized. When the
government, on the other hand, holds a monopoly on such decisions, minority
preferences in developing societies are overruled (see the old Soviet block for
details). Furthermore, only wealthy societies can afford the
investments necessary to secure basic environmental improvements,
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
173
such as sewage treatment and electrification. Unsanitary water and the

indoor air pollution (caused primarily by burning organic fuels in the home for
heating and cooking needs) are directly responsible for about 10 million
deaths a year in the Third World, making poverty the number one
environmental killer on the planet today. Capitalism can save more lives
threatened by environmental pollution than all the environmental
organizations combined. Finally, the technological advances that are part
and parcel of growing economies create more natural resources than they
consume. That's because what is or is not a "natural resource" is dependent
upon our ability to harness the resource in question for human benefit.
Resources are therefore a function of human knowledge. Because the
stock of human knowledge increases faster in free economies than it
does in socialist economies, it should be no surprise that most natural
resources in the western world are more abundant today than ever
before no matter which measure one uses.
Statistical analysis proves that long term economic

growth solves for the environment
Grossman and Krueger 95 (Gene M., Jacob Viner prof of International
Econ and dir of the International Econ Section at Princeton U, and Alan B.,
Bendheim prof of Econ and Public Affairs at Princeton U, The Quarterly Journal
of Economics, Vol.110, No.2, May, pp.353-377, JSTOR, AD: 6-21-11, jm)
We have estimated equation (1) for each of the pollutants described in
Section II. The GLS estimates are reported in Appendixes 1-4. The tables in
these appendixes also show the p-values for the three current income
variables, the three lagged income variables, and the six income
variables taken together. In view of the strong multicollinearity between
current and lagged GDP, as well as among powers of GDP, it is difficult
to infer much about the individual coefficients. However, in most cases
the collection of current and lagged GDP terms is highly significant. It
appears therefore that national income is an important
determinant of local air and water pollution. Figures I-IV present
graphs that summarize the shape of the estimated reduced-form
relationship between per capita GDP and each of the pollutants.
Each figure relates to one class of environmental quality indicators:
urban air quality, oxygen regime in rivers, fecal contamination of rivers,
and heavy metal pollution in rivers. The graphs were constructed by
multiplying GDP, GDP- squared, and GDP-cubed by the sum of the
estimated coefficients for current and lagged GDP. We normalized by
adding to this the mean value of the other variables multiplied by their
corresponding coefficients. Formally, we plot Yj,, where (2) Yt = G-t(I3 + N)
+ G (P2 + P5) + G ($3 + I6) + XitAP7 and all variables are defined
as before. Each graph shows the predicted level of pollution at a
hypothetical site in a country with the indicated per capita GDP (and the
same level of GDP in each of the prior three years) and with mean values
for the other site- specific variables. On the left-hand side of each graph,
we present a scale showing the original units of measurements. On the
right- hand side we show an alternative scale obtained by dividing
pollution levels by the standard deviation for that pollutant across all
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
174
monitoring stations in our sample. This scale provides a common

metric with which the different pollutants can be compared. We have
set the vertical range of all of the graphs equal to four standard
deviations of the dependent variable. The relative slopes of the
curves therefore reveal the relative sensitivity of the different
pollutants to changes in income. In addition to the estimated (cubic)
relationship between pollution and GDP, the graphs display the mean
residual from the fitted equation for each $2000 income interval. The
sizes of these points have been scaled to be proportional to the
number of observations in each cell. The mean residuals suggest that, in
most cases, the assumed cubic functional form does not do injustice to
the shape of the observed relationship between pollution and GDP. We
also see from the graphs that there are relatively few observations for
most pollutants at the upper extremes of income. As a consequence,
the shape of the estimated relationship may be imprecisely estimated
at these extreme points. We discuss first the indicators of urban air
quality. Sulfur dioxide and smoke display an inverted U-shaped
relationship with GDP. Pollution appears to rise with GDP at low
levels of income, but eventually to reach a peak, and then to fall
with GDP at higher levels of income. In the case of SO2, the
estimated relationship turns up again at very high levels of
income, but the relatively small number of observations for sites with
incomes above $16,000 means that we cannot have much confidence in the
shape of the curve in this range.9 We find a monotonically decreasing
relationship between heavy particles and per capita GDP at all levels
of income in the sample range. In all three of these cases, the income
variables are jointly significant at the 1 percent level. Although the
income variables are highly correlated, the lagged GDP terms tend
to have the lowerp-values, perhaps indicating that past income has been
a major determinant of current pollution standards. In Table I we examine
more closely the following question: are increases in per capita GDP
eventually associated with an improvement in the environmental
quality? The table shows the income level at which each environmental
problem appears to reach its worst proportions (if such an income level
can be identified). We report also the standard errors for these estimated
"peaks." 10 Concentra- tions of sulfur dioxide and smoke are found to
peak at a relatively early stage in national development (that is, at
a level of income reports the estimated slope of the relationship
between pollution and per capita GDP at $10,000 and $12,000, and
the associated standard errors. These estimates allow us to assess
how confident we can be that pollution problems actually will
be abating once a country reaches a middle-income level. For
all three urban air pollutants, we find that increases in income
are associated with lower concentrations at both $10,000 and
$12,000, and we can reject the hypothesis that the relationship is
actually flat or upward sloping for five of the six estimates. Next we turn
to the oxygen regime in rivers. The income terms are jointly significant at
less than the 1 percent level in two cases (dissolved oxygen and
nitrates), at less than the 10 percent level in one case (BOD), and at
only the 22 percent level in the remaining case (COD). Again the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
175
lagged income terms tend to be more significant than the current

income terms. And again we find an inverted U-shaped
relationship between income and the three measures of
environmental damage, and a U-shaped relationship between income
and the one direct measure of environmental quality (i.e., dissolved
oxygen). In Table I we see that the turning points for these water
quality indicators come somewhat later than those for urban air quality.
The estimated turning points are at least $7500 for three of the
measures, and in the case of the fourth (dissolved oxygen) the
confidence interval includes a wide range of incomes. As for our tests of
the association between environmental quality and per capita GDP in
the middle-income range, we find a statistically significant beneficial
relationship only for dissolved oxygen (at both $10,000 and $12,000) and
for nitrates (at $12,000). However, inasmuch as BOD, COD, and
dissolved oxygen are all indicator variables for essentially the same
phenomenon, the consistency of the estimates across these different
samples gives us some added confidence in each one. Our third group
of environmental indicators relates to fecal contamination of rivers. The
findings for fecal coliform are quite similar to those we have seen
before. The income terms are jointly significant at less than the 1
percent level, and the lagged income terms are themselves significant
whereas the current income terms are not. This latter result is quite
plausible, because fecal contamination does not stem from economic
activity per se. Since contamination can be controlled by the treatment
of raw sewage, our result could be explained by a lagged response of
treatment plant construction to per capita income growth. Figure III
indicates that increases in per capita GDP are associated with roughly
constant levels of fecal coliform until a country reaches a real income
level of about $8000. Thereafter, fecal contamination falls sharply
with income. The estimated slope of the relationship is significantly
negative at both the $10,000 and $12,000 levels of per capita GDP. The
results relating to total coliform are rather baffling. Concentrations of
total coliforms are found to rise with income at first, then fall, and
then rise again sharply. By $10,000 the relationship is upward sloping
and statistically significant. More- over, current income is more
significantly associated with this indicator than past income. We have
no explanation for these findings. Perhaps they reflect a spurious
relationship inasmuch as the presence of some types of coliform does
not necessarily indicate fecal contamination, and these bacteria have
many nonanthropo- genic sources. Finally, we turn to the heavy metals.
A statistically significant relationship exists between concentrations of
pollution and current and lagged GDP only for lead, cadmium, and
arsenic.1" For lead, the relationship is mostly downward sloping; for
cadmium it is flat, with perhaps a slight downturn at high levels of
income; for arsenic it resembles an inverted U. The peak concentration
of arsenic is estimated to occur at a per capita GDP of $4900, with a
standard error of $250. The estimated slope of the curve is negative for
lead and arsenic at both $10,000 and $12,000, and is statistically
significant in each case. To summarize, we find little evidence that
environmental quality deteriorates steadily with economic
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
176
growth. Rather, we find for most indicators that economic growth

brings an initial phase of deterioration followed by a subsequent
phase of improvement. We suspect that the eventual improvement
reflects, in part, an increased demand for (and supply of)
environmental protection at higher levels of national income.
The turning points for the different pollutants vary, but in most cases
they occur before a country reaches a per capita income of $8000.
For seven of the fourteen indicators we find a statistically
significant positive relationship between environmental quality
and income for a middle-income country with a per capita GDP of
$10,000. Only in one case (total coliform) do we find a significant
adverse relationship at this income level. Let us comment briefly on
some of the other covariates included in our models. For the most
part these variables have plausible effects. For example, dissolved
oxygen is negatively associated with mean water temperature, whereas
BOD, COD, and The coliforms are all positively associated with temperature,
as the physical properties of water would lead one to expect. Air pollution is
less severe in coastal cities (all else being equal), perhaps reflecting
the dispersal caused by offshore winds or a smaller average inflow of
pollution from neighboring cities. On the other hand, heavy particles
are found in higher concentrations in cities located near a desert, while
smoke is especially prevalent in densely populated areas.
Economic growth and environmental protection are not

zero sum
DeCanio 97 (Stephen, prof of Econ, Emeritus, at the U of California, Santa
Barbara, Ph.D from MIT, Contemporary Economic Policy, Vol. XV, Oct,
"Economic Modeling And The False Tradeoff Between Environmental
Protection And Economic Growth," EBSCO, jm)
This theoretical and empirical survey leads to only one conclusion:
it is time for policymakers to abandon the presumption that increased environmental quality can only be purchased at the
expense of other goods and services. A tradeoff between the
environment and the rest of the economy is not inevitable. Let there
be no mis u n d e r s t a n d i ng-s it ua t i o n s quite obviously exist in
which environmental regulations are costly. Resources devoted to
cleaning u p pollution could be used for other things. This does not vitiate
the conclusion of the text. Technological progress is continu- ously
expanding the production possibilities of the economy, and producing
organizations a r e not likely to be operating a t the maximum limits o f
their capacity. In either case, reductions in pollution may be
accompanied by concur- rent improvements in productivity. If the
effort to prevent pollution engenders organizational reform or
stimulates technical progress, then environmental improvement can
be a cause of more general productivity growth. These conclusions
are dictated both by theoretical considerations and by the
weight of empirical evidence. In addition to the direct
measurements of productive inefficiency reported here, the body of
bottom-up studies remain unrefuted. It is the top-down studies that
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
177
depend for their conclusions on the validity of the inevitable t r adeof f

assumption; the bottom-up studies are consistent with the reality that
firms and other producers ordinarily fall short of complete maximization.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
178
Technology
Trade spurs clean tech that solves for the environment
Mahto 2k (Ananda, BA in econ from the U of California, Santa Barbara, Jun
1, [ananda.mahto.info/sustainable-development-and-economic-growth/] AD:
6-21-11, jm)
The United Nations feels that businesses are indeed their Partners in
Sustainable Development. In a publication by that title, the United Nations
discussed the role of business and industry in improvement of the
production process (at home and abroad) through the introduction of
technologies that use resources more efficiently and minimize
environmental impacts (Alvarez-Rivero iv). While the UN does admit that
there are great costs associated with research and development (R&D)
involving cleaner production technologies, it points out that the long run
benefits outweigh these costs, and that furthermore, the large market
would help absorb the costs. In a number of case studies, the clean
technologies not only had environmental benefits, but they also
generally resulted in higher production efficiency (Alvarez-Rivero 1). One
of the major obstacles to investment in cleaner production identified in the
UN report is misinformation about the costs of environmental protection. Part
of the misinformation stems from the difficulty in doing cost-benefit analyses
involving environmental costs. The UN recommends increased use of
environmental accountingusing a framework that would allow firms to
internalize the environmental costs to better determine whether a given
project would meet their benchmark for rate of return on investment
(Alvarez-Rivero 6). The effect of growth on the environment is an important
one to look at when the goal is sustainable development. Trade
liberalization, per se, is not necessarily linked to either environmental
degradation or environmental preservation. It is likely, however, that trade
can be an effective agent for sustainable development (Schultz
424). Environmental issues are of international concern and span many
generations. Matters of intergenerational equity arise when considering
environmental issues, because there is often a trade off to be made between
efficiency, [which] puts society on the utility possibilities frontier[and]
sustainability, [which] is a matter of distribution of assets across generations
(Howarth 473). There is also the concern that our placing a value on
sacrificing something today for future generations may not be a value that is
passed down through generations. We may be inclined to wonder about
whether our efforts today may simply be foiled by acts of these future
generations. The environmental concerns regarding sustainability have many
different aspects. These include problems stemming from agricultural
practices, increased levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas
emissions, and concern about global warming. Improper farming techniques,
for example, while embodying good intentions such as providing more
abundant, cheaper food, has resulted in environmental damage in the form of
soil degradation, pollution, water scarcity and biodiversity loss. Soil
degradation is taking place as a result of over-planting and overgrazing,
accompanied by poor drainage and improper irrigation techniques. Pollution
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
179
arises from the widespread use of fertilizers and pesticides. In addition to

contaminating water sources, it is also causing many biological problems
throughout food-chainsin both man and beast. Water is running out as a
result of inefficient use in farming. Farm practices such as intensive
monoculture programs, deforestation, selective animal breeding, and
genetically modified high yielding, fast growing crops, have had a severe
impact on biodiversity. Over a sixth of the 3,800 breeds of domestic animals
that existed a century ago have disappeared (El Feki The Economist
Agriculture and Technology Survey, Mar. 25 2000 p11). This is not to say
that the situation concerning the environment is entirely bleak. The World
Trade Organization, for example, has begun to include statements in its
publications of interest in environmental issues and, as a more active stance,
formed the Committee on Trade and the Environment in early 1994 (Schultz
425). There have also been environmental subsidy provisions that permit
governmental assistance to promote the adaptation of existing facilities to
new environmental requirements (Schultz 429). Such acts as eco-labeling are
being promoted by environmental groups and help raise public awareness
and information about the goods that they consume. Perhaps the most well
known case was the US ban on Mexican tuna that was not dolphin safe. At
the time, tuna canners began a program labeling their products dolphin
safe. Interestingly, such programs may obviate the need for governmental
product regulations, by letting consumers express their environmental
preferences by the informed choices they make in the marketplace (Schwartz
435). In addition, international economic relations are increasingly
being formed conditional on adopting environmental protection
measures. A few countries have already begun to position themselves to
compete in what will be one of the most dynamic markets of the future,
environmentally sound technologies. Being able to provide
environmentally friendly technologies is rapidly becoming a source
of competitive advantage in the global search for new markets (Sagasti
50). Studies have also found that while increased economic output tends to
be associated with higher CO2 emissions, a rising standard of living also
slows down population growth and leads to reduced energy
consumption per unit of output (DeCanio 41). One thing that is key to
success, however, is the rate of change at which new policies for promoting
environmental sustainability are enforced. As Lester Brown points out, This is
not a spectator sportthe central issue [to the environmental challenges] is
the need to restructure the global economy quickly (20-21).
Growth leads to tech and lower population rates that

solves for the environment
Hayward et al 2k (Steven, Ph.D. in American studies, M.A. in gov from
Claremont U, Elizabeth Fowler, public policy fellow with the center for
environmental and regulatory reform at the Pacific Research Institute (PRI),
and Laura Steadman, research assistant with the center for environmental
and regulatory reform and the center for enterprise and opporunity @ PRI,
Apr 4, [www.mackinac.org/2841] AD: 6-21-11, jm)
Even when more exacting definitions of sustainable development are offered,
confusion still persists because of honest scientific disputes and uncertainties
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
180
about the facts, and differing opinions about how economies adapt over time
to changing resource constraints. Consider Herman Daly's definition that
sustainable development is "development without growth in throughput of
matter and energy beyond regenerative and absorptive capacities."
Scientists can point to favorable trends in resource bases, increasing
efficiencies of production, and falling amounts of pollution, reaching the
conclusion that we are on the way to achieving, if not already achieving,
Daly's definition. Yet Daly and many others take a dimmer view, arguing that
the imperative of sustainable development requires "steady state"
economics, which would include zero population growth, centralized
command of natural resources, and controls on individual incomes and
personal wealth. Some economists have called Daly's "steady state" idea "a
return to a regulated caveman culture."66 His view throws a spotlight on the
implication some have drawn that economic growth itself is unsustainable
and should be stopped or drastically curtailed.67 The most stark expression
of this view is found in Paul and Anne Ehrlich's equation for human
environmental impact, I = P x A x T where I = environmental impact, P =
population, A = affluence, and T = technology.
In other words, any
increases in population, wealth, and technology are inherently damaging to
the environment, no matter what mitigating measures are possible. It is a
schematic for the most extreme pessimism and would require wholesale
transformation of human society and political institutions if it were made the
basis of policy. Indur Goklany offers an elegant and compelling refutation of
the Ehrlichs' equation, and in the process explains why the signs point to a
sustainable future.68 The most significant flaw is the assumption that
population, affluence, and technology are wholly independent
factors with no relation to each other. To the contrary, these three
factors are highly interdependent, mostly in favorable ways. Rising
affluence, for example, cuts fertility rates. The richest nations of the
world have negative fertility rates and falling populations, a condition that
would be true of the United States in the absence of high rates of
immigration. The world fertility rate has fallen by nearly half since 1960,
from 5.58 to 2.75, and with it the global rate of population growth, from 2.07
percent in 1967 to 1.33 percent in 1998. The stabilization of world
population can be expected as the rest of the world grows more
affluent. The environmental impact of technology is exactly backward
from what the Ehrlichs' equation suggests. The amount of energy used
and pollution emitted per dollar of economic activity has been falling
for as long as reliable long-term data exist. In the United States, energy
intensity has been falling by one percent per year since 1800. That is, it takes
one percent less energy each year to produce the same amount of goods.
Goklany has examined specific air pollutants in the United States, finding, for
example, that a dollar of economic activity today generates only .084
times as much sulfur dioxide emissions as a dollar of economic
activity in 1900. In other words, changing technology has delivered a
more than tenfold reduction in SO2 pollution per unit of economic output in
the twentieth century. Other pollutants show even larger declines30fold for volatile organic compounds and particulates, and 100-fold for lead.
This trends means, among other things, that today's worldwide carbon
emissions are nearly 60 less than what they would have been were we
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
181
still using 1950 technology. As developing nations become wealthier, we

can expect to see a convergence of environmental performance that
approaches the progress of the United States and other western nations. An
example of what this convergence should look like can be seen in Chart 32
which shows sulfur dioxide trends in the U.S. and some of the eastern
European nations that have embraced market economies in the last decade.
Goklany's conclusion is worth quoting at length: The future could see a
world in which the population has stabilized, is richer, cleaner, and
with room for both humanity and the rest of nature, or one which is more
populated, poor and polluted and where the rest of nature is pinched for
space and water. The odds of the former are increased by bolstering the
co-evolving, mutually reinforcing forces of economic growth, technology,
and trade by strengthening the institutions that are their mainstays. These
institutions are free markets; secure property rights to both tangible and
intellectual products; fair, equitable and relatively transparent rules to govern
those markets and enforce contracts; institutions for accumulating and
converting knowledge into useful and beneficial products; and honest and
predictable bureaucracies and governments . . . [I]ndustrial ecology can play
an important role in moving such solutions closer to perfection, and in
accelerating society's various environmental transitions so that technological
change and economic growth are transformed from being problems to
becoming solutions in the quest for a sustainable industrial society.69
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
182
So2 I/L
SO2 causes warming and kills the ozone layer
Huff 98 (Kara, Ph.D., Purdue U, assistant prof of analytic chemistry @
Southern Illinois U, Sep 21,
[www.iitap.iastate.edu/gcp/studentpapers/1996/atmoschem/huff.html] AD: 622-11, jm)
However, after two months, most SO2 is converted to sulfuric acid by
reaction with hydroxyl radicals (OH). This condenses into aerosols in the
atmosphere. This is known as the aerosol effect. Nitrogen oxides (NOx =NO,
NO2, NO3, and N2O5) react with the surface of the aerosols to form nitric acid
(HNO3). Normally, NOx reacts with ozone-depleting Cl and ClO to form less
ozone-depleting compounds. However, because the sulfuric acid aerosol
removes NOx, the ozone layer becomes more sensitive to Cl and ClO. In
this case, the ozone concentration decreases. This long-term situation
was verified using three computer models. First, a situation was studied
three months after the eruption, assuming the SO2 cloud was confined to the
tropics. It was also assumed that SO2 acted as a greenhouse gas and
caused slight stratospheric heating. In this case, it was found that the
concentration of ozone-depleting radicals increased by 25-50% at 20 km.
Second, the same situation was studied without heating. In this case, NO2
was decreased by 40% and ClO was increased by a factor of 2.3. Lastly, this
was studied seven months after eruption, assuming that the cloud was
evenly dispersed over the Earth. In this case, NO2 concentration was reduced
by 30-35% at 20-25 km. As shown, SO2 has been found to not change ozone
concentration at 25 km in the first two months after a volcanic eruption.
Then, in all three long-term computer modeling studies, the ozone
concentration decreases, due to the aerosol effect. These facts agree
well with the stratospheric ozone data collected. For this reason, a
mechanism to explain the effect of volcanic SO2 on the ozone layer has been
found.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
183
Warming
Free market solves warming even if it doesnt, its key to
adaptability
Callahan 7 (Gene, adjunct scholar with the Ludwig von Mises Institute,
Oct, [www.thefreemanonline.org/featured/how-a-free-society-could-solveglobal-warming/] AD: 6-22-11, jm)
For these reasons, I believe it is crucial to accept provisionally, for the sake of
argument, the scientific claims behind the case for manmade global warming.
In the present article I will demonstrate that it still would not follow that the
taxes and other regulations typically proposed by greens are the best way to
address the problem. Just as the free market is still the optimal economic
arrangement, regardless of how many citizens are angels or devils, so too
does the free market outperform government intervention, regardless of the
fragility of Earths ecosystems. When trying to determine if the free market is
to blame for possibly dangerous carbon emissions, a logical starting point is
to list the numerous ways that government policies encourage the very
activities that Al Gore and his friends want us to curtail. The U.S.
government has subsidized many activities that burn carbon: it has
seized land through eminent domain to build highways, funded rural
electrification projects, and fought wars to ensure Americans access
to oil. After World War II it played a key role in the mass exodus of the
middle class from urban centers to the suburbs, chiefly through
encouraging mortgage lending. Every American schoolchild has heard of the
bold transcontinental railroad (finished with great ceremony at Promontory
Summit, Utah) promoted by the federal government. Historian Burt Folsom
explains that due to the construction contracts, the incentive was to lay as
much track as possible between points A and Bhardly an approach to
economize on carbon emissions from the wood- and coal-burning
locomotives. For a more recent example, consider John F. Kennedys visionary
moon shot. Im no engineer, but Ive seen the takeoffs of the Apollo
spacecraft and think its quite likely that the free markets use of those
resources would have involved far lower CO2 emissions. While myriad
government policies have thus encouraged carbon emissions, at the
same time the government has restricted activities that would have reduced
them. For example, there would probably be far more reliance on
nuclear power were it not for the overblown regulations of this energy
source. For a different example, imagine the reduction in emissions if
the government would merely allow market-clearing pricing for the
nations major roads, thereby eliminating traffic jams! The pollution
from vehicles in major urban areas could be drastically cut overnight if the
government set tolls to whatever the market could bearor better yet, sold
bridges and highways to private owners. Of course, there is no way to
determine just what the energy landscape in America would look like if these
interventions had not occurred. Yet it is entirely possible that on net, with a
freer market economy, in the past we would have burned less fossil fuel and
today we would be more energy efficient. Even if it were true that reliance on
the free-enterprise system makes it difficult to curtail activities that
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
184
contribute to global warming, still the undeniable advantages of

unfettered markets would allow humans to deal with climate change
more easily. For example, the financial industry, by creating new
securities and derivative markets, could crystallize the dispersed
knowledge that many different experts held in order to coordinate and
mobilize mankinds total response to global warming. For instance,
weather futures can serve to spread the risk of bad weather beyond the
local area affected. Perhaps there could arise a market betting on the
areas most likely to be permanently flooded. That may seem ghoulish,
but by betting on their own area, inhabitants could offset the cost of
relocating should the flooding occur. Creative entrepreneurs, left free to
innovate, will generate a wealth of alternative energy sources. (State
intervention, of course, tends to stifle innovations that threaten the continued
dominance of currently powerful special interests, such as oil companiesfor
example, the state of North Carolina recently fined Bob Teixeira for running
his car on soybean oil.) Private insurers have a strong incentive to assess the
potential effects of global warming without bias in order to price their policies
optimallyif they overestimate the risk, they will lose business to lowerpriced rivals; if they are too sanguine about the dangers, they will lose money
once the claims start rolling in. Individuals finding their homes or businesses
threatened by rising sea levels will find it easier to relocate to the extent
that unfettered markets have made them wealthier. Industrial
manufacturers, as long as they are held liable for the negative
environmental effects of their production processesa traditional commonlaw liability from which state policies intended to promote industry have
often sought to shield manufacturerswill strive to develop technologies
that minimize the environmental impact of their activities without
sacrificing efficiency. Government interventions and five-year plans, even
when they are sincere attempts to protect the environment rather than
disguised schemes to benefit some powerful lobby, lack the profit incentive
and are protected from the competitive pressures that drive private actors to
seek an optimal cost-benefit tradeoff. If the situation truly becomes dire, it
will be free-market capitalism that allows humans to develop
techniques for sucking massive amounts of carbon out of the
atmosphere, and to colonize the oceans and outer space. Beyond
these futuristic possibilities, the obvious responses to global warming
such as more houses with AC, sturdier sea walls, and better equipment to
evacuate flooded regionsare again only feasible when the free market
is unleashed. It is the poorest people and nations that stand to suffer the
most if the worst-case scenario for global warming is realized, and the only
reliable way to alleviate their poverty, and thus help protect them from those
effects, is the free market.
Market forces drive tech shifts which solve warming

Anderson 4 (Terry L., senior fellow at the Hoover Institute, and adjunct
prof at the Stanford Graduate School of Business, Hoover Digest, No.3
Summer, [www.perc.org/articles/article446.php] AD: 6-21-11, jm)
In the March 2004 issue of Scientific American, National Aeronautics and

Space Administration global-warming expert James Hansen notes that
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
185
greenhouse gas emissions and global-warming projections are

"consistently pessimistic." Hansen suggests that projections do not take
into account the lower carbon dioxide and methane emissions that
have resulted from technological advancements. He explains that the
lower carbon dioxide emissions result from increased energy efficiency
following the energy crisis in the 1970s and the lower methane emissions,
from technological changes in agriculture. Hansen's essay concludes on
an optimistic note, saying "the main elements [new technologies] required
to halt climate change have come into being with remarkable
rapidity." This statement would not have surprised economist Julian Simon.
He saw the "ultimate resource" to be the human mind and believed
it to be best motivated by market forces. Because of a combination of
market forces and technological innovations, we are not running out of
natural resources. As a resource becomes more scarce, prices increase,
thus encouraging development of cheaper alternatives and
technological innovations. Just as fossil fuel replaced scarce whale oil, its
use will be reduced by new technology and alternative fuel sources. Market
forces also cause economic growth, which in turn leads to
environmental improvements. Put simply, poor people are willing to
sacrifice clean water and air, healthy forests, and wildlife habitat for
economic growth. But as their incomes rise above subsistence, "economic
growth helps to undo the damage done in earlier years," says economist
Bruce Yandle. "If economic growth is good for the environment, policies that
stimulate growth ought to be good for the environment." The link between
greenhouse gas emissions and economic prosperity is no different. Using data
from the United States, Professor Robert McCormick finds that "higher GDP
reduces total net [greenhouse gas] emissions." He goes a step further by
performing the complex task of estimating net U.S. carbon emissions. This
requires subtracting carbon sequestration (long-term storage of carbon in soil
and water) from carbon emissions. Think of it this way: When you build a
house, the wood in it stores carbon. In a poor country that wood would have
been burned to cook supper or to provide heat, thus releasing carbon into the
atmosphere. McCormick shows that economic growth in the United States has
increased carbon sequestration in many ways, including improved methods of
storing waste, increased forest coverage, and greater agricultural productivity
that reduces the acreage of cultivated land. Because rich economies
sequester more carbon than poor ones, stored carbon must be
subtracted from emissions to determine an economy's net addition to
greenhouse gas emissions. McCormick's data show that "rich countries take
more carbon out of the air than poorer ones" and that "the growth rate of net
carbon emission per person will soon be negative in the United States." Put
differentlyricher may well be cooler. Global-warming policy analysts agree
that greenhouse gas regulations such as those proposed at Kyoto would have
negative impacts on the economy. Therefore, as McCormick warns, we should
take great care that regulations in the name of global warming "not kill the
goose that lays the golden eggs."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
186
Desertification
Free market solves desertification
Port 10 (Rob, author of the conservative Say Anything blog, Jun 6,
[sayanythingblog.com/entry/property-rights-can-reverse-desertification/] AD:
6-22-11, jm)
Surprisingly, that flies in the face of modern wisdom about land
managementthe typical response is to rest land completely, and livestock
are often named as the chief culprits in desertification. Weve been
ridiculed for 50 years, says Savory. But he argues that examples from
around the world show that resting the land doesnt prepare it for the return
of vegetationinstead, it simply remains barren, with rain simply running off
soil that stays cracked and dry. But when you range animals correctly, the
land starts returning, he says. The only thing that can do it is a heavy
herbivore with a wet gut.I find it not very shocking that the
environmentalist experts were wrong again. How much government
money have they wasted doing studies on their failed ideology thats made
things worse. Whats worse is how much have they contributed to poverty
and misery in the people that live there that were denied the right to earn a
living. I dont want to go into the causes for desertification. Thats a trend
thats gone on for thousands of years. I still blame the Romans for salting the
soil around Carthage to keep the city from rising another army to threaten
Rome. (Big Babies.) Lets assume that this guys strategy of moving domestic
animals in the same way that herds of wild animals did in the time before
people change the environment. Whats the best way to deliver that. I think
the best way would be for to restore private rights to the
landowners. History has shown that only landowners with strong rights
have the incentive to improve the land. Strong rights would include not
having to pay ruinous taxes on the land and your profits. If the government
requires too much in the way of taxes the landowner has no choice
but to squeeze the land more than he should to keep ahead of the
taxman. Theres no doubt that pressure by government has led to
overgrazing in certain times in certain places in the world. Strong rights also
include the ability to leave the property to your offspring without ruinous
taxation. That give the farmer the incentive to improve the land for future
generations. I shouldnt have to explain why the government holding the land
for everyone to use as they feel like wont work. Thats called the tragedy of
the common. When everyone owns something, no one does. A farmer has
every incentive to overgraze when he can because if he doesnt
someone else will. You dont have that problem when someone owns
the property and they have strong property rights. Its a matter of
incentives. With private ownership the incentives are in the right place. The
collectivists will say that the government should own and manage the land
while the farmers might be allowed to own the livestock. Like a lot of
collectivist schemes this sounds like it might work, but when put into practice
it doesnt.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
187
Desertification is getting reversed

Web Wire 6-13 (http://www.webwire.com/ViewPressRel.asp?aId=139259,
dw: 6-13-2011, da: 6-22-2011, lido)
Climate change has led to prolonged periods of drought, overintensive farming and over-grazing have caused land degradation
and deforestation has turned the once fertile land into desert. In an
attempt to reverse that process of desertification, FAO has stepped
in with the Acacia project. Fatou Seye and her family are among the
beneficiaries. "Before the project we had no trees, we were cultivating
degraded, infertile lands, but with the project that has changed, "
she says. Fatou Seye is one of 150 women in the village benefiting from the
project. From 2004 to 2007, FAO, in partnership with the Senegalese forestry
service, provided seeds and seedlings and taught the women in the village
how to sow and plant the Acacia trees as well as how to extract and market
the gum they produce. In the last year, the trees have finally reached
maturity and gum extraction has become possible. But even before the local
community benefited. According to Nora Berrahmouni, FAO Forestry officer,
"Acacia offers many benefits. They feed the soil by capturing
nitrogen that restores fertility. It is a shelter for crops. It also
provides gum Arabic, which has an international market, and so it is
good for the economy. Not only that but it is also a source of fodder
for livestock and food for local communities" Great potential Fatou
confirms that the Acacia have already dramatically improved living
conditions "because now were producing hibiscus juice and millet,
peanuts and beans, which we can eat. Production of fodder for
livestock has increased and we sell the fodder at market. With the
money, we are planning to build a mill so can make flour and bread"
Harvesting of the gum itself has only just begun as, at 7 years if age, the
plants are only just mature enough. In the coming years the plants will
provide further income for these women.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
188
Species
Growth solves bio-d especially in high income countries
Asafu-Adjaye 3 (John, associate prof at the school of Economics, The U of
Queensland, Apr 1, [www.freepatentsonline.com/article/ContemporaryEconomic-Policy/100500093.html] AD: 6-22-11, jm)
The institutional proxy used in the study was an indicator of economic
freedoms that is more narrowly defined than those used in previous studies.
This indicator is based mainly on economic freedoms, whereas the others
have been based on broad social freedoms. The study results indicate that
although improvement in economic freedoms can be associated with
improvement in mammal and bird species numbers, the effect on
biodiversity is much stronger in low-income countries compared to
high-income countries. The main implication here is that there is a need
to develop appropriate institutional and macroeconomic policies that
allow biodiversity values to be internalized in decision-making processes at
the individual and national levels. However, a major obstacle to achieving this
objective is that biodiversity is a global public good, and as such individuals
and countries have no incentive to invest in the stocks of such resources.
Thus there is the need for more international initiatives, such as the Global
Enviro nmental Facility, that aim to promote the management of biodiversity
resources.
BioD loss being reversed

Environment News 6-4 (http://www.ensnewswire.com/ens/jun2011/2011-06-04-01.html, dw:6-4-2011, da: 6-22-2011,
lido)
Leaders of more than 35 nations covering the world's three major
rainforest regions agreed Friday to prepare an action plan on
sustainable management of forests for signature next year at the
Rio+20 Summit meeting in Brazil. The heads of state and government
from nations across the Amazon, the Congo and the Borneo-Mekong forest
basins met in Brazzaville May 31 through June 3 at the Summit of the Three
Rainforest Basins. The gathering was backed by the United Nations as part of
activities marking the International Year of Forests 2011. In their Joint
Declaration, the leaders said they "share a vision of a cooperation
that holistically incorporates economic, environment, and sociocultural aspects, with a view to promoting harmonious and
sustainable development of their respective forests." The leaders
directed their ministers to draw up an action plan "advocating for
conservation, sustainable management and rehabilitation and
restoration of tropical forests ecosystems and their biodiversity;
promoting sustainable trade in forest services and products,
including forest genetic resources; and strengthening of forest
governance, including access and benefit sharing; forest law,
environmental governance and trade."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
189
Oceans
Industrial emissions solve warming and ocean health
Cain 5 (Fraser, studied engineering at the U of British Columbia, completing
his computer science degree, Feb 11, [www.universetoday.com/10263/airpollution-linked-to-growth-of-life-in-oceans/] AD: 6-22-11, jm)
A surprising link may exist between ocean fertility and air pollution
over land, according to Georgia Institute of Technology research
reported in the Feb. 16 issue of the Journal of Geophysical Research
Atmospheres. The work provides new insight into the role that ocean fertility
plays in the complex cycle involving carbon dioxide and other greenhouse
gases in global warming. When dust storms pass over industrialized
areas, they can pick up sulfur dioxide, an acidic trace gas emitted from
industrial facilities and power plants. As the dust storms move out over the
ocean, the sulfur dioxide they carry lowers the pH (a measure of acidity
and alkalinity) level of dust and transforms iron into a soluble form, said
Nicholas Meskhidze, a postdoctoral fellow in Professor Athanasios Nenes
group at Georgia Techs School of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences and lead
author of the paper Dust and Pollution: A Recipe for Enhanced Ocean
Fertilization. This conversion is important because dissolved iron is a
necessary micronutrient for phytoplankton tiny aquatic plants that
serve as food for fish and other marine organisms, and also reduce
carbon dioxide levels in Earths atmosphere via photosynthesis.
Phytoplankton carry out almost half of Earths photosynthesis even
though they represent less than 1 percent of the planets biomass.
Only man-made pollution can solve for warming and ocean

health
Cain 5 (Fraser, studied engineering at the U of British Columbia, completing
his computer science degree, Feb 11, [www.universetoday.com/10263/airpollution-linked-to-growth-of-life-in-oceans/] AD: 6-22-11, jm)
In research funded by the National Science Foundation, Meskhidze began

studying dust storms three years ago under the guidance of William
Chameides, Regents Professor and Smithgall Chair at Georgia Techs School
of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences and co-author of the paper. I knew that
large storms from the Gobi deserts in northern China and Mongolia could
carry iron from the soil to remote regions of the northern Pacific Ocean,
facilitating photosynthesis and carbon-dioxide uptake, Meskhidze said. But I
was puzzled because the iron in desert dust is primarily hematite, a mineral
that is insoluble in high-pH solutions such as seawater. So its not readily
available to the plankton. Using data obtained in a flight over the study
area, Meskhidze analyzed the chemistry of a dust storm that originated
in the Gobi desert and passed over Shanghai before moving onto the
northern Pacific Ocean. His discovery: When a high-concentration of
sulfur dioxide mixed with the desert dust, it acidified the dust to a
pH below 2 the level needed for mineral iron to convert into a
dissolved form that would be available to phytoplankton. Expanding
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
190
on this discovery, Meskhidze studied how variations in air pollution and

mineral dust affect iron mobilization. Obtaining in-flight data from two
different Gobi-desert storms one occurring on March 12, 2001, and the
other on April 6, 2001 Meskhidze analyzed the pollution content and then
modeled the storms trajectory and chemical transformation over the North
Pacific Ocean. Using satellite measurements, he determined whether there
had been increased growth of phytoplankton in the ocean area where the
storms passed. The results were surprising, he said. Although the April storm
was a large one, with three sources of dust colliding and traveling as far as
the continental United States, there was no increased phytoplankton activity.
Yet the March storm, albeit smaller, significantly boosted the production of
phytoplankton. The differing results can be attributed to the
concentration of sulfur dioxide existing in dust storms, Meskhidze
said. Large storms are highly alkaline because they contain a higher
proportion of calcium carbonate. Thus, the amount of sulfur dioxide picked up
from pollution is not enough to bring down the pH below 2. Although large
storms can export vast amounts of mineral dust to the open ocean, the
amount of sulfur dioxide required to acidify these large plumes and generate
bioavailable iron is about five to 10 times higher than the average springtime
concentrations of this pollutant found in industrialized areas of China,
Meskhidze explained. Yet the percentage of soluble iron in small dust storms
can be many orders of magnitude higher than large dust storms. So even
though small storms are limited in the amount of dust they transport to the
ocean and may not cause large plankton blooms, small storms still produce
enough soluble iron to consistently feed phytoplankton and fertilize the
ocean. This may be especially important for high-nitrate, low-chlorophyll
waters, where phytoplankton production is limited because of a lack of iron.
Natural sources of sulfur dioxide, such as volcanic emissions and ocean
production, may also cause iron mobilization and stimulate phytoplankton
growth. Yet emissions from human-made sources normally represent a
larger portion of the trace gas. Also, human-made emission sites may be
closer to the storms course and have a stronger influence on it than natural
sulfur dioxide, Meskhidze said. This research deepens scientists
understanding of the carbon cycle and climate change, he added. It appears
that the recipe of adding pollution to mineral dust from East Asia may
actually enhance ocean productivity and, in so doing, draw down
atmospheric carbon dioxide and reduce global warming, Chameides
said. Thus, Chinas current plans to reduce sulfur dioxide emissions,
which will have far-reaching benefits for the environment and health of the
people of China, may have the unintended consequence of exacerbating
global warming, he added. This is perhaps one more reason why we all
need to get serious about reducing our emissions of carbon dioxide and other
greenhouse gases.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
191
AT: Carrying Capacity Theory

Theres no limit to the carrying capacity free markets
adjust accordingly
Perry 10 (Mark J., prof of econ and finance @ U of Mich, Ph.D in econ from
George Mason U, Dec 28, [mjperry.blogspot.com/2010/12/finite-world-of-paulkrugmans-thinking.html] AD: 6-21-11, jm)

"Its not true that vigorous economic growth necessarily makes
resources more scarce. In fact, history shows that, because of human
ingenuity, the opposite is not only possible but prevalent. Since the
dawn of the industrial revolution in the mid-18th century, available
supplies of coal, petroleum, iron ore, and most other resources have
increased significantly and, as a result, their real prices have fallen."
MP: The evidence is working against Krugman and in favor of Boudreaux on
this one. The chart above shows the monthly, inflation-adjusted Dow JonesAIG Commodity Index back to January of 1934 (data from Global Financial
Data, paid subscription required). The DJ-AIG index is composed of futures
contracts on 19 physical commodities in five categories with the following
weights (individual weights are listed here): 1. Agriculture (coffee, corn,
cotton, soybeans, soybean oil, sugar, wheat): 34.37% 2. Energy (crude oil,
natural gas, heating oil, unleaded gas): 27.28% 3. Industrial Metals
(aluminum, copper, nickel, zinc): 17.65% 4. Precious Metals (gold, silver):
14.60% 5. Livestock (lean hogs, live cattle): 6.10% (Note: According to
Global Financial Data, data in the index from 1933 to 1989 are from the Dow
Jones Futures Index, and data from 1990 are from the Dow Jones-AIG
Commodity Index.) Bottom Line: Over a very long period of time (76
years), there has been a significant downward trend in the real prices of
commodities (see red trend line in graph), and the decline in commodity
prices has taken place during a period when the world population
increased by more than three times, from 2 billion in 1934 to the current
population of 7 billion in 2010. Don asks the right question: "If economic
growth since the industrial revolution coincided with increasing resource
supplies, why should we expect that continued economic growth will
suddenly start to have the opposite, dreary effects predicted by Mr.
Krugman?"
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
192
Economic Collapse Causes Fossil Fuel

Consumption
Falling economy causes quick and massive increase in
fossil fuel consumption/global warming
Jerry W. Sanders 90, Prof. Peace and Conflict Studies, UC, Berkeley
[Global Ecology and World Economy: Collision Course or Sustainable Future
Bulletin of Peace Proposals Vol. 21 (4) p. 395-401]
What will be the likely impact of economic stagnation and increasing
competition on the environment? Prospects of slower growth might be
greeted as good news all other things being equal. But other things are
seldom equal, the factors critical to environmental balance being no
exception. Whatever ecological respite that might be expected to
accrue from the overall decrease of industrial activity will be more
than offset by the impact of increasingly desperate efforts to remain
competitive. This will be true for rich and poor alike, Among the United
States, Japan, Germany, and others in the top industrial tier of nations, the
race will be on to develop the breakthrough technologies that can accelerate
productivity and spur a new era of growth micro-electronics,
biotechnology, telecommunications, new sources of energy including nuclear
power, and other potentially high-payoff sectors yet to be discovered. The
more intense the competition and the greater the conflict, the less likely
potential environmental risks will be accurately assessed and given proper
weight in strategic planning and investment decision. Meanwhile, slower
growth will lower the costs of fossil fuels, removing economic
incentives for conservation. To make matters worse, heightened
competition will make cheaper and dirtier forms of energy like soft
coal that much more attractive. Thus, the hoped-for benefits of limited
growth will be canceled out by less environmentally sensitive paths of
production. Among the poorest countries, particularly those burdened by
debt, we can except that a shrinking world market and declining terms
of trade will serve to accelerate deforestation and soil exhaustion as
nations seek to maximize agricultural, mining, and other commodity exports
in a losing effort to stay even. Paradoxically, therefore, stagnant growth
very likely will produce increases in carbon dioxide and other trace
gases that trigger global warming, acid rain, and toxic waste that poison
ground water, and desertification that makes the spread of fallow land a
growing danger in many regions of the Third World.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
193
Economy Solves Environment

Growth helps the environment
Walter Russell Mead 93 fellow, Council on Foreign Relations, WORLD
POLICY JOURNAL,
Spring 1993, p. 16. (DRGOC/E340)
Environmentalists often express concern about policies hat aim to accelerate
global economic growth on the grounds that such growth will be bad for the
environment. These concerns are not without foundation, but it is necessary
to bear two things in mind. First, the establishment of an effective global
system of environmental regulation depends on peaceful and
constructive political relations among the nations of the world.
Growth is to a large degree inevitable. It is, however, possible to build
an effective international economic system that channels this growth into less
damaging and more sustainable patterns of production and consumption.
Second, economic growth is not limited to the production and
consumption of material goods. In fact, accelerated rates of growth
in the advanced industrial economies are likely to result in
accelerating the shift now under way from the production of goods
to the production of services as the central economic activity of the
worlds richest countries. Economic growth in this sense is necessary
to finance the kinds of qualitative changes in both Western and
developing economies that environmentalists want to see.
Environmentalists often speak of the zero-state economy as an ideal and
sometimes define this as an economy without growth. It would be more
accurate to define this as an economy in which the consumption of raw
materials was stable or falling. In this second sense, the zero-state economy
is not only compatible with growth, it is compatible with accelerated growth,
and may even require it.

David Vogel 95 Professor of Public Policy, University of California
Berkeley, ISSUES IN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, Fall 1995, p. 76.
(DRGOC/E341)
As a nations living standard improves, so does its willingness to devote
additional resources to protecting its environment and improving the health
of its citizens. Although it is true that in the short run, industrial
development exacerbates a number of environmental problems
contemporary China is a good example in the long run it leads to better
environmental quality. Witness the recent strengthening of standards in highgrowth export-oriented nations such as Taiwan, Korea, Mexico,
and Israel.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
194
GROWTH IMPROVES THE ENVIRONMENT DUE TO INCOME

LEVELS
Bjorn Lomborg 01 director of Denmark's national Environmental
Assessment Institute and associate professor of statistics in the Department
of Politital Science at the University of Aarhus,
The Skeptical Environmentalist, p. 32-33.
In general we need to confront our myth of the economy
undercutting the environment. We have grown to believe that we are

faced with an inescapable choice between higher economic welfare and a
greener environment. But surprisingly and as will be documented throughout
this book, environmental development often stems from economic
development - only when we get sufficiently rich can we afford the
relative luxury of caring about the environment. On its most general
level, this conclusion is evident in Figure 9, where higher income in general
is correlated with higher environmental sustainability.
Growth helps the environments

Jerry Sanders 90 Professor of Peace and Conflict Studies, University of
California Berkeley,
BULLETIN OF PEACE PROPOSALS, 1990, p. 396. (DRGOC/E342)
What will be the likely impact of economic stagnation and

increasing competition on the environment? Prospects of
slower growth might be greeted as good news all other
things being equal. But other things are seldom equal, the
factors critical to environmental balance being no
exception. Whatever ecological respite that might be expected to
accrue from the overall decrease of industrial activity will be more
than offset by the impact of increasingly desperate efforts to remain
competitive. This will be true for rich and poor alike. Among the Uni ted
States, Japan, Germany, and others in the top industrial

tier of nations, the race will be on to develop the
breakthrough technologies that can accelerate
productivity and spur a new era of growth microelectronics, biotechnology, telecommunications, new
sources of energy including nuclear power, and other
potential high-payoff sectors yet to be discovered. The
more intense the competition and the greater the conflict, the less
likely potential environmental risks will be accurately assessed and
given proper weight in strategic planning and investment decisions.

Ronald Bailey 95, Reason science correspondent, THE TRUE STATE OF THE
PLANET, ed. Bailey, 1995, p. 5. (DRGOC/E343)
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
195
In the twenty-first century it will be clear that the preservation of

natural resources and the expansion of human ones will be tightly
linked. This concept may be very hard for traditionalists to accept, but
history has shown that environmental improvement depends directly
on rapid economic progress. If poor countries do not adopt high-yield
agriculture, for example, then their impoverished farmers will be forced by
hunger to level millions of square miles of wildlands. Agricultural
intensification is essential to forestall famine and the plowdown of
massive amounts of wildlife habitat. Currently, more than 75 percent of
the land on every continent except Europe is still available for wildlife. It is
this undeveloped land in developing countries that is of greatest
importance to conserving biodiversity over the long term.
Most environmentalists endorse economic growth as a

path to environmental protection
Martin W. Lewis 92 Assistant Professor Geography @ GWU, 1992, Green
Delusions: an environmentalist critique of radical environmentalism, p. 4
(HARVUN3817)
While these radical notions seem to be beginning to dominate the
environmental discourse, they by no means monopolize it. In fact, a
pragmatic philosophy continues to inform most of the movements large
organizations. In An Environmental Agenda for the Future, for
example, leaders of the countrys ten most influential conservation
groups explicitly accept capitalism and expressly endorse economic
growth. Robert Repetto and others at the World Resources Institute argue
powerfully that environmental health depends on sustainable development
on ecologically sound economic programs that aim to increase human
wealth and well-being. Other advocates of sustainable development, such
as R. Kerry Turner, stress the need to view environmental protection
and continued economic growthas mutually compatible and not
necessarily conflicting objectives. Piasecki and Asmus (1990)
similarly propose a moderate course in seeking environmental
excellence, while Henning and Mangun (1989) claim that the
presumed conflict between economic growth and environmental
salvation rests on a false dichotomy. Still other theorists might be
described as techno-environmentalists. Oppenheimer and Boyle (1990), for
example, propose that technical advances in power generation and
transportation systems offer the best hope for protecting the atmosphere.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
196
Economy Solves Environment- Tech

Only strong growth provides technological solutions to
climate change and pollution
Michael Zey 97 Montclair State University Management Prof, 1997
[The Futurist, pg. 13]
Thus, the answer to pollution, the supposed outgrowth of progress, ought to

be more economic growth. Such economic growth can be accelerated by any
number of actions: the transfer of technology, the sharing of scientific knowhow, and economic investment. The World Bank estimates that every dollar
invested in developing countries will grow to $100 in 50 years. As their
wealth increases, these countries can take all the necessary steps to invest in
pollution-free cars, catalytic converters, and other pollution-free
technologies, such as the cleanest of all current large-scale energy sources,
nuclear power. They can also afford to invest in bioremediation- the
utilization of viruses to literally eat such impurities as oil spills and toxic
waste. Russia is actively growing and exporting microorganisms that eat
radioactive and metallic wastes from such sources as uranium, plutonium,
magnesium, and silver.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
197
Economy Solves Air Pollution

Economic growth is critical to solving air pollution
Jerry Taylor, Cato Natural Resource Studies Director, 2002
[Sustainable Development: A Dubious Solution in Search of a Problem,
August 26, http://www.cato.org/pubs/pas/pa449.pdf]
Empirical examination of the data demonstrates a clear relationship between
per capita income growth in the United States and absolute reduction of air
emissions.118 Data from Europe are far more fragmentary but consistent with
trends in the United States.119 Clearly, when economic growth reaches a
certain level, air pollution begins to fall rapidly. Data from the developing
world suggest that this same dynamic is already at work . Numerous
economists have studied the relationship between economic growth, population,
and industrialization, on the one hand, and environmental quality, on the other
(known in the economics community as Environmental Kuznets Curves, or
EKCs)120 and found that, beyond a certain point, economic development does
indeed reduce air pollution burdens. Ambient concentrations of sulfur dioxides
were found to decline when per capita incomes reach between $3,670 and
$8,916.121 Ambient concentrations of particulate matter were found to decline
when per capita incomes reach between $3,280 to $7,300.122 Ambient
concentrations of nitrogen oxides were found to decline once per capita incomes
reach between $12,041 and $14,700.123 Ambient concentrations of carbon
monoxide were found to decline when per capita incomes reach between
$6,241 and $9,900.124 A survey of megacity air quality data gathered by the
Global Environmental Monitoring System of the World Health Organization shows
that pollution concentrations stabilize after cities reach a moderate level of
development, and air quality then improves as cities become more
wealthy.125 Data compiled by the World Bank demonstrate an unmistakable
correlation between per capita income and access to safe drinking water and
sanitation as well as declining urban concentrations of particulate matter and
sulfur dioxide.126 Poverty and environmental degradation go hand in hand. . . .
Economic development, on the other hand, provides the financial and
technical resources needed for the protection of human health and natural
ecosystems.127 There are competing explanations for why local air quality
improves when per capita income reaches a certain point. Economic growth
may increase the demand for environmental quality, which is in many
respects a luxury good.128 The increased demand for environmental quality
manifests itself not only in the marketplace (by increased demand for lowpolluting technologies and various environmental goods and services) but also in
political demands for more aggressive pollution controls.129 Advanced
economies also rely less on heavy manufacturing and more on service industries,
which reduces national emissions. 130 Moreover, the manufacturing sector in
advanced economies is far more efficient and thus, less pollution intensive
than in less-developed economies.131 Advanced economies are also generally
characterized by more vigorous enforcement of property rights, contracts, and
the rule of law, which may play a significant role in pollution control. 132
Controlling for each of these variables in an attempt to explain the correlation
between rising per capita income and declining pollution levels is obviously
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
198
difficult. The relationship between growth in per capita income and

improvements in local air quality is now widely accepted within academia. 133
Fortunately, per capita income has grown dramatically in the developing world
since 1972by 13 percent in Africa, 72 percent in Asia and the Pacific, and 35
percent in Latin American and the Caribbean. Only West Asia experienced a
decline (6 percent) over that period.134 Unfortunately, many nations are still for
the time being on the wrong side of the curve. That is, air pollution may well
get temporarily worse with economic growth before it gets better.135 EKCs,
however, demonstrate that air quality is sustainable in the face of future
economic growth.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
199
Economy Solves Deforestation

Global growth is critical to stopping deforestation
Jerry Taylor 02 Cato Natural Resource Studies Director,
Academics whove examined the data conclude that deforestationwhere

it indeed existsis less a problem of global demand for timber and
croplands outstripping supply than it is a problem of politics. First, the lack
of private property rights to forest resources correlates strongly with
deforestation problems, suggesting that deforestation is a result of political
mismanagement of economic resources (an old story that could be told
about any number of industries in any number of socialist states). 67
Second, deforestation correlates strongly with poverty.68 Economists have
discovered, for instance, that once per capita incomes exceeded $4,760 in
Africa and $5,420 in Latin America, deforestation rates actually moderated
slightly.69 Thats largely because the main driver for deforestation in the
developing world is the need for more agricultural landland that wouldnt
be necessary if modern agricultural practices were available to increase
yields from existing agricultural lands.70 Yet modern agricultural practices
require capital inputs that are often beyond the means of poor economies .71
Another way poverty contributes to deforestation is the demand for wood
fuel that results from the lack of an electricity grid. 72 In West Africa, for
instance, 80 percent of domestic energy consumption is met by wood fuel.
In sub-Saharan Africa, wood fuel accounts for 63.5 percent of total energy
use.73 Poverty in the developing world, however, is a legacy of the lack of
property rights, the absence of the rule of law, and counterproductive
state interventions in the economy.74
Economic growth key to saving the worlds forest

Jack M. Hollander 03 Professor Emeritus, Energy and Resources &
Berkeley, 2003, The real environmental crisis, p. 130-1 (HARVUN3829)
Economic growth may also be a key ingredient of saving the forests.
Current improvements suggest that increased education and investment
opportunities arising from economic growth are beginning to
stimulate the application of efficient agricultural practices that
include modern irrigation systems, new technologies, and better
access to markets. In most cases, efficient agriculture will reduce or
eliminate the need for new agricultural land and the incentive to
clear marginal forests areas, and in favorable situations may even
allow some existing agricultural land to be returned to forest growth
(as is happening in the affluent countries). Further, to take pressure off
land, nonagricultural sectors of rural economies also need to be strengthened
through technological innovation, to assure higher productivity of both land
and labor. A very positive sign is that timber firms in Brazil have discovered
that sustainable management and reduced-impact logging of the forests can
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
200
be at least 10 percent more profitable than the reckless conventional

methods of timber extraction. And not least, higher economic valuation of the
rain forests can be achieved through their immense potential as ecotouristic
destinations, living laboratories for medical and pharmaceutical research, and
perhaps most important, cultural treasures that would take centuries to
replace.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
201
Economy Solves Resource Scarcity

Collapse in economic growth leads to massive resource
exploitation
Jerry W. Sanders, Prof. Peace and Conflict Studies, UC, Berkeley 1990

A substantial body of evidence exists to support the proposition that
unrestrained economic growth is incompatible with environmental stability
and balance. Nevertheless, it is equally clear that no nation is prepared to
forswear the orthodoxy of growth in favor of voluntary limits. Such daring
break from neoclassical thought can be contemplated, at most, only in an
international context of extraordinary coordination and management. But
here one encounters another contradiction- Declining growth, the anticipated
consequence of policy of limits, is better known for fostering conflict and
accelerated exploitation of resources, rather than cooperation and protection
of the environment. This being the case, it would appear we are poised on the
horns of a difficult dilemma unable to live with economic growth for
reasons of ecological limitation, but unable to live without growth for fear of
the social and political specter that might follow in its absence.
GROWTH SOLVES RESOURCE SHORTAGES THROUGH

INNOVATION.
Julian Simon 96 professor of business administration at the University of
Maryland, 1996,
The Ultimate Resource II, URL:
http://www.juliansimon.com/writings/Ultimate_Resource/TCHAR03A.txt
Now I'll restate this line of thought into a theory that will appear again and
again in the book: More people, and increased income, cause resources to
become more scarce in the short run. Heightened scarcity causes prices to
rise. The higher prices present opportunity, and prompt inventors
and entrepreneurs to search for solutions. Many fail in the search, at
cost to themselves. But in a free society, solutions are eventually
found. And in the long run the new developments leave us better off
than if the problems had not arisen. That is, prices eventually
become lower than before the increased scarcity occurred.
It is allimportant to recognize that discoveries of improved methods and of
substitute products are not just luck. They happen in response to an
increase in scarcity - a rise in cost. Even after a discovery is made, there is
a good chance that it will not be put into operation until there is need for it
due to rising cost. This point is important: Scarcity and technological
advance are not two unrelated competitors in a Malthusian race; rather, each
influences the other.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
202
Famine
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
203
Growth Good Famine

Economic advancement is a key component of food
security.
Timmer 4 (Peter, Center for Global Development, Food
Security And Economic Growth: An Asian Perspective
Heinz W. Arndt Memorial Lecture, Canberra, November 22,
2004 accessed 6/21/11 JF)
There is a different way to pose the question, however. Rather than asking how to cope with hunger and famine, the
question might be how to escape from their threat altogether. As Fogel (1991) has emphasised, this is a modern
question that is only partly answered by the institutional and technological innovations that are at the heart of
modern economic growth (Kuznets 1966). Without these innovations, the modern escape from hunger to food security
would not have been possible. But the record of economic growth for the developing countries since the 1950s shows
that, even in countries with relatively low levels of per capita income, government interventions to enhance food
security can lift the threat of hunger and famine. The countries most successful at this task are in East and Southeast Asia,
although the experience in South Asia has been instructive as well (Timmer 2000). This article has a main premise: an early
escape from hungerachieving food security at the societal levelis not just the result of oneway causation from economic
growth generated by private decisions in response to market forces. Improved food security stems directly
from a set of government policies that integrates the food economy into a
development strategy that seeks rapid economic growth with improved income
distribution (Timmer, Falcon and Pearson 1983). With such policies, economic growth and food security are
mutually reinforcing. Countries in East and Southeast Asia offer evidence that poor countries using this strategy can escape
from hunger in two decades or less that is, in the space of a single generation.
Economic growth is the only solution to famine

Mahder 8 (Ethiopian Development Website, Addressing
the root cause of famine and poverty in Ethiopia,
September 27, 2008,
http://mahder.com/pdf/Addressing_the_root_cause_of_fami
ne_and_poverty_in_Ethiopia..pdf, AD: 7-6-9)
It is well established that there
is a strong correlation between famine and economic

development or growth. Economic growth leads to development and reduction in
poverty and famine. Real economic growth embracing and benefiting all the citizens
of a country produces safety mechanisms which are of vital importance in alleviating
or avoiding displacements and live destruction emanating from famine . The suffering and
significant loss of lives resulting from persistent famines which are hitting Ethiopia could not be avoided
or even mitigated owing to the shrinking economy or increasing poverty in the country. On the other
hand, one can can not avoid but face the irony of Ethiopia failing to be self sufficient and feed its population despite
possessing all the potential to do so. Thus a critical examination of the major stumbling block or factor acting as a bottleneck
and preventing the country from eradicating or even coping with famine is necessary.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
204
Growth Good Famine

Economic development empirically averts famine.
Norberg 3 (Johan, Senior Fellow at the Cato Institute, In
Defense of Global Capitalism, p. 33-34, AD: 7-6-9)
Higher-yield, more-resistant crops

have been developed, at the same time as sowing, irrigation,
manuring, and harvesting methods have improved dramatically .
Such is the triumph of the green revolution.
New, efficient strains of wheat account for more than 75 percent of wheat production in the
developing countries, and farmers there are estimated to have earned nearly $5 billion as a result
of the change. In southern India, the green revolution is estimated to have boosted farmers' real
earnings by 90 percent and those of landless peasants by 125 percent over 20 years. Its impact has
been least in Africa, but even there the green revolution has raised maize production per acre by
Without this revolution, it is estimated that

world prices of wheat and rice would be nearly 40 percent
higher than they are today and that roughly another 2 percent of the world's children
between 10 and 40 percent.
children who are now getting enough to eatwould have suffered from chronic malnourishment .
Today's food problem has nothing to do with overpopulation.

Hunger today is a problem of access to the available knowledge
and technology, to wealth, and to the secure background
conditions that make food production possible . Many researchers believe
that if modern farming techniques were applied in all the world's agriculture, we would already be
able, here and now, to feed another billion or so people.10 The incidence of major famine disasters
has also declined dramatically, largely as a result of the spread of democracy. Starvation has
occurred in states of practically every kindcommunist regimes, colonial empires, technocratic
dictatorships, and ancient tribal societies. In all cases they have been centralized, authoritarian
states that suppressed free debate and the workings of the market. As Amartya Sen observes, there
Even poor democracies like

India and Botswana have avoided starvation, despite having a
poorer food supply than many countries where famine has
struck. By contrast, communist states like China, the Soviet
Union, Cambodia, Ethiopia, and North Korea, as well as colonies
like India under the British Raj, have experienced starvation. This
shows that famine is caused by dictatorship, not by food shortage. Famine is induced by
leaders destroying production and trade, making war, and
ignoring the plight of the starving population. Sen maintains that
has never been a famine disaster in a democracy.
democracies are spared starvation for the simple reason that it is easily prevented if the rulers of a
society wish to prevent it. Rulers can refrain from impeding the distribution of food, and they can
create jobs for people who would not be able to afford food purchases in times of crisis. But
dictators are under no pressure: they can eat their fill however badly off their people are, whereas
democratic leaders will be unseated if they fail to address food distribution problems. Additionally, a
free press makes the general public aware of the problems, so that they can be tackled in time. In a
dictatorship, even the leaders may be deceived by censorship. Much evidence suggests that
China's leaders were reassured by their own propaganda and their subordinates' laundered
statistics while 30 million people died of starvation during the Great Leap Forward between 1958
and 1961.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
205
Economy Solves Food Security/Famine

Growth is critical to food security
The positive trend in food availability is unlikely to reverse itself for

several reasons. First, there are tremendous unrealized opportunities to
exponentially expand global food production simply through the application of existing Western technology and agricultural practices in lessdeveloped countries. 30 Second, advances in nonexotic technology and
information services are beginning to radically improve yields as they
have in many other industries.31 Third, agricultural science is progressing
in record leaps and bounds, promising even greater expansions in
agricultural productivity and nutritional improvements. 32 Fourth,
economic growth produces greater food availability (largely by
making more capital available for advanced agricultural practices),
and few economists expect the global economy to stop growing in
real terms in the future.33 Finally, global population is now projected to
level off at around 11 billion by the year 2200,34 a figure well within the
agricultural carrying capacity of the planet.35
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
206
Economy Solves Water Scarcity

Growth is essential to solve water scarcity/wars
Providing universal access to water in the developing world would cost
approximately $200 billion, suggesting that the problem will soon disappear
given even modest economic growth. 95
Economic growth is critical save 5 million lives a year from

particulate matter and bad water
Indeed, the most serious environmental problems today are manifestly the
consequnce of poverty and lack of development . Approximately 2 million
people in developing countries die every year from exposure to high
concentrations of particulate matter in indoor environments in rural areas,
a direct result of burning primitive biomass fuels. 278 Electrification would
save far more lives than any conceivable set of environmental regulatory
initiatives, but electrification cannot occur without further economic
development. Another 3 million people die every year in Africa due to poor
water quality, another problem that could be easily remedied by investment
in water treatment facilities.279 But those investments will not come without
economic growth.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
207
Health
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
208
Growth Good Health General

Development economics makes it possible to close the
health gap.
Fogel 94 (Robert W., Winner of Noble Prize in Economics,
Economic Growth, Population Theory, and Physiology: The
Bearing of Long-Term Processes on the Making of
Economic Policy, 370, AH)
Third, a
widespread effort was undertaken to determine the relationship between the

food supply and mortality rates. There were several aspects to this effort. Perhaps the most
important was the emergence of a science of nutrition that identified a series of diseases related to specific nutritional
deficiencies and discovered the synergy between nutrition and infection (Nevin S. Scrimshaw et al., 1968). Another
aspect was the emergence of the field of development economics after World War II as
part of the campaign to close the yawning gap in income, health, and life expectancy
between the industrialized nations and the "developing nations." Still another aspect was the
combined effort of economic and demographic historians to study the role of mortality crises and their relationship to famines
during the 17th and 18th centuries.
Healthy economies promote healthy populations.

Bloom & Canning 8 (David E. & David, Bloom is Clarence
James Gamble Professor of Economics and Demography
and Chair and Canning is Professor of Economics and
International Health, Population Health and Economic
Growth, 1-2, AH)
Improvements in health may be as important as improvements in income in thinking about development and human welfare.
Good health can be thought of as a goal in its own right independently of its relationship with income. However, there is
a link between health and income mat is important for policy purposes. To the extent
that health follows income, income growth should be the priority for developing countries. To
the extent that income is a consequence of he aim, investments in health, even in the poorest developing countries, may be a
priority. This argument for health as an investment good is particularly relevant since mere are cheap and easily
implementable health policies that can improve health dramatically even in the poorest countries. Empirically, high
levels of population health go hand in hand with high levels of national income. This
is not unexpected. Higher incomes promote better health through improved nutrition,
better access to safe water and sanitation, and increased ability to purchase more and
better-quality health care. However, health may be not only a consequence but also a cause of high income. This
can work through a number of mechanisms (Bloom and Canning, 2000). The first is the role of health in labor productivity.
Healthy workers lose less time from work due to ill health and are more productive when working. The second is the effect of
health on education. Childhood health can have a direct effect on cognitive development and the ability to leam as well as
school attendance. In addition, because adult mortality and morbidity (sickness) can lower the prospective returns to
investments in schooling, improving adult health can raise the incentives to invest in education. The third is the effect of
health on savings. A longer prospective lifespan can increase the incentive to save for retirement, generating higher levels of
saving and wealth, and a healthy workforce can increase the incentives for business investment. In addition, health care costs
can force families to sell productive assets, forcing them into long-term poverty. The fourth is the effect of population health
on population numbers and age structure.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
209
Low health leads to extinction.

Smith, Sax, & Lafferty 6 (Katherine F., Dov F., & Kevin D.,
University of Georgia Institute of Ecology, Conservation
Biology Volume 20, 1350, AH)
Recent studies suggest that infectious
diseases in wildlife populations are emerging at unusually high

rates (Harvell et al. 1999, 2002; Epstein 2001). Emerging infectious diseases (EIDs) are those caused by parasites and
pathogens that have recently increased in incidence, occupied host species or geographic extent; have been newly discovered;
or are caused by a newly evolved agent (Lederberg et al. 1992; Daszak et al. 2000). The diversity of EIDs
afflicting wildlife, coupled with the fear that an increased frequency of outbreaks will
occur in the future, have raised concern that infectious disease may play a strong role
in species extinction (Holmes 1996; Daszak et al. 2000; Harvell et al. 2002). Indeed, infectious diseases
can extirpate local populations, mediate community dynamics, and shrink host ranges
(McCallum & Dobson 1995; Daszak et al. 1999; Lafferty 2003; Walsh et al. 2003).
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
210
Growth Good Health General

Disease causes armed conflict and civil war.
Letendre, Fincher, & Thornhill 10 (K, CL, & R, U.S. National
Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health, 4-1,
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22Letendre
%20K%22%5BAuthor%5D, 6-21-11, AH)
Geographic and cross-national variation in the frequency of intrastate armed conflict and civil war is a subject of great
interest. Previous theory on this variation has focused on the influence on human behaviour of climate, resource competition,
national wealth, and cultural characteristics. We present the parasite-stress model of intrastate
conflict, which unites previous work on the correlates of intrastate conflict by linking
frequency of the outbreak of such conflict, including civil war, to the intensity of
infectious disease across countries of the world. High intensity of infectious disease
leads to the emergence of xenophobic and ethnocentric cultural norms. These cultures suffer
greater poverty and deprivation due to the morbidity and mortality caused by disease, and as a result of decreased investment
in public health and welfare. Resource competition among xenophobic and ethnocentric groups
within a nation leads to increased frequency of civil war. We present support for the parasite-stress
model with regression analyses. We find support for a direct effect of infectious disease on intrastate armed conflict, and
support for an indirect effect of infectious disease on the incidence of civil war via its negative effect on national wealth.
We
consider the entanglements of feedback of conflict into further reduced wealth and
increased incidence of disease, and discuss implications for international warfare and global patterns of wealth
and imperialism.
Disease causes extinction.

Yu 9 (Victoria, Dartmouth Undergraduate Journal of
Science, 5-22, http://dujs.dartmouth.edu/spring2009/human-extinction-the-uncertainty-of-our-fate, 6-2311)
A pandemic will kill off all humans.
In the past, humans have indeed fallen victim to viruses. Perhaps the
best-known case was the bubonic plague that killed up to one third of the European population in the mid-14th century (7).
While vaccines have been developed for the plague and some other infectious diseases,
new viral strains are constantly emerging a process that maintains the possibility
of a pandemic-facilitated human extinction. Some surveyed students mentioned AIDS as a
potential pandemic-causing virus. It is true that scientists have been unable thus far to find a sustainable cure
for AIDS, mainly due to HIVs rapid and constant evolution. Specifically, two factors account for the viruss abnormally high
mutation rate: 1. HIVs use of reverse transcriptase, which does not have a proof-reading mechanism, and 2. the lack of an
error-correction mechanism in HIV DNA polymerase (8). Luckily, though, there are certain characteristics of HIV that make
it a poor candidate for a large-scale global infection: HIV can lie dormant in the human body for years without manifesting
itself, and AIDS itself does not kill directly, but rather through the weakening of the immune system. However, for more
easily transmitted viruses such as influenza, the evolution of new strains could prove far more consequential. The
simultaneous occurrence of antigenic drift (point mutations that lead to new strains) and antigenic
shift (the inter-species transfer of disease) in the influenza virus could produce a new version of
influenza for which scientists may not immediately find a cure. Since influenza can spread
quickly, this lag time could potentially lead to a global influenza pandemic, according to the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention (9). The most recent scare of this variety came in 1918 when bird flu managed to kill over 50 million people
around the world in what is sometimes referred to as the Spanish flu pandemic. Perhaps even more frightening is the fact that
only 25 mutations were required to convert the original viral strain which could only infect birds into a human-viable
strain (10).
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
211
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
212
Growth Good Health General UQ

The recession has led to decrease in funding for the
global health initiative.
Cohn 11 (Jonathan, The New Republic, 3-24,
http://www.tnr.com/blog/jonathan-cohn/85725/malaria-hivtb-libya-republican-budget-cut, 6-22-11, AH)
When House
Republicans passed H.R.1, their proposal to fund the federal government for the rest of the fiscal year,
they voted to reduce global health funding by more than $1 billion from the 2010 level.
That reduction is actually slightly bigger than it might seem, for the same reason your purchasing power declines when you
dont get a raise: Funding must rise just to keep up with inflation. And while a billion dollars is not a huge
amount of cash, given the size of the federal budget, global health money buys a lot of
treatment for very little money--which means, ironically, that even nominally small
cuts can reduce program reach significantly.
Resistant bacteria strains are proliferating now, causing disease.
Evenson 2 (Brad, The National Post- Canada, 9-30,

http://www.rense.com/general29/asani.htm, 6-22-11, AH)
Antibiotic-resistant bacteria kill more than 40,000 North Americans a year, and the
numbers will soar unless the so-called super-germs are brought under control, a new
book warns. The book, The Killers Within, charts the acceleration of resistant infections that began with a few cases in the
late 1980s and is now spiralling out of control. The germs, once killed easily with standard
antibiotics, can disintegrate skin, clog the lungs and carve golf-ball-size abscesses in
flesh. "The bad bugs are getting stronger and they're getting stronger faster," says coauthor Mark Plotkin, a Smithsonian Institution ethnobotanist whom Time magazine dubbed a "Hero of the Planet" in 1998.
"We feel like we're looking at almost a hyper-evolutionary period," he says. While West Nile virus is grabbing headlines for
killing about 100 people, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates 44,000 people in North America die
annually of infections from drug-resistant germs. Some experts believe the numbers are higher. The epidemic
comes as pharmaceutical companies have all but stopped doing research on

antibiotics. "They'd rather develop lifestyle drugs like Viagra and blood-pressure
medicine that you're going to take every day of your life for 40 years, " says Dr. Plotkin, who
concedes a few drug companies are pursuing new antimicrobials. "If you're selling antibiotics, I'm going to take it for a
week, and I'm either going to get better or I'm going to die." Even the newest types of antibiotics , such as
Synercid and Zyvox, are
already threatened by resistant strains.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
213
Growth Good Health Infant Mortality

Better health can ease population pressure by decreasing infant
mortality.
Bloom & Canning 8 (David E. & David, Bloom is Clarence James Gamble
Professor of Economics and Demography and Chair and Canning is Professor
of Economics and International Health, Population Health and Economic
Growth, 9, AH)
Improvements in health and decreases in mortality rates can catalyze a
transition from high to low rates of fertility and mortalitythe
demographic transition (Lee, 2003). Population growth is the difference
between birth and death rates (ignoring migration) and the global population
explosion in the twentieth century is attributable to improvements in health
and falling death rates. In developing countries, health advances tend
to lower infant and child mortality rates, leading initially to a surge
in the number of children. Reduced infant mortality, increased
numbers of surviving children, and rising wages for women can
lower desired fertility (see Schultz, 1997) leading to smaller cohorts
of children in future generations. Better access to family planning can
also help couples match more closely their fertility desires and realizations.
Low mortality lowers extinction risk.

Mode and Jacobson 86 (Charles and Marc, U of
Philadelphia and Pennsylvania, 9-29,
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/00255564
8790006X, 6-23-11, AH)
An environmental process was characterized by a stationary second order autogressive process with Gaussian noise. This
process was then linked to survivorship and reproductive success by logistic transformations. The sensitivity of
extinction probabilities to variations in the parameters of the environmental process was studied by computer
experiments in Monte Carlo integration. Against
the background of the rather limited number of

fertility and mortality levels studied in these experiments, the extinction probabilities
were demonstrated to be quite sensitive to variations in the parameters of the
environmental process. Although more extensive experiments will need to be carried out, those conducted so far
suggest that concerted efforts should be made to model those environmental factors
that are critical to the survivability of an endangered species in assessing its chances
for continued existence.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
214
Growth Good Health Infant Mortality UQ

Infant mortality rates are increasing.
Lallanilla 5 (Marc, ABC News, 11-1,
http://abcnews.go.com/Health/GlobalHealth/story?
id=1266515, 6-22-11, AH)
What's causing the increased death rate among babies in the United States? While the health of infants in many countries is
improving, babies born in the United States now face an increased risk of dying in the
first year of life. The U.S. infant mortality rate is on the rise for the first time since
1958, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. In 2001, the infant
mortality rate was 6.8 deaths per 1,000 live births -- in 2002, the rate rose to 7.0. (2003
data is not yet complete.)
Growth Good Health AIDS

Economic growth is necessary to fund the fight against AIDS,
Tuberculosis, and Malaria.
Shah 9 (Anup, Degree in Computer Science and Founder of
Globalissues.org, 11-29, http://www.globalissues.org/ article/90/aids-inafrica#Globalfundshelpglobalfinancialcrisishinders, 6-21-11, AH)
The global financial crisisa problem largely caused by rich nationshas
led to some African countries cutting their health and HIV budgets.
Their health budgets and resources have been constrained for many
years already, so this crisis makes a bad situation worse: Already,
large percentages of households in Sub-Saharan Africa are poor, and the
large number of people on treatment means ever-increasing treatment
program costs. Yet, Sub-Saharan Africa only accounts for one percent of
global health expenditure and two percent of the global health workforce.
Currently, only one third of HIV-positive Africans in need of
antiretroviral (ARV) treatment can access it. Dr Bactrin Killingo,
chairperson of the Nairobi-based Collaborative Fund for HIV Treatment
Preparedness [says, ] If current cost constraints faced by HIV
treatment programmes are not addressed, while the demand for
expensive second-line treatment increases, we will soon find
ourselves in a situation similar to the 1990s, where millions of lives
were lost unnecessarily because people could not afford the
treatment they needed to stay alive. And it is not just poor nations
health funds at risk. IPS adds that even international donor organizations
have started to feel the financial crunch: The Global Fund to Fight AIDS,
Tuberculosis and Malaria recently announced it is at least $4 billion
short of the money it will need to continue funding essential HIV, TB
and malaria services in 2010. The coalition believes there is a $10.7
billion funding gap for regional implementation of the Global Plan to
Stop TB alone.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
215
AIDS is a disease of economic hardship.

Shah 9 (Anup, Degree in Computer Science and Founder of Globalissues.org, 1129, http://www.globalissues.org/ article/90/aids-in-africa#Globalfundshelpglobalfinancialcrisishinders, 621-11, AH)
Although there are numerous factors in the spread of HIV/AIDS, it is
largely recognised as a disease of

poverty, hitting hardest where people are marginalised and suffering economic
hardship. IMF designed Structural Adjustment Programmes (SAPs), adopted by debtor countries as a condition of debt
relief, are hurting, not working. By pushing poor people even deeper into poverty, SAPs may be
increasing their vulnerability to HIV infection, and reinforcing conditions where the
scourge of HIV/AIDS can flourish.
AIDS will cause extinction.
KRQE News 2 (8-28, http://www.rense.com/general28/exc.htm, 6-23-11, AH)
"We are faced with extinction," said Dr. Banu Khan, head of the
National AIDS Co-ordinating Agency in Botswana. Swaziland will
see an average of 33 years and Zimbabwe, Zambia and Namibia 34
years. Angola, Lesotho, Malawi, Rwanda and Mali will see life
expectancy drop to the mid- to late 30s. Without AIDS, average life
in southern Africa would have been around 70 years by 2010. The
figures are the latest in a series that show Africa buckling under the
growing AIDS epidemic. Sub-Saharan Africa has 28.5 million of the
world's 40 million infected people. Stephen Lewis, Canada's former
ambassador the United Nations, said Canada's response to the crisis
has been "abysmal, wholly inadequate."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
216
Growth Good Health AIDS UQ

AIDS is currently spreading, new measures are needed to
contain it.
Associated Press 5 (6-2,
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/8072321/ns/healthaids/t/aids-spreading-faster-efforts-stop-it/, 6-22-11, AH)
Secretary-General Kofi Annan on Thursday warned that the
AIDS epidemic is accelerating on every

continent and called for more money and leadership to halt its spread by the U.N. target date
of 2015. In an opening address to representatives of 127 countries at a high-level conference, Annan said the scale of the
global response to the scourge of AIDS has been significant, but insufficient because it has not
matched the epidemic in scale. Last year saw more new infections and more AIDS-related deaths than ever
before, he said. Indeed, HIV and AIDS expanded at an accelerating rate on every
continent. Treatment and prevention efforts lacking Treatment and prevention
efforts also were insufficient, Annan said. Only 12 percent of the people in need of
antiretroviral therapies in low- and middle-income countries were receiving them . And
while young people especially young women account for more than half of all new infections , most of the
worlds young people still lacked meaningful access to youth-oriented prevention
services, he said. It is now clear that the epidemic continues to outrun our efforts to
contain it, he said.
AIDS is spreading at an alarming rate.

Duru 11 (Peter, Staff Writer for Vanguard News, 6-16,
http://www.vanguardngr.com/2011/06/hivaids-spread-inbenue-worries-unicef/, 6-22-11, AH)
The United Nation Childrens Fund, UNICEF, has decried the alarming
prevalence of HIV/AIDS in Benue State which is said to be the
highest in the country. The National HIV Sentinel Report put the
prevalence at 12.4 per cent; which is far above the national average
of a little above 4 per cent. Dr. Femi Adeyemi, a HIV Specialist (Care),
UNICEF A-Field Office, Enugu, said this in Makurdi. In a paper, entitled; An
AIDS-Free Generation is Possible Through Elimination of Mother-To-ChildTransmission, during a quarterly media breakfast meeting with newsmen,
Adeyemi said UNICEF was surprised at the rate the virus was
spreading in the rural communities of the Middle Belt region in the
country. Adeyemi said that the virus was attacking more victims in the
rural communities of the state; as against known trends of high
infestation rates in urban centres. He noted that the prevalence of
the pandemic in 10 states under the Field-A office was higher than
the national average which, according to him, called for concerted effort
on the part of governments and stakeholders to bring down the rate of
spread of the virus. The HIV specialist regretted that the rate of transmission
of the virus through mother-to-children was to a large extent aiding the
spread of the disease and hampering the fight against the scourges in the
country.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
217
Growth Good Health Ebola

A healthy economy is key to combating ebola.
Schultz 3 (Steven, Princeton Weekly Bulletin, 4-14,
http://www.princeton.edu/pr/ pwb/03/0414/7a.shtml, 6-21-11, AH)
The Ebola problem also demands immediate financial support for
rigorous studies of the forces driving the epidemic, Walsh said. He
recommended that Congress make a $10 million emergency
supplement to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Great Ape Conservation
Fund earmarked specifically for Ebola field research and intervention.
Walsh said the ape problem progressed as far as it has in part
because of a lack funding for large-scale studies that are not tied to
small, individual projects. He attributed the success of the study to the
dedication of Lee White and other researchers with the Wildlife Conservation
Society, for which Walsh worked before coming to Princeton in 1999.
Researchers with the society, the World Wildlife Fund, and the Gabonese
Water and Forests Ministry gathered important data as part of a successful
project to create 13 national parks in Gabon. "People in the field knew that
commercial hunting was taking a huge toll but it took 10 extra years to piece
together the data to make it a compelling story. Let's not make the same
mistake with Ebola."
Ebola could wipe-out a huge percentage of humanity.

Chicago Tribune 94 (10-16,
http://articles.chicagotribune.com/1994-1016/features/9410160231_1 _marburg-virus-ebola-hot-zone,
6-23-11, AH)
The answer you want to hear to the question posed by this story's headline is, of course, "No." But the best you'll get from
Richard Preston, who knows a great deal about the brilliantly colored virus that benignly dots this page, is a halting,
"Probably not. It is, however, likely that this could be a slate wiper. It could wipe out a vast portion
of humanity." The virus is Ebola. It is named for a river in Zaire. It is almost unimaginably
lethal. "Ebola kills 9 out of 10 people who contract it. And Ebola does in 10 days
what it takes AIDS 10 years to accomplish," says Preston.
Ebola could mutate, risking extinction.

Boyd 2 (Robert, Herald Washington Bureau, 1-18,
http://www.aegis.org/news/mh/2002/ MH020106.html, 623-11, AH)
They are responsible for a host of ailments ranging from pesky common colds to the devastating HIV epidemic and
incurable killers like Ebola, again on the prowl in Africa. Unlike bacteria _ much larger germs that can usually
be controlled by antibiotics _ most viruses cannot be defeated with existing medications. Antibiotics work only against living
organisms, and viruses lack most of the features of life. They cannot move, eat or reproduce on their own, but must depend
on the genes they steal from their unwilling host. In addition, viruses evolve rapidly. A new strain capable of causing a
global epidemic, like the flu virus that killed 25 million people in 1918-19, could emerge at any moment, Crawford wrote in
her recent book, "The Invisible Enemy: A Natural History of Viruses" (Oxford University Press, 2000). Some
scientists even speculate that a future "doomsday virus" combining the worst features of smallpox
and Ebola could wipe out the human race. Joshua Lederberg, a Nobel Prize-winning biologist at Rockefeller
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
218
"Barring what we
do to one another, if anything is going to wipe out humankind, it will be a virus ,"
University in New York, has called viruses "the single biggest threat" to human life on the planet.
Lederberg said.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
219
Growth Good Health Ebola UQ

Ebola can always get out of control.
Pearse 97 (J, Staff, Sep.19,
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12321236, 6-22-11,
AH)
This article discusses infection prevention and control in Africa and describes an available manual for infection control.
The
effectiveness of prevention and control efforts is dependent on health care services and
the prevalence of disease. Funding for health care, the perceived economic impact of infection control, and trained
administrators determine the availability of health services and the spread of disease. The challenge is to
provide cleanliness, aseptic techniques in patient care, and protection for the health
worker. If the hospital infection rate is as high as 15% of admissions and each case
requires an additional 7 days of hospitalization, the estimated costs nationally could
exceed US $110 million. Africa has a massive infectious disease burden, in addition to HIV and tuberculosis. The
spread of Ebola fever shows how out-of-control infections can become. Most African
countries are unequipped with infrastructure to handle surveillance of the new
resistant bacterial strains resulting from indiscriminate use of antibiotics. In Zimbabwe,
infection and prevention control was proved possible and cost effective. Education was provided at the village level in basic
hygiene, home nursing, construction of fly-proof pit toilets, and a safe water supply. Training of trainers expanded the process
of education. The "Infection Control Manual" provides the manager with the principles and background knowledge for
prevention and control of infections. The Infection Control Association of Southern Africa is a useful source of information,
standards, and support base.
Diseases like Ebola can get out of control under current

conditions.
Anderson 11 (Phil, St. Rosemary Educational Institution,
6-1, http://schoolworkhelper.net/ 2011/06/ebola-virushistory-transmission, 6-22-11, AH)
On the other hand many third world countries
could have serious problems if there is an

outbreak due to unsanitary living and medical conditions. The hospitals and medical personnel
reuse needles that have been infected and they dont use latex or any other kind of gloves which can be a cause of widespread
sickness. Everyone hopes that diseases like Ebola will not get out of control before a cure
can be found. Such hopes seem unreasonable due to the facilities available in some
areas of the world.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
220
Growth Good Health TB

The fight against drug-resistant tuberculosis is expensive;
healthy economy is needed to support funding.
Oliver 7 (Jove, Staff Writer for Results, 2-7,
http://results.techriver.net/website/article.asp? id=2572,
6-21-11, AH)
The Pentagons announcement of plans to open an African Command (AFRICOM) comes amid a flurry of recent reports
about a growing epidemic of extremely drug-resistant tuberculosis (XDR-TB) in Africa that spreads through the air and that
is impervious to most existing anti-TB drugs. An outbreak in South Africa that began last year initially killed within a matter
of weeks 52 of 53 people infected with XDR-TB. Now, more than 400 people are infected with the strain in Africa.
XDR-TB will be one of the most serious and virtually incurable health threats to our
troops in Africa, said Dr. Lee Reichman, executive director of the New Jersey Medical Schools Global Tuberculosis
Institute. Its Ebola with wings. The dearth of laboratories in African countries means numerous cases of drug-
resistant TB remain undetected and if we do not scale up our investment in TB

control now, this will spiral out of control threatening our troops and their African counterparts.
According to the Pentagon, AFRICOM will focus heavily on humanitarian assistance and disaster relief, putting some U.S.
military personnel in close contact with XDR-TB and other drug-resistant forms of TB. To protect our military personnel
from this grave airborne threat, investments that strengthen laboratory capacity to detect and control XDR-TB and improve
treatment of basic TB to stop progression to drug-resistance must be undertaken. The World Health Organization has called
for emergency action by donor governments to boost surveillance capacity to detect XDR-TB in Africa and to improve TB
control systems to prevent further emergence of drug-resistant strains of TB. With large numbers of our troops en route to
Africa, we are calling on Congress to provide $300 million in emergency funding to
battle the scourge of XDR-TB through the defense supplemental spending bill, said Joanne Carter, director of
global initiatives at RESULTS and RESULTS Educational Fund. Not only will emergency funding protect the lives of our
troops and save U.S. taxpayers money, but at the end of the day it is the right thing to do for millions in Africa at risk from
these lethal strains. The $300 million being called for in the defense supplemental spending
bill is a mere 0.3 percent of the total request. President Bush included a request for emergency funding to
fight avian flu in the supplemental spending bill. Avian flu while a serious potential threat has killed a total of 166
people since its discovery, while TB routinely kills nearly 2 million people per year. The respected Center for Global
Development argues that avian flu and XDR-TB are the two most important global health
issues for 2007.

Economic growth is necessary to fund the fight against tuberculosis,
AIDS, and Malaria.
Shah 9 (Anup, Degree in Computer Science and Founder of
Globalissues.org, 11-29, http://www.globalissues.org/ article/90/aids-inafrica#Globalfundshelpglobalfinancialcrisishinders, 6-21-11, AH)
The global financial crisisa problem largely caused by rich nationshas
led to some African countries cutting their health and HIV budgets.
Their health budgets and resources have been constrained for many
years already, so this crisis makes a bad situation worse: Already,
large percentages of households in Sub-Saharan Africa are poor, and the
large number of people on treatment means ever-increasing treatment
program costs. Yet, Sub-Saharan Africa only accounts for one percent of
global health expenditure and two percent of the global health workforce.
Currently, only one third of HIV-positive Africans in need of
antiretroviral (ARV) treatment can access it. Dr Bactrin Killingo,
chairperson of the Nairobi-based Collaborative Fund for HIV Treatment
Preparedness [says, ] If current cost constraints faced by HIV
treatment programmes are not addressed, while the demand for
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
221
expensive second-line treatment increases, we will soon find

ourselves in a situation similar to the 1990s, where millions of lives
were lost unnecessarily because people could not afford the
treatment they needed to stay alive. And it is not just poor nations
health funds at risk. IPS adds that even international donor organizations
have started to feel the financial crunch: The Global Fund to Fight AIDS,
Tuberculosis and Malaria recently announced it is at least $4 billion
short of the money it will need to continue funding essential HIV, TB
and malaria services in 2010. The coalition believes there is a $10.7
billion funding gap for regional implementation of the Global Plan to
Stop TB alone.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
222
Growth Good Health TB

Key to prevent extinction.
Unruh 7 (Bob, World Net Daily Staff, 6-24,
http://www.wnd.com/?pageId=42238, 6-23-11, AH)
The World Health Organization is appealing for billions of dollars in funding to avert
the apocalypse en route if a virtually untreatable form of tuberculosis that already
infects 30,000 people a year is left unchecked. The TB, called XDR-TB for extensively drug resistant, is
virtually immune to currently available antibiotics, turning aside the effects of both front-line and secondary drugs, officials
have said. It has been in the news of late because of an American airline passenger, Andrew Speaker, an Atlanta, Ga., lawyer,
who was diagnosed, then traveled to Europe for his wedding, and returned, on commercial airliners, potentially exposing
hundreds of people to the frequently fatal disease. He now is being treated at a special center in Denver that deals with cases
of tuberculosis. "XDR-TB is a threat to the security and stability of global health. This
response plan identifies costs, milestones and priorities for health services that will
continue to have an impact beyond its two-year time line," said WHO Director-General Dr.
Margaret Chan.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
223
Growth Good Health TB UQ

Drug-resistant TB is proliferating alarmingly.
Johnson 9 (Tim, Staff Writer for McClatchy Newspapers, 41, http://www.mcclatchydc.com/2009/04/01/65242/unkiller-strains-of-tuberculosis.html, 6-22-11, AH)
The world is on the cusp of an explosion of drug-resistant tuberculosis cases that
could deluge hospitals and leave physicians fighting a nearly untreatable malady with
little help from modern drugs, global experts said Wednesday. "The situation is already
alarming, and poised to grow much worse very quickly," said Dr. Margaret Chan, the directorgeneral of the World Health Organization. With Bill Gates at her side, Chan urged health officials from 27 countries at a
three-day forum in Beijing on drug-resistant TB to recognize the warning signs of what looms ahead, saying that
traditional drugs are useless against some strains of tuberculosis and health-care costs
for treating those strains can be 100 to 200 times more than for regular tuberculosis.
"This is a situation set to spiral out of control. Call it what you may: a time bomb or a
powder keg. Any way you look at it, this is a potentially explosive situation ," Chan warned.
Gates, the software magnate turned philanthropist, said scientific overconfidence had led to a lack of innovation and urgency
in fighting tuberculosis, which affects 9 million people each year, killing nearly 2 million of them. "The most commonly
used diagnostic test is today more than 125 years old," Gates said. "The vaccine was developed more than
80 years ago, and drugs have not changed in 50 years." Tuberculosis is a highly
contagious bacterial infection that attacks the lungs and can affect other organs as well. Coughing, sneezing and
even talking can spread the bacteria. If untreated, a person with TB can infect 10 to 15 other people in
a year. Once thought conquered in developed countries, virulent forms of tuberculosis are again on the march, caused
often by improper use of drugs and poorly managed treatment regimes. It remains largely a disease of poverty. Chan said that
traditional treatment often left the patient wishing to end the medicine. "Instead of
taking two to four pills, one has to take 13 pills. Put yourself in the position of the patient. Thirteen pills
are not 13 candies," Chan said, noting that courses of treatment can last four to six months and patients don't like the hassle of
taking the pills for so long. Outbreaks of multi-drug-resistant strains of tuberculosis are highest in India, China, Russia,
South Africa and Bangladesh. Scientists now see even worse strains, which they label extensively drug-resistant TB,
that can
be treated neither with the two principal anti-TB drugs nor with more
expensive second-line drugs. In early 2007, 20 countries reported cases of the more fatal TB. By the end of last
year, 54 countries reported the malady. Jorge Sampaio, the U.N. secretary general's special envoy to halt
TB, called the extensively drug-resistant strain "a very deadly and devastating
epidemic."
Tuberculosis is at an all time high.

Borland 11 (Sophie, Writer for Daily Mail, 6-3,
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/health/article1393814/Tuberculosis-TB-jab-thousands-babies-NHSadmits-infection-control.html, 6-22-11, AH)
Thousands of babies could be vaccinated against tuberculosis amid concern over
soaring rates of infection. The number of cases has risen by 50 per cent in the past
decade and NHS officials fear it is becoming out of control. Doctors and managers of health trusts
in London which has the highest infection rates in Britain are drawing up plans to vaccinate all babies within six weeks of
birth. GPs would be encouraged to test for the disease in all new patients registering with their surgery, particularly those
coming from countries with very high infection rates. The plans would also see family doctors, nurses and midwives and
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
224
housing workers undergo extra training to help them spot the symptoms of the illness a
notorious killer well

into the 20th century. Rates of TB have hit a 30-year high with 9,040 infections in
Britain last year, Health Protection Agency figures show. This is the highest number
recorded since 1979, when there were 9,266 cases. The disease is often brought into the country by
immigrants from India, South-East Asia and Africa, and it is also common amongst the homeless and drug users. London has
by far the highest rates of infections in Britain, accounting for 40 per cent of the country's total number of cases.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
225
Growth Good Health Biotech

Biotech research is a costly endeavor that requires
optimal economic conditions.
Goswami & Vorhaus 11 (Sharon & Dan, Genomics Law
Report, 5-5,
http://www.genomicslawreport.com/index.php/
2011/05/05/news-roundup-biotech-funding-and-ldtregulation/, 6-21-11, AH)
Despite speculation that a recent rise in venture capital investments is indicative of a bubble, to be followed soon by a plunge
in available investment capital, venture capital investments in the life sciences are holding steady, both in total dollars and in
the size of an average financing. Thus, says Bruce Booth, a partner at Atlas Venture and author of Life Sci VC, there appears
to be no bubble to debate, at least not in the life sciences. Booth observes that overall funding is down
considerably from the recent highs in 2007 and 2008 and, while other industries may
be experiencing fewer but larger financings, the data doesnt support a frothy
market for LS venture financings these days. Still, biotechnology innovation is neither easy nor
cheap, leading venture firms to explore new product development and financing
models. Large pharmaceutical companies, meanwhile, are also seeking to reinvent how
they develop products in the face of a looming patent cliff. As the patents protecting
many branded pharmaceuticals begin to expire, as will happen with Pfizers cholesterol drug Lipitor
later this year, sales of these lucrative drugs will decline due to aggressive competition from generic pharmaceutical
manufacturers. While not everyone is convinced that the patent cliff is a real phenomenon, real or not, big pharma certainly
appears to be facing pressure to find new ways to identify and develop therapeutics.
The biotech industry is struggling; economic growth is

needed for a boost.
Mirasol 9 (Feliza, Staff Writer for ICIS, 3-10,
http://www.icis.com/Articles/2009/03/16/ 9198664/biotechfunding-slows-as-investors-conserve-cash.html, 6-21-11,
AH)
Biotech companies are preparing for tougher times, as funding slows for all but primary projects and the most promising
research. Small start-up biotech firms are especially suffering as investors look to
conserve as much cash as possible. "It's going to be a tough year coming up, and there
are many companies that are facing cash shortfalls. 2009 is going to be challenging," says John
Richert, vice president for business and technology development for the US-based North Carolina Biotechnology Center
(NCBC). Investors, and venture funds in particular, that have already made investments in companies, will conserve their
cash in order to continue making investments in these companies, according to Richert. The goal is to keep these companies
going until the initial public offering (IPO) window opens up again. "What we don't expect to see are many first-time
investments from venture funds, because they will be conserving cash and trying to support the companies they've already
invested in. This will be a challenge for companies just getting started or that are looking
for their seed-round or 'a' round funding," says Richert. There are still some venture funds that
are making initial, or first-time, investments, but they are doing so in smaller amounts,
Richert notes. "Instead of making a $5m [4m] initial investment, they'll make a $3m initial investment, for example. And
they'll do that based on the company meeting very specific milestones, so that they're not making as big a bet up front.
They're making smaller bets to try and get companies to the point where they can make larger investments," Richert says.
The biotechnology industry is one that is uniquely dependent on financing over a long
period of time, given the average 10-15 year development cycle to get a biologic drug
to market. "When the financial markets get tight, we become is particularly
vulnerable, because we can't just start cranking out more product, so we are distressed right
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
226
now, in that regard," says Jim Greenwood, president of the Biotechnology Industry Organization (BIO) in a BIO podcast
aired last November.
Biotech prevents extinction.

Ewens 00 (Lara E, Boston College Law School, 9-21,
http://www.bc.edu/bc_org/avp/law/lwsch/ journals/bciclr/23_2/05_FMS.htm, 623-11, AH)
Note, however, that although biotechnology cannot create genetic traits after the loss of a
species, it can help prevent extinction by numerically increasing failing species or
inserting greater disease resistance into endangered plant species.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
227
Growth Good Health Biotech UQ

Funding for biotech companies is down.
Darce 11 (Keith, Biotechnology Writer, 6-14,

http://www.signonsandiego.com/news/2011/jun/14/best-times-worst-timesbiotechs, 6-22-11, AH)
Funding for small early-stage biotechnology companies, such as the ones
that populate much of the industrys hub in San Diego County, remained in
short supply in 2010 even as the broader sector racked up higher
revenue and profits, according to a report released Tuesday. U.S. biotechs
raised $20.7 billion last year, up from $18 billion in 2009, the consulting firm
Ernst & Young reported in its annual survey of the global industry. However,
nearly half of the 2010 amount came in the form of low-interest
loans taken out by the sectors profitable companies for debt
refinancing, stock buybacks and acquisitions. New funding raised
from venture capitalists and stock investors for drug research and
development actually fell by 21 percent. At the same time, federal
regulators are requiring companies to spend more time and money
testing their drugs before clearing them for sale.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
228
Growth Good Health Avian Flu

An avian flu pandemic would cost trillions; a strong
economy is the best defense.
World Bank 6 (6-29, http://web.worldbank.org/
WBSITE/EXTERNAL/NEWS/0,,
contentMDK:20979352~pagePK:64257043~piPK:
437376~theSitePK:4607,00.html, 6-21-11, AH)
The World Bank estimates a severe avian
flu pandemic among humans could cost the global

economy about 3.1% of world gross domestic product - around US$1.25 trillion on a
world GDP of $40 trillion. The severe case scenario, prepared by the Banks Development Economic Prospects
Group, was presented by the Banks lead economist for East Asia, Milan Brahmbhatt, in a speech to the First International
Conference on Avian Influenza in Humans at the Institut Pasteur in Paris, France. Brahmbatt told the conference , the
severe case scenario was based on a 1% mortality rate or about 70 million people.
He said mortality rates from a pandemic would be much higher in developing countries, with economic losses expected to be
twice those of developed countries. To date, Brahmbatt says in most countries the impact of avian flu at the macroeconomic
level has been relatively limited, mainly because the poultry sector is a relatively small part of the world economy.
Controlling avian flu has many direct and hidden costs; a

booming economy is a must.
Packard 5
(Tu, Senior Economist at Moody's Analytics and Chief Editor of the

World Workstation, 11-9,
http://www.economy.com/dismal/article_free.asp?
cid=18829, 6-21-11, AH)
Other direct
costs include those of prevention and control. The public sector must
absorb the additional fiscal burden of having to finance the purchase of poultry
vaccines and other medications, paying workers to carry out surveillance and
diagnosis, culling and cleanup and, last but not least, providing adequate
compensation to bird owners to dissuade them from hiding infected birds. Regarding
potential indirect costs, the recent SARS experience is particularly instructive. The services
sectorstourism, mass transportation, retail sales, hotels and restaurantstook a
massive hit as people tried to avoid becoming infected by reducing, as much as
possible, contact with others. On the supply side, workplace absenteeism increased and firms were forced to
employ more costly procedures to cope with emergency measures such as quarantines and restrictions on travel and trade.
According to the World Bank, the economic cost of SARS was needlessly high: the initial lack of public information caused
large numbers of people to panic and overreact because they significantly overestimated the risk of infection and death from
SARS.
Without control, bird flu pandemic could kill millions.

MSNBC News 5 (2-23,
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/6861065/ns/healthinfectious_diseases/t/who-bird-flu-pandemic-imminent, 623-11, AH)

World Health Organization officials urged governments on Wednesday to act swiftly to control the spread of bird flu, warning
that the world is in grave danger of a deadly pandemic triggered by the virus . The illness
has killed 45 people in Asia over the past year, in cases largely traced to contact with sick birds, and experts have warned the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
229
H5N1 virus could become far deadlier if it mutates into a form that can be easily transmitted among humans. A global
pandemic could kill millions, they say. We at WHO believe that the world is now in the gravest possible danger
of a pandemic, Dr. Shigeru Omi, the WHOs Western Pacific regional director, said Wednesday. He said the world is
now overdue for an influenza pandemic, since mass epidemics have occurred every
20 to 30 years. It has been nearly 40 years since the last one .
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
230
Growth Good Health Avian Flu UQ

Avian flu is not under control, will take at least 10 more
years.
Jakarta Globe 11 (4-21,
http://www.thejakartaglobe.com/health/eradication-ofbird-flu-will-take-at-least-10-years/436730, 6-22-11,
AHhttp://www.thejakartaglobe.com/health/eradication-ofbird-flu-will-take-at-least-10-years/436730)
It will take at least 10 years to eradicate the H5N1 bird flu virus, which has killed
scores of humans, from poultry in the six countries where it is endemic, a UN agency
said on Thursday. The strain of the avian influenza virus was reported in 60 countries at its peak in 2006 but most
had managed to stamp it out, the Food and Agriculture Organisation said in a report. It however remained "firmly
entrenched" in Bangladesh, China, Egypt, India, Indonesia and Vietnam, including
because of the nature of their production and market chains, and quality of
veterinary services, it said. Another factor was that in these countries "fear of H5N1 does not
necessarily translate into concrete plans for virus control and elimination, " the report said.
The H5N1 strain of avian influenza has killed around 320 people worldwide since 2003. "Eliminating the highly
pathogenic H5N1 avian influenza virus from poultry in the six countries where it
remains endemic will take 10 or more years," the agency said in a statement. It made recommendations
for each country regarding measures they should take over the next five years to enable them to eliminate the virus. "They
contain a mix of measures aimed at outbreak control and response, gathering and analysing information, and disease
prevention and risk reduction," it said.
Avian flu is still a threat today.

Cold Flu Guide 06 (4-18, http://coldfluguide.info/DangersOf-The-Avian-Flu.html, 6-22-11, AH)
Avian flu has taught many people a variety of things in regards to not only the avian flu but also other
pandemic potential threats and that is that no one is safe and no one holds all the facts.
Even the governments which hide very important facts in regards to the various health issues can barely help their own much
less everyone else and yet no one will share all that they know on this pandemic waiting to
erupt. The avian flu may not break out and kill hundreds of thousands of people but
it has brought into light the fact that flu similar to (if not) the avian flu definitely holds the
potential to do it.
Avian flu has propagated largely out of control.
Miller 5 (Paul G., PhD, 12-5, http://www.albertaclassic.net/chalmers3.php,
6-22-11, AH)
Over the past few years, H5N1 itself has undergone some changes.
Just as pigeons are subject to the laws of Genetics, so are viruses, and just as
pigeon genes are subject to genetic mutations, so are viral genes subject to
mutation. Influenza is an RNA virus, and such viruses tend to have a
relatively high rate of mutation. Once a mutation has occurred, the
persistence of that mutation is subject to the selection forces in the
environment; a favorable pigeon mutation is selected for by the pigeon
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
231
fancier to produce a winning flier or a show winner. An unfavorable mutation

is selected against and culled. Viruses work similarly, but with environmental
forces doing the selection: virulent viruses more effectively infect their host,
and are spread more efficiently. Less virulent viruses are outnumbered and
crowded out. Hence, without any opposition or control, a virus would
naturally tend to build up mutations enhancing virulence and it
would increase in virulence, propagating more effectively within its
host, transmitting more efficiently to another susceptible host and,
possibly, even expanding its host range. On the contrary, a situation in
which the virus is not allowed to propagate widely would obviously not be
favorable for any of this, and establishing a new viral mutation would be a
very remote possibility. This is exactly the situation with the H5N1 virus
itself. The H5N1 virus is found world wide, both in North America and in
Eurasia. Since the group of species of birds inhabiting North America is
distinct from the group of species inhabiting Eurasia, these two groups of
birds can be thought of as separate, distinct populations. Also there is very
little contact between birds endemic to these two areas; thus, these two
populations of birds (American and Eurasian) can be thought of as entirely
distinct populations of birds, each with its own unique environment. Also, in
each of these populations, the H5N1 virus experiences entirely different
selective forces, and hence we have emerging two distinct strains of the
H5N1 virus. Just as there are different strains of racing pigeons (e.g. Sions vs
Jansens), there are emerging different strains of the H5N1 virus. In particular,
as we have seen above, in Asia, there has been very little effective
control over the H5N1 situation, so it has propagated largely out of
control, and hence become a distinct, more virulent strain of the
H5N1 virus; thus the Eurasian strain of H5N1 has now been specifically
named 'Asian H5N1 HPAI'. (The 'HPAI' stands for Highly Pathogenic Avian
Influenza). The Asian H5N1 HPAI strain lives up to its name very well. It is
pathogenic in its natural hosts (waterfowl and shore birds) and, can
still infect humans, cause disease and even death. Unfortunately, it
has also extended its host range to now include pigeons. This does
not mean that pigeons have become its natural host, but it now can infect
pigeons and cause disease in them. Pigeons are still insignificant players in
the Eurasian H5N1 scene, but they are now in the host range.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
232
Economy Solves Disease

Lack of economic growth leads to the spread of infectious
diseases
Dennis Pirages, UMD Govt Prof, 1995
[Microsecurity: Disease Organisms and Human Well-Being, Washington Quarterly,
Autumn, LN]
A second population-related factor in the potential spread of disease is

that in many of those areas of the world where population growth
has been most rapid there has been little economic growth to
accompany it. It is no secret that there are nearly two dozen countries,
mainly in Africa, that have experienced per capita declines in income over the
last 20 years. This means that the health and sanitation infrastructure
necessary to prevent diseases does not really exist. Many of the
poorer countries of Africa are now extremely vulnerable to disease,
and some countries in Latin America are similarly at risk. The decline of the
Russian economy during its current period of transition is related to a
significant deterioration of the epidemiological environment in that country.
Growth is key to organizational control of disease

Dennis Pirages, UMD Govt Prof, 1995
[Microsecurity: Disease Organisms and Human Well-Being, Washington Quarterly,

Autumn, LN]
Thegoodnewsisthatthepublichealthcommunityandseveralprofessionalassociationsarenowvery
muchawareoftheproblem.Asignificantreportonemergingandreemerginginfectiousdiseaseshasbeen
draftedbyasizablegovernmentalinteragencyworkinggroupandwillsoonbereleased.Butthebadnews
isthattheorganizationsestablishedtodealwithinfectiousdiseases, suchastheWorldHealth
OrganizationandtheCentersforDiseaseControlandPrevention,havewoefullyinadequatefunding
forfutureemergencies.Asrecentlyas1993theWorldHealthOrganizationreportedlyhadonly$
25,000initsannualbudgetforemergencyresponsetovitaloutbreaksThetougheconomictimesthat
.
governmentsandinternationalorganizationsarenowfacingareanintegralpartofthe
diseaseproblemandasignificantrethinkingofmissionsandfundingisclearlylongoverdue.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
233
Economy Solves Sustainability/Justice

Economic growth is a precondition to sustainability/justice
Koos Neefjes, Oxfam Environmental Adviser, 1999
[Fairness and Futurity: Essays on Environmental Sustainability and Social
Justice, 275-276]
Strong sustainability cannot be pursued in a situation of poverty,
rapid population growth, economic decline and weak systems of
governance, let alone in a situation of conflict and large popula tion
movements. Environmentalism and ecologically sustainable
development become unachievable goals in societies that find
themselves in downward spirals of economic decline, political
controversy, increased resource competition, etc. There is an increasing
number of examples around the world where the corresponding erosion of
central-level influence and/or the breakdown of values and structures that
hold communities and families together seems to end the idea of a coherent
nation state. Yet it is exactly in these situations and in the complex
emergencies that may arise from them, that environmental quality and
access to environmental resources is of critical importance to both the
survival of local people and to political stability. Macrae, Zwi, Duffield and
others have argued that in a process of ecological and economic decline, and
amid the abuse of per sonal and political rights, political economies of
war emerge, i.e. predatory political economies in which famines and
social break down are generated. They write that the social and civic
costs of these conflicts are of far greater importance than the formal costs
which include loss of infrastructure, GNP, and lives. War lords appropriate aid
resources, manipulate markets, and we can observe the loss of capacity at
government and policy-making levels and the emergence of extra-legal forms
of survival. Unless such issues are tackled, present relief strategies that focus
on the delivery of commodities, and, at best, on physical repair, will simply
continue to feed the emergency. Economic growth is essential for
substitution to happen of capital for natural resources, otherwise
no form of sustainability is possible, and no place is available within
Dobsons typology. In other words (ecological) exploitation by predatory
political economies seems by definition ecologically unsustainable and thus
only leads to more problems for large groups of people.When a crisis has
caused large numbers of people to move, such as in the case of Rwandan
refugees who left for Tanzania and Zaire in 1994, environmental impact will
be largely negative, at least initially. But aid efforts can mitigate this impact,
and even reverse or regenerate most of it during or after the presence of
large numbers of people. Economic growth is a precondition for peace and
justice. The need for economic growth as a central factor contributing to
peace has been argued by Gasana and others for the case of Rwanda.
Economic growth is impossible without very rapid technology transfer,
adaptation, and development, that is, tech nology that allows relatively high
levels of material well-being without high levels of resource consumption and
pollution.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
234
Heg
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
235
Growth Good Heg

Downturn in econ causes spending cuts that destroy heg
Thompson 9 (Loren, chief executive officer of Lexington, Armed Forces
Journal, Mar 9, http://www.armedforcesjournal.com/2009/03/3922551) ET
As if all this were not enough, the parts of the defense program that are politically
easiest to cut the investment accounts are the parts that contribute most tangibly to longterm military power. If military pay and benefits are slashed, the consequences are felt
quickly in the field and on Capitol Hill. The same is true if readiness accounts are cut.
With military health care costs having risen 144 percent during the present decade,
there are compelling reasons to try to restrain their further growth (one Pentagon panel called
cost increases in military health care an existential threat to the future defense posture ). But investment in the
future is almost always easier to cut than current consumption, because the near-term
consequences in the field are imperceptible, and the domestic impact is felt in only a
handful of congressional districts. The bottom line, then, is that the current defense
program will probably not be sustainable if the decline of the economy continues, and
when the cutting begins to bring military outlays into closer alignment with available
resources, the first items to go will be those that contribute most to the nations longterm military power. In other words, the erosion of national economic power will be
paced by the erosion of national military power.
Economic downturn destroys heg

Pape 9 (Robert , poli sci @u of Chicago, Chicago Tribune, 3.8.9,
http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/nationworld/chiperspec0308diplomacymar08,0,4785661.story) ET
For nearly two decades, the U.S. has been viewed as a global hegemonvastly more powerful
than any major country in the world. Since 2000, however, our global dominance has fallen
dramatically. During the Bush administration, the self-inflicted wounds of the Iraq war, growing government
debt, increasingly negative current account balances and other internal economic
weaknesses cost the U.S. real power in a world of rapidly spreading knowledge and
technology. Simply put, the main legacy of the Bush years has been to leave the U.S.
as a declining power. From Rome to the United States today, the rise and fall of great
nations have been driven primarily by economic strength. At any given moment, a
state's power depends on the size and quality of its military forces and other power
assets. Over time, however, power is a result of economic strengththe prerequisite
for building and modernizing military forces. And so the size of the economy relative to potential rivals
ultimately determines the limits of power in international politics. The power position of the U.S. is crucial
to the foreign policy aims that it can achieve. Since the Cold War, America has
maintained a vast array of overseas commitments, seeking to ensure peace and
stability not just in its own neighborhood, the Western hemisphere, but also in Europe, Asia and the oilrich Persian Gulf. Maintaining these commitments requires enormous resources, but American leaders in recent years chose
to pursue far more ambitious goals than merely maintaining the status quo.
And, hegemonic decline leads to transition wars the

impact is extinction
Nye 90 (Joe, Sultan of Oman Professor of International Relations and
former Dean of the Kennedy School at Harvard and one of the most influential
and respected contemporary IR scholars, pg 17) ET
Perceptions of change in the relative power of nations are of critical importance to
understanding the relationship between decline and war. One of the oldest generalizations about
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
international politics attributes the onset of major wars to shifts in power among the
leading nations. Thus Thucydides accounted for the onset of the Peloponnesian War which destroyed the power of
ancient Athens. The history of the interstate system since 1500 is punctuated by severe wars in which
one country struggled to surpass another as the leading state. If as Robert Gilpin argues,
international politics has not changed fundamentally over the millennia, the implications for the future are bleak. And if
fears about shifting power precipitate a major war in a world with 50,000 nuclear
weapons, history as we know it may end.
236
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
237
Growth Good Heg

Economic growth is key to heghistory proves.
Pietroburgo 9 (Anthony, Political Scientist, Apr 10, 9,
http://ezinearticles.com/?The-End-of-American-Hegemony&id=2207395: Ad 76-9) BL
However we can learn from past hegemonic states, all of which, withered away with time just as the American one is
currently in the process of doing. Great Britain was perhaps the last true hegemon before that of the United States. Back in
1890 the collapse of their empire had just began. David A. Lake's research on the issue is work that should be greatly
analyzed due to the illustrious similarities between the British recession in to retirement and the United States' as well. For
much of the 19th century Great Britain was dominating in the same fields as the U.S. did so in the 1950's through the late
1970's. Soon in the later 1800's The United States and Germany moved to a protectionist system to plant their economic
seeds and soon after were surpassing British industries and abilities. The industrial base of Great Britain
crumbled and forced them to invest heavily in the service, shipping and insurance sectors of the economy just to breakeven when concerning their balance of payment statistics. For the time being the British were able to carry on with the pound
as the dominant world currency. The frail system was already on the thinnest of ice, when WWI
confounded the weak British economy (Lake 122). At the time of Great Britain's reign of power they also
pursued operations to completely open up and liberalize the world economy. This did lead to substantial brief economic
abundance but eventually the struggles of remaining a strong enough power to be considered an absolute hegemon wore off.
Hegemonic powers are only sustainable during periods of constant economic growth.
When growth is no longer the complete and utter status of the hegemony's economic
functionality the power ceases to be consistent. We see this to be the case with Great
Britain, as other world powers emerged and caught up in terms of economic status and influence, British power that was
exerted was much more explicit and coercive, just like it was during the American hegemonic era under President Nixon
(Lake 121). It is safe to say that the U.S. is headed down the same path that will eventually end up being the ultimate dethroning of the American empire and it's hegemonic capabilities. If you think back to all the complications that the United
States is experiencing in this very moment concerning obvious financial difficulties and others in the areas of education,
technological innovation and healthcare respectively. Other nations have clearly started their own catch up phase and are
impeding on American power as we speak. The irony between the situations leading up to the collapse of the British
hegemonic state and the current burdens that are being placed upon a contemptuous American hegemon are too similar for
coincidence. It took the disaster of WWI to finally destabilize the British hegemon and
the United States is one major crisis away from experiencing the same fate (Bartilow
Lecture).
Economic growth is key to hegemony

Hunt 7 (Michael, Professor of History at the University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill, 5.21.7, http://hnn.us/articles/37486.html) ET
If in the U.S. case empire is genetic, hegemony is an acquired characteristic. Hegemony was
made possible by a rate of economic growth over the course of the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries that had no precedent in human history. This achievement created the preconditions for a
U.S.-inspired, designed, and regulated international system that took shape during the first two
thirds of the twentieth century. American economic and cultural clout remade societies and
reshaped the practices of daily life around the world.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
238
Economy Solves Heg

ECONOMY KEY TO US LEADERSHIP
Zalmay Khalilzad 95 Senior Fellow at RAND, The Washington Quarterly,
Spring 1995, p. nexis (BLUEOC1642)
The United States is unlikely to preserve its military and technological
dominance if the U.S. economy declines seriously. In such an environment,
the domestic economic and political base for global leadership would
diminish and the United States would probably incrementally withdraw from
the world, become inward-looking, and abandon more and more of its
external interests. As the United States weakened, others would try to fill the
Vacuum.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
International Cooperation
239
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
240
Economic Collapse Stops International

Cooperation
Economic decline crushes relations with all countries
Jerry W. Sanders 90, Prof. Peace and Conflict Studies, UC, Berkeley

Circumstances of looming catastrophe like these call for a maximum of world
order and international cooperation. Historically, however, it is in just such
times that the political will for global governance is in shortest supply. In a
period of economic stagnation and trade competition, a declining hegemonic
power will think less about maintaining world order than about shoring up its
position relative to new challengers and upstarts. Multilateral cooperation will
run up against similar constraints, due to suspicions that others may gain at
ones own expense by free riding on the public goods provided by
environmental protection, trade regulation, or collective security regimes.
The tendency will be for states to withhold the resources and the legitimacy
required for supranational structures to work. And left to fend for themselves
in a climate of economic stagnation, individual nations will be little able and
even less inclined to end their destabilizing environ mental practices. Thus
the groundwork will be laid for a chain reaction of conflicts across a spectrum
of relations, with one nation after another forced into escalating confrontation
along several fronts.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
241
Economic Collapse Stops International

Cooperation
Development increases incentives for countries to choose
to interact with the world through trade instead of the
military
Havard Hegre 2k, International Peace Research Institute, Oslo, 2000,
Development and the Liberal Peace, Journal of Peace Research, 37:1, pp 530, http://jpr.sagepub.com/cgi/reprint/37/1/5?ijkey=ZzfAV2n0yM6C2
(HARVUN3835)
Rosecrance (1986) argues that the incentives for states to choose

between the trading world and the military-political one change with
economic development.1 The two worlds have always coexisted, but
historical development has made the trading world increasingly more
attractive to states. Rosecrance points out that development alters four
variables that are crucial to the calculations of the leader of a state:
it increases the potential gains from trade, the economic costs of
war, and the political costs of war, as well as decreasing the utility of
occupying territories relative to the pursuit of trade policies. First,
development directly affects the possibility for and the gains from
trade: Industrial and population growth strengthen interdependence and
make it harder to achieve national objectives autonomously. When
technology was rudimentary and population sparse, states had little contact
with one another and did not generally get in each others way. With the
commercial and industrial revolutions, however, they were brought into closer
proximity. As the Industrial Revolution demanded energy resources great
quantities of food, coal, iron, water power, and petroleum the number of
states that could be fully independent declined (Rosecrance, 1986: 25).
Likewise, development furnishes states with access to better
transport and communications technology and infrastructure within
and between states which in turn increases both the volume and the utility
of trade by reducing the transaction costs.2 The choice between the trading
world and the military-political world is also related to how easy or difficult it
is to conquer territory, and to govern such territory once it has been taken.
Rosecrance (1986: 3238, 155162) holds that the costs of war have
increased enormously with the industrialization of warfare. The price of
producing one tank or one fighter has become far higher, yet such items do
not last correspondingly longer in the battlefield (in confrontation with an
opponent with the same technological level). In addition, the accelerating
pace of technological change renders weapons and units obsolete more and
more quickly. Moreover, modern weapons are more destructive, and
sophisticated factories and elaborate infrastructure take more time to
reconstruct if damaged. In addition, Rosecrance argues, the political costs of
warfare are higher in industrialized societies.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
242
Downturn collapses international cooperation

Jerry Sanders 90 Professor of Peace and Conflict Studies, University of
California Berkeley, BULLETIN OF PEACE PROPOSALS, 1990, p. 397.
(DRGOC/E339)
In a period of economic stagnation and trade competition, a

declining hegemonic power will think less about maintaining world
order than about shoring up its position relative to new challengers
and upstarts. Multilateral cooperation will run up against similar constraints,
due to suspicions that others may gain at ones own expense by free riding
on the public goods provided by environmental protection, trade regulation,
or collective security regimes. The tendency will be for states to withhold the
resources and the legitimacy required for supranational structures to work.
And left to fend for themselves in a climate of economic stagnation,
individual nations will be little able and even less inclined to end their
destabilizing environmental practices. Thus, the groundwork will be laid
for a chain reaction of conflicts across a spectrum of relations, with
one nation after another forced into escalating confrontation along
several fronts.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
243
Overpopulation
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
244
Economy Solves Population/Fertility

GROWTH DECREASES FERTILITY RATES.
USAID 02 , "Foreign Aid in the National Interest,"
URL: http://www.usaid.gov/fani/Full%20Report--%20Foreign%20Aid%20in
%20the%20National%20Interest.pdf
Second, economic growth is a key factor in causing fertility to

decline because it generally leads women to believe they are
better off with fewer children. Without economic growth, an
important rationale for having large families does not

change.15 Rather, changes in fertility are driven by parents
weighing economic and personal choices in the face of falling
infant mortality.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
245
Economy Solves Population

Economic growth limits population growth
Martin W. Lewis 92, Assistant Professor Geography @ GWU, 1992, Green
Delusions: an environmentalist critique of radical environmentalism, p. 236
(HARVUN3877)
Another equally compelling reason for population stabilization even
in lightly populated Third World countries stems from the
requirements of the economic development process itself.
Development can only occur if per capita economic activity increases, which
means that economic growth must continually outpace population growth
regardless of population pressure. It is quite a challenge, however, for
any economy to grow more rapidly than 3 percent a year, the rate at
which most African populations are currently expanding. Although
the Asian NICs have easily maintained much higher rates of
economic growth, most other countries, including the United States,
have not been able to consistently to accomplish as much for many
years. Even most prosperous oil exporters are now de-developing insofar as
their populations are expanding more rapidly than their economies. In subSaharan Africa, a few countries are tumbling downward in a de-development
spiral. Zaire, for example, experience a real per capita annual GNP growth
rate of -1.6 percent between 1980 and 1989.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
246
Poverty
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
247
Growth Good Poverty

Growth helps the poorhistorical stats prove.
Deaton 5 (Angus, Woodrow Wilson School @ Princeton, Measuring
Poverty In A Growing World The Review of Economics and Statistics 87.1
February 2005 accessed 6/21/11 JF)
Yet the controversies are no more settled than they were 30 years ago, although there is certainly more common ground
among economists than there is in the world at large. The professional consensus, based on the DS data and on work by
them and many others, is that, contrary to Kuznets's hypothesis, and contrary to beliefs in the 1970s, there is no general
relationship between inequality and growth, and certainly not one in which growth systematically widens inequality,
as would be the case of growth left the poor behind. From this, two important propositions follow. First, at least on
average (and much depends on whether we are averaging over countries or people), growth is good for the poor (Dollar &
Kraay, 2002; Ravallion, 2001), as is the growth that is arguably generated by greater openness (Berg & Krueger, 2003).
Second, and again on average, the fraction of people in poverty should decline as if growth were neutrally distributed.
In particular, the relatively rapid growth in the developing world from 1980 to 2000 must have brought about a rapid
reduction in the fraction of the world's population that is poor. And indeed, calculations using the Penn World Tables
combined with inequality measures - the technique first used by Ahluwalia et al. (1979) - show rapid poverty reduction in
the 1980s and 1990s; see Bhalla (2002), Sala-i-Martin (2002), and Bourguignon and Morrisson (2002). According to these
calculations, not only has the proportion of poor in the world declined, but the decline has been rapid enough to offset
population growth, so that the actual number of poor people in the world has fallen. According to Bhalla, the first of the
United Nations Millennium Development Goals, halving the number of people living on less than $1 a day between 1990 and
2015, had already been met when the goal was announced.
Growth solves poverty

Fraser 7 (Andrew, political correspondent, Economic
Growth Cuts Poverty: PM Canberra Times (Australia)
9/5/7 accessed 6/21/11 JF)
Only economic growth could have delivered the dramatic reduction in poverty that Australia's APEC guests had
achieved over two decades of the forum's existence, the Government claimed yesterday. Both Prime Minister John Howard
and Foreign Minister Alexander Downer dwelt on what Mr Howard called "quite astonishing" figures as the APEC meeting
in Sydney went to its highest security level with the arrival of United States President George W.Bush. Issuing a booklet,
APEC and the rise of the global middle class, Mr Howard said the number of people in absolute poverty in East Asia and the
Pacific had gone from 500 million people in 1990 to 200 million in 2003, with the hope that it could be further cut to only 20
million by 2030. He said there were two trends: "the unprecedented concentration of middle-class spending power in the
world's emerging economies", and the huge reduction in poverty. The document suggested there could be 2billion people with
"significant discretionary spending power" by 2030, with 800 million of them living in China alone. The figures
"underlined the uninformed pig- headedness of those who demonstrate against APEC
in the name of helping the poor and the dispossessed and the alienated". "The truth is
that economic growth is the sure path out of poverty rather than being a process of
condemning people to poverty.
Ongoing global poverty outweighs nuclear war- only our

ev is comparative.
Spina 2k (Stephanie Urso, Ph.D. candidate in
social/personality psychology at the Graduate School of
the City University of New York, Smoke and Mirrors: The
Hidden Context of Violence in Schools and Society, p. 201)
18 million deaths a year are caused by
structural violence, compared to 100,000 deaths per year from armed conflict. That is, approximately
every five years, as many people die because of relative poverty as would be killed
in a nuclear war that caused 232 million deaths, and every single year, two to three times as
This sad fact is not limited to the United States. Globally,
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
many people die from poverty throughout the world as were killed by the Nazi
genocide of the Jews over a six-year period. This is, in effect, the equivalent of an ongoing,
unending, in fact accelerating, thermonuclear war or genocide, perpetuated on the
weak and the poor every year of every decade, throughout the world.
248
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
249
Economy Solves Rich-Poor Gap/ Poverty

GROWTH CLOSES THE RICH/POOR GAP.
Indur M. Goklany 02, an independent scholar and the author, August 22,
2002, Policy Analysis No, 447, URL: http://www.cato.org/pubs/pas/pa447.pdf
During the last half century, as wealth and technological change advanced
worldwide, so did the well-being of the vast majority of the worlds

population. Todays average person lives longer and is healthier, more
educated, less hungry, and less likely to have children in the work-force.
Moreover, gaps in these critical measures of well-being between the rich countries
and the middle- or low-income groups have generally shrunk dramatically since
the mid-1900s irrespective of trends in income inequality . However, where
those gaps have shrunk the least or even expanded recently, the problem is not too
much globalization but too little. The rich are not better off because they have
taken something away from the poor; rather, the poor are better off because
they benefit from the technologies developed by the rich, and their situation
would have improved further had they been better able to capture the
benefits of globalization. A certain level of global inequality may even benefit the
poor as rich countries develop and invest in more expensive medicines and
technologies that then become affordable to the poor.
Growth key to feeding the world and solving poverty

Jack M. Hollander 03, Professor Emeritus, Energy and Resources &
Berkeley, 2003, The real environmental crisis, p. 40 (HARVUN3883)

The short answer is yes, the world can produce enough food for everyone,
and using no more cropland than is presently under cultivation. In fact, since
the mid-1970s the world has been producing enough food to provide
everyone with a minimally adequate diet. This conclusion conflicts with the
widespread notion that the world is running short on cropland and that
farmers everywhere will be forced to cultivate more and more land area, with
catastrophic environmental impacts. True, in their present circumstances the
poorest farmers are sometimes forced to resort to cultivating unsuitable
areas, such as erosion-prone hillsides, semiarid areas where soil degradation
is rapid, and cleared tropical forests where crop yields can drop sharply after
just a few years. But these environmentally unsound practices will become
less necessary as investments in modern agricultural science and technology
begin to bear fruit, making possible continuing increases in efficiency of food
production in the developing countries. The world is not short of croplandit
is short of affluence. A more affluent world will need less cropland, not more,
to provide enough food for everyone. And an extra bonus will be the return of
surplus cropland to nature, creating forests, meadows, and parks.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
250
Prolif
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
251
Growth Good
Prolif
Economic growth solves proliferation

Burrows and Windram 94 (William & Robert, Critical Mass, p. 491492) LL
Economics is in many respects proliferations catalyst. As we have noted, economic desperation
drives Russia and some of the former Warsaw Pact nations to peddle weapons and technology. The
possibility of considerable profits or at least balanced international payments also prompts Third World countries like China,
Brazil, and Israel to do the same. Economics, as well as such related issues as overpopulation, drive proliferation just as
surely as do purely political motives. Unfortunately, that subject is beyond the scope of this book. Suffice it to say that, all
things being equal, well-of, relatively secure societies like todays Japan are less likely to buy
or sell superweapon technology than those that are insecure, needy, or desperate.
Ultimately, solving economic problems, especially as they are driven by population pressure, is the
surest way to defuse proliferation and enhance true national security.
Economic affluence deters proliferation NK proves

Japan Times 8 (October 23, Lexis) LL
South Korea, which is enjoying unprecedented prosperity, is becoming increasingly uncomfortable
with North Koreans' economic despair. Probably no two neighboring countries have such a huge economic
gap, let alone countries that share the same ethnic and historical background. The danger is that such a discrepancy
can become a source of instability and conflict. To overcome its economic deficiencies
and attain social stability, the North has no choice but to abandon its nuclear weapons
program and move toward reform and greater openness. South Korea is trying to persuade the
North to make this strategic decision. We are more than willing to help the North achieve economic growth, which is
almost always the source of peace and security. As such, North Korea's economic recovery is vital for
an enduring peace on the Korean Peninsula.
And, prolif causes extinction from arms races and

miscalculations
Utgoff 2 (Deputy Director of the Strategy Forces, and Resources Division of
the Institute for Defense Analyses, Victor, Proliferation, Missile Defence, and
American Ambitions, Survival, Volume 44, Number 2, Summer) ET
In sum, widespread proliferation is likely to lead to an occasional shoot-out with nuclear weapons, and that such
shoot-outs will have a substantial probability of escalating to the maximum
destruction possible with the weapons at hand. Unless nuclear proliferation is stopped, we are headed
toward a world that will mirror the American Wild West of the, late 1800s. With most, if not all, nations
wearing nuclear 'six-shooters' on their hips, the world may even be a more polite place than it is today,
but every once in a while we will all gather on a hill to bury the bodies of dead cities or
even whole nations.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
252
Economy Solves Prolif

Economic decline would spark fast and wildfire prolif
globally
Burrows and Windham 94- Economic Professors
[William & Robert, Critical Mass, pgs. 491-492]
Economics is in many respects proliferation's catalyst. As we have

noted, economic desperation drives Russia and some of the former
Warsaw pact nations to peddle weapons and technology. The
possibility of considerable profits or at least balanced international
payments also prompts Third World countries like China, Brazil, and
Economics, as well as such related

issues as overpopulation, drive proliferation just as
surely as do purely political motives. Unfortunately,
that subject is beyond the scope of this book. Suffice it to say
that, all things being equal, well-off, relatively secure
Israel to do the same.
societies like today's Japan are less likely to buy or sell superweapon
technology than those that are insecure, needy, or desperate.
Ultimately, solving economic problems, especially as they are driven by
population pressure, is the surest way to defuse proliferation and
enhance true national security.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
253
Space
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
254
Growth Good Space General

Space exploration requires a good economy
Elhefnawy 8 (Nader, The Space Review, prof,
http://www.thespacereview.com/article/1220/1, dw: 9-29-8, da: 6-23-2011,
lido)
Nevertheless, that emphasis also happens to be narrow. Particularly where manned space flight is overly concerned, cheaper
must go hand in hand with safer and more reliable. (A manned vehicle with a failure rate of one every fifty launches is not
nearly good enough, at any price.) The reduction of the needed payload size to accomplish a
given task, which has greatly helped to widen access to satellites, is just as important.
No less important is the expansion of the economic base that would have to support
such endeavors, a point which rarely gets much attention. There is an obvious reason why that
approach is often ignored: the common claim that the limits to growth on Earth mandate a turn to the exploitation of space.
(Such arguments are not exclusive to the writers of the 1970s. John S. Lewis posits that the failure to do so will mean
civilization collapses to subsistence agriculture by 2030 in his 1996 book Mining the Sky.) However, this is far from being
the only reason. The plain truth is that relying on terrestrial economic expansion to endow
us with the resources for eventual space expansion will mean admitting the most
exciting things are further off than we would like, outside the time frame of meaningful discussions
of what public policy should be or what private business can do. Besides, it makes for a less compelling and attractive story
than the idea of a technological revolution just over the horizon that opens up the heavens to all of usespecially if one is a
market romantic when it comes to these matters (see Market romanticism and the outlook for private space development,
The Space Review, September 2, 2008). Nonetheless, that is what one would have to assume given the state of the art.
Additionally, however, while space launch costs (and other, related costs) may drop in real terms in
the coming decades, it is safe to say that any viable future spacefaring society will also
see them drop markedly in relative terms. The United Nations predicts the rise of Gross
World Product (GWP) to about $140 trillion by 2050, more than twice todays level, and this is still rather conservative
next to some previous periods of comparable length. A repeat of the growth of 19501990, for instance, would likely result in
a GWP in the $250350 trillion range. And of course, if one goes in for that sort of thinking, the growth we could realize if
the predictions of futurists like Ray Kurzweil pan out would absolutely explode those numbers. Of course, some caution is in
order. Given the challenges the world now faces, including tight energy supplies, ecological degradation, and financial
instability (and the huge uncertainties involved in not just space, but other technologies like molecular engineering and
robotics), it is easy to picture even the modest numbers supplied by the UN proving overoptimistic. Additionally, even if
these levels of income actually are attained (and the possibility is certainly worth considering), one
should not get carried away in fantasizing about their significance. Joseph Schumpeter
once considered the prospect of a per capita U.S. GDP of $1300 ($16,700 in todays dollars) in
1978. It seemed obvious to him that at such a level of income: all the desiderata that
have so far been espoused by any social reformerspractically without exception,
including even the greater part of the crankseither would be fulfilled automatically
or could be fulfilled without significant interference with the capitalist process. Put more
plainly, he argued that this would do away with anything that according to present standards could be called poverty, even in
the lowest strata of the population. Schumpeters scenario was both overly pessimistic, and overly optimistic. As it turned
out, the US economy grew far more rapidly than that. By 1978 Americas per capita GDP was about fifty percent higher than
in his prediction, some $25,000. However, the utopian results he described did not come about. Indeed, it is worth noting that
Botswana and Estonia today meet the level of economic development he described. No one considers either of those
countries to be anything close to poverty-free. This danger of overestimating the significance of a
given level of income certainly carries over to discussions of how large a space
program a country (or the international community as a whole) can afford. US GDP in 1970 was roughly forty
percent what it is today, but the NASA budget is actually a little smaller. Clearly, growth alone (at least as conventionally
measured) did not suffice to fund a more ambitious space program.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
255
Growth Good Space General

Economic growth is key to expanding space exploration
Elhefnawy 8 (Nader, prof @ u of Miami, The Space Review, Sep 29-8,
http://www.thespacereview.com/article/1220/1 ) ET
No less important is the expansion of the economic base that would have to support
such endeavors, a point which rarely gets much attention. There is an obvious reason why that approach is often
ignored: the common claim that the limits to growth on Earth mandate a turn to the
exploitation of space. (Such arguments are not exclusive to the writers of the 1970s. John S. Lewis posits that the
failure to do so will mean civilization collapses to subsistence agriculture by 2030 in his 1996 book Mining the Sky.)
However, this is far from being the only reason. The plain truth is that relying on
terrestrial economic expansion to endow us with the resources for eventual space
expansion will mean admitting the most exciting things are further off than we would like, outside the time frame of
meaningful discussions of what public policy should be or what private business can do. Besides, it makes for a less
compelling and attractive story than the idea of a technological revolution just over the horizon that opens up the heavens to
all of usespecially if one is a market romantic when it comes to these matters (see Market romanticism and the outlook for
private space development, The Space Review, September 2, 2008) Nonetheless, that is what one would have to assume
given the state of the art. Additionally, however, while space launch costs (and other, related costs) may drop
in real terms in the coming decades, it is safe to say that any viable future spacefaring
society will also see them drop markedly in relative terms . The United Nations predicts the rise of
Gross World Product (GWP) to about $140 trillion by 2050, more than twice todays level, and this is still rather conservative
next to some previous periods of comparable length. A repeat of the growth of 19501990, for instance,
would likely result in a GWP in the $250350 trillion range. And of course, if one goes
in for that sort of thinking, the growth we could realize if the predictions of futurists
like Ray Kurzweil pan out would absolutely explode those numbers. Of course, some caution
is in order. Given the challenges the world now faces, including tight energy supplies, ecological degradation, and financial
instability (and the huge uncertainties involved in not just space, but other technologies like molecular engineering and
robotics), it is easy to picture even the modest numbers supplied by the UN proving overoptimistic.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
256
Growth Good Space - NASA

NASA cant do anything, even with Congressional support,
without growth
Dignan 9 (Larry, smart planet, staff,
http://www.smartplanet.com/blog/smart-takes/house-supports-nasa-8217shuman-spaceflight-plans-more-funding-needed/901, dw: 9-16-2009, da: 6-232011, lido)
House members of the Committee on Science and Technology are reluctant to alter
NASAs plans for human spaceflight. The conundrum: Give NASA more money or
scale back its ambitious plans. The House member remarks, detailed in a New York
Times story, indicate that legislators dont think that the end of the space shuttle
should mean the end of human spaceflight. However, NASA doesnt have the funding to
head to Mars and beyond. The House Committee on Science and Technology also issued a statement. The key
quote from Subcommittee on Space and Aeronautics Chairwoman Gabrielle Giffords (D-AZ): I have to say that I
am extremely frustrated, in fact, I am angry. I have to say that I think we are no
further ahead in our understanding of what it will take to ensure a robust and
meaningful human space flight program than we were before they started their
review. Probably the most important finding of the Review of U.S. Human Space Flight Plans is the panels determination
that there is a serious mismatch between the challenges that we have asked NASA to meet and the resources that have been
provided to the agency. In other words, we cant get anywhere worth going to under NASAs
projected budgets. But we didnt need an independent commission to tell us that.

Thats been painfully obvious for some time now. And the impact of that shortfall is that the good work
being done by NASAs civil servants and contractors risks being undone.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
257
Growth Good Space Nanotech

Economic growth is needed to developing nanotech
McGrath 11 (Rachel, mvstar, staff,
http://m.vcstar.com/news/2011/jun/17/westlake-village-company-gets-epamoney-to-with/, dw: 6-17-2011, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
A company headquartered in Westlake Village has received funding from the
Environmental Protection Agency to continue developing its innovative,
environmentally friendly paint and coatings. The EPA's Small Business Innovation
Research program has awarded $295,000 to Instrumental Polymer Technologies, LLC
for its development of polymers using nanotechnology. Randy Cameron, the company's CEO and
president, says the funding will allow him to go from the research phase to the development and production phase of waterbased coatings that could replace polyurethane coatings derived from petroleum. " What we are is a
nanotechnology company. We're using nanotechnology to make water-based paint

with no solvents that can be applied to steel or metal without primers ," said Cameron, 52,
who is a chemist with degrees from UCLA and Princeton.
Tech is unfeasible without funds

Nanotechnology Now 8 (http://www.nanotechnow.com/news.cgi?story_id=27259, dw: 1-5-2008, da: 623-2011, lido)
It's difficult if not impossible to see what will get researchers excited 20 or even 10 years from now. But this much we
know: Oklahoma has been wisely investing in research and technology for the past two decades, knowing
that the payoff might not come for years. As the state begins its second century, that investment must grow. In 2006,
lawmakers created the Economic Development Generating Excellence fund at the behest of a blue-ribbon panel. The goal
is a $1 billion endowment to help fund research and promising high-tech projects to

help make the state's economy more diverse and prosperous. So far, lawmakers have
deposited only about $150 million far too little in a world where technology
advances more quickly than ever before.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
258
Growth Good Space Skynet

Lots of funding necessary for SkyNet-like programs
Abrar 11 (Peerzada, http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2011-0614/news/29657011_1_software-product-artificial-intelligence-customerrelationship-management-software, dw: 6-14-2011, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
BANGALORE: CustomerXPs Software, a technology product start-up has raised its first
round of funding to expand its global sales, marketing and delivery teams and do
research and development. The five-year-old firm has raised $4 million from a fund
managed by Singapore based JAFCO Investment (Asia Pacific) Limited, which has $730 million in
funds under management. The Bangalore-based start-up, founded by a team that was earlier
part of the products division at information technology major Infosys, has built a
software product based on artificial intelligence and psychology.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
259
Growth Good Space Asteroids

Good economy needed to protect ourselves from asteroids
Talley 11 (Tim, http://www.easternct.edu/mtstatic/press_releases/2011/03/impact-ofasteroids-and-comets.html, dw: 3-42011, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
Russell Sampson, associate professor of physical sciences and assistant director of the Planetarium, feels that knowledge of
astronomy is helpful for all people. "This star show will not only entertain our students with the wonders of the universe, but
will also demonstrate how an interdisciplinary education is important in the development of a good citizen," Sampson
said. "Understanding a little astronomy is important in understanding how to protect

our world and our civilization from asteroid and comet impacts. To protect the world
from such threats, it will cost money, and taxpayers will probably foot some of or the
entire bill. If it is our tax money, then we should be informed.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
260
Economy Solves Space

GROWTH IS KEY TO SPACE.
Robin Hanson 01 assistant professor of economics, George Mason
University, Oct. 18, 2001, URL: http://hanson.gmu.edu/wildideas.html
If our growth does not stop, it must continue. And it cannot continue this long
without enabling and encouraging massive space colonization.

Spatial/material growth requires it, technical growth enables it, and
economic growth induces technical growth.
SPACE KEY TO SURVIVAL.

MARK CARREAU 02 The Houston Chronicle, October 19, 2002, Saturday 3
STAR EDITION, SECTION: A; Pg. 01
With Apollo astronaut John Young leading the charge, top aerospace experts warned
Friday that humanity's survival may depend on how boldly the world's
space agencies venture into the final frontier.

Only a spacefaring culture with the skills to travel among and settle
planets can be assured of escaping a collision between Earth and a
large asteroid or devastation from the eruption of a super volcano, they
told the World Space Congress.
"Space exploration is the key to the future of the human race," said
Young, who strolled on the moon more than 30 years ago and now serves as the
associate director of NASA's Johnson Space Center. "We should be running
scared to go out into the solar system. We should be running fast ."
Scientists believe that an asteroid wiped out the dinosaurs more than 60 million
years ago, and are gathering evidence of previously large collisions.
"The civilization of Earth does not have quite as much protection as
we would like to believe," said Leonid Gorshkov , an exploration strategist
with RSC Energia, one of Russia's largest aerospace companies. "We should not
place all of our eggs in one basket."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
261
Terrorism
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
262
Growth Good Terrorism

Economic collapse leads to terrorism
Bremmer 9(Ian, - President of the Eurasia Group, sr. fellow @ World Policy
Institute, , 3/4/09, Foreign Policy,
http://eurasia.foreignpolicy.com/posts/2009/03/04/the_global_recession_heigh
tens_terrorist_risks) ET
But there's another reason why the financial crisis heightens the risk of global terrorism.
Militants thrive in places where no one is fully in charge . The global recession threatens to create
more such places. No matter how cohesive and determined a terrorist organization, it needs a supportive
environment in which to flourish. That means a location that provides a steady stream of funds and recruits
and the support (or at least acceptance) of the local population. Much of the counter-terrorist success we've seen in Iraq's al
Anbar province over the past two years is a direct result of an increased willingness of local Iraqis to help the Iraqi army and
US troops oust the militants operating there. In part, that's because the area's tribal leaders have their own incentives
(including payment in cash and weaponry) for cooperating with occupation forces. But it's also because foreign militants
have alienated the locals. The security deterioration of the past year in Pakistan and Afghanistan reflects exactly the opposite
phenomenon. In the region along both sides of their shared border, local tribal leaders have yet to express much interest in
helping Pakistani and NATO soldiers target local or foreign militants. For those with the power to either protect or betray the
senior al-Qaeda leaders believed to be hiding in the region, NATO and Pakistani authorities have yet to find either sweet
enough carrots or sharp enough sticks to shift allegiances. The slowdown threatens to slow the progress
of a number of developing countries. Most states don't provide ground as fertile for
militancy as places like Afghanistan, Somalia, and Yemen. But as more people lose
their jobs, their homes, and opportunities for prosperity -- in emerging market countries or even within minority
communities inside developed states -- it becomes easier for local militants to find volunteers . This is
why the growing risk of attack from suicide bombers and well-trained gunmen in
Pakistan creates risks that extend beyond South Asia. This is a country that is home
to lawless regions where local and international militants thrive, nuclear weapons and
material, a history of nuclear smuggling, a cash-starved government, and a
deteriorating economy. Pakistan is far from the only country in which terrorism threatens to spill across borders.
Growth solves terrorism

Schaefer 1 (Brett D., Jay Kingham Fellow in International Regulatory Affairs
in the Center for International Trade and Economics at The Heritage
Foundation, Heritage Foundation Backgrounder #1508, "Expand Freedom to
Counter Terrorism", December 6,
http:Ilwww.heritage.orglResearch~~radeandForeignAid/BGi 508.cfm)
The governments of those countries must be held reslponsible for policies that
undermine or oppose freedom, stifle economic qrowth, and help create the
circumstances under which terrorism flourishes. America's battle in Afghanistan against the Taliban
regime and al-Qaeda terrorist network is merely the first skirmish in a long war . If the war on terrorism is to
be won, and if this victory is to be sustainable, America must focus on encouraging
the qovernments of developing countries to embrace economic liberty in order to
counter the poverty and desperation upon which terrorist qroups depend.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
263

Econ decline leads to terrorism
Bremmer 9 (Ian , president of Eurasia Group, a political-risk consultancy,
Foreign Affairs, 3.4.9,
http://eurasia.foreignpolicy.com/posts/2009/03/04/the_global_recession_heigh
tens_terrorist_risks) ET
In the Pakistani city of Lahore on Tuesday, a dozen gunmen attacked a bus carrying members of Sri Lanka's cricket team,
killing six policemen and a driver and injuring several of the athletes. Press accounts of the assault suggest a level of
coordination similar to that used by the Pakistan-based militants who killed 173 people at several sites in Mumbai in
September. Across Pakistan, suicide bombers killed two people in 2005, six in 2006, 56 in 2007, and 61 in 2008. Suicide
attackers killed more people in Pakistan last year than in either Iraq or Afghanistan. There are two important
reasons why the threat of global terrorism is growing. The first is long-term and
structural. The second is more directly tied to the global financial crisis. Both have
everything to do with what's happening in Pakistan. First, a report released in December from the U.S. Commission on the
Prevention of Weapons of Mass Destruction, Proliferation, and Terrorism hints at both sets of problems. The report notes an
increasing supply of nuclear technology and material around the world and warns that "without greater urgency and decisive
action by the world community, it is more likely than not that a weapon of mass destruction will
be used in a terrorist attack somewhere in the world by the end of 2013."Destructive

(and potentially destructive) technologies are now more accessible than at any time in
history for small groups and even individuals. This will dramatically increase the
baseline threat of disruptive violence from non-state actors over time. It's not just
biological and nuclear material. GPS tracking devices help pirates operating off Somalia's coast venture further
from shore and undertake increasingly ambitious attacks on private and commercial vessels. Second , it's unlikely
that we'll see the "greater urgency and decisive action by the world community" called
for in the report. For the moment, political leaders around the world are too busy wrestling with the effects of the global
financial crisis on their domestic economies (and their political standing) to coordinate action against such a diffuse threat.
But there's another reason why the financial crisis heightens the risk of global
terrorism. Militants thrive in places where no one is fully in charge. The global
recession threatens to create more such places. No matter how cohesive and
determined a terrorist organization, it needs a supportive environment in which to
flourish. That means a location that provides a steady stream of funds and recruits and the support (or at least acceptance)
of the local population. Much of the counter-terrorist success we've seen in Iraq's al Anbar province over the past two years is
a direct result of an increased willingness of local Iraqis to help the Iraqi army and US troops oust the militants operating
there. In part, that's because the area's tribal leaders have their own incentives (including payment in cash and weaponry) for
cooperating with occupation forces. But it's also because foreign militants have alienated the locals. The security
deterioration of the past year in Pakistan and Afghanistan reflects exactly the opposite phenomenon. In the region along both
sides of their shared border, local tribal leaders have yet to express much interest in helping Pakistani and NATO soldiers
target local or foreign militants. For those with the power to either protect or betray the senior al-Qaeda leaders believed to be
hiding in the region, NATO and Pakistani authorities have yet to find either sweet enough carrots or sharp enough sticks to
shift allegiances. The slowdown threatens to slow the progress of a number of developing countries. Most states don't
provide ground as fertile for militancy as places like Afghanistan, Somalia, and Yemen. But as more people lose
their jobs, their homes, and opportunities for prosperity -- in emerging market
countries or even within minority communities inside developed states -- it becomes
easier for local militants to find volunteers. This is why the growing risk of attack
from suicide bombers and well-trained gunmen in Pakistan creates risks that extend
beyond South Asia. This is a country that is home to lawless regions where local and international
militants thrive, nuclear weapons and material, a history of nuclear smuggling, a
cash-starved government, and a deteriorating economy. Pakistan is far from the only country in
which terrorism threatens to spill across borders. But there's a reason why the security threats flowing back and forth across
the Afghan-Pakistani border rank so highly on Eurasia Group's list of top political risks for 2009 -- and why they remain near
the top of the Obama administration's security agenda.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
264

Economic decline leads to increased risk of nuclear
terrorism
Warrick, 8 (Joby, staff writer, Washington Post, 11/15/08)
Intelligence officials are warning that the deepening global financial crisis could
weaken fragile governments in the world's most dangerous areas and undermine the
ability of the United States and its allies to respond to a new wave of security threats. U.S.
government officials and private analysts say the economic turmoil has heightened the short-term risk of a
terrorist attack, as radical groups probe for weakening border protections and new
gaps in defenses. A protracted financial crisis could threaten the survival of friendly
regimes from Pakistan to the Middle East while forcing Western nations to cut
spending on defense, intelligence and foreign aid, the sources said. The crisis could also accelerate the
shift to a more Asia-centric globe, as rising powers such as China gain more leverage over international financial institutions
and greater influence in world capitals. Some of the more troubling and immediate scenarios
analysts are weighing involve nuclear-armed Pakistan, which already was being battered by inflation
and unemployment before the global financial tsunami hit. Since September, Pakistan has seen its national currency devalued
and its hard-currency reserves nearly wiped out. Analysts also worry about the impact of plummeting crude prices on oildependent nations such as Yemen, which has a large population of unemployed youths and a history of support for militant
Islamic groups. The underlying problems and trends -- especially regional instability and the waning influence of the
West -- were already well established, but they are
now "being accelerated by the current global

financial crisis," the nation's top intelligence official, Director of National Intelligence Mike McConnell, said in a
recent speech. McConnell is among several top U.S. intelligence officials warning that deep cuts in military and intelligence
budgets could undermine the country's ability to anticipate and defend against new threats.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
265
Economy Solves Terrorism

Growth is crucial to solve the root cause of terrorism in
developing countries
Drew Schaub 04, Department of Political Science, Penn State, 2004,
JOURNAL OF CONFLICT RESOLUTION, Vol. 48 No. 2, April 2004 230-258,

http://jcr.sagepub.com/cgi/reprint/48/2/230?
maxtoshow=&HITS=10&hits=10&RESULTFORMAT=&searchid=10974501175
66_125&stored_search=&FIRSTINDEX=20&minscore=5000&journalcode=spj
cr (HARVUN3865)
One may also argue that the effect of economic development in the
developed countries differs from that in the developing countries. Maybe the
negative effect only exists in the developed countries, but not in the
developing world. In model 1, economic development variables may have just
captured such a developed country-less developed country (DC-LDC)
distinction. In addition, factions that are against modernity and prone
to attack foreign targets often operate in the less developed
countries, which also implies that the negative effect of economic
development may not apply to the developing countries. To assess the
sensitivity of model 1 to this possibility, we construct an interactive model in
which we include into model 1 three additional variables: (1) an Organization
of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) dummy, which equals 1 if
a country belongs to the OECD and 0 otherwise; (2) an interaction term
between the OECD dummy and economic development; and (3) an
interaction term between the OECD dummy and partners development.
Economic development and partners development as main effect variables
capture the effect of economic development for the non-OECD countries only.
The interaction terms measure the additional effect of being an OECD
country. Results in model 6 show that after controlling for
development in the OECD countries, a non-OECD countrys economic
development and its top trading partners development still reduce
the number of transnational terrorist incidents inside the country.
The coefficients do not differ substantially in size from those in model 1. In
addition, the interaction term between the OECD dummy and economic
development is statistically significant and negative. This suggests that an
OECD countrys economic development has a greater negative effect
on the number of terrorist incidents than another non-OECD
countrys development. The interaction term between the OECD dummy
and partners development is statistically insignificant. This indicates that the
effect of partners development of an OECD country does not differ from that
of partners development of a non-OECD country. Hence, we conclude that
the negative effect of economic development on the number of
transnational terrorist incidents exists in both developed and
developing countries.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
266
Growth reduces incentives for terrorism


cr (HARVUN3863)
In contrast, a small number of scholars and policy makers argue that
economic openness will result in a reduction in transnational terrorism.
Proponents of this view believe that economic globalization promotes
economic development, which in turn alters the decision calculus of
terrorist groups toward a reduction in terrorist activities. Progress in
economic development due to trade and capital flows removes one
of the main incentives for people to engage in terrorist activities out
of desperation and poverty. Although this argument is relatively new and
less well developed, many policy makers have turned to it for a solution to
global terrorism.
Growth solves future terror attacks


cr (HARVUN3864)
The indirect, negative effects of the globalization variables, as hypothesized
in hypotheses 2 and 3, receive support in model 1. A countrys GDP per
capita, measuring its own level of development, is statistically significant and
negative, consistent with hypothesis 2. As a country becomes more
developed, the number of transnational terrorist incidents decreases
within its borders. In addition, the average level of development of the
countrys top export destination countries, measured by their average GDP
per capita, is also statistically significant and negative. Consistent with
hypothesis 3, as the level of development in a countrys economic
partner countries improves, the number of transnational terrorist
incidents decreases within the country. This implies that growing
economic integration between the country and its economic partners
can help to remove some incentive for foreign terrorists from those
partner countries to attack targets within this country. Based on the
coefficients of model 1, a 1%increase in the GDP per capita of a country
decreases the expected number of transnational terrorist incidents within the
country by 19.3%, holding all other variables constant. A 1% increase in
the average GDP per capita of the countrys top eight export
destination countries decreases the expected number of
transnational terrorist incidents within this country by 47.5%,
holding other variables constant. Although the globalization variables
have no direct positive effect, their indirect negative effect through
influencing economic development appears large and important.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
267
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
268
War
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
269
Generic
ECONOMIC DECLINE LEADS TO NUKE WAR
Walter Mead 92 NPQ's Board of Advisors, NEW PERSPECTIVES QUARTERLY,
Summer 1992, p.30 (MHBLUE1666)
But what if it can't? What if the global economy stagnates-or even shrinks? In
the case, we will face a new period of international conflict: South
against North, rich against poor, Russia, China, India-these countries
with their billions of people and their nuclear weapons will pose a
much greater danger to world order than Germany and Japan did in
the '30s.
ECONOMIC DOWNTURN CAUSES ARMED CONFLICT THAT

THREATENS SURVIVAL
Norman Bailey 90 Senior Director of International Economic Affairs, THE
WORLD AND I, 1990, p. 33 (MHBLUE1667)
"The thirties after all began three months after the inception of the Great
Depression and ended four months after the start of World War II. This is not
a coincidence. Tens of millions were killed and maimed in the Second World
War. If another historical credit liquidation cycle is allowed to take
place in the usual chaotic fashion the chances of another global
armed conflict will be greatly increased--time not only would
hundreds of millions (rather than tens of millions) be killed or wounded
but the very hopes and the future of mankind, as such, might well be
destroyed in the process.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
270
Bearden Evidence
Economic collapse causes extinction
T.E. Bearden, LTC U.S. Army (Retired), 2000
[The Unnecessary Energy Crisis: How to Solve It Quickly,

http://www.freerepublic.com/forum/a3aaf97f22e23.htm, June 24]
History bears out that desperate nations take desperate actions. Prior to the
final economic collapse, the stress on nations will have increased the
intensity and number of their conflicts, to the point where the arsenals of
weapons of mass destruction (WMD) now possessed by some 25 nations, are
almost certain to be released. As an example, suppose a starving North Korea
launches nuclear weapons upon Japan and South Korea, including U.S. forces
there, in a spasmodic suicidal response. Or suppose a desperate China-whose
long-range nuclear missiles (some) can reach the United States-attacks
Taiwan. In addition to immediate responses, the mutual treaties involved in
such scenarios will quickly draw other nations into the conflict, escalating it
significantly. Strategic nuclear studies have shown for decades that, under
such extreme stress conditions, once a few nukes are launched, adversaries
and potential adversaries are then compelled to launch on perception of
preparations by one's adversary. The real legacy of the MAD concept is this
side of the MAD coin that is almost never discussed. Without effective
defense, the only chance a nation has to survive at all is to launch immediate
full-bore pre-emptive strikes and try to take out its perceived foes as rapidly
and massively as possible. As the studies showed, rapid escalation to full
WMD exchange occurs. Today, a great percent of the WMD arsenals that will
be unleashed, are already on site within the United States itself. The resulting
great Armageddon will destroy civilization as we know it, and perhaps most of
the biosphere, at least for many decades.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
271
Lopez Evidence
Economic decline leads to multiple scenarios for war and
mass death.
Bernardo V. Lopez, September 10, 1998, BusinessWorld, Global recession
phase two: Catastrophic, p. Lexis
Certainly, global recession will spawn wars of all kinds. Ethnic wars can easily
escalate in the grapple for dwindling food stocks as in India-PakistanAfghanistan, Yugoslavia, Ethiopia-Eritrea, Indonesia. Regional conflicts in key
flashpoints can easily erupt such as in the Middle East, Korea, and Taiwan. In
the Philippines, as in some Latin American countries, splintered insurgency
forces may take advantage of the economic drought to regroup and reemerge
in the countryside. Unemployment worldwide will be in the billions. Famine
can be triggered in key Third World nations with India, North Korea, Ethiopia
and other African countries as first candidates. Food riots and the breakdown
of law and order are possibilities. Global recession will see the deferment of
globalization, the shrinking of international trade - especially of hightechnology commodities such as in the computer, telecommunications,
electronic and automotive industries. There will be a return to basics with
food security being a prime concern of all governments, over industrialization
and trade expansions. Protectionism will reemerge and trade
liberalization will suffer a big setback. The WTO-GATT may have
to redefine its provisions to adjust to the changing times.

Even the World Bank-IMF consortium will experience
continued crisis in dealing with financial hemorrhages.
There will not be enough funds to rescue ailing
economies. A few will get a windfall from the disaster
with the erratic movement in world prices of basic goods.
But the majority, especially the small and medium
enterprises (SMEs), will suffer serious shrinkage. Mega-mergers
and acquisitions will rock the corporate landscape. Capital markets
will shrink and credit crisis and spiralling interest rates will spread
internationally. And environmental advocacy will be shelved in the
name of survival. Domestic markets will flourish but only on
basic commodities. The focus of enterprise will shift into

basic goods in the medium term. Agrarian economies are
at an advantage since they are the food producers. Highly
industrialized nations will be more affected by the
recession. Technologies will concentrate on servicing
domestic markets and the agrarian economy will be the
first to regrow. The setback on research and development
and high-end technologies will be compensated in its
eventual focus on agrarian activity. A return to the rural
areas will decongest the big cities and the ensuing real
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
272
estate glut will send prices tumbling down. Tourism and

travel will regress by a decade and airlines worldwide will need
rescue. Among the indigenous communities and agrarian peasantry,
many will shift back to prehistoric subsistence economy. But there
will be a more crowded upland situation as lowlanders seek more
lands for production. The current crisis for land of indigenous
communities will worsen. Land conflicts will increase with the
indigenous communities who have nowhere else to go either being
massacred in armed conflicts or dying of starvation. Backyard
gardens will be precious and home-based food production will
flourish. As unemployment expands, labor will shift to self-reliant
microenterprises if the little capital available can be sourced. In the
past, the US could afford amnesty for millions of illegal migrants
because of its resilient economy. But with unemployment increasing,
the US will be forced to clamp down on a reemerging illegal
migration which will increase rapidly. Unemployment in the US will be
the hardest to cope with since it may have very little capability for
subsistence economy and its agrarian base is automated and controlled by a
few. The riots and looting of stores in New York City in the late '70s because
of a state-wide brownout hint of the type of anarchy in the cities. Such looting
in this most affluent nation is not impossible. The weapons industry may also
grow rapidly because of the ensuing wars. Arms escalation will have primacy
over food production if wars escalate. The US will depend increasingly on
weapons exports to nurse its economy back to health. This will further induce
wars and conflicts which will aggravate US recession rather than solve it. The
US may depend more and more on the use of force and its
superiority to get its ways internationally. The public will rebel
against local monopolies. Anarchy and boycotts will be their primary
weapons against cartels especially on agricultural products such as
rice and vegetables, which are presently in the hands of a few in
most Third World nations. Global recession will test the limits of
human cooperation and sharing in the name of survival. Grants and
aids will decrease. Rescues and international funding for advocacy
NGOs will disappear rapidly. Coupled with disasters such as
earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, climatic aberrations like the El
Nino, global recession will degrade a step further.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
273
Interdependence
Growth leads to interdependence which greatly reduces
the risk of war five reasons
Yee 99 (Tan Tan, Journal of the Singapore Armed Forces, Jan-Mar,
http://www.mindef.gov.sg/safti/pointer/back/journals/1999/Vol25_1/7.htm)JFS
Like the Democratic Peace Proposition, the notion that increased
interdependence reduces the probability of war among nations is not
new. For one, economists have long demonstrated that economic
interdependence benefits both parties through the process of
international trade. The underlying rationale is worth explaining. In a simple
model of a two-state-two-product international economy, even if a
particular state is more efficient at producing both goods, it would still
make more economic sense for each state to specialise in producing
one of the goods and thereafter obtain the other through barter
exchange. This is because the issue is one of relative rather than absolute
efficiency; the more efficient state should optimise its limited resources
to focus entirely on producing the goods where it has a relatively
greater efficiency. From an economic viewpoint, therefore, international
trade represents one of the rare occasions in international affairs
that present a win-win situation to both parties.15 Traditionally,
theories on the effect of interdependence between states on the risk of war
can be divided into two main camps. On the one extreme, liberals argue that
economic interdependence lowers the likelihood of war by increasing
the value of trading over the alternative of aggression; in other words,
states would rather trade than fight.16 To put it simply, trade is
mutually beneficial, while war is at best a zero-sum game. At the same
time, the increasing lethality of modern weapons has greatly
increased the costs and risks of war, thus making the trading option
seem even more rational. Four other subsidiary propositions
supporting the liberal view are worth mentioning here.17 Firstly, the
increased economic activity that accompanies higher trade levels
tends to promote domestic prosperity, and in doing so lessens the
internal problems that push leaders to war. Secondly, trade may alter
the domestic structure of a particular state, giving more influence to
groups with a vested interest in the continuation of peaceful trade.
Thirdly, a higher level of interdependence inevitably leads to increased
interaction between governments and peoples. This enhances
understanding and an appreciation of each other's views and
perspectives, reducing the misunderstandings and miscalculations
that sometimes lead to war. The final argument asserts that trade has
the spillover effect of enhancing political ties between trading
partners, thus improving the prospects for long-term co-operation.
Going by the liberal arguments, there is cause for optimism as long as a
high level of interdependence can be maintained among all states.
Rosecrance sums up the view rather neatly that high interdependence
fosters peace by making trading more profitable than invading.18
Some liberals explain the continuing occurrence of war as a result of the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
274
misconception of political leaders caught up in the outmoded belief that war

still pays.19 Yet others saw it as the misguided attempts by political leaders
to gamble for an outright victory in war, in which case the benefits would be
even greater. The contention is that inspite of the pacifist tendencies that
interdependence brings about, it may sometimes not be enough to prevent
war from happening.
Economic collapse ensures nuclear resource wars

Broward 9 ((Member of Triond) http://newsflavor.com/opinions/will-aneconomic-collapse-kill-you)JFS
Now its time to look at the consequences of a failing world economy.

With five official nations having nuclear weapons, and four more
likely to have them there could be major consequences of another
world war. The first thing that will happen after an economic
collapse will be war over resources. The United States currency will
become useless and will have no way of securing reserves. The United
States has little to no capacity to produce oil, it is totally dependent on
foreign oil. If the United States stopped getting foreign oil, the
government would go to no ends to secure more, if there were a war
with any other major power over oil, like Russia or China, these wars
would most likely involve nuclear weapons. Once one nation
launches a nuclear weapon, there would of course be retaliation, and
with five or more countries with nuclear weapons there would most
likely be a world nuclear war. The risk is so high that acting to save
the economy is the most important issue facing us in the 21st
century.
Continued economic decline will result in global war.

Mead 9 (Walter Russell Mead, Henry A. Kissinger senior fellow for U.S.
foreign policy at the Council on Foreign Relations. The New Republic,
http://www.tnr.com/politics/story.html?id=571cbbb9-2887-4d81-854292e83915f5f8&p=2)JFS
So far, such half-hearted experiments not only have failed to work; they have
left the societies that have tried them in a progressively worse position,
farther behind the front-runners as time goes by. Argentina has lost ground to
Chile; Russian development has fallen farther behind that of the Baltic states
and Central Europe. Frequently, the crisis has weakened the power of
the merchants, industrialists, financiers, and professionals who want
to develop a liberal capitalist society integrated into the world. Crisis
can also strengthen the hand of religious extremists, populist
radicals, or authoritarian traditionalists who are determined to resist
liberal capitalist society for a variety of reasons. Meanwhile, the companies
and banks based in these societies are often less established and more
vulnerable to the consequences of a financial crisis than more
established firms in wealthier societies. As a result, developing
countries and countries where capitalism has relatively recent and shallow
roots tend to suffer greater economic and political damage when crisis
strikes--as, inevitably, it does. And, consequently, financial crises often
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
275
reinforce rather than challenge the global distribution of power and

wealth. This may be happening yet again. None of which means that we can
just sit back and enjoy the recession. History may suggest that financial
crises actually help capitalist great powers maintain their leads--but it has
other, less reassuring messages as well.If financial crises have been a
normal part of life during the 300-year rise of the liberal capitalist system
under the Anglophone powers, so has war. The wars of the League of
Augsburg and the Spanish Succession; the Seven Years War; the American
Revolution; the Napoleonic Wars; the two World Wars; the cold war: The list
of wars is almost as long as the list of financial crises. Bad economic
times can breed wars. Europe was a pretty peaceful place in 1928,
but the Depression poisoned German public opinion and helped
bring Adolf Hitler to power. If the current crisis turns into a
depression, what rough beasts might start slouching toward Moscow,
Karachi, Beijing, or New Delhi to be born? The United States may not, yet,
decline, but, if we can't get the world economy back on track, we may
still have to fight.
Their impact takeouts are wrong laundry list of reasons

why economic crisis causes war
Strauss-Kahn 9 (Dominique, Manging Director of the IMF, International
Monetary Fund,
http://www.imf.org/external/np/speeches/2009/102309.htm)JFS
Let me stress that the crisis is by no means over, and many risks
remain. Economic activity is still dependent on policy support, and a
premature withdrawal of this support could kill the recovery. And even as
growth recovers, it will take some time for jobs to follow suit. This
economic instability will continue to threaten social stability. The
stakes are particularly high in the low-income countries. Our
colleagues at the United Nations and World Bank think that up to 90 million
people might be pushed into extreme poverty as a result of this
crisis. In many areas of the world, what is at stake is not only higher
unemployment or lower purchasing power, but life and death itself.
Economic marginalization and destitution could lead to social unrest,
political instability, a breakdown of democracy, or war. In a sense, our
collective efforts to fight the crisis cannot be separated from our
efforts guard social stability and to secure peace. This is particularly
important in low-income countries. War might justifiably be called
development in reverse. War leads to death, disability, disease, and
displacement of population. War increases poverty. War reduces
growth potential by destroying infrastructure as well as financial and
human capital. War diverts resources toward violence, rent-seeking, and
corruption. War weakens institutions. War in one country harms
neighboring countries, including through an influx of refugees. Most wars
since the 1970s have been wars within states. It is hard to estimate the
true cost of a civil war. Recent research suggests that one year of conflict
can knock 2-2 percentage points off a countrys growth rate. And
since the average civil war lasts 7 years, that means an economy that
is 15 percent smaller than it would have been with peace. Of course, no
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
276
cost can be put on the loss of life or the great human suffering that
always accompanies war. The causality also runs the other way. Just
as wars devastate the economy, a weak economy makes a country
more prone to war. The evidence is quite clear on this pointlow income or
slow economic growth increases the risk of a country falling into civil
conflict. Poverty and economic stagnation lead people to become
marginalized, without a stake in the productive economy. With little hope
of employment or a decent standard of living, they might turn instead to
violent activities. Dependence on natural resources is also a risk
factorcompetition for control over these resources can trigger
conflict and income from natural resources can finance war. And so we can
see a vicious circlewar makes economic conditions and prospects
worse, and weakens institutions, and this in turn increases the
likelihood of war. Once a war has started, its hard to stop. And even if it
stops, its easy to slip back into conflict. During the first decade after a war,
there is a 50 percent chance of returning to violence, partly because of
weakened institutions.
Growth creates cultures of peace and conflict resolution

Soysa 2k (Indra de, senior research associate at the International Peace
Research Institute, , in Greed and Grievance, ed. Berdal and Malone, p.
126)JFS
The question is, How can a country escape from resource dependence and
manage to innovate? Economic growth is vital because the raising of
per capita income proxies innovative capabilities. Bringing about
economic growth through development assistance is one obvious
answer. Countries with higher per capita wealth are far less likely to
suffer internal conflict and are more likely to exhibit strong
democracywhich is widely seen as promoting peace and conflict
resolution. Thus, renewed efforts at promoting economic growth and
democratic institutions seem to be the best long-term strategy for
creating what UNESCO has termed a culture of peace in the
developing world.
Growth checks war exports and education

Soysa 2k (Indra de, senior research associate at the International Peace
Research Institute, , in Greed and Grievance, ed. Berdal and Malone, p.
116)JFS
Collier finds that ethnic heterogeneity and income inequality are

mostly unrelated to conflict. Primary goods exports and average
years of schooling in the male population, however, are strongly
related to conflict. A large share of primary goods in exports
provides a revenue stream easy to capture, offering the motivation
for rebels to coalesce in seeking loot. The average years of schooling
in the male population measures the opportunity costs for young
men to join greed-motivated rebellion. This variable is significantly
negatively related to conflict: The higher the level of education
among males, the less likely they are to engage in risky endeavors
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
277
such as armed conflict. A country more than one-fourth dependent

on primary commodity exports emerges as four times more likely to
be engaged in a conflict than one that is not. Similarly, even a slight
increase in the level of education can decrease the risk of conflict. As
Collier puts it, A country with large natural resources, many young
men, and little education is very much more at risk of conflict than
one with opposite characteristics (italics added). He concludes that the
true cause of much civil war is not the loud discourse of grievance,
but the silent force of greed. Higher levels of development usually
mean the growth of a stronger manufacturing base and the
diversification of exports. Because exports of primary commodities
are strongly related to conflict, such development will also help
reduce the incentives for greed-motivated violence. Again,
development assistance can be targeted toward this end. If resource
abundance acts to distort the processes that lead to better policies, the donor
agencies should seek to counteract trends toward Dutch Disease. To this end,
donor agencies could insist on sounder fiscal policies, prevent the adoption of
policies that promote rent-seeking, help identify and alter perverse
subsidization that benefits merely the urban elite, and build institutions that
protect property rights. Moreover, the international community can help with
transfer of technology to developing countries and support the processes of
harnessing that technology by promoting investment in human capital.
Providing assistance toward better educational systems will not only
discourage recruitment of youths into rebellion but will also
strengthen the longer-term prospects of economic growth and
development. Investment in education will also encourage better
government in the longer run that will result in informed
participation in political and economic life. As recent studies of aid
effectiveness find, aid can work wonders in the right policy setting, but it fails
in bad ones. The right policy conditions cannot simply be imposed but must
be accepted by those who benefit from such policies. Acceptance of certain
policies can be achieved only if people are able to understand them.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
278
Diversionary Theory
Times of economic turmoil lead to wars to distract the
public from hard economic times
Pickering and Kisangani 9 (department of political science at Kansas
State, citing the International Military Intervention dataset Jeffrey and Emizet,
British Journal of Political Science, 39:483-515, ProQuest)JFS
In this article, we contend that the Argentinian use of diversionary force
was an anomaly in 1982, but the British diversion was not. Contrary to
common normative assumptions, leaders in mature, established
democracies are more prone to use foreign military force for
domestic political gain than even the most contemptible autocrats.
This argument seems paradoxical, because policy makers in established
democracies have presumably not only accepted norms which emphasize
negotiation, compromise and the value of human life, they operate within
systems designed to check their own authority. We maintain that it is these
very checks which often compel decision makers in mature
democracies to divert. Institutional and partisan restraints prevent them
from implementing effective domestic policy when their electoral prospects
dim, forcing them to at least consider diversionary force. Leaders in the
most liberal states in the international system may consequently, and
seemingly illogically, fall into an illiberal pattern of using foreign
military force to solve domestic problems. We have followed our own
earlier extension of Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and his associates institutional
approach, rational choice literature on voting and research on democratic
audience costs to develop the three major components of our argument.7 We
define audience costs as the penalty that leaders incur for failing
to keep commitments or for initiating disastrous policies.8 Following
Michael Doyles conceptualization, we define mature democracies as
countries with sovereignty, market and private economies, judicial rights and
representative political institutions.9 The institutional approach highlights the
institutional barriers that leaders in mature democracies encounter when
they try to find domestic solutions to certain domestic problems. The
rational choice literature on voting demonstrates how difficult it is
for leaders in mature democracies to regain popular support when
the country has experienced domestic economic difficulties. Even
domestic policy which successfully resolves economic problems and
increases growth often does little to boost the political executives
popular support and may even have the seemingly contradictory effect of
reducing the leaders standing in public opinion polls further.10 Since the
voting public is not inclined to reward successful economic policy,
embattled leaders in mature democracies may turn to foreign policy
to regain their political credibility and to improve their chances of
retaining office. The decision to use diversionary force is made
easier when leaders are confident that the military operation will be
both a military success and provide the domestic political boost they are
seeking. Recent research on audience costs suggests that military missions
launched by leaders in mature democracies have a high probability of
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
279
achieving both of these outcomes. Of course, a good deal of institutional

variation exists among countries typically labelled mature democracies. The
final component of our theory refines our earlier approach further by
developing hypotheses on the impact that institutional differences have on
mature democracies diversionary proclivities. To determine whether the
leaders of mature democracies, and especially certain types of mature
democracies, are more likely both to use diversionary force and to reap
political rewards from doing so than other leaders, we test the reciprocal
relationships which exist between the use of foreign military force and the
domestic political and economic variables which may cause it. Our study is
certainly not the first to analyse mature democracies propensity to use
diversionary military force. A number of studies have been undertaken on the
subject with, to date, mixed results.11 Our analysis is, however, the first to
separate out and test the diversionary behaviour of several distinct types of
established democracies and to determine whether diversionary force by
these actors works by producing domestic political and economic benefits
for leaders. To our knowledge, it is also the first to develop an integrated,
multi-layer theory that attempts to bring greater clarity to the seemingly
illogical phenomenon of democratic diversion.
Its more likely in mature democratic societies

Pickering and Kisangani 9 (department of political science at Kansas
State, citing the International Military Intervention dataset, Jeffrey and
Emizet, British Journal of Political Science, 39:483-515)JFS
Our control variables provide further evidence that mature

democracies may be more prone to use military force in response to
domestic stimuli than other regimes. The statistical significance and
positive direction of strategic rivalry and sub-system crisis indicate that
leaders in non-democracies dispatch troops overseas in response to external
threats rather than to domestic difficulties. These external variables are, in
contrast, negative when interacted with mature democracy. The interaction
term for strategic rivalry is also statistically significant. Our formula
provides marginal effects for strategic rivalryt3democracyt of
0.017311[(20.01204)3(119)]521.4155 for 119 year old democracies and
0.017311[(20.01204)3(119)]521.9693 for 165 year old democracies. Thus, as
democracies become more mature, they grow less likely to use military force
abroad in response to the external stimuli of strategic rivalry (or, in this case,
an increase in the number of rivals).
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
280
Self-Correcting
Growth is self-correcting
Zey 98 (Michael, founder of the Expansionary Institute, Seizing the Future:
The Dawn of the Macroindustrial Era, pg. 36-37)JFS
Third, growth itself contains the solutions to the problems it
produces. Supporting this principle is the World Bank's 1992 report
"Development and the Environment," which blatantly starts that growth is a
powerful antidote to a number of ills plaguing Third World countries,
including the pollution that growth supposedly generates. The report
thus contends that eliminating poverty should remain the top goal of world
policymakers. Although economic growth can initially lead to such
problems as pollution and waste, the resulting prosperity also
facilitates the developments of technologies that lead to cleaner air
and water. In fact, once a nation's per capita income rises to about
$4000 in 1993 dollars, it produces less of some pollutants per capita,
mainly due to the fact that it can afford technology like catalytic
converters and sewage systems that treat a variety of wastes. According
to Norio Yamamoto, research director of the Mitsubishi Research Institute,
"We consider any kind of environment damage to result from
mismanagement of the economy." He claims that the pollution problems of
poorer regions such as Eastern Europe can be traced to their economic woes.
Hence, he concludes that in order to ensure environmental safety
"we need a sound economy on a global basis."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
281
Russia
Russian collapse ensures nuclear civil war that escalates
globally
David 99 (Steven, Professor of Political Science at The Johns Hopkins
University, Foreign Affairs, Jan/Feb)JFS
If internal war does strike Russia, economic deterioration will be a

prime cause. From 1989 to the present, the GDP has fallen by 50
percent. In a society where, ten years ago, unemployment scarcely
existed, it reached 9.5 percent in 1997 with many economists declaring the
true figure to be much higher. Twenty-two percent of Russians live
below the official poverty line (earning less than $ 70 a month). Modern
Russia can neither collect taxes (it gathers only half the revenue it is due)
nor significantly cut spending. Reformers tout privatization as the country's
cure-all, but in a land without well-defined property rights or contract law and
where subsidies remain a way of life, the prospects for transition to an
American-style capitalist economy look remote at best. As the massive
devaluation of the ruble and the current political crisis show, Russia's
condition is even worse than most analysts feared. If conditions get
worse, even the stoic Russian people will soon run out of patience. A
future conflict would quickly draw in Russia's military. In the Soviet
days civilian rule kept the powerful armed forces in check. But with
the Communist Party out of office, what little civilian control remains
relies on an exceedingly fragile foundation -- personal friendships
between government leaders and military commanders. Meanwhile, the
morale of Russian soldiers has fallen to a dangerous low. Drastic cuts
in spending mean inadequate pay, housing, and medical care. A new
emphasis on domestic missions has created an ideological split between the
old and new guard in the military leadership, increasing the risk that
disgruntled generals may enter the political fray and feeding the
resentment of soldiers who dislike being used as a national police force.
Newly enhanced ties between military units and local authorities pose
another danger. Soldiers grow ever more dependent on local governments for
housing, food, and wages. Draftees serve closer to home, and new laws have
increased local control over the armed forces. Were a conflict to emerge
between a regional power and Moscow, it is not at all clear which
side the military would support. Divining the military's allegiance is
crucial, however, since the structure of the Russian Federation makes
it virtually certain that regional conflicts will continue to erupt.
Russia's 89 republics, krais, and oblasts grow ever more independent
in a system that does little to keep them together. As the central
government finds itself unable to force its will beyond Moscow (if
even that far), power devolves to the periphery. With the economy
collapsing, republics feel less and less incentive to pay taxes to
Moscow when they receive so little in return. Three-quarters of them
already have their own constitutions, nearly all of which make some claim
to sovereignty. Strong ethnic bonds promoted by shortsighted Soviet
policies may motivate non-Russians to secede from the Federation.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
282
Chechnya's successful revolt against Russian control inspired similar

movements for autonomy and independence throughout the country. If
these rebellions spread and Moscow responds with force, civil war is
likely. Should Russia succumb to internal war, the consequences for the
United States and Europe will be severe. A major power like Russia -even though in decline -- does not suffer civil war quietly or alone. An
embattled Russian Federation might provoke opportunistic attacks
from enemies such as China. Massive flows of refugees would pour into
central and western Europe. Armed struggles in Russia could easily
spill into its neighbors. Damage from the fighting, particularly attacks
on nuclear plants, would poison the environment of much of Europe
and Asia. Within Russia, the consequences would be even worse. Just as the
sheer brutality of the last Russian civil war laid the basis for the privations of
Soviet communism, a second civil war might produce another horrific regime.
Most alarming is the real possibility that the violent disintegration of
Russia could lead to loss of control over its nuclear arsenal. No
nuclear state has ever fallen victim to civil war, but even without a
clear precedent the grim consequences can be foreseen. Russia retains
some 20,000 nuclear weapons and the raw material for tens of
thousands more, in scores of sites scattered throughout the country. So far,
the government has managed to prevent the loss of any weapons or much
material. If war erupts, however, Moscow's already weak grip on
nuclear sites will slacken, making weapons and supplies available to a
wide range of anti-American groups and states. Such dispersal of
nuclear weapons represents the greatest physical threat America
now faces. And it is hard to think of anything that would increase
this threat more than the chaos that would follow a Russian civil war.
Russian economic decline causes nuclear war

Filger 9 (Sheldon, founder of Global Economic Crisis, The Huffington Post,,
5.10.9, http://www.huffingtonpost.com/sheldon-filger/russian-economy-facesdis_b_201147.html ) ET
In Russia, historically, economic health and political stability are
intertwined to a degree that is rarely encountered in other major
industrialized economies. It was the economic stagnation of the former
Soviet Union that led to its political downfall. Similarly, Medvedev and
Putin, both intimately acquainted with their nation's history, are
unquestionably alarmed at the prospect that Russia's economic crisis
will endanger the nation's political stability, achieved at great cost after
years of chaos following the demise of the Soviet Union. Already, strikes and
protests are occurring among rank and file workers facing unemployment or
non-payment of their salaries. Recent polling demonstrates that the once
supreme popularity ratings of Putin and Medvedev are eroding rapidly.
Beyond the political elites are the financial oligarchs, who have been
forced to deleverage, even unloading their yachts and executive jets
in a desperate attempt to raise cash. Should the Russian economy
deteriorate to the point where economic collapse is not out of the
question, the impact will go far beyond the obvious accelerant such an
outcome would be for the Global Economic Crisis. There is a geopolitical
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
283
dimension that is even more relevant then the economic context. Despite its
economic vulnerabilities and perceived decline from superpower
status, Russia remains one of only two nations on earth with a
nuclear arsenal of sufficient scope and capability to destroy the
world as we know it. For that reason, it is not only President Medvedev and
Prime Minister Putin who will be lying awake at nights over the prospect that
a national economic crisis can transform itself into a virulent and destabilizing
social and political upheaval. It just may be possible that U.S.
Russian economic collapse breeds political instability and

global insecurity
Filger 9 (Sheldon, founder of Global Economic Crisis, The Huffington Post,,
5.10.9, http://www.huffingtonpost.com/sheldon-filger/russian-economy-facesdis_b_201147.html ) ET
President Barack Obama's national security team has already briefed
him about the consequences of a major economic meltdown in
Russia for the peace of the world. After all, the most recent national
intelligence estimates put out by the U.S. intelligence community
have already concluded that the Global Economic Crisis represents the
greatest national security threat to the United States, due to its
facilitating political instability in the world. During the years Boris
Yeltsin ruled Russia, security forces responsible for guarding the nation's
nuclear arsenal went without pay for months at a time, leading to fears that
desperate personnel would illicitly sell nuclear weapons to terrorist
organizations. If the current economic crisis in Russia were to
deteriorate much further, how secure would the Russian nuclear
arsenal remain? It may be that the financial impact of the Global Economic
Crisis is its least
Russian growth prevents war with the US

Bronwen 9 (Maddox, Chief Foreign Commentator for The Times, The
Times, http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/comment/columnists/bronwe
n_maddox/article6 652936.ece ) ET
The most interesting and unexpected ingredient in the Russia-US
summit is how well the Russian leaders have managed the financial
turmoil. That changes in their favour, slightly, the dynamics of the meeting,
which otherwise turn on that peculiar Russian mix of extremes of strength
and weakness. On one hand, President Medvedev and Vladimir Putin, the
Prime Minister, hold cards that matter hugely to any US president: nuclear
missiles; oil; gas; one of the worlds largest armies; friendship with Iran;
influence, obsessively deployed, over the Caucasus and Central Asia; a
permanent seat and veto on the United Nations Security Council. On
the other, there is the reality of Russias vulnerability on every count of
finance, trade, and military strength. There are the big, bald statistics of its
shrinking population (although that may be reversing), falling life expectancy
(although that is suddenly improving), and stubborn poverty. Most painfully,
too, there is the memory of the Soviet era and the incredulity at the
sharpness of the reversal. The US team has made clear that in its
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
284
calculation, the strengths make it worth its while trying to reset

the relationship. But the weaknesses mean that if the attempt fails, Russia
could be relegated behind more pressing problems. The element that might
change this calculation is the Russian leaders recent skilful management of
the economy. It not only points to surefootedness in economic
management, which their rhetoric has not often suggested. It offers
hope that Russia may find its way out of its current sour resentment,
and autocratic rule, and into a more stable future. A World Bank report
last month spelt out the unexpected upside to Russias otherwise
unsurprising suffering during the crisis. Yes, there has been plenty of damage.
Real gross domestic product is expected to shrink by about 7.9 per cent this
year (compared with a global fall in output of 2.9 per cent). That is a big
shock after a decade of high growth, driven by high oil and gas prices. The
stock market lost two thirds of its value in the five months to November 2008.
Unemployment could now rise to 13 per cent and poverty to 17.4 per cent by
the end of the year, the bank warned, noting that the middle class would also
shrink by a tenth, or more than six million people, to just over half the
population. However, the bank, which called the Governments response
swift, co-ordinated, and comprehensive, noted that Russias leaders had
moved quickly to cut spending as the oil price fell (including pushing
through an aggressive rethinking of the military). They had arranged
a large stimulus, and had responded to the plunge in foreign
reserves (figures yesterday showed a net capital inflow of $7.2 billion in the
second quarter of 2009, after $35 billion flowed out in the first quarter). The
worst effects of the crisis were perhaps past, the bank suggested. If a huge
if Russia took the chance to reform old industries, and made them more
competitive, then it could come out of the crisis with a more modern,
diversified economy. There are a few slight signs that Russias leaders might
seize that chance, such as the overhaul of the military (arms, and rules for
conscription). Alternatively, they will persist with their technique of blaming
others for their problems, and focusing on external threats, not obstacles at
home. President Obamas quest of trying to find a new deal to cut
stockpiles of nuclear missiles is an honourable one. But its success
will depend on whether Russia can be persuaded out of the mindset
in which the expansion and success of the European Union and Nato
are a threat. The US has had much less success with Russia than
with China in persuading it of the value of becoming part of
international organisations and laws. Not much in Putins or
Medvedevs recent behaviour suggests that they are that way
inclined. All the same, the weakness of modern Russia, clutching the few
great prizes of its recent past, in the form of missiles and oil wells while the
rest lies in tatters, is one point of leverage. So is the Russian leaders
astute reaction to the crisis, which they dubbed the failure of
capitalism. That shows that they can set ideology aside and take
quick steps in the countrys interest. That can only be a hopeful sign
for Russias chances of becoming a less fearful and more modern
state.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
285
Russian growth prevents war with the US capitalism

must look good in order to maintain its ideological
prominence and avoid conflict
Bronwen 9 (Maddox, Chief Foreign Commentator for The Times, The
Times, http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/comment/columnists/bronwe
n_maddox/article6 652936.ece ) ET
The most interesting and unexpected ingredient in the Russia-US

summit is how well the Russian leaders have managed the financial
turmoil. That changes in their favour, slightly, the dynamics of the meeting,
which otherwise turn on that peculiar Russian mix of extremes of strength
and weakness. On one hand, President Medvedev and Vladimir Putin, the
Prime Minister, hold cards that matter hugely to any US president: nuclear
missiles; oil; gas; one of the worlds largest armies; friendship with Iran;
influence, obsessively deployed, over the Caucasus and Central Asia; a
permanent seat and veto on the United Nations Security Council. On
the other, there is the reality of Russias vulnerability on every count of
finance, trade, and military strength. There are the big, bald statistics of its
shrinking population (although that may be reversing), falling life expectancy
(although that is suddenly improving), and stubborn poverty. Most painfully,
too, there is the memory of the Soviet era and the incredulity at the
sharpness of the reversal. The US team has made clear that in its
calculation, the strengths make it worth its while trying to reset
the relationship. But the weaknesses mean that if the attempt fails, Russia
could be relegated behind more pressing problems. The element that might
change this calculation is the Russian leaders recent skilful management of
the economy. It not only points to surefootedness in economic
management, which their rhetoric has not often suggested. It offers
hope that Russia may find its way out of its current sour resentment,
and autocratic rule, and into a more stable future. A World Bank report
last month spelt out the unexpected upside to Russias otherwise
unsurprising suffering during the crisis. Yes, there has been plenty of damage.
Real gross domestic product is expected to shrink by about 7.9 per cent this
year (compared with a global fall in output of 2.9 per cent). That is a big
shock after a decade of high growth, driven by high oil and gas prices. The
stock market lost two thirds of its value in the five months to November 2008.
Unemployment could now rise to 13 per cent and poverty to 17.4 per cent by
the end of the year, the bank warned, noting that the middle class would also
shrink by a tenth, or more than six million people, to just over half the
population. However, the bank, which called the Governments response
swift, co-ordinated, and comprehensive, noted that Russias leaders had
moved quickly to cut spending as the oil price fell (including pushing
through an aggressive rethinking of the military). They had arranged
a large stimulus, and had responded to the plunge in foreign
reserves (figures yesterday showed a net capital inflow of $7.2 billion in the
second quarter of 2009, after $35 billion flowed out in the first quarter). The
worst effects of the crisis were perhaps past, the bank suggested. If a huge
if Russia took the chance to reform old industries, and made them more
competitive, then it could come out of the crisis with a more modern,
diversified economy. There are a few slight signs that Russias leaders might
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
286
seize that chance, such as the overhaul of the military (arms, and rules for
conscription). Alternatively, they will persist with their technique of blaming
others for their problems, and focusing on external threats, not obstacles at
home. President Obamas quest of trying to find a new deal to cut
stockpiles of nuclear missiles is an honourable one. But its success
will depend on whether Russia can be persuaded out of the mindset
in which the expansion and success of the European Union and Nato
are a threat. The US has had much less success with Russia than
with China in persuading it of the value of becoming part of
international organisations and laws. Not much in Putins or
Medvedevs recent behaviour suggests that they are that way
inclined. All the same, the weakness of modern Russia, clutching the few
great prizes of its recent past, in the form of missiles and oil wells while the
rest lies in tatters, is one point of leverage. So is the Russian leaders
astute reaction to the crisis, which they dubbed the failure of
capitalism. That shows that they can set ideology aside and take
quick steps in the countrys interest. That can only be a hopeful sign
for Russias chances of becoming a less fearful and more modern
state.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
287
Middle East
Economic growth solves Middle East conflict
Srli et al 5 (Mirjam E., CSCW Assistant @ Peace Research Institute Oslo,
Nils Petter Gleditsch, Research prof at PRIO, Hvard Strand, Senior Resarcher
at PRIO, Why Is There so Much Conflict in the Middle East? The Journal of
Conflict Resolution, Vol.49(1), Feb, pp. 141-165, jm)
Economic growth and economic development are the two most
important variables in our analysis. Poor countries that are trapped in
poverty seem to be the most war prone, with an average probability
of conflict onset at 8.8 percent, more than 5 percentage points higher
than the global average. We are unable to report any strong findings for raw
material dependence. Figure 2 presents the effect of oil dependence from
model 6 in Table 5. It is both small and statistically insignificant. The same
figure illustrates the effect of the political regime variable. While this effect is
statistically significant only at the 10 percent level, the effect portrayed in the
figure clearly outperforms that of oil dependence. An average semidemocracy is close to 3 percentage points more likely to experience a conflict
onset than is a full democracy.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
288
AT: Goldstein
Goldstein concludes economic depression is the root
cause of war
Cashman 2k (Greg, prof in the Department of Political Science at
Salisbury U in Salisbury, Maryland, "What causes war?: an introduction to

theories of international conflict," book, p. 135-136, jm)
Why should economic recoveries be related to war? It could be that the
underlying cause of hostilities had been present for many years, but that
governments practiced restraint during the period of economic distress. War
was undertaken only when the economic upswing made it financially
feasible for them to engage in military action. Goldstein suggests that
major wars occur only when nations can afford themthat is, after a
sustained period of stable economic growth.41 It should be noted that in this
explanation, economic upturns are not cited as the actual cause of
war, but as a factor that enables wars to occur. The historical
association of wars with economic upswings may therefore actually
obscure the real causes of war, which might be found in the
preceding period of economic decline.42
Goldstein is wrong- fails to take key authors into account

Midlarsky 89 ( Manus, political science @ Rutgers U, Journal of Politics,
Vol 51 No. 4, Nov 89, http://www.jstor.org/stable/2131568 , pg 1068-9)ET
There are heartening and disappointing aspects to both books taken

together. On the positive side, the study of systemic, world, or hegemonic
wars is now receiving separate and, I might add, highly successful theoretical
and empirical treatment. This is indicative of the maturation of a science.
Cognate elements of a phenomenon are analyzed separately from the
remainder to see how well they cohere in the attempt at explanation.
Additionally and importantly, how successful is that explanatory effort?
Fortunately, in the case of Goldstein treatment, the answer to both
questions is yes. The disappointing aspect emerges in the danger that
analysts of systemic wars may become increasingly divorced from
those who treat smaller wars. This danger is already foreshadowed
in the two books under review here. Neither Modelski, Levy, nor Doran
are referenced in James' book. In turn, neither Bueno de Mesquita,
Zinnes, nor Wilkenfeld are referred to in Goldstein's volume. The
division already is appearing at this time, with unforeseen, but I suspect
ultimately deleterious consequences for the field of international
conflict research.
Goldsteins statistical methods were flawed- wrong

groupings and lack of quantitative methods
Rostow 88 (W.W., United States National Security Advisor, Journal of
Economic History, vol 48 no. 4, Dec 1988,
http://www.jstor.org/stable/2121682 , p.990 ) ET
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
289
This book is flawed in a number of respects. The review of long-cycle

theories and evidence is complicated by the effort to link the
character of theories to the political orientation of theorists. The
grouping proves rather unsatisfactory, with a good many figures disposed
of in a few unpersuasive phrases; and there are some curious anomalies
as well. While respecting Goldstein's effort to survey and give shape to the
whole long-cycle literature, I can only report that, for this reader, it didn't
come off. The flaw in Part Two is much more serious. First, as indicated
earlier, the data are not adequate for a test of his long-wave/war
hypothesis, with respect to time periods, quality, or variables covered.
Second, the statistical methods and results constitute a reduction
and absurdum of the present fashion in political science of reliance
on formal quantitative methods.
Goldstein is wrong- his empirics are based off of nominal

rather than real figures- economically incorrect
To get at the heart of the matter, it is simply not true that there is a
systematic relation between the price trends which underlie
Goldstein's "base dating scheme" and trends in production. There are
good and bad price upswings and downswings. The first price
downswing (1815-1848) was marked by a higher rate of growth in the
British and world economies than the first upswing (1790-1815), when
corrected for cyclical biases in dating. The second price downswing
(1873-1896) was a period of deceleration in British production (not real
wages) but accelerated growth in a good many other countries. The third
price downswing (1920-1933) was, of course, accompanied by
deceleration or decline in most parts of the world economy. The
results of the upswings are similarly mixed. The clustering of major
innovations is also erratic in relation to the "base dating scheme."
Goldstein is false- historical summaries incorrect

Goldstein's historical summaries are inevitably thin, given the long

the complexity of the issues
he raises. The human race won't get from here to "common security"
by incantation, or even the joint exploration of space. The peaceful
phasing out of the Cold War; the absorption into the world economy
and polity of technologically mature China, India, Brazil, and Mexico,
and other upwardly mobile states; the preservation of a viable
physical environment in the face of the strains imposed by global
industrialization; the patient provision of support for countries not yet in take-off; and the
maintenance of strong, vital societies in North America , Western Europe, and
Finally
timeperiod covered, his speculations on the past and future as well, and
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
290
Japanworking in partnership-and
much more are implied by the decent

aspirations evoked by Goldstein at the close.
Goldstein only shows correlation- no causation claims

Vol 51 No. 4, Nov 89, http://www.jstor.org/stable/2131568 , pg 1065-1066)ET

The core of Goldstein's analysis is the relationship between elements of
the long cycle and what has been called the hegemonic war (more on
that usage momentarily). As conceived of by Nikolai Kondratieff in his first
1925 publication, long cycles are waves of economic activity which
undergo long upswings and downswings as measured by prices,
production, and trade, among other economic indices. His legacy,
although not without substantial controversy, has been to bequeath his
name to what is now frequently called the Kondratieff wave. More
recently, George Modelski suggested theoretical relationships
between the Kondratieff wave (or more generally, the long cycle) and
world war, and William Thompson, among others, provided empirical
support for aspects of this relationship. In this book, data on prices,
production, wages, and other important economic indicators are collected
over the period 1495-1975. A total of 55 economic time series are used
to test a bevy of hypotheses that Goldstein has collected from the
long-cycle literature. What is appealing about these hypotheses is that
they are frequently paired with their obverse counterparts, also culled from
that literature. Thus, the first hypothesis-that "long waves exist"-is paired
with its obverse, namely, that "long waves do not exist" (164). Or "war
concentrations occur on long wave upswings" is coupled with "war clusters
early in the downswing" (168). The economic time series then are used to
demonstrate the strong relationship between prices and, in a time-lagged
effect, production, with periods of war severity (measured by battle fatalities)
occurring on the long-wave upswing. This is the major contribution of
Goldstein's study-not only to confirm or disconfirm hypotheses in the
long-wave literature using a variety of straightforward as well as
highly sophisticated methodologies-but finally to demonstrate a
robust relationship between two of the most frequently used
economic variables in longwave research, and periods of war severity.
These points coincide with wars such as the Thirty Years' War, the Napoleonic
Wars, and World War I. The findings are used to construct a theory of long
waves with production growth and war severity at its core.
Goldstein wrong- based off the wrong hegemon

Vol 51 No. 4, Nov 89, http://www.jstor.org/stable/2131568 , pg 1066)ET
These accomplishments notwithstanding, there is a problematic area
in the historical treatment of the book. And in fairness to Goldstein, this
emerges not so much from his own analysis, as in his acceptance of the
term hegemonic war, used by others, to characterize his periods of
greatest war severity. The difficulty may be summarized in the question:
Who is the hegemon at any given time? It is fairly easy to pinpoint
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
291
hegemonic powers in the contemporary period, especially if one

accepts the primacy of economic production and sea power in that
determination. Great Britain during the nineteenth century or the
United States during the latter part of the twentieth century easily
comes to mind. But what of earlier time periods when the choice of a
particular country is unclear and the criteria for selection are fuzzy?
These difficulties lead Goldstein to choose Venice as the initial
hegemon of the modern period beginning approximately in 1350 and ending
in 1648. With a population only slightly in excess of 100,000 in the
middle of this period, and a military size to match, it is difficult to
conceive of Venice as a hegemonic power. True, in economic terms, and
especially trade, she stood out from the remainder but is it sufficient to use
only economic criteria and sea power in the Mediterranean, when the other
bases of power are so meager? This problem points to the further difficulty of
choosing either landbased or sea-based power as the principal basis for
selecting the hegemon.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
292
AT: Goldstein- Wave theory

Kondratieff wave theory empirically false
North 6/27 (Gary, economist and publisher and PhD in history from the
University of California, Riverside, The Myth of the Kondratieff Wave,
http://www.lewrockwell.com/north/north725.html, 6/27/09, AD: 7/6/09) JC
THE K-WAVE These days, the Kondratieff Wave has a spiffy new name: the
K-Wave. (I can almost hear it: "Attention: K-Wave shoppers!") The K-Wave is
supposedly going to bring a deflationary collapse Real Soon Now. The
Western world's debt structure will disappear in a wave of defaults.
Kondratieff's 54-year cycle is almost upon us. Again. The last deflationary
period ended in 1933. This became clear no later than 1940. World
War II orders from Great Britain, funded by American loans and Federal
Reserve policy, ended the Great Depression by lowering real wages. In 1942,
price and wage controls were imposed by Washington, the FED began
pumping out new money, ration stamps replaced the free market, the black
market overcame shortages, and the inflationary era began. That was a long
time ago. But the K-Wave is heralded as a 50 to 60-year cycle, or even more
specifically, a 54-year cycle. That's the entire cycle, trough to trough or peak
to peak. The K-Wave supposedly should have bottomed in 1933, risen
for 27 years (1960), declined in economic contraction until 1987, and
boomed thereafter. The peak should therefore be in 2014. There is a
problem here: the cyclical decline from 1960 to 1987. It never
materialized. Prices kept rising, escalating with a vengeance after
1968, then slowing somewhat just in time for the longest stock
market boom in American history: 19822000. OK, say the K-Wavers:
let's extend the cycle to 60 years. Fine. Let's do just that. Boom,
193262; bust, 196393; boom, 19942024. Does this correspond to
anything that happened in American economic history since 1932?
No.
More empirical ev
You may think that I am devoting way too much space to this. But I want my
readers to understand why Kondratieff was wrong in 1925. His
popularizers were even more wrong in 197585, with their
"idealized" chart, and their contemporary heirs' unwillingness to
learn from the fact that the downward phase of the cycle is now 44
years late. It should have begun no later than Kennedy's
administration: 1932+30=1962. This assumes that the original
downward phase was due in 1932. It wasn't. It was due around 1926:
1896+30=1926. It should have lasted until 1956. But 194573 was a
boom era, with mild recessions and remarkable economic growth per
capita. Forget about a K-Wave which is going to produce price
deflation. The Federal Reserve System remains in control. Sorry about
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
293
that. It is creating new money. Long-term price deflation of 5% per annum

is not in the cards or the charts anywhere. I recommend that you not take
seriously arguments to the contrary that are based on the latest updated
version of the K-Wave. The K-Wave forecasted that secular deflation
was just around the corner, repeatedly, ever since 1932. It wasn't.
Kondratieff wave theory fails creator even admits the

theory is false
Kondratieff admitted that there was no theoretical basis for his
cycle. He also admitted that some of the price data revealed no
traces in his cycle. He selected two groups of "elements of economic
reality," as he called them. This is from The Long Wave Cycle (Richardson &
Snyder, 1984). The elements of the first group were characterized by
the fact that, along with the fluctuating processes, their dynamic did
not manifest any general growth or decline (secular trend), or else
that trend was scarcely noticeable at any rate, for the period under
observation (p. 33). What was he talking about? For one thing, commodity
prices. He admitted: "In processing the statistics on the dynamics of the
series of this group, I used simple analytical methods to bring out the long
cycles" (p. 33). In short, he manipulated the evidence until he obtained a
pattern. He said he found patterns in other statistics. But was there an
underlying economic reality, "some real trends in economic development?
This is a very big question, and I cannot now elucidate it." Yet this is the heart
of his supposed cycle. "We do not have a method for determining how
accurately a theoretical curve reflects real evolutionary-economic trends" (p.
35). All that he could find in the pig iron and lead statistics was one
and a half or maybe two cycles (p. 52). . . . we did not succeed at all if
finding long cycles in the dynamics of cotton consumption in France, and wool
and sugar production in the United States, or in the dynamics of certain other
series (p. 58). As has already been noted, in my own investigation I
discovered series in whose dynamics there were no long cycles (p. 62). As for
the pattern of the long cycle, First, I emphasize its empirical character: as
such, it is lacking in precision and certainly allows of exceptions. Second, in
presenting it I am absolutely disinclined to believe that it offers any
explanation of the causes of the long cycles (pp. 6869). He was frank
about the extreme limitations on his data and his findings. His
disciples are not.
Depression empirically proves K-wave validity

Baranov 8 (Eric Von, Founder & CEO of The Kondratyev Theory Letter, An
Introduction, http://www.kondratyev.com/reference/theory_explained.htm,
1/3/08, AD: 7/6/09) JC
He was arrested in 1930 and sentenced to the Russian Gulag (prison); his
sentence was reviewed in 1938, and he received the death penalty, which it
is speculated was carried out that same year. Kondratieffs major premise
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
294
was that capitalist economies displayed long wave cycles of boom

and busy ranging between 50-60 years in duration. Kondratieffs study
covered the period 1789 to 1926 and was centered on prices and interest
rates. Kondratieffs theories documented in the 1920s were
validated with the depression less than 10 years later. Today, we are
faced with another Kondratieff Winter (depression) when the
majority of the world anticipates economic expansion. Each individual
needs to weigh the risk of depression in light of Kondratieff's work.
Historical evidence proves the K-wave theory

Taylor 5/12 (Jay, Taylor Hard Money Advisors, Kondratieff Winter Is Here?
Is This the Greater Depression,

http://www.modavox.com/voiceamerica/vepisode.aspx?aid=38122, 5/12/09,
AD: 7/5/09) JC
Nations and their economies run through 50 to 70 year credit
expansion/contraction cycles known as a Kondratieff wave. Special
guest Ian Gordon, Chairman of Long Wave Group and economic
historian tells Jay Taylor why the U.S. and the global economy has
entered into a credit contraction that will be as bad or worse than
the deflationary depression of the 1930s. Ian will explain why polices
geared to stimulating the economy will not only fail but will plunge
us even deeper into a price collapsing depression. Ian will explain why
he is betting on deflation, not inflation and why, in this environment,
gold mining will be a portfolio savior as it was during the Great
Depression when the Dow to gold ratio approached 1:1. Ian tells why
he believes the Dow to gold ratio may well fall to an even more
remarkable 0.25:1.0 in this depression and why gold stocks will
make their owners truly wealthy. Ian may also name a few of his favorite
gold mining stocks.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
295
AT: Water Wars

Water scarcity induces cooperation and will never prompt
a war- 3 reasons.
Lomborg 1 (Bjorn, Professor of Statistics, University of Aarhus, The
Skeptical Environmentalist, pp. 156-7)JFS
There is actually good reason why we should expect the water war
argument to be seriously overstated. First, waging a war for water
simply makes very little strategic sense. What would be the goal? Only
downstream, strong states have the motivation and ability, but they
are forever vulnerable to retribution from upstream states
intentionally polluting the water source. So a war would require not just a
simple power demonstration but a permanent occupation and possible
depopulation of the entire watershed. Second, such a war would be
extremely costly, especially compared to the price of desalination. As
an Israeli Defense Forces analyst pointed out: Why go to war over water?
For the price of one weeks fighting, you could build five desalination
plants. No loss of life, no international pressure, and a reliable supply you
dont have to defend in hostile territory. Third, states often share
interests in water, with upstream states getting hydropower from
dams and downstream states getting better-managed water for
agriculture. Finally, water cooperation is highly resilient the
Mekong Committee on water functioned throughout the Vietnam
war, Israel and Jordan held secret water talks throughout 30 years of
formal war, and the Indus River Commission survived two wars
between India and Pakistan. Actually, a number of quarrels have been
solved exactly because the problems surrounding water have gained
more attention recently. Ever since independence India and Bangladesh have
bitterly disputed the rights to water from the Ganges, which is controlled by
India but is essential to Bangladeshs agriculture. After 50 years of India
asserting the right to take as much water from the river as it needed, the
government signed a treaty in 1996, providing both countries with a
guaranteed flow of water in the crucial spring months of March, April and
May. Thus, while water will get more valuable, there is little reason to
expect this to escalate the number of wars, simply because war
makes little strategic or economic sense. Rather, it is to be expected
that increased water value will help increase the focus and attention
needed to solve the remaining, substantial water issues.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
296
AT: Resource Wars

Resource wars are rare and renewable energy solves the
internal link
Homer-Dixon 99 (Thomas F., Director of the Centre for the Study of
Peace and Conflict ,Professor of Political Science, at the University of Toronto,

Environment, Scarcity, and Violence, pp. 138-139)JFS
Four environmental resources in particular would appear likely to spark
simple-scarcity conflicts: agriculturally productive land, forests, river
water, and fish. Scarcity of these renewables is rising rapidly in some
regions; they are often essential for human survival; and they can be
physically seized or controlled. But close study of historical and current
cases provides little support for this idea. There is, in fact, virtually
no evidence that environmental scarcity is a principal cause of major
war among modern states. Arthur Westing has compiled a list of twelve
conflicts in the twentieth centuiy involving resources, beginning with
World War I and concluding with the Falklands/Malvinas War. Access to oil or
minerals was at issue in ten of these conflicts. Just five involved
renewable resources, and only two of thesethe 1969 Soccer War
between El Salvador and Honduras, and the Anglo-Icelandic Cod War of 1972
1973concerned neither oil nor minerals (cropland was a factor in the
former case, and fish in the latter). But, the Soccer War was not a simplescarcity conflict between states; rather, as explained later in this
chapter, it arose from the ecological marginalization of El Salvadoran
peasants and their consequent migration into Honduras. And,
because the Cod War, despite its name, involved negligible violence, it
hardly qualifies as a resource war. In general, scholars such as Choucri
and North have not adequately distinguished between scarcities of
renewable and nonrenewable resources as causes of international
conflict. They have overlooked two reasons why modern states do
not generally fight over renewable resources. First, states cannot
easily convert cropland, forests, and fish seized from a neighbor into
increased state power; although these resources may eventually
generate wealth that can be hamessed by the state for its own ends,
this outcome is uncertain and remote in time. In contrast, states can
quickly use nonrenewables like oil and iron to build and fuel the military
machines of national aggression. (Renewables have not always been less
important to state power: in the seventeenth through nineteenth centuries,
for example, shortages of timber for naval ships contributed to serious, and
sometimes violent, conflict among European powers.) Second, countries
with economies highly dependent on renewables tend to be poor,
and poor countries cannot easily buy large and sophisticated
conventional armies to attack their neighbors. For these reasons,
both the incentives and the means to launch resource wars are likely
to be lower for renewables than for nonrenewables.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
297
Economy Solves North Korea War

A. Depression leads to US North Korea war
BusinessWorld, 98
<January 8, Towards global recession>
The current regional recession in Asia can easily spread to the entire
globe if certain scenarios are realized. One scenario is war. War in Korea
or Iraq, the two flashpoints, will temporarily pump prime the US
economy with a windfall in the weapons industry, as it did in Desert
Storm. But in the long term, war breaks economies rather than
makes them since conflicts inhibit markets, trading, then production
(especially for oil, the sine qua non of economies), and siphon money from
productive peaceful use to destructive wartime use.
B. A new Korean War would expand rapidly to a nuclear

armageddon.
Chol, Tokyo foreign policy analyst, 97
<US-DPRK Will End Up in Shotgun Marriage Center for Korean-American
Peace
http://www.nautilus.org/fora/security/9907G_kim.html#item4>
Significantly absent from the Perry report is a mention of the real

threat of any new war in Korea instantly expanding into nuclear war,
with 12 operating nuclear reactors in the ROK, 51 reactors in Japan
and 102 in the United States singled out as prime targets. However, the
Perry report noted that a new war would be fought on the world's most
densely populated and industrialized areas, unlike the Gulf War and the
Yugoslavia war.
Resumption of hostilities in Korea would spell an abrupt end to the present
unprecedented economic prosperity the Americans are enjoying. It would
leave South Korea and Japan smoking in Stone-Age ruins. Forward
military bases, AEGIS ships, nuclear-powered aircraft carriers,
submarines and cruise missiles would be of little operational value in
safeguarding the American mainland from nuclear holocaust.
Moreover, dozens, hundreds of Chernobyls will inevitably break out
in South Korea, Japan and the United States.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
298
Economy Solves China War

WMD Conflict with China is inevitable absent a strong US
economy that allows economic interdependence
Mead 04 (Walter Russell, Senior Fellow @ Council on Foreign Relations,
Foreign Policy, lexis)
Similarly, in the last 60 years, as foreigners have acquired a greater value in

the United States--government and private bonds, direct and portfolio private
investments--more and more of them have acquired an interest in
maintaining the strength of the U.S.-led system. A collapse of the U.S.
economy and the ruin of the dollar would do more than dent the
prosperity of the United States. Without their best customer,
countries including China and Japan would fall into depressions. The
financial strength of every country would be severely shaken should the
United States collapse. Under those circumstances, debt becomes a
strength, not a weakness, and other countries fear to break with the United
States because they need its market and own its securities. Of course,
pressed too far, a large national debt can turn from a source of strength to a
crippling liability, and the United States must continue to justify other
countries' faith by maintaining its long-term record of meeting its financial
obligations. But, like Samson in the temple of the Philistines, a collapsing U.S.
economy would inflict enormous, unacceptable damage on the rest of the
world. That is sticky power with a vengeance. THE SUM OF ALL POWERS? The
United States' global economic might is therefore not simply, to use Nye's
formulations, hard power that compels others or soft power that attracts the
rest of the world. Certainly, the U.S. economic system provides the
United States with the prosperity needed to underwrite its security
strategy, but it also encourages other countries to accept U.S.
leadership. U.S. economic might is sticky power. How will sticky power help
the United States address today's challenges? One pressing need is to ensure
that Iraq's economic reconstruction integrates the nation more firmly in the
global economy. Countries with open economies develop powerful tradeoriented businesses; the leaders of these businesses can promote economic
policies that respect property rights, democracy, and the rule of law. Such
leaders also lobby governments to avoid the isolation that characterized Iraq
and Libya under economic sanctions. And looking beyond Iraq, the allure of
access to Western capital and global markets is one of the few forces
protecting the rule of law from even further erosion in Russia. China's rise to
global prominence will offer a key test case for sticky power. As China
develops economically, it should gain wealth that could support a military
rivaling that of the United States; China is also gaining political influence in
the world. Some analysts in both China and the United States believe that
the laws of history mean that Chinese power will someday clash with
the reigning U.S. power. Sticky power offers a way out. China benefits
from participating in the U.S. economic system and integrating itself
into the global economy. Between 1970 and 2003, China's gross domestic
product grew from an estimated $ 106 billion to more than $ 1.3 trillion. By
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
299
2003, an estimated $ 450 billion of foreign money had flowed into the
Chinese economy. Moreover, China is becoming increasingly dependent on
both imports and exports to keep its economy (and its military machine)
going. Hostilities between the United States and China would cripple China's
industry, and cut off supplies of oil and other key commodities. Sticky power
works both ways, though. If China cannot afford war with the United
States, the United States will have an increasingly hard time
breaking off commercial relations with China. In an era of weapons
of mass destruction, this mutual dependence is probably good for
both sides. Sticky power did not prevent World War I, but economic
interdependence runs deeper now; as a result, the "inevitable" U.S.Chinese conflict is less likely to occur.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
300
Economy Solves China nationalism

Economic decline causes Chinese nationalism and nuclear
lashout
Philip Bowring 04, Hong Kong-based journalist and commentator, August
17, 2004, International Herald Tribune, China's new power can be
contained, p. Lexis
The biggest source of danger is not simply the emergence of a China with
strategic nuclear weapons, a plethora of missiles facing Taiwan and a growing
blue-water fleet. Those are inevitable consequences of China's self-styled
"peaceful rise." They should only be a threat if power struggles within China,
or economic disruptions stemming from global problems, cause China to shift
its focus from satisfying its new materialism to satisfying nationalist urges.
Even now, when China's economic success is so apparent, rivalry between
the new leadership of President Hu Jintao and Prime Minister Wen Jiabao, and
the old boss, former President Jiang Zemin, using his position as head of the
Central Military Commission, expresses itself in terms of military posturing
and rhetoric toward Japan and Taiwan. Taiwan and Japan are
inextricably linked not only in the minds of Chinese

nationalists but also in those of Japanese defense
planners. Japan may not care much about Taiwan's
identity, but it does care about Taiwan's geography.
Taiwan is as close to Japan's Ryukyu islands as it is to the
Chinese mainland, and it controls the Luzon Straits, which
give access to the South China Sea and Japan's trade
partners in Southeast Asia and the Middle East. China
claims that Asia fears renewed Japanese militarism. But
Southeast Asia is more worried about China's territorial
sea claims and its search for raw materials than about
Japan, which is preoccupied with protecting its trade and
investments. Japan's conventional arms build-up has
been quieter but as significant as that of China. Its naval
capability is particularly impressive. But its continued
partnership with the United States on nuclear issues and
the missile defense shield remains critical to its own
defense and, arguably, that of Taiwan. That alliance
remains crucial if Japan is not to go its own way on
nuclear and strategic weapons, raise tensions and
perhaps send China into a dangerous spasm of
xenophobia. The U.S. decision to reduce troop strength in
Asia is not important in itself, but any domestic U.S.
reaction against failures in Iraq which severely reduced
America's strategic role in East Asia would be
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
301
destabilizing. Chinese nationalism could burst out anyway if

China's economic hopes were dashed by global recession, a world
energy crisis or a trade war with a United States that took unilateral
measures to correct its huge imbalance with China.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
302
Economy Solves Asian War/Taiwan

Economic decline causes Asian war
Bernardo V. Lopez, September 10, 1998, BusinessWorld, Global recession
phase two: Catastrophic, p. Lexis
Certainly, global recession will spawn wars of all kinds. Ethnic wars can easily
escalate in the grapple for dwindling food stocks as in India-PakistanAfghanistan, Yugoslavia, Ethiopia-Eritrea, Indonesia. Regional conflicts in key
flashpoints can easily erupt such as in the Middle East, Korea, and Taiwan. In
the Philippines, as in some Latin American countries, splintered insurgency
forces may take advantage of the economic drought to regroup and reemerge
in the countryside. Unemployment worldwide will be in the billions. Famine
can be triggered in key Third World nations with India, North Korea, Ethiopia
and other African countries as first candidates. Food riots and the breakdown
of law and order are possibilities. Global recession will see the deferment of
globalization, the shrinking of international trade - especially of hightechnology commodities such as in the computer, telecommunications,
electronic and automotive industries.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
303
AT: Great Depression Analogy Flawed

We dont have to win a perfect model of the great
depression to win the simple logic that economic decline
is destabilizing.
Economic decline makes war less costly in relation to
peace increasing the probability of conflict.
Economic decline allows the rise of demogues more likely
to gravitate to violent and radical policies, the bolsheviks,
populists, Nazis and variety of other groups prove this.
Global Depression was responsible for all the other
factors leading to World War II, rise of extremists,
concerns about future resources and trade blocs.
Even if you win that there is a delay before the conflict no
impacts occur
immediately its there burden to
prove that there scenario occurs first.
Economic decline would lead to instability that ensures
that there impact would occur, there case serves as our
specific scenario.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
304
A2: Decoupling Solves the Impact

Decoupling theory is wrong multiple economic indicators
prove.
Lachman, Resident Fellow at the American Enterprise
Institute, 08
Desmond Lachman. Former deputy director of the IMP Policy Development
and Review Department, former managing director and chief emerging
market economic strategist at Salomon Smith Barney. The Myth of
Decoupling The American: Journal of the American Enterprise Institute.
January 24, 2008. http://www.american.com/archive/2008/january-01-08/themyth-of-2018decoupling2019
Sadly, the decoupling thesis has little support in theory or in practice. Its proponents
overlook the fact that during the past five years the U.S. economy grew faster than all the
other G-7 economies. During that time, Americas economy remained the principal
generator of global aggregate demand, accounting for around one-fifth of global
imports and 25 percent of global production. This evidence suggests that , as in the past, if
the U.S. economy sneezes the rest of the world will catch a cold. To be sure, the dip in U.S.
housing construction at the start of 2007 did not have much impact on U.S. imports, since Americas housing activity is
primarily domestic in nature. However, weaknesses in the housing market are now spilling over
into the rest of the economy, which is far more import-intensive than the residential
construction sector. Meanwhile, declining home prices at the national level are now
damaging consumer sentiment and exacerbating credit problems in the U.S. banking
system. As the credit crisis deepens and banks tighten their lending standards, we can
expect more troubles for the non-housing economy. These troubles will be amplified
by high global oil prices and a continued drop in housing prices (under the weight of unsold
inventories and the resetting of the adjustable rate). More telling for the rest of the world economy has to be the pronounced
weakening in the U.S. dollar since it peaked in 2002. Over the past five years, the dollar has lost around one-
third of its value on a trade-weighted basis, as foreigners have grown increasingly

reluctant to fund Americas huge current account deficit. This has led to a marked
improvement in U.S. global competitiveness, which has helped U.S. exports but hurt
foreign economies. Judging by the rapid pace of dollar depreciation since the onset of the subprime mortgage crisis
in August 2007, we can expect the dollar to fall a lot further as the Federal Reserve
continues to reduce interest rates aggressively. This will almost certainly deal a
further body blow to the European and Japanese economies, whose currencies bear
the brunt of U.S. dollar depreciation in a world where many non-Japanese Asian
countries manipulate their currencies for competitive advantage. A number of the
shocks presently affecting the U.S. economy are global in nature, and are already
slowing European and Japanese growth. The credit crunch flowing from Americas
subprime woes is causing a global increase in market interest rate spreads and a
global tightening of bank lending standards. This is hardly surprising: almost half of all U.S. assetbacked subprime mortgage securities were distributed abroad. While the dollars decline will make the
recent spike in oil prices more sorely felt in America than it is abroad, the oil shock
will have global consequences. After all, while the dollar lost about 10 percent of its value
in 2007, international oil prices roughly doubled. That leaves oil prices very high even in non-dollar
terms.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
305
A2: Decoupling Solves the Impact

No Asian decoupling growth still tied to the global
economy.
Park, Distinguished Professor in Division of International
Studies and Professor in the Department of Economic at
Korea University, 2009
Yung Chul Park. Economic Integration and Changes in the Biusiness Cycle in east Asia: Is the Region Decoupling from the Rest of
the World? Asian Economic Papers. Pg. 107. LexisNexis
To the Asian Development Bank (ADB) (2008), the story of decoupling or uncoupling in
their terminology is no more than a myth. The report shows that emerging Asia is
closely tied to global goods markets and impulses run from the United States, the EU,
and Japan backward through the region. Another empirical study by Haltmaier et al. (2007) challenge the
role of China as a regional engine of growth. It shows that external demand continues to be an important source of growth,
and in particular for more advanced economies in the region. China has become a more independent
source of demand in recent years, but it is still more of a conduit importing parts and
components from other countries in the region and assembling them into final goods
to be exported. 4 Using rolling regressions up to the fourth quarter of 2006 to estimate the contemporaneous
correlations of real growth between 10 Asian economies (including India) 5 on one hand and China and the United States on
the other, Haltmaier et al. find that China has become more important than before for the growth
of most of these countries, and more so for less developed counties than newly
industrializing economies of EA. In fact, to more advanced economies such as
Singapore, Taiwan, and Hong Kong, the United States remains a more important
partner for growth. 6 Ahearne et al. (2006) also show that China and a group of other emerging
economies in EA maintain a complementary relationship in which their export
expansion is driven by, among other factors, global growth. Based on these studies, it would be
reasonable to conclude that China will not be able to provide enough demand for imports from
other emerging economies in EA to help them weather a significant slowdown in the
U.S. economy.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
306
A2: Decline Doesnt Cause War

Economic collapse causes nuclear war
Cook 7
Richard. Frequent contributor to Global Research. 6/14/7.
http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=5964.
Times of economic crisis produce international tension and politicians tend to go to
war rather than face the economic music. The classic example is the worldwide
depression of the 1930s leading to World War II. Conditions in the coming years
could be as bad as they were then. We could have a really big war if the U.S. decides
once and for all to haul off and let China, or whomever, have it in the chops. If they
dont want our dollars or our debt any more, how about a few nukes?
Collapse causes global wars

Lopez 98
Bernado v. Lopez, September 10 1998, Business World pg. 12, Accessed lexisnexis
What would it be like if global
recession becomes full bloom? The results will be catastrophic. Certainly,

global recession will spawn wars of all kinds. Ethnic wars can easily escalate in the
grapple for dwindling food stocks as in India-Pakistan-Afghanistan, Yugoslavia, Ethiopia-Eritrea,
Indonesia. Regional conflicts in key flashpoints can easily erupt such as in the Middle
East, Korea, and Taiwan.
Growth prevents conflicts that lead to nuclear war

Friedberg and Schoenfeld 8
Aaron, professor of politics and international relations at Princeton
University's Woodrow Wilson School, Gabriel, Visiting Scholar @ Witherspoon
Institute, The Dangers of a Diminished America, WSJ, 10/21, Proquest
Pressures to cut defense spending, and to dodge the cost of waging two wars, already intense before this
crisis, are likely to mount. Despite the success of the surge, the war in Iraq remains deeply unpopular. Precipitous
withdrawal -- attractive to a sizable swath of the electorate before the financial implosion -- might well become even more
popular with annual war bills running in the hundreds of billions. Protectionist sentiments are sure to
grow stronger as jobs disappear in the coming slowdown. Even before our current woes, calls to save jobs by
restricting imports had begun to gather support among many Democrats and some Republicans. In a prolonged
recession, gale-force winds of protectionism will blow. Then there are the dolorous consequences of a
potential collapse of the world's financial architecture. For decades now, Americans have enjoyed the advantages of being at
the center of that system. The worldwide use of the dollar, and the stability of our economy, among other things, made it
easier for us to run huge budget deficits, as we counted on foreigners to pick up the tab by buying dollar-denominated assets
as a safe haven. Will this be possible in the future? Meanwhile, traditional foreign-policy challenges are
multiplying. The threat from al Qaeda and Islamic terrorist affiliates has not been extinguished. Iran
and North Korea are continuing on their bellicose paths, while Pakistan and Afghanistan are
progressing smartly down the road to chaos. Russia's new militancy and China's seemingly
relentless rise also give cause for concern. If America now tries to pull back from the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
307
world stage, it will leave a dangerous power vacuum. The stabilizing effects of our
presence in Asia, our continuing commitment to Europe, and our position as defender
of last resort for Middle East energy sources and supply lines could all be placed at
risk. In such a scenario there are shades of the 1930s, when global trade and finance
ground nearly to a halt, the peaceful democracies failed to cooperate, and aggressive
powers led by the remorseless fanatics who rose up on the crest of economic disaster
exploited their divisions. Today we run the risk that rogue states may choose to
become ever more reckless with their nuclear toys, just at our moment of maximum
vulnerability. The aftershocks of the financial crisis will almost certainly rock our principal strategic competitors even
harder than they will rock us. The dramatic free fall of the Russian stock market has demonstrated the fragility of a state
whose economic performance hinges on high oil prices, now driven down by the global slowdown. China is perhaps even
more fragile, its economic growth depending heavily on foreign investment and access to foreign markets. Both
will
now be constricted, inflicting economic pain and perhaps even sparking unrest in a
country where political legitimacy rests on progress in the long march to prosperity. None of this is good news if the
authoritarian leaders of these countries seek to divert attention from internal travails with external adventures.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
308
Growth Bad
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
309
De-Dev Good
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
310
De-Dev Good Transition Solvency

The unsustainable nature of the growth economy causes
the transition
Trainer 10 (Ted, Senior Lecturer @ U of New South Wales,
The Transition to a Just and Sustainable World
http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/TheTransitionProcess.htm
l accessed 6/22/11 JF)
Consumer-capitalist society is grossly unsustainable and unjust. We are far beyond
levels of production and consumption that can be kept up or spread to all. In addition consumer-capitalist
society provides a few with high living standards by delivering to them far more than their fair share of world resources.
Technical advance cannot solve the problems; they cannot be fixed in or by consumercapitalist society. There must be dramatic reductions in levels of economic output, and
therefore there must be radical and extreme system change. (For the detail see Part 1 of
http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/02c-TSW-14p.html) There must be transition to The Simpler Way,
involving simpler lifestyles, high levels of local economic self-sufficiency, highly
cooperative and participatory arrangements, an almost totally new economic system
(one that is not driven by market forces or profit, and one that has no growth), and fundamental value change. Many realise a
sustainable and just society must be mostly made up of small local economies in which people participate collectively to run
their economies to meet needs using local resources, and in which the goal is a high quality of life and not monetary wealth.
This is a largely Anarchist vision and the coming conditions of scarcity will give us no
choice about this. Big, centralised authoritarian systems will not work. (For more detail see
Part 2 of the account at the above site.) The conditions we are entering, the era of scarcity, rule out
most previous thinking about the good society and social transition. The good society
cannot be affluent, highly industrialised, centralised or globalised, and we cannot get
to it by violent revolution led by a vanguard party. Governments cannot make the
transition for us, if only because there will be too few resources for governments to
run the many local systems needed. The new local societies can only be made to work
by the willing effort of local people who understand why The Simpler Way is necessary and who want to live
that way and who find it rewarding. Only they know the local conditions and social situation and only they can develop the
arrangements, networks, trust, cooperative climate etc. that suit them. The producing, maintaining and administering will
have to be carried out by them and things cant work unless people are eager to cooperate, discuss, turn up to working bees,
and be conscientious, and unless they have the required vision. A central government could not provide
or impose these conditions even if it had the resources. It must be developed, learned
by us as we grope our way towards taking control of self-sufficient local economies.
We do not have to get rid of consumer-capitalist society before we can begin to build
the new society. Fighting directly against the system is not going to contribute much to fundamental change at this
point in time. (It is at times necessary to fight against immediate threats.) The consumer-capitalist system has never been
stronger than it is today. The way we think we can beat it in the long run is to ignore it to
death, i.e., to turn away from it as much as is possible and to start building its
replacement and persuading people to come across. The Anarchists provide the most important ideas,
especially that of working to Prefigure the good society here and now, and focusing on development of the required vision
in more and more people.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
311
De-Dev Good Transition Solvency

And de-development is gaining momentuma complete
economic collapse is key to finish the transition
Trainer 8 (Ted, Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the School of Social Work,
University of New South Wales, [http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/] AD: 6-2311, jam)

Although a minor phenomenon at present, it can be confidently predicted that this paradigm shift will accelerate
in coming years given the pace at which the globalisaztion of the economy will make it painfully
obvious to more and more people that the old values and systems will not provide well for all. Building
new systems. Much more impressive than the evidence of a change in world view is the growth of alternative settlements and
systems. As Ife says, "At the grassroots level... increasing numbers of people in different countries are
experimenting with community-based alternatives, such as local economic systems,

community-based education, housing co-operatives...a community-based strategy based on principles of ecology and
social justice is already emerging, as a result of the initiative of ordinary people at grass-roots level, who are turning away
from mainstream structures..." (Ife, 1995, p. 99.) According to Norberg-Hodge, "Around the world, people are building
communities that attempt to get away from the waste, pollution, competition, and violence of contemporary life. (NorbergHodge, 1996, p. 405.) The agency she has founded, the International Society for Ecology and Culture, works in Ladakh to
reinforce local economies and its video Local Futures, is an inspiring illustration of what is being done in many parts of the
world. The New Economic Foundation in London works to promote local economic
development, with a special interest in bujilding local quality of life indicators and in establishing local currencies.
Schroyer"s book Towards a World That Works (1997) documents many alternative community
initiatives. "Everywhere people are waking up to the realities of their situation in a
globalising economy and are beginning to recognise that their economies resources and socio-political
participations must be regrounded in their local and regional communities." (p. 225) "Everywhere social and economic
structures are re-emerging in the midst of the market system that are spontaneously generated social protections to
normatively re-embed the market..." "It is no exaggeration to say that local communities everywhere are on the
front lines of what might well be characterised as World War III." (p. 229.) "It is a contest between the competing goals
of economic growth to maximise profits for absentee owners vs creating healthy communities that are good places for people
to live." (p. 230.) "In Britain, over 1.5 million people now take regular part in a rainbow
economy of community economic initiatives." (New Internationalist, 1996, p. 27.)
Friberg and Hettne

(1985) argue that two main groups are behind the emergence of self reliant communities, viz., those holding "post
materialist" values, and those who have been marginalised, such as the unemployed and the Third World poor. In Living
Lightly Schwarz and Schwarz discuss the many alternative settlements they visited on a recent world tour. They say that
these people "...hope that the tiny islands of better living which they inhabit will provide examples which will eventually
supplant the norms of unfettered capitalism which rule us today. Their hope is not in revolution but in persuasion by
example." ( p. 2.) "What is new is that small groups of Living Lightly people are now part of an articulate and increasingly
purposeful global culture which promotes values that run counter to those of the mainstream." (p. 2.) "They think the empire
will eventually disintegrate...In anticipation of that collapse islands of refuge must be prepared." (p. 3.) Living Lightly
people "...can only hope to prevail through their own example and the gradual
erosion of the dominant system through local initiatives that exchange high living standards for a
high quality of life." (p. 165.) Living Lightly people "...are in revolt against the emerging global
economy and want to set up viable local alternatives." (p. 150.)
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
312
De-Dev Good Transition Now Key

Economic collapse is inevitable further delay destroys
the biosphere and ensures that the future collapse causes
extinction
Barry 8 (Glen, Ph.D. in "Land Resources" from the U of
Wisconsin-Madison, Jan 12,
[earthmeanders.blogspot.com/2008/01/economic-collapseand-global-ecology.html] AD: 6-22-11, jam)
Given widespread failure to pursue policies sufficient to reverse deterioration of the biosphere and avoid
ecological collapse, the best we can hope for may be that the growth-based economic
system crashes sooner rather than later Humanity and the Earth are faced with an enormous conundrum
-- sufficient climate policies enjoy political support only in times of rapid economic growth. Yet this growth is the
primary factor driving greenhouse gas emissions and other environmental ills. The growth machine
has pushed the planet well beyond its ecological carrying capacity, and unless constrained, can
only lead to human extinction and an end to complex life. With every economic downturn, like the one now
looming in the United States, it becomes more difficult and less likely that policy sufficient to ensure global ecological
sustainability will be embraced. This essay explores the possibility that from a biocentric viewpoint of needs for long-term
global ecological, economic and social sustainability; it would be better for the economic collapse to
come now rather than later. Economic growth is a deadly disease upon the Earth, with capitalism as its most virulent
strain. Throw-away consumption and explosive population growth are made possible by using
up fossil fuels and destroying ecosystems . Holiday shopping numbers are covered by media in the same
breath as Arctic ice melt, ignoring their deep connection. Exponential economic growth destroys ecosystems and pushes the
biosphere closer to failure. Humanity has proven itself unwilling and unable to address climate
change and other environmental threats with necessary haste and ambition. Action on coal, forests, population, renewable
energy and emission reductions could be taken now at net benefit to the economy. Yet, the losers -- primarily fossil fuel
industries and their bought oligarchy -- successfully resist futures not dependent upon their deadly
products. Perpetual economic growth, and necessary climate and other ecological policies, are fundamentally
incompatible. Global ecological sustainability depends critically upon establishing a steady state
economy, whereby production is right-sized to not diminish natural capital. Whole industries like coal and natural
forest logging will be eliminated even as new opportunities emerge in solar energy and environmental
restoration. This critical transition to both economic and ecological sustainability is simply not happening on any scale. The
challenge is how to carry out necessary environmental policies even as economic growth ends and consumption plunges. The
natural response is going to be liquidation of even more life-giving ecosystems, and jettisoning of climate policies, to vainly
try to maintain high growth and personal consumption. We know that humanity must reduce greenhouse gas
emissions by at least 80% over coming decades. How will this and other necessary climate mitigation strategies
be maintained during years of economic downturns, resource wars, reasonable demands for equitable consumption, and
frankly, the weather being more pleasant in some places? If efforts to reduce emissions and move to a steady state economy
fail; the collapse of ecological, economic and social systems is assured. Bright greens take the continued existence of a
habitable Earth with viable, sustainable populations of all species including humans as the ultimate truth and the meaning of
life. Whether this is possible in a time of economic collapse is crucially dependent upon whether enough ecosystems and
resources remain post collapse to allow humanity to recover and reconstitute sustainable, relocalized societies. It may be
better for the Earth and humanity's future that economic collapse comes sooner rather than later, while more ecosystems and
opportunities to return to nature's fold exist. Economic collapse will be deeply wrenching -- part Great
Depression, part African famine. There will be starvation and civil strife, and a long period of suffering and
turmoil. Many will be killed as balance returns to the Earth. Most people have forgotten how to grow food and that their
identity is more than what they own. Yet there is some justice, in that those who have lived most lightly upon
the land will have an easier time of it, even as those super-consumers living in massive cities finally learn
where their food comes from and that ecology is the meaning of life. Economic collapse now means
humanity and the Earth ultimately survive to prosper again. Human suffering -- already the
norm for many, but hitting the currently materially affluent -- is inevitable given the degree to which the planet's
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
carrying capacity has been exceeded. We are a couple decades at most away from societal strife of a much
greater magnitude as the Earth's biosphere fails. Humanity can take the bitter medicine now, and recover while emerging
better for it; or our total collapse can be a final, fatal death swoon.
313
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
314

Its linearthe longer we wait, the worse it will be
Barry 10 (Glen, Ph.D. in "Land Resources" from the U of
Wisconsin-Madison, Jan 7,
[www.australia.to/2010/index.php?
option=com_content&view=article&id=308:resistingglobal-ecological-change&catid=69:reports&Itemid=272]
6-23-11, jam)
The human family faces imminent and (Copenhagen would suggest)

inevitable collapse of the biosphere the thin layer of life upon an
otherwise lifeless planet that makes Earth habitable. Marshes and rivers
and forests and fish are far more than resources they and all natural
ecosystems are a necessity for humanitys existence upon Earth. A few
centuries of historically unprecedented explosion in human numbers and
surging, albeit inequitable, consumption and resultant resource use,
ecosystem destruction and pollution; is needlessly destroying being for all
living things. Revolutionary action such as ending coal use, reforming
industrial agriculture and protecting and restoring old forests and other
natural ecosystems, is a requirement for the continuation of shared human
being. Earth is threatened by far more than a changing atmosphere causing
climate change. Cumulative ecosystem destruction not only in climate,
but also water, forests, oceans, farmland, soils and toxics -- in the
name of progress and development -- threatens each of us, our families
and communities, as well as the Earth System in total and all her creatures.
Any chance of achieving global ecological sustainability depends urgently
upon shifting concerns regarding climate change to more sufficiently
transform ourselves and society to more broadly resist global ecological
change. Global ecological, social and economic collapse may be
inevitable, but its severity, duration and likelihood of recovery are
being determined by us now. It does not look good as the environmental
movement has been lacking in its overall vision, ambition and
implementation. The growing numbers of ecologically literate global citizens
must come forward to together start considering ecologically sufficient
emergency measures to protect and restore global ecosystems. We need a
plan that allows humans and as many other species as possible to survive the
coming great ecological collapse, even as we work to soften the collapse, and
to restore to the extent practicable the Earths ecosystems. This mandates
full protection for all remaining large natural ecosystems and working to
reconnect and enlarge biologically rich smaller remnants that still exist. It is
time for a hard radical turn back to a fully functioning and restored natural
Earth which will require again regaining our bond with land (and air, water
and oceans), powering down our energy profligacy, and taking whatever
measures are necessary to once again bring society into balance with
ecosystems. This may mean taking all measures necessary to stop
those known to be destroying ecosystems for profit. As governments dither
and the elite profit, it has become dreadfully apparent that the political,
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
315
economic and social structures necessary to stop human ecocide of

our and all lifes habitats does not yet exist. The three hundred year old
hyper-capitalistic and nationalistic growth machine eating ecosystems is
not going to willingly stop growing. But unless it does, human and
most or all other life will suffer a slow and excruciating apocalyptic death.
Actions can be taken now to soften ecological collapse while
maximizing the likelihood that a humane and ecologically whole
Earth remains to be renewed.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
316

Transition now is best prevents nuclear resource wars
and causes a mindset shift that preserves value to life
Djordjevic 98 (Johnny, BA Global Econ, Paper in Global Sustainability @
UC, Irvine, March, [www.dbc.uci.edu/sustain/global/sensem/djordj98.html] AD:

6-23-11, jam)
The threat of nuclear war and international conflict rises with countries of all kinds entranced
with the logic and idea of materialism. Perhaps the most dangerous and likely chances for a
nuclear conflict arise from the competition for dwindling resources by developed countries. Similar
events can be seen all across the globe. Major superpowers get themselves involved in domestic matters
not concerning them, providing arms and advice to try and obtain the inside track on possible
resources. International tension will rise in the competition for resources and so will the "ever-increasing probability of
nuclear war"(Trainer, 1985). As developed countries pursue affluence they fail to see the inherent contradiction in this idea;
as growth is the quest, the quality of life will decrease . For a healthy community, there
exists a list of non-material conditions which must
be present, "a sense of purpose, fulfilling work

social relations, peace of mind, security from theft and violence, and caring and cooperative neighborhoods"(Trainer, 1985). And as developed countries think their citizens are the happiest in the world,
"In most affluent societies rates of divorce , drug-taking, crime, mental breakdown, child abuse,
alcoholism, vandalism, suicide, stress, depression, and anxiety are increasing"(Trainer, 1985). Despite all
the gloomy facts and sad stories, there is a solution, to create a sustainable society. Rather than being greedy and only
thinking about the self, each individual must realize the impacts of his/her selfish tendencies, and disregard
their former view of the world. One must come into harmony with what is really needed to survive, and
drawn a strict distinction between what is necessity and what is luxury . Not every family
and leisure, supportive
needs three cars, or five meals a day or four telephones and two refrigerators.Countries do not need to strive for increasing
growth, less materials could be imported/exported and international tension could be greatly reduced. The major problems
seem not to step from the determination of what a sustainable society is, but on how to get people to change their values. This
task is not an easy one. People must be forced to realize the harmful and catastrophic consequences lie in their meaningless
wants and greed. The problem of cognitive dissonance is hard to overcome, but it is not
impossible. The solution to this dilemma lies in castastrophe. The only event that changes
people's minds is social trauma or harm. The analogy is that a person who refuses to wear a
seat belt and one day gets thrown through his/her windshield will remember to wear the
seat belt after the accident. The logic behind this argument is both simple and feasible. So the question of dissonance is
answered in part, but to change a whole society obviously takes a bigger and more traumatic event to occur. An
economic collapse or ice age would trigger a new consciousness leading to a sustainable society.
The power of an idea should never be underestimated. Hitler's idea of the Aryan race lead to the Holocaust, Marx's
idea of socialism lead to Stalin's reign and the deaths of over 50 million people. But ideas change be changed, disregarded
and adopted. As developed countries find themselves engaging in a greedy philosophy, once that realization is
made, the first step to a better society is taken. Our current path will lead to massive
suffering all across the world, with extinction a distinct possibility. Global sustainability must be adopted
by every person on the planet, (starting in the developed world), otherwise the world will cease to support
life.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
317
De-Dev Good Transition Inevitable

Collapse inevitable diminishing returns on resource
usage
MacKenzie 8 (Debora, award-winning reporter for New Scientist, Apr 2,
[www.planetthoughts.org/?pg=pt/Whole&qid=2737] AD: 6-23-11, jam)

Others think our problems run deeper. From the moment our ancestors
started to settle down and build cities, we have had to find solutions to the
problems that success brings. "For the past 10,000 years, problem solving
has produced increasing complexity in human societies," says Joseph
Tainter, an archaeologist at the University of Utah, Salt Lake City, and author
of the 1988 book The Collapse of Complex Societies. If crops fail because
rain is patchy, build irrigation canals. When they silt up, organise
dredging crews. When the bigger crop yields lead to a bigger
population, build more canals. When there are too many for ad hoc
repairs, install a management bureaucracy, and tax people to pay for it.
When they complain, invent tax inspectors and a system to record the sums
paid. That much the Sumerians knew. Diminishing returns There is, however,
a price to be paid. Every extra layer of organisation imposes a cost in
terms of energy, the common currency of all human efforts, from building
canals to educating scribes. And increasing complexity, Tainter realised,
produces diminishing returns. The extra food produced by each extra
hour of labour - or joule of energy invested per farmed hectare diminishes as that investment mounts. We see the same thing today in a
declining number of patents per dollar invested in research as that research
investment mounts. This law of diminishing returns appears everywhere,
Tainter says. To keep growing, societies must keep solving problems as they
arise. Yet each problem solved means more complexity. Success generates
a larger population, more kinds of specialists, more resources to
manage, more information to juggle - and, ultimately, less bang for your
buck. Eventually, says Tainter, the point is reached when all the energy and
resources available to a society are required just to maintain its
existing level of complexity. Then when the climate changes or
barbarians invade, overstretched institutions break down and civil order
collapses. What emerges is a less complex society, which is organised on
a smaller scale or has been taken over by another group. Tainter sees
diminishing returns as the underlying reason for the collapse of all
ancient civilisations, from the early Chinese dynasties to the Greek city
state of Mycenae. These civilisations relied on the solar energy that could be
harvested from food, fodder and wood, and from wind. When this had been
stretched to its limit, things fell apart. An ineluctable process Western
industrial civilisation has become bigger and more complex than any
before it by exploiting new sources of energy, notably coal and oil, but
these are limited. There are increasing signs of diminishing returns: the
energy required to get each new joule of oil is mounting and although
global food production is still increasing, constant innovation is needed to
cope with environmental degradation and evolving pests and diseases the yield boosts per unit of investment in innovation are shrinking. "Since
problems are inevitable," Tainter warns, "this process is in part ineluctable."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
318
Is Tainter right? An analysis of complex systems has led Yaneer Bar-Yam,

head of the New England Complex Systems Institute in Cambridge,
Massachusetts, to the same conclusion that Tainter reached from studying
history. Social organisations become steadily more complex as they are
required to deal both with environmental problems and with challenges from
neighbouring societies that are also becoming more complex, Bar-Yam says.
This eventually leads to a fundamental shift in the way the society is
organised.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
319
De-Dev Good Transition Inevitable

Transition coming now interconnectedness
MacKenzie 8 (Debora, award-winning reporter for New Scientist, Apr 2,
[www.planetthoughts.org/?pg=pt/Whole&qid=2737] AD: 6-23-11, jam)
Increasing connectedness Things are not that simple, says Thomas Homer-Dixon, a political scientist at the University of
Toronto, Canada, and author of the 2006 book The Upside of Down. "Initially, increasing connectedness and
diversity helps: if
one village has a crop failure, it can get food from another village that didn't."
systems become increasingly tightly coupled. This
means the impacts of failures can propagate: the more closely those two villages come to depend on each
other, the more both will suffer if either has a problem. "Complexity leads to higher vulnerability in some ways," says
Bar-Yam. "This is not widely understood." The reason is that as networks become ever tighter, they start to transmit
shocks rather than absorb them. "The intricate networks that tightly connect us together - and move people,
materials, information, money and energy - amplify and transmit any shock," says Homer-Dixon. "A financial crisis,
a terrorist attack or a disease outbreak has almost instant destabilising effects, from
one side of the world to the other." For instance, in 2003 large areas of North America and
Europe suffered blackouts when apparently insignificant nodes of their respective
electricity grids failed. And this year China suffered a similar blackout after heavy snow hit
power lines. Tightly coupled networks like these create the potential for propagating failure
across many critical industries, says Charles Perrow of Yale University, a leading authority on industrial
As connections increase, though, networked
accidents and disasters. Credit crunch Perrow says interconnectedness in the global production system has now reached the
point where "a breakdown anywhere increasingly means a breakdown everywhere". This is
especially true of the world's financial systems, where the coupling is very tight. "Now we have a debt
crisis with the biggest player, the US. The consequences could be enormous." "A networked society
behaves like a multicellular organism," says Bar-Yam, "random damage is like lopping a chunk off a sheep." Whether or not
the sheep survives depends on which chunk is lost. And while we are pretty sure which chunks a sheep needs, it isn't clear - it
may not even be predictable - which chunks of our densely networked civilisation are critical, until it's too late. "When we
do the analysis, almost any part is critical if you lose enough of it," says Bar-Yam. "Now that we can ask questions of such
systems in more sophisticated ways, we are discovering that they can be very vulnerable. That means civilisation is
very vulnerable."
So what can we do? "The key issue is really whether we respond successfully in the face of the new
vulnerabilities we have," Bar-Yam says. That means making
sure our "global sheep" does not get

injured in the first place - something that may be hard to guarantee as the climate shifts and the
world's fuel and mineral resources dwindle.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
320
De-Dev Good A2: No Tech

Transition possible now we have the tech
Trainer 89 (Ted, Ted, Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the school of Social
Work, University of New South Wales, Developed to death, p207, jam)
Most development theorists radical as well as conventional, seem to have little or no idea of the
potential for appropriate development inherent in these existing alternative technologies.
Most recommend the acceptance of decades of further suffering on the part of billions of people until trickle down saves
them or until capitalism self-destructs, essentially because they do not understand that we already have
the ideas and techniques necessary to enable those people to build satisfactory
economies for themselves within a few years, and in many cases within a few months.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
321
De-Dev Good A2: Backlash

Mindset shift is already underway
Henderson 91 (Hazel, Regent's Lecturer at the University
of California (Santa Barbara), paradigms in process life:
beyond economics, jam)
What we
see emerging today in all the industrial societies are basic value and behavior shifts, new perceptions and
an emerging paradigm, based on facing up to a new awareness of planetary realties and confirmed by a
post-Cartesian scientific worldview based on biological and systemic life sciences, rather than inorganic,
mechanistic models. Its principles involve: Interconnectedness, redistribution, heterarchy, complementarity,
uncertainty and change. The newly interlinked agenda of citizens. These new worldviews are already
generating better policy tools and models, beyond economics: technology assessment, social and job
impact studies, environmental impact statements, future research, cross-impact studies, scenario building, global modeling
and forecasting no longer based on past trend extrapolation. At the grassroots level, in academia, and all our
institutions the politics of reconceptualization has begun. We see it in the newly interlinked agendas of citizens
converging on the June 1992 UN Earth Summit in Rio de Janiero and in the emergence of human rights and planetary
citizenship. These movements all embrace a new world order based on renewable resources and energy,
sustainable forms of productivity and per capita consumption, ecologically-based science and
technologies and equitable sharing of resources within and between countries as the only path to peace-keeping and
redirecting the billions spent on the global arms race.
Ecological consciousness is spreading

Pederson 9 (David, chief executive of E-Square Inc., one of Japan's leading
sustainability think tanks and consultancies, Apr 15,
[http://www.policyinnovations.org/ideas/commentary/data/000121] AD: 6-2311, jam)
A new economy is on the doorstep. It's not the economy we used to know as "the new economy." It's not the
information-technology-driven growth of the last few decades, although that makes up part of the new economy. A new
economy is rapidly emerging, one which will transform the ways that people live and do business. The
name of the new new economy
is the "ecological growth economy ." This is neither a bad joke nor an
is the emerging new reality. It is also the precondition for the continuation of
human progress and the survival of millions of other species on Earth. We have an obvious choice: We can speed up
anachronism. It
the realization of the ecological growth economy now, or our children and theirs will suffer for centuries. It appears to be an
easy choice, doesn't it? We can choose human progress over suffering. And yet, we are not making this choice
at sufficient speed or scale today. Ignorance, institutional inertia, vested interests, and greed are the main reasons for
our far-too-slow action. However, as sentient creatures (Homo sapiens), humans are equipped with
knowledge, good will, and a degree of wisdom. A majority of people around the Earth today are realizing that
we cannot survive without embracing the ecological growth economy. Most people are
willing to join forces and are willing to make certain sacrifices in lifestyle to achieve an economy that will allow the
continuation of human progress into future generations. Fortunately, an increasing number of people are making great efforts
to bring about this new economy.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
322
De-Dev Good A2: Mindset

Crisis spurs mindset shift
To sum up the main thrust of this chapter, I believe that the current industrial
crisis centering on the limits

to growth can be instrumental in getting citizens of advanced industrial societies to recognize
the erroneous nature of the dominant postindustrial social paradigm, its way of life, and values. As a
consequence, this crisis will stimulate these citizens to be conscious of their societys deficiencies
inspiring the destruction of the limitless growth illusion as well as the illusory materialist reductionism of humanity,
society, and politics. What I have in mind here is that the entire growth-addictive conceptual apparatus that supports
postindustrial society, the industrial ideology containing the Hobbesian conception of humanity, liberalism, materialism, and
competitivenessall must be destroyed as well. Such a cleansing process will pave the way to begin
the necessary transformation of postindustrial society to a transindustrial one; one not burdened by these
weaknesses that are potentially fatal to our planet and all of its inhabitants.
Dedev causes mindset shift exposes flaws in ideology


Of course, we know that the purported transpolitical claim of economic growth as a substitute for
redistribution is the result of an illusion (economic brain damage) brought on by the ideology of
economic reductionist doctrine of unlimited economic growth and the elites whose interests this ideology serves. This
illusion is rapidly being exposed by the disguiselifting, consciousness-creating and consciousness-raising, limits to
growth and their consequences. Once the doctrine of the limitlessness of economic growth is questioned as
being either impossible to achieve and/or undesirable in itself, its resulting ideological manipulation will be
recognized by its victims and thereafter challenged by them. Thus, this recognition will destroy this illusions
political effectiveness just as the awareness of any illusion produces its own self-destruction. Hence the need for political
disillusionment when the illusions are as damaging as this one. The path to joy is, indeed, through the despair of the
mourning period for our fantasies. When the fantasy of unlimited economic growth is recognized as such we may then
proceed to create a social order whose conditions for existence do not require such
delusions or its detrimental effects. No wonder the rhetoric of both sides of the limits-to-growth controversy is
impassionedso much is at stake!
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
323

Society will inevitably shift away from the progrowth
mindset
The strong resistance by defenders of the postindustrial status quo and advocates of progrowth values to claims of the
existence of the industrial crisis and to pleas for a reassessment of industrial values by the limits-to-growth advocates tends to
support Hirschmans avoidance explanation. From this perspective, Ronald Reagans and other progrowth
proponents electoral successes throughout postindustrial society and the public enthusiasm for
their message of ceaseless, unlimited economic growth for all may be viewed as part of this
disappointment-denying phenomenon. It was so much more comforting to hear the
message of the resurgence of America and the coming limitless prosperity the morning in
America then to admit that at its foundation was a fantasy and that a change in our values and social order were
necessary! Nevertheless, considering the reluctance of mankind to experience disappointment and admit errorsand our
tendency to deny reality in order to accomplish these objectivesthe fact that the apocalyptic limits-to-
growth literature and critical environmental movement exist at all, especially as extensively and influentially as
they do in the multidisciplinary scholarly community, the public media, and slowly but significantly within the public at
large,2 provides evidence that the phenomenon of human denial is breaking down as
social conditions worsen and the undesirable consequences of industrial values are experienced directly by more advanced
industrial citizens.
New movements prove dedev is gaining momentum

industrial civilization, p. 177-178, jam)

As Slater has argued, personal (and, I would add, social) change requires a disillusionment with the
current values and beliefs. There are indications of such disillusionment that should encourage
advocates of transformational change within industrial societies: the persistent and various environmental
groups throughout the industrial nation-states even through poor economic times when progrowth critics expected a return
to the priority of materialism and economic values;56 the rise of new social movements throughout the
postindustrial world, like the Greens, proclaiming alternative nonmaterialist values; and the workplace
democracy movement increasing the autonomy of workers as well as humanizing the nature of
industrial work. All of these challenge the dominance of existing post-industrial values and
social conditions. They also reveal that the educational, conscientizing, disillusioning process pertaining to postindustrial life
and values has already begun. The excesses of limitless industrialism ecological, normative, and, if you
will, spiritualimplying the existence of limits beyond which excess is defined, are
understood by the postindustrial public at large!
beginning to be
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
324

Recent developments prove mindset shift is possible
industrial civilization, p. 28-29, jam)
I think that this psychological analysis provides insight into much of the predicament of
contemporary industrial citizens and their culture. The illusion of unlimited economic
growth that forms the bedrock of industrial civilization, the dream of limitless economic growth with prosperity for
everyone, and the social value of unlimited progress has been challenged effectively by recent
developments. These include: biophysical limits asserted by the limits-to-growth
advocates and recent shocking environmental, economic and political events. Even the steadfast defenders of
industrialism find themselves either denying that a crisis exists at all and going on to counterattack the limits-to-growth
critics of industrial society (as exemplified by the progrowth literature and defenders of industrial culture such as the
contributors to the Simon and Kahn volume) or suffering the pains of being trapped in their incomplete despair because they
still hold on to the idea that industrial culture can somehow be salvaged with its basic values intact, including unlimited
economic growth. These industrial diehards, from scholars like Beckerman, Kahn and Julian L. Simon, to virtually all
policymakers like former president Ronald Reagan down to the county and municipal leaders (but see rise of antigrowth
movement in American West) ,76 hang on to, instead of mourn for, their illusory unlimited growth conception that deserves
to be laid to rest. Ridding ourselves of that concept and recognizing its futility as well as
undesirability would free industrial inhabitants to create a new and more satisfying
social order for all of its members. This could occur despite the temporary grief
associated with the mourning period for our fantasies that would surely characterize the transitional period. So long as
we imagine things are getting better we will never reexamine basic assumptions .77
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
325
De-Dev Good Hundredth Monkey

Mindset shift will happen it cascades rapidly
Keyes 9 (Ken, studied at Duke U and later U of Miami, author of numerous
books,
[http://www.nbbta.org/members/headquarters/blog/VIEW/00000003/0000004
2/The-100th-Monkey-Story.html#00000042] AD: 6-23-11, jam )
The Japanese monkey, Macaca fuscata, has been observed in the wild for a period of over 30
years. In 1952, on the island of Koshima scientists were providing monkeys with sweet potatoes
dropped in the sand. The monkeys liked the taste of the raw sweet potatoes, but they found the dirt
unpleasant. An 18-month-old female named Imo found she could solve the problem in a nearby
stream. She taught this trick to her mother. Her playmates also learned this new way and they taught their mothers, too.
This cultural innovation was gradually picked up by various monkeys before the eyes of the
scientists. Between 1952 and 1958, all the young monkeys learned to wash the sandy sweet potatoes to make
them more palatable. Only the adults who imitated their children learned this social improvement. Other adults kept eating
the dirty sweet potatoes. Then something startling took place. In the autumn of 1958, a certain number of
Koshima monkeys were washing sweet potatoesthe exact number is not known. Let
us suppose that when the sun

monkeys on Koshima Island who had learned to wash their sweet
potatoes. Lets further suppose that later that morning, the hundredth monkey learned to wash
potatoes. THEN IT HAPPENED! By that evening almost everyone in the tribe was washing
sweet potatoes before eating them. The added energy of this hundredth monkey somehow
created an ideological breakthrough! But notice. A most surprising thing observed by these scientists was
that the habit of washing sweet potatoes then jumped over the sea Colonies of monkeys on other islands
and the mainland troop of monkeys at Takasakiyama began washing their sweet potatoes! Thus, when a certain
critical number achieves an awareness, this new awareness may be communicated from mind to
mind. Although the exact number may very, the Hundredth Monkey Phenomenon means that when only a limited number
of people know of a new way, it may remain the consciousness property of these people. But there is a point at which if
only one more person tunes-in to a new awareness, a field is strengthened so that this
awareness is picked up by almost everyone!
rose one morning there were 99
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
326
De-Dev Good A2: Growth Inevitable

The idea that growth is a specific cultural construction
Hamilton 2 (Clive, prof of Public Ethics at the Australian National U,
Growth Fetish, p. 121, jam)
Several arguments are used in support of the belief that growth is inevitable. They are the arguments that will be used to
suggest that the post-growth society advocated in this book is utopian. The economics texts share at least one thing with
popular wisdomthat human desire is insatiable and people will always want to increase
their incomes. This is obviously a culturally specific belief that has been presented as
human nature. Anyone with a knowledge of pre-industrial societies knows that, while greed has a very long history,
the idea that human desire for material goods is inherently limitless is contradicted by
anthropological facts, including (as discussed in Chapter 8) some anthropological facts of the 21st century. But
perhaps a more compelling explanation for the fact that so many people believe that economic growth is inevitable is simply
that nature is so often intoned, and all authoritative people seem to believe it. So rarely is the inevitability of
growth questioned that most people immediately become defensive when asked to follow
the position through. Maybe the belief in the inevitability of growth is the counterpart of the consumerist dream: it
is convenient to believe that growth will never end because such a belief opens up the
possibility of unrestrained expansion in our lifetimes, thus validating our guilty
acquisitiveness.
Anthropology proves that mindset shifts are possible and

frequent
Miller 99 (Will, prof of Philosophy at Vermont U,
[http://www.monthlyreview.org/299mill.htm] AD: 6-23-11, jam)
It is not without reason that economics has come to be known as the dismal science. Mainstream economists since Adam
Smith have assumed that all human relations are ultimately those of the marketplace, of buying and selling, of control and
exploitation of the suffering, vulnerability and desperation of others. The current dominance of private
property relationswhere land, resources and tools are exclusively controlled by a small minority of individuals for
their private perpetual rewardis projected backward over the whole span of human history. However useful this projection
may be for justifying existing market society, it is strikingly poor anthropology, dubious history, and
third-rate psychology. But it seems actual human history has had a much different bent. For our first few hundred
thousand years on this planetaccording to current evidencehumans lived in small groups organized
around mutually beneficial social relations, with resources held in common as social
property. Social equality and voluntary divisions of labor endured for millennia as the basis for human
communal life. With essentially social incentives, everyone who could contributed to the commonwealth
for the use of all. In the long sweep of this history the emergence of dominant classeschiefs, kings,
aristocracies of birth and wealthis a very recent event, perhaps no more than 10,000 years ago, or less, depending on
which culture is considered. From time to time, small human communities organized in such communal ways continue to be
'discovered,' communities that have been spared being "civilized" by conquest at the hands of more "advanced" class
societies.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
327
De-Dev Good At: Transition Wars

No transition wars there arent any resources
Bennett and Nordstrom 2k (D. Scott, Ph.D., The U of Michigan,
Distinguished prof of Political Science, and Timothy, Associate prof. Director of
Graduate Studies @ U of Mississippi, The Journal of Conflict Resolution, Vol.
44, No.1, Feb, pp. 33-61, jam)
In this analysis, we focus on using economic conditions to understand when rival ries are likely to escalate or end. Rivalries
are an appropriate set of cases to use when examining substitutability both because leaders in rival states have clearly
substitutable choices and because rivalries are a set of cases in which externalization is a particularly plausible policy
option.7 In particular, when confronted with domestic problems, leaders in a rivalry have the clear
alternatives of escalating the conflict with the rival to divert attention or to work to settle the rivalry
as a means of freeing up a substantial amount of resources that can be directed toward
solving internal problems. In the case of the diversion option, rivals provide logical, believable
actors for leaders to target; the presence of a clear rival may offer unstable elites a particularly inviting target
for hostile statements or actual conflict as necessary. The public and relevant elites already consider the rival a threat or else
the rivalry would not have continued for an extended period; the presence of disputed issues also provides a casus belli with
the rival that is always present. Rivals also may provide a target where the possible costs and risks of externalization are
relatively controlled. If the goal is diversion, leaders will want to divert attention without
provoking an actual (and expensive) war. Over the
course of many confrontations, rival states may learn to

anticipate response patterns, leading to safer disputes or at least to leaders believing that they can control the risks of
conflict when they initiate a new confrontation. In sum, rivals provide good targets for domestically challenged political
leaders. This leads to our first hypothesis, which is as follows: Hypothesis 1: Poor economic conditions lead
diversionary actions against the rival.
to
Conflict settlement is also a distinct route to dealing with internal
problems that leaders in rivalries may pursue when faced with internal problems. Military
competition
between states requires large amounts of resources, and rivals require even more
attention. Leaders may choose to negotiate a settlement that ends a rivalry to free up important resources that may be
reallocated to the domestic economy. In a "guns versus butter" world of economic trade-offs, when a state can no
longer afford to pay the expenses associated with competition in a rivalry , it is quite
rational for leaders to reduce costs by ending a rivalry. This gain (a peace dividend) could be
achieved at any time by ending a rivalry. However, such a gain is likely to be most important and attractive to leaders
when internal conditions are bad and the leader is seeking ways to alleviate active problems. Support for policy change
away from continued rivalry is more likely to develop when the economic situation sours and elites and masses are
looking for ways to improve a worsening situation. It is at these times that the pressure to cut
military investment will be greatest and that state leaders will be forced to
recognize the difficulty of continuing to pay for a rivalry . Among other things, this argument
also encompasses the view that the cold war ended because the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics could no longer
compete economically with the United States. Hypothesis 2: Poor economic conditions increase the
probability of rivalry termination.
Hypotheses 1 and 2 posit opposite behaviors in response to a single

cause (internal economic problems). As such, they demand a research design that can account for substitutability
between them.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
328

Economic collapse forces countries to focus inward solves
risk of conflict
Bennett and Nordstrom 2k (D. Scott, Ph.D., The U of Michigan,
Distinguished prof of Political Science, and Timothy, Associate prof. Director of

Graduate Studies @ U of Mississippi, The Journal of Conflict Resolution, Vol.
44, No.1, Feb, pp. 33-61, jam)
INTERNAL CONDITIONS AND EXTERNAL BEHAVIOR: IMPROVEMENTS By coming at externalization from the
substitutability perspective, we hope to deal with some of the theoretical problems raised by critics of diversionary conflict
theory. Substitutability can be seen as a particular problem of model specification where the dependent variable has not been
fully developed. We believe that one of the theoretical problems with studies of externalization has been a lack of attention to
alternative choices; Bueno de Mesquita actually hints toward this (and the importance of foreign policy substitution) when
he argues that it is shortsighted to conclude that a leader will uniformly externalize in response
to domestic problems at the expense of other possi-
ble policy choices (1985, 130). We hope to

improve on the study of externalization and behavior within rivalries by considering multiple outcomes in response to
domestic conditions.5 In particular, we will focus on the alternative option that instead of exter- nalizing, leaders may
internalize when faced with domestic economic troubles . Rather than diverting the attention of the
public or relevant elites through military action, leaders may actually work to solve their internal
problems internally. Tying internal solutions to the external environment, we focus on the possibility that
leaders may work to disengage their country from hostile relationships in the international
arena to deal with domestic issues. Domestic problems often emerge from the challenges of spreading finite
resources across many different issue areas in a manner that satisfies the public and solves real problems. Turning
inward for some time may free up resources required to jump-start the domestic economy or may simply
provide leaders the time to solve internal distributional issues . In our study, we will focus on
the condition of the domestic economy (gross domestic product [GDP] per capita growth) as a source of pressure on
leaders to externalize. We do this for a number of reasons. First, when studying rivalries, we need an indicator of potential
domestic trouble that is applicable beyond just the United States or just advanced industrialized democracies. In many nonWestern states, variables such as election cycles and presidential popularity are irrelevant. Economics are important to all
countries at all times. At a purely practical level, GDP data is also more widely available (cross-nationally and historically)
than is data on inflation or unemployment.6 Second, we believe that fundamental economic conditions are a
source of
potential political problems
to which leaders must pay attention. Slowing growth

lead to mass dissatisfaction and protests down the road; economic
problems may best be dealt with at an early stage before they turn into outward ,
potentially violent, conflict. This leads us to a third argument, which is that we in fact believe that it may be more
or worsening economic conditions may
appropriate in general to use indicators of latent conflict rather than manifest conflict as indicators of the potential to divert.
Once the citizens of a country are so distressed that they resort to manifest conflict (rioting or
engaging in open protest),
it may be too late for a leader to satisfy them by engaging in

distracting foreign policy actions. If indeed leaders do attempt to distract people's attention, then if protest
reaches a high level, that attempt has actually failed and we are looking for correlations between failed externalization
attempts and further diversion.
Even if conflicts occur they wont escalate

Bennett and Nordstrom 2k (D. Scott, Ph.D., The U of
Michigan, Distinguished prof of Political Science, and
Timothy, Associate prof. Director of Graduate Studies @ U
of Mississippi, The Journal of Conflict Resolution, Vol. 44,
No.1, Feb, pp. 33-61, jam)
When engaging in diversionary actions in response to economic problems, leaders
will be most interested in a cheap, quick victory that gives them the benefit of a rally
effect without suffering the long-term costs (in both economic and popularity terms) of an extended confrontation or
*
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
329
war. This makes weak states particularly inviting targets for diversionary action since they may be less
likely to respond than strong states and because any response they make will be less costly to the initiator. * Following
Blainey (1973), a state facing poor economic conditions may in factbe the target of an
attack rather than the initiator. This may be even more likely in the context of a rivalry because rival states
are likely to be looking for any advantage over their rivals. Leaders may hope to catch an economically
challenged rival looking inward in response to a slowing economy. * Following the strategic application of
diversionary conflict theory and states' desire to engage in only cheap conflicts for diversionary purposes, states should avoid
conflict initiation against target states experiencing economic problems.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
330

Depressions force focus on internal problems prevents
military conflict the economy was fundamentally
different during WW2
Deudney 91 (Daniel, Professor of Political Science at Johns
Hopkins University, Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists,
47(3), Apr, pp. 22, jam)
Poverty wars. In a second scenario, declining living standards first cause internal turmoil, then war. If groups at all levels of
affluence protect their standard of living by pushing deprivation on other groups, class war and revolutionary upheavals
could result. Faced with these pressures, liberal democracy and free market system.-- could increasingly be replaced by
authoritarian systems capable of maintaining minimum order.' If authoritarian regimes are more war-prone because they lack
democratic control, and if revolutionary regimes are war-prone because of their ideological fervor and isolation, then the
world is likely to become more violent. The record of previous depressions supports the proposition that widespread
economic stagnation and unmet economic expectations contribute to international conflict. Although initially compelling, this
scenario has major flaws. One is that it is arguably based on unsound economic theory. Wealth is
formed not so much by the availability of cheap natural resources as by capital formation through
savings and more efficient production. Many resource-poor countries, like Japan, are very
wealthy, while many countries with more extensive resources are poor. Environmental
constraints require an end to economic growth based on growing use of raw materials, but not
necessarily an end to growth in the production of goods and services. In addition, economic decline does not
neces-sarily produce conflict. How societies respond to economic decline may largely depend upon the rate at
which such declines occur. And as people get poorer, they may become less willing to spend
scarce resources for military forces. As Bernard Brodie observed about the modern era. "The
predisposing factors to military aggression are full bellies, not empty ones .""'The experience of economic depressions over the last two centuries may be irrelevant, because such de-pressions were characterized by
underutilized production capacity and falling resource prices. In the 1930s, increased military spending stim-ulated
economies, but if economic growth is retarded by environmental constraints, military spending will exacerbate the problem.
Power wars. A third scenario is that environ-mental degradation might cause war by altering the relative power of states;
that is, newly stronger slates may be tempted to prey upon the newly weaker ones, or weakened states may attack and lock in
their positions before their power ebbs further. But such alterations might not lead to war as readily as the lessons of histo-ry
suggest, because economic power and mili-tary power are not as tightly coupled as in the past.
The economic power positions of Germany and Japan have changed greatly since World War II, but these changes have not
been accompanied by war or threat of war. In the contemporary world, whole industries rise, fall, and
relocate, causing substantial fluctuations in the economic well-being of regions and

peoples, without producing wars. There is no reason to believe that changes in relative
wealth and power caused by the uneven impact of environmental degradation would inevitably lead
to war. Even if environmental degradation were to destroy the basic social and economic fabric of a country or region, the
impact on international order may not be very great. Among the first casualties in such a country would be
the capacity to wage war. The poor and wretched of the earth may Is1 able to deny an outside aggressor an easy
conquest, hut they are themselves a minimal threat to other states. Contemporary offensive military
operations require complex organizational skills, specialized industrial products,
and surplus wealth.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
331

Dedev key to peace
Trainer 95 (Ted, Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the School
of Social Work, University of New South Wales, The
Conserver Society, p. 165, jam)
If the foregoing analysis is valid, not much needs to be said about the alternative. We
must develop ways of life

in which all can live well without taking more than their fair share and therefore without living
in fear of someone else threatening what we have. That is precisely what a radical conserver society involves. A world
made up of relatively small communities which were supplying their own needs mostly from
their local resources, and concerned primarily with enjoying a life rich in cultural and craft and community activities,
without any interest in constantly increasing the amount they consume, would be a far more secure world. There
would be no point in you attacking anyone, because you would not want much and what you did
want you would have in abundance from local sources. Similarly you would not feel any need for weapons
with which to defend yourself, because you would know that others were living
comfortable and interesting lives without wanting more resources than they could supply for themselves and therefore
they would have no interest in attacking you. Security is an impossible goal if it is conceived in terms of developing the arms
needed to defend our imperial interests and to defend ourselves against attack while we insist on lifestyles which
inevitably involve us in taking more than our fair share and therefore asserting control over ours oilfields in the Middle East
and in turn having to be armed to the teeth to fight off threats to them. Real security consists in knowing no
one has any desire to threaten you.
A change in mindset allows for a peaceful transition

Milbrath 89 (Lester W., prof Emeritus of Political Science and Sociology at
SUNY-Buffalo, Envisioning a Sustainable Society, p. 318, jam)
Throughout this long and difficult transition, we must avoid the mind-poisoning belief that peace
cannot be achieved. The possibility of success cannot be judged solely on the basis of what has
happened in the past, or on the seeming intransigence of the present. We can rather swiftly learn a new
perspective and new attitudes toward each other. As Erhard says, nothing is more powerful
than an idea whose time has come. The time when the ideas leading to peace will prevail draws closer as a
result of billions of individual thoughts, desires and convictions among people who are committed to making peace possible.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
332
Democracy
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
333
Growth Bad Democracy

Economic growth kill democracy
Harms and Ursprung, 1 (Philpp and Heinrich, University of
Konstanz, Do Civil and political repression really boost
foreign direct investments? Pg. 1-3 May, accessed
6/22/11 JF)
The globalization of the economy is an issue which continues to
attract a great deal of attention in the political arena. The exchange of
opinion, unfortunately, quite often does not follow civilized patterns but is
articulated in street riots. The third ministerial conference of the World Trade
Organization in November/December 1999, for example, gave rise to the by now legendary battle
of Seattle and the 55th Annual Meeting of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank
Group which took place in September 2000 in Prague was also accompanied by violent
demonstrations.
The arguments of the demonstrating opponents of economic globalization, be they

peaceful or violent, appear to follow a standard pattern. One of the groups demonstrating in
Prague, for example, described its objectives as follows: We will be exposing the links between the
IMF/WB, the WTO and transnational corporations and the ways how they work to
maximize private profits and limit the power of people to protect the environment,
determine their economic destiny, and safeguard their human rights . Our goal is to give the
proper name to what the policies of the IMF/WB really cause in the South as well as in the Central and Eastern Europe. We
will be demanding an immediate suspension of these practices leading to
environmental destruction, growing social inequality and poverty and curtailing of
peoples rights. In short, globalization is interpreted as a devious maneuver
undertaken by multinational firms who, on the one hand, relocate production in
order to undermine the tax and regulation policies of democratic nation states and, on
the other hand, exploit the politically and economically repressed workers in third
world autocracies: Essentially, the WTO, and the new Global Economy, hurt the environment,
exploit workers, and disregard civil societys concerns. The only beneficiaries of
globalization are the largest, richest, multi-national corporations.
It would be wrong to denigrate these statements as mere battle cries of street fighters
because similar patterns of argumentation can be found in the extensive popular
literature on globalization. The reproach that multinational enterprises have a
special liking for autocratic countries in which workers are not allowed to organize
themselves with the restul that the wage rates do not reflect their productivity, can be
found, for example, in William Greiders 1998 bestseller One World, Ready or Not:
The Manic Logic of Global Capitalism. Greider in particular argues against the
hypothesis that FDI may have a liberalizing effect in these countries: The promise of
a democratic evolution requires skepticism if the theory is being promoted by
economic players who actually benefit from the opposite condition --the enterprises
doing business in low-cost labor markets where the absence of democratic rights
makes it much easier to suppress wages. A corporation that has made strategic
investments based on the cost advantages offered by repressive societies can hardly be
expected to advocate their abolition (p. 38). Greider understands, of course, that FDI decisions are
influenced by balancing labor cost advantages against losses of labor productivity. However, he writes in this context: The
general presumption that low cost workers in backward countries were crudely unproductive was simply not true. In fact,
dollar for dollar, the cheaper workers often represented a better buy for employers than the more skillful workers who were
replaced. Their productivity was lower but it was also improved rapidly much faster than their wages. In order to attract
foreign capital, their governments often made certain this was the case (P. 74).3
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
334
Democracy solves several scenarios for extinction.

Diamond, 95 (Larry, Prof @ Stanford University,
Promoting Democracy in the 1990s)
The experience of this century offers important lessons. Countries
that govern themselves in a truly

democratic fashion do not go to war with one another. They do not aggress against
their neighbors to aggrandize themselves or glorify their leaders. Democratic governments do not
ethnically cleanse their own populations, and they are much less likely to face ethnic insurgency.
Democracies do not sponsor terrorism against one another. They do not build
weapons of mass destruction to use on or to threaten one another. Democratic
countries form more reliable, open, and enduring trading partnerships. In the long run they offer
better and more stable climates for investment. They are more environmentally
responsible because they must answer to their own citizens, who organize to protest
the destruction of their environments. They are better bets to honor international treaties since they value
legal obligations and because their openness makes it much more difficult to breach agreements in secret. Precisely because,
within their own borders, they respect competition, civil liberties, property rights, and the
rule of law, democracies are the only reliable foundation on which a new world order
of international security and prosperity can be built.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
335
Envrionment
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
336
Growth Bad Environment Extinction

Growth causes ecological destruction because it is the
inevitable regression of the environment.
Bookchin 89 (Murray, dir. emeritus Institute for Social Ecology @
Plainfield, The Progressive, August 1989, pp. 19-23.
accessed 6/22/11 JF)
What environmentalists must emphasize is that the
global ecological crisis is systemic not simply the

product of random mishaps. If the Exxon Valdez disaster is treated merely as an "accident" as were Chernobyl
and Three Mile Island-we will have deflected public attention from a social crisis of historic proportions: We do not
simp1y live in a world of problems but in a highly problematical world, an inherently
anti-ecological society. This anti-ecological world will not be healed by acts of
statesmanship or passage of piecemeal legislation. It is a world that is direly in need of
far-reaching structural change.Perhaps the most obvious of our systemic problems is
uncontrollable growth. I use the word "uncontrollable" advisedly, in preference to "uncontrolled." The growth of
which I speak is not humanity's colonization of the planet over millennia of history. It is rather an inexorable
material reality that is unique to our era: namely, that unlimited economic growth is
assumed to be evidence of human progress. We have taken this notion so much for
granted over the past few generations that it is as immutably fixed in our
consciousness as the sanctity of property itself. Growth is, in fact, almost synonymous
with the market economy that prevails today. That fact finds its clearest expression in the marketplace
maxim, "Grow or die." We live in a competitive world in which rivalry is a law of economic life; profit, a
social as well as personal desideratum; limit or restraint, an archaism; and the
commodity, a substitute for the traditional medium for establishing economic
relationships-namely, the gift. It's not enough, however, to blame our environmental
problems on the obsession with growth. A system of deeply entrenched structures-of
which growth is merely a surface manifestation-makes up our society. These
structures are beyond moral control, much as the flow of adrenaline is beyond the control of a frightened
creature This system has, in effect, the commanding quality of natural law.In a national or
international market society (be it of the corporate kind found in the West or the bureaucratic kind found in the East),
competition itself generates a need for growth. Growth is each enterprise's defense
against the threat of absorption by a rival. Moral issues have no bearing on this
compelling adversarial relationship. To the extent that a market economy becomes so
pervasive that it turns society itself into a marketplace-a vast shopping mall-it
dictates the moral parameters of-human life and makes growth synonymous with
personal as well as social progress. One's personality, love life, income, or body of
beliefs, no less than an enterprise, must grow or die. We now sense that unlimited growth is
literally recycling the complex organic products of natural evolution into the simple
mineral constituents of the Earth at the dawn of life billions of years ago. Soil that was in the making for
millennia is being tunned into sand; richly forested regions filled with complex life-forms
are being reduced to barren moonscapes; rivers, lakes, and even vast oceanic regions
are becoming noxious and lethal sewers, radio nuclides, together with an endless and
ever-increasing array of toxicants, are invading the air we breathe, the water we
drink, and almost every food item on the dinner table. Not even sealed, air-conditioned, and sanitized offices
are immune to this poisonous deluge.Growth is only the most immediate cause of this pushing back of the evolutionary
clock to a more primordial and mineralized world. And calling for "limits to growth" is merely the first step toward
bringing the magnitude of our environmental problems under public purview. Unless growth is traced to its basic
source-competition in a grow-or-die market society-the demand for controlling growth is meaningless as well as
unattainable. We can no more arrest growth while leaving the market intact than we can arrest egoism while leaving
rivalry intact.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
337
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
338
Growth Bad Environment - General

The global ecosystem is worsening
Sarkar 11 (Christian, freelance writer, Jun 16,
[www.harvesth2o.com/ecowarning.shtml] AD: 6-22-11, jm)
A landmark study released today reveals that approximately 60 percent of the ecosystem services that
support life on Earth such as fresh water, capture fisheries, air and water regulation, and the
regulation of regional climate, natural hazards and pests are being degraded or used
unsustainably. Scientists warn that the harmful consequences of this degradation could grow
significantly worse in the next 50 years. Any progress achieved in addressing the goals of poverty and
hunger eradication, improved health, and environmental protection is unlikely to be sustained if most
of the ecosystem services on which humanity relies continue to be degraded, said the study, Millennium Ecosystem
Assessment (MA) Synthesis Report, conducted by 1,300 experts from 95 countries. It specifically states that the ongoing
degradation of ecosystem services is a road block to the Millennium Development Goals agreed to by the world leaders at the
United Nations in 2000. Although evidence remains incomplete, there is enough for the experts to warn that the
ongoing degradation of 15 of the 24 ecosystem services examined is increasing the

likelihood of potentially abrupt changes that will seriously affect human well-being .
Economic downturn provides motivation to invest in

environmental prospects
AFP 8 (http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5jG0UqOyZ_VSEN1i8jCsCzwhQr6uA, da: 6-212011, dw: 9-18-2008, lido)
The global economic downturn and the crisis in the US financial markets offers the
chance for investment in green energy, former US vice-president Al Gore said
Thursday. Central banks have thrown billions of dollars at the global credit storm,
which has seen stock markets plunge and scalped big banks exposed to the ongoing
effects of last year's collapse of the US sub-prime mortgage market . Speaking via satellite-link at
the launch of Live Earth India concert, where proceeds will go to solar energy projects, the environmental campaigner said the world was at a
turning point. Asked
by AFP whether the financial crisis would mean less money for
projects to cut greenhouse gases blamed for global warming, Gore said the time was
now right to stimulate the right kinds of investment to kickstart economies. "In the United
States, the largest amount of debt has been pulled up because of the purchase of foreign oil," he told a news conference . "We need to
substitute renewable sources of energy -- solar energy, wind energy and others -- in
place of the very expensive and dirty oil and coal that's contributing to the debt crisis
and the general financial crisis. "It (the global financial slump) is in some ways a great
opportunity for us to have these technologies before us... to revive economies."
Growth drives environmental unsustainability

Trainer 10 (Ted,
http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/TheEnvProb.html, dw: 924-2010, da: 6-21-2011, lido)
The crucial point with which a satisfactory understanding of the environmental
situation and its solution must begin is that the destruction of the environment is
being caused by volumes of producing and consuming are far beyond sustainable
levels. Natural resources are being taken from the planets ecosystems, and wastes are
being dumped back into them, at rates that Footprint analysis shows would take 1.4
planet earths to provide sustainably. (World Wildlife Fund, 2009.) Most of these resource flows are going only to the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
339
few who live in rich countries. If all 9 billion people expected to be living on the planet by 2050 were to have present Australian lifestyles then
consumption of basic resource items would be 6 10 times as great as at present. For instance Australias
per capita use of

productive land, 8 ha, is 10 times as great as will be possible for all people in 2050. (This
is assuming that the 8 billion ha of productive land will remain available, which is disputable in view of current soil loss rates etc .) What
is important in this figure is the magnitude of the overshoot, the level of
unsustainability. It indicates that it will not be possible for all the worlds expected
people to rise to more than a small fraction of the productive land use, resource
consumption rates or living standards we have in rich countries at present. Most
people concerned about the fate of the planet are familiar with these kinds of facts
and figures, but generally do not seem to recognise their significance. Either the
evidence requires heroically optimistic assumptions regarding the potential of
technical advance to reduce impacts (see below), or it requires accepting the need for
dramatic reductions in present rich world per capita rates of production and
consumption.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
340
Growth Bad Environment - General

Study proves greater trade means a greater eco
footprint
Ozler and Obach, profs, 9 (S. Ilgu and Brian, Global Environmental Politics, ebsco, dw: 2-1-2009, da: 6-232011, lido)
Other factors associated with a states level of capitalism, including trade, monetary policy, nancial policy, and property rights all have
positive, but slightly lower coefcients. The
coefcients suggest that a one point increase in the trade

measure is associated with a 0.7 percent increase in ecological footprint. This means
that a move from the minimum level of trade freedom (0) to the mean level (64.69) is
anticipated to yield a 45 percent increase in the per capita ecological footprint.
Private property protection has a similar inuence, as do other variables, though to a
lesser extent. The monetary, investment, and nancial variables all yielded a larger per capita ecological footprint as policies more
closely reected the capitalist ideal. An increase from the minimum to mean score yields an
anticipated 28 percent increase in per capita footprint for the monetary and
investment variables, and a 25 percent increase for the nancial variable controlling,
for other factors. In regard to the corruption measure, we expected to nd a negative
relationship, that is, the freer a country is of corruption, the smaller the states per
capita ecological footprint.
Every aspect of capitalist growth kills the environment

Ozler and Obach, profs, 9 (S. Ilgu and Brian, Global Environmental Politics, ebsco, dw: 2-1-2009, da: 6-222011, lido)
Despite this exception, our
central findings indicate that capitalism and its associated state

policies correlate with poor environmental performance. This is relevant to a number
of theories that link economic institutions to environmental outcomes. This study
provides further evidence for those perspectives that see negative ecological
implications for unrestrained market practices and presents a direct challenge to
those who make broad claims about the ability of the free market to address
environmental threats. Ecological modernization theorists and others who place faith in capitalism to move us toward
ecological sustainability should reconsider their opposition to command-based regulatory mechanisms and their embrace of market-oriented
reforms. Although capitalism generally appears detrimental to environmental protection, the policy subcomponents that make up the broader
economic order require additional consideration. The findings in regard to trade provide a supplement to analyses put forth by world systems,
dependency, and unequal ecological exchange theorists. These
theories focus on the maldistribution of

wealth and other social and economic outcomes that result from trade in a world
characterized by inequalities of economic development and power. These injustices
extend into the environmental realm when considering who bears the burdens of
resource depletion and exposure to environmental hazards. This study demonstrates
that the negative ecological outcomes found by these theories appear to be aggravated
by free trade policies. While others have examined the costs and benefits experienced by countries integrated into the global
trade system, this study indicates that state policies regarding trade have an independent effect on the environmental outcomes of that
integration. These findings
suggest that states can restrict trade in ways that limit

environmental damage. This study also lends significant support to treadmill of
production theory and its sharp critique of capitalism.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
341
Growth Bad Environment AT: Tech Solves

Tech doesnt solve there are limits
MacKenzie 8 (Debora, award-winning reporter for New
Scientist, Apr 2, [www.planetthoughts.org/?
pg=pt/Whole&qid=2737] AD: 6-23-11, jam)
Tipping points Lester Brown thinks we
are fast running out of time. "The world can no longer
afford to waste a day. We need a Great Mobilisation, as we had in wartime," he says. "There has been tremendous
progress in just the past few years. For the first time, I am starting to see how an alternative economy might emerge. But it's
now a race between tipping points - which will come first, a switch to sustainable technology, or
collapse?" Tainter is not convinced that even new technology will save civilisation in the long
run. "I sometimes think of this as a 'faith-based' approach to the future," he says. Even a society reinvigorated by cheap new
energy sources will eventually face the problem of diminishing returns once more .
Innovation itself might be subject to diminishing returns, or perhaps absolute limits.

Studies of the way cities grow by Luis Bettencourt of the Los Alamos National Laboratory, New Mexico, support
this idea. His team's work suggests that an ever-faster rate of innovation is required to keep
cities growing and prevent stagnation or collapse, and in the long run this cannot be
sustainable.
Infinite growth impossible the economy is a subsystem

of the earths ecosystem which is limited
Daly 96 (Herman E., former World Bank economist, former prof of econ at
Louisiana State U, [alginermacgregor.com/daly.htm] AD: 6-23-11, jam)
Impossibility statements are the very foundation of science. In science, many things are impossible. By respecting
impossibility theorems we avoid wasting resources on projects that are bound to fail. Economists should therefore be
very interested
in impossibility theorems, especially if they demonstrate that it is impossible for

the world economy to grow its way out of poverty and environmental degradation. In other
words, sustainable growth is impossible. The economy is an open subsystem of earth's
ecosystem, which is finite, non-growing. The economy incorporates an ever greater proportion of the
total ecosystem into itself and thus must reach a limit. Therefore its growth is not sustainable. The term
sustainable growth when applied to the economy is an oxymoron. Economists will complain that growth in GNP is a
mixture of quantitative and qualitative increase and therefore not strictly subject to physical laws. Yes, quantitative and
qualitative changes are very different and so best kept separate and with different names. To grow means "to increase
naturally in size by the addition of material through assimilation or accretion." To develop means "to expand or realize the
potentials of; to bring gradually to a fuller, greater, or better state." When something grows it gets bigger. When something
develops it gets different. The earth's ecosystem develops (evolves) but does not grow. Its subsystem, the economy, must
eventually stop growing but can continue to develop. The term sustainable development therefore makes
sense for the economy but only if understood as development without growth--qualitative
improvement of a physical economic base that is maintained in a steady state by a throughput of matter-energy that is within
the regenerative and assimilative capacities of the ecosystem. Currently, the term sustainable development
is used as a synonym for sustainable growth. It must be saved from this perdition . In
the past two centuries we have developed a culture dependent on exponential growth for its
economic stability. Sustainable development is a cultural adaptation made by society as it
becomes aware of the emerging necessity of non-growth. Even "green growth" is not
sustainable. There is a limit to the population of trees the earth can support, just as there is a limit to the
populations of humans and of automobiles. If the economy cannot grow forever, can it grow by
enough to give everyone in the world a standard of per capita resource use equal to that of the
average American? That would turn out to be a factor of seven, a figure that is neatly bracketed
by the United Nations' Commission on Environment and Development [UNCED] in its call for the expansion of the world
economy by a factor of five to ten. The problem is that even expansion by a factor of four is impossible
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
342
if Vitousek and others (1986) are correct in their calculation then the human economy currently
preempts one-fourth of the global net primary product (NPP) of photosynthesis. We cannot go beyond 100 percent, and it is
unlikely that we will increase NPP since historical tendency up to now is for economic growth to reduce global
photosynthesis. Since land-based ecosystems are the more relevant, and we preempt 40% of land based NPP, even the factor
of four is an overestimate. Also, reaching 100 percent is unrealistic, since we are incapable of bringing
under direct human management all the species that make up the ecosystems upon which
we depend. Furthermore, it is ridiculous to urge the preservation of biodiversity without being willing to halt the economic
growth that requires human takeover of all places in the sun now occupied by other species. If growth up to the factor of
five to ten recommended by the UNCED Commission is impossible, then what about just sustaining the present scale--that is,
what about zero net growth? Every day we read about stress-induced feedbacks from the
ecosystem to the economy, such as greenhouse buildup, ozone layer depletion, acid
rain, and so on, which constitute evidence that even the present scale is unsustainable. How then can people
keep on talking about "sustainable growth" when (1) the present scale of the economy shows clear signs of being
unsustainable, (2) multiplying that scale by a factor of five to ten, as recommended by the UNCED Commission, would move
us from unsustainability to imminent collapse, and (3) the concept itself is logically self-contradictory in a finite, nongrowing ecosystem? Yet sustainable growth is the buzzword of our time. Occasionally it becomes truly ludicrous, as when
writers gravely speak of "sustainable growth in the rate of increase of economic activity." Not only must we grow
forever, we must accelerate forever! This
reality.
is hollow political verbiage, totally disconnected from
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
343
Growth Bad Environment AT: Tech Solves

Our alternative does not preclude modern technology
advancements will still exist in the world of sustainability
Trainer 7(Ted, Senior Lecturer in Sociology at the school of Social Work,
University of New South Wales, Renewable Energy Cannot Sustain a
Consumer Society, pg 142-3, jam)
The Simpler Way is not opposed to modem technology. In fact there will be more resources
available for research and development of the things that matter, such as better medical services and
windmill design, than there are now, when the vast sums presently wasted on unnecessary
products, and arms, cease being spent. However it is a mistake to think better technology is important in solving
global problems, let alone the key. Most of the things we need in The Simpler Way can be produced by traditional
technologies. Hand tools can produce excellent food, clothes, furniture, houses, etc., and craft production is in general the
most satisfying way. Of course we will use machinery where that makes sense and many basic items could be mass produced
in automated factories. There would also be intensive research into improving crops and
techniques, especially for deriving chemicals, drugs and materials from local plant
sources. There will also be more resources than at present to invest in realms that have "spiritual" significance rather than
economic value, such as astronomy, history, philosophy, the arts and humanities.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
344
Growth Bad Environment Warming Module

Growth causes warming
Barry 8 (Glen, phd, personal blog, http://earthmeanders.blogspot.com/2008/01/economiccollapse-and-global-ecology.html, dw: 1-12-2008, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
Humanity and the Earth are faced with an enormous conundrum -- sufficient climate
policies enjoy political support only in times of rapid economic growth. Yet this
growth is the primary factor driving greenhouse gas emissions and other
environmental ills. The growth machine has pushed the planet well beyond its ecological carrying capacity, and
unless constrained, can only lead to human extinction and an end to complex life. With every economic downturn, like the
one now looming in the United States, it becomes more difficult and less likely that policy sufficient to ensure global
ecological sustainability will be embraced. This essay explores the possibility that from a biocentric viewpoint of needs for
long-term global ecological, economic and social sustainability; it would be better for the economic collapse to come now
rather than later. Economic growth is a deadly disease upon the Earth, with capitalism as its
most virulent strain. Throw-away consumption and explosive population growth are
made possible by using up fossil fuels and destroying ecosystems. Holiday shopping numbers
are covered by media in the same breath as Arctic ice melt, ignoring their deep connection. Exponential economic growth
destroys ecosystems and pushes the biosphere closer to failure. Humanity has proven itself unwilling and
unable to address climate change and other environmental threats with necessary
haste and ambition. Action on coal, forests, population, renewable energy and
emission reductions could be taken now at net benefit to the economy. Yet, the losers
-- primarily fossil fuel industries and their bought oligarchy -- successfully resist
futures not dependent upon their deadly products. Perpetual economic growth, and
necessary climate and other ecological policies, are fundamentally incompatible.
Global ecological sustainability depends critically upon establishing a steady state
economy, whereby production is right-sized to not diminish natural capital . Whole industries
like coal and natural forest logging will be eliminated even as new opportunities emerge in solar energy and environmental restoration.
Warming will cause extinction in 30-50 years

Henderson 6 (Bill, counter currents,
http://www.countercurrents.org/cc-henderson190806.htm, dw: 8-192006, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
Runaway global warming: there are 'carbon bombs': carbon in soils,
carbon in warming temperate and boreal forests and in a drought
struck Amazon, methane in Arctic peat bogs and in methane
hydrates melting in warming ocean waters. For several decades it
has been hypothesized that rising temperatures from increased
greenhouse gases in the atmosphere due to burning fossil fuels
could be releasing some of and eventually all of these stored carbon
stocks to add substantually more potent greenhouse gases to the
atmosphere.. Given time lags of 30-50 years, we might have already
put enough extra greenhouse gases into the atmosphere to longterm sea level rises of 70-80 metres. All the world's coastal plains
would be lost, complete with have crossed a threshold to these
bombs exploding, their released greenhouse gases leading to ever
accelerating global warming with future global temperatures maybe
tens of degrees higher than our norms of human habitation and
therefor extinction or very near extinction of humanity.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
345
Growth Bad Environment Warming UQ

Climate change now
Jamail 6-23 (Dahr, Al-Jazeera, staff,
http://english.aljazeera.net/indepth/features/2011/06/2011622132049568952.html, dw: 6-232011, da: 6-23-2011, lido)

Brian Schwartz is a professor
in the Department of Environmental Health Sciences at the

Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health. "Increasing temperatures cause
direct health effects related to heat; there will be more common events like the 30,000
to 50,000 persons who died in Europe in 2003 due to the heat wave there," Professor
Schwartz told Al Jazeera, "Increasing temperatures also cause more air pollution, due to photochemical reactions that
increase with higher temperatures. This will cause more morbidity and mortality from pulmonary and cardiovascular
diseases." Schwartz, who is also the co-director of the Programme on Global Sustainability and Health, said that
lack of clean water, a phenomenon that is also a product of climate change, will lead
to increases in morbidity and mortality from a variety of water-borne diseases. In
addition, vector-borne diseases, diseases in which the pathogenic microorganism is transmitted from an infected individual to
another individual by an arthropod or other agent, will change in their distribution as the climate changes. " Populations
will be on the move as food and water production is threatened; these so-called
environmental refugees, that the world has already seen, suffer a variety of increased
health risks," added Schwartz, "How climate change affects economies and sociopolitical
systems will contribute to other physical and mental health stresses for populations."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
346
Growth Bad Environment Warming

Economic growth causes species loss, deforestation, and
soil erosion all that accelerates warming and imperils
food production
6-23-11, jam)
The environment is in danger from our pursuit of affluence. Serious worries come from
predictions about the atmosphere. The burning of fossil fuels will raise temperatures and result in
climatic effects. Rising temperatures could have horrific effects. First of all, food production could seriously
be imperiled even by increases of only one degree celcius. If the temperature should increase by five degrees scientists
predict the coastal island nations would be submerged and possibly trigger the next ice age.
Another environmental concern deals with the soil. Our agricultural practices disregard the value of recycling food waste.
Also, the use of pesticides and chemicals in agriculture lead to the poisoning of the soil and topsoil
loss through erosion. Yields per acre for grain are falling and "we do not produce food in ways that can be continued for
centuries"(Trainer, 1985). Even more disturbing is the deforestation of rainforests . This results
in the extinction of many species, concentration of carbon dioxide, the loss of many
potential medical breakthroughs, and possibly the disruption of rainfall. Opponents of the
deforestation fail to realize that our expensive way of life and greedy economic system are the
driving forces. "Nothing can be achieved by fighting to save this forest or that species if in the long term we do not
change the economic system which demands ever-increasing production and consumption of non-necessities"(Trainer, 1985).
There is an invisible threshold each species lost risks

destruction of all life.
Wapner 94 (Paul, Department of Int'l Politics and Foreign Policy at
American U, Politics and Life Sciences, August, p. 177, jam)

Massive extinction of species is dangerous then because one cannot predict which species
are expendable to the system as a whole. As Philip Hoose remarks, "Plants and animals cannot tell us what
they mean to each other." One can never be sure which species holds up fundamental biological
relationships in the planetary ecosystem. And, because removing species is an irreversible act, it
may be too late to save the system after the extinction of key plants or animals. According to the US
National Research council, "the ramifications of an ecological change of this magnitude [vast extinction of species]
are so far reaching that no one on earth will escape them." Trifling with the "lives" of
species is like playing Russian roulette with our collective future as the stakes.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
347

Economic decline solves warming means consumption of
less resources
Klare, Professor at Hampshire College, 8 (Michael, Huffington Post,
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/michael-t-klare/the-economic-crisis-and-t_b_135631.html, da:
6-21-2011, dw: 10-17-2008, lido)
The good news is that economic hard times will cause people to drive less, fly less, and
otherwise consume less energy, thus lowering expectations for greenhouse-gas
emissions. According to the most recent projections from the International Energy Agency (IEA) in Paris, global
oil demand in 2008 will be 240,000 barrels per day less than in its earlier predictions,
and 440,000 barrels per day less than in its predictions for 2009. Many experts believe, moreover,
that demand will drop even further in the weeks and months ahead as the economic
crisis deepens and consumers around the world cut back on their travel and energy
use and the less oil consumed, the less CO2 emitted. As petroleum consumption
declines, the price of oil is also likely to drop thereby discouraging investment in
many costly and environmental hazardous energy projects. Already, the price of oil has
plunged by nearly half over the past three months, from $140 to $70 a barrel, and
some experts see prices going even lower. Fifty dollars a barrel "is now within the
realm of possibilities," according to oil analyst Stephen Schork. At these prices, it may no longer be
profitable to advance some of the more technologically challenging energy projects with a significant environmental risk, such as the
These projects might make economic sense

when oil is $80 per barrel or more despite strong objections from
environmentalists but won't attract support from investors when the price of oil
slips much below this level.
development of Canadian tar sands or Rocky Mountain shale oil.
Economic down turn solves warming

Kambas, Reuters, 8 (Michele, writer, dw: 10-7-2008, da: 6-21-2011,
http://www.reuters.com/article/2008/10/07/us-summit-financialidUSTRE4966A220081007, lido)
Atmospheric scientist Paul J Crutzen, who has in the past floated the possibility of blitzing the
stratosphere with sulfur particles to cool the earth, said clouds gathering over the
world economy could ease the earth's environmental burden . Slower economic growth
worldwide could help slow growth of carbon dioxide emissions and trigger more
careful use of energy resources, though the global economic turmoil may also divert
focus from efforts to counter climate change, said Crutzen, winner of the 1995 Nobel Prize in Chemistry for his
work on the depletion of the ozone layer. "It's a cruel thing to say ... but if we are looking at a slowdown in the
economy, there will be less fossil fuels burning, so for the climate it could be an
advantage," Crutzen told Reuters in an interview. "We could have a much slower increase of CO2
emissions in the atmosphere ... people will start saving (on energy use) ... but things may get worse if there
is less money available for research and that would be serious." CO2 emissions, released by the burning of fossil fuels in power stations,
factories, homes and vehicles, are growing at almost 3.0 percent a year. The U.N. Panel
on Climate Change estimates

that world temperatures may rise by between 1.8 and 4.0 degrees Celsius (3.2-7.2 degrees
Fahrenheit) this century. The Group of Eight industrial nations agreed in July to a goal of
halving world emissions by 2050. Crutzen was in Cyprus for a lecture organized by
the Cyprus Institute, a research foundation. He caused a stir with the publication of a paper in 2006 suggesting
that injecting the common pollutant sulfur into the stratosphere some 10 miles above the earth could snuff out the greenhouse effect.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
348

Economic growth drives climate change
Trainer 10 (Ted, UNSW, dw: 9-16-2010, da: 6-21-2011,
http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/AffluentSoc.html, lido)
Our way of life is grossly unsustainable. Our levels of production and consumption
are far too high. We can only achieve them because we few in rich countries are
grabbing most of the resources produced and therefore depriving most of the world's
people of a fair share, and because we are depleting stocks faster than they can
regenerate. Because we consume so much we are rapidly using up resources and
causing huge ecological damage. It would be impossible for all the world's people to rise to our rich world per capita
levels of consumption. Most people have no idea how far we are beyond sustainable levels . Although present levels of
production, consumption, resource use and environmental impact are unsustainable
we are obsessed with economic growth, i.e., with increasing production and
consumption, as much as possible and without limit! Most of the major global problems we face, especially
environment, Third World poverty, conflict and social breakdown are primarily due to this limits problem; i.e., to over-consumption. (This does
not mean over-population is not a serious problem.) If
this limits to growth analysis is valid we must work

for radical system change, from consumer-capitalist society, that is, for an eventual
transition to ways of life and to an economy that will enable all to have a high quality
of life on far lower levels of resource consumption, perhaps to 1/10 of present levels ..
Such ways are available, and attractive, and easily developed -- if enough of us want to adopt them. (See The Sustainable Alternative Society.)
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
349

Growth causes warming all other theories are outdated
Shekhar 9 (Manisha, Prof @ Saxena college, Ecommerce Journal,
http://www.ecommercejournal.com/articles/12807_environment_does_not_allow_further_economic_gr
owth_in_the_world, dw: 1-30-2009, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
Unfortunately, all dominant economic theories fail to take into account the environmental
concerns and long-term sustainability of society. The established economic theories
which guide decision-makers from all over the world and from most kinds of ideological backgrounds regard the economic
system in isolation from ecosystems. As ecological services are not owned, their
degradation and abuse are not accounted for and consequently neither show up in
GDP nor function as disincentives to continued exploitation. In fact, environmental
destruction usually improves the look of the national accounts, since all economic
activity (destructive, as well as constructive) add to the gross domestic product while none of the
reduced carrying capacity of the ecosystem is taken into account . Thus, the economic activity
following both the Bhopal gas accident and the Chernobyl nuclear disaster improved the national accounting in India and the USSR
respectively, although considerable real natural wealth and human lives were destroyed. The
dominant economic theory

has explicitly encouraged excessive extraction, consumption and wasteall in the
exalted cause of expanding the. The failure of mainstream economics to consider
environmental constraints is clearly one of the most serious causes of the present
environment and health crisis. Excessive focus on economic growth Built into the
established economic theories is a supposition that unending economic growth is both
possible and desirable. In fact, growth and increasing consumption are two of the main objectives of capitalism.
Yet, from an environmental perspective, this excessive focus on economic growth is both
undesirable and unrealistic, especially in the rich, industrialized countries. It is impossible for the world
economy to grow its way out of poverty and environmental degradation. Instead, wealth must be redistributed and the worlds
economic systems be kept at a sustainable level. Exponential growth is impossible in the long run.
Rather than hoping for everlasting economic growthwhich will unavoidably lead to
increasing burdens on the earths already strained ecosys- David Werner temsthere
is a need to find the optimal scale of the economy and then develop sustainable
economies. Such economies would not be static or stagnant: An economy in
sustainable development adapts and improves in knowledge, organization, technical
efficiency, and wisdom; and it do this without assimilating or accreting, beyond some
point, an ever greater percentage of the matter energy of the ecosystem itself. Yet, in
the short and medium term, environmentalists agree on the need for economic growth in the South. Few people
would dispute the need for economic growth and industrial development in the
economically poorer countries. However, unless these processes are based on environmental regeneration rather than
Continued environmental degradation, they will not be sustainable and will undermine the Souths populations conditions of survival . The
eradication of both poverty and excessive affluence needs to be put firmly on the longterm agenda of humanity. From a policy point of view, such economic thinking is
totally absent from current decision-making. Reliance on growth means many unpleasant decisions can
be avoided. Dividing a growing pie is easier than redistributing what there already is. And the notion of growth is deeply
ingrained in concepts such as progress and development. Yet, to come to grips with the environment and health crisis one
needs the courage to question established truths, which may in the end turn out to be lies. The excessive focus on economic
growth is likely to be just that.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
350
Growth Bad Environment - Drinking Water

Module
Growth via a capitalist system kills clean drinking water,
Tanzania proves
Arusha Times 6 (dw: 8-19-2006, lexis, da: 6-21-2011, lido)
The fact is that much of the developing world is unlikely to see the wealth that western nations already have . For
capitalism to
work there must be continuous growth and for the wealthy to exist, there must be the
poor. The wealth of the developed world was built on the poverty of the developing
world, through slavery and exploitation of its resources and it still is in less explicit
ways. It is true that some have found wealth in developing nations but this wealth is
simply built upon the poor in the same way. The continuous growth of capitalism is unrealistic anyway as the
earth has finite resources. Polluted air, lack of clean drinking water and human-induced climate
change simply shows how capitalism is already stretching the earth's ability to
support it. Julius Nyerere once said of Tanzania "we are trying to overcome our
economic weakness by using the weapons of the economically strong". He realised that that it
was not wealth that people should strive for but sufficiency. He said that people and their labour, not money, would bring about development in
Tanzania. Wealthy countries still live in poverty in their own way. For example, Britons are less happy now than they were 50 years ago in spite
of their increasing wealth. Drug
and alcohol problems are on the increase. In fact, according to

some surveys, people in many developing nations are happier than in developed
countries. Many people live in a poverty of mind where they are never satisfied by their lives. They live by capitalism, to always strive
for more, so they will never have what they want and there is always someone else with more than them for them to compare themselves to .
This is known as the poverty of comparison. It is perhaps our definition of wealth that
is a problem. It has been created by capitalism and that definition is money, lots of it
and more and more. Also our definition of what we see as poverty may be a problem.
Subsistence lifestyles produce all that a person needs to survive but to the wealthy
may be seen as steeped in poverty. Globalisation is failing because it simply serves to
increase the disparity between the rich and the poor. Globalisation's attempts to
"regress the balance" for Tanzania meant that the country's markets were left open
to foreign investment, which can flee the country at a moment's notice if the economic
or political situation worsens. Further to this, foreign goods have to be imported at high costs and cheaper home grown
produce must be exported to raise enough dollars to service debt from loans. So as expensive goods enter the country, affordable ones leave,
resulting in an intensification of poverty. For example, this can be seen on the shores of Lake Victoria where many poor people struggle to find
food, while the abundant waters of the lake are fished only for the produce to be processed, frozen and shipped to Europe. Supporters of
globalisation and capitalism may testify that this is not the case and that all over the world many people earn more money than they did before.
This may be true but it does not account for the millions of people who didn't need to earn money to survive before capitalism and globalisation
entered their lives. It doesn't account for the people that were forced in to the global economy, when they were told that the commons was no
longer theirs to live off and that they had to pay for that right. Capitalism has destroyed forests, clean waters and a self-sufficient way of living.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
351

Module
Drinking water key to life on earth
Jackson and Carpenter 1 (Robert, Stephen, Clifford Dahm, Diane McKnight,
Robert Naiman, Sandra Postel, Steven Running, Issues in Ecology,
http://www.biology.duke.edu/jackson/issues9.pdf, dw: Spring 2001, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
Life on earth depends on the continuous flow of materials through the air, water, soil, and food webs of
the biosphere. The movement of water through the hydrological cycle comprises the largest of these flows,
delivering an estimated 110,000 cubic kilometers (km3) of water to the land each year as snow and rainfall. Solar energy
drives the hydrological cycle, vaporizing water from the surface of oceans, lakes, and rivers as well as from soils and plants
(evapotranspiration). Water vapor rises into the atmosphere where it cools, condenses, and
eventually rains down anew. This renewable freshwater supply sustains life on the
land, in estuaries, and in the freshwater ecosystems of the eart h. Renewable fresh water provides
many services essential to human health and well being, including water for drinking, industrial production, and irrigation,
and the production of fish, waterfowl, and shellfish. Fresh water also provides many benefits while it
remains in its channels (nonextractive or instream benefits), including flood control,

transportation, recreation, waste processing, hydroelectric power, and habitat for
aquatic plants and animals. Some benefits, such as irrigation and hydroelectric
power, can be achieved only by damming, diverting, or creating other major changes
to natural water flows. Such changes often diminish or preclude other instream benefits of fresh water, such as
providing habitat for aquatic life or maintaining suitable water quality for human use. The ecological, social, and
economic benefits that freshwater systems provide, and the trade-offs between
consumptive and instream values, will change dramatically in the coming century.
Already, over the past one hundred years, both the amount of water humans
withdraw worldwide and the land area under irrigation have risen exponentially (Figure
1). Despite this greatly increased consumption, the basic water needs of many people in the world are not being met.
Currently, 1.1 billion people lack access to safe drinking water, and 2.8 billion lack basic sanitation services. These
deprivations cause approximately 250 million cases of water-related diseases and five
to ten million deaths each year. Also, current unmet needs limit our ability to adapt to
future changes in water supplies and distribution. Many current systems designed to provide water in
relatively stable climatic conditions may be ill prepared to adapt to future changes in climate, consumption, and population.
While a global perspective on water withdrawals is important for ensuring sustainable water use, it is insufficient for regional
and local stability. How fresh water is managed in particular basins and in individual watersheds is the key to sustainable
water management.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
352

UQ
Billion people without clean water now
Phillips 6-23 (Bianca, memphis flyer,
http://www.memphisflyer.com/memphis/acts-of-kindness/Content?
oid=2977625, dw: 6-23-2011, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
"We take our clean water for granted in Memphis," Spicer said. "We have great, plentiful water, but there's over a
billion people around the world who don't have access to clean or safe drinking
water."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
353

Growth kills clean water privatization, people hatin
Environment Magazine 10 (EarthTalk: Private water? Geneticallymodified food?, dw: 9-11-2010, da: 6-21-2011, lexis, lido)
In 2000 riots erupted in Cochabamba as hundreds of residents filled the streets, angry that a private,
foreign entity was preventing them from accessing water. The violence shook the
confidence of the local government and international investors, says World Savvy .
Bechtel was forced out, resulting in not only chaos in water delivery in the area, but also in a serious blow to foreign investment in the
country. Similar
conflicts have played out in other parts of Bolivia as well as in Ghana,

Uruguay and the United Kingdom. In the U.S., the federal government ensured the
protection of waterways and drinking water in the 1970s through passage of the
Clean Water Act and Safe Drinking Water Act, which among other benefits increased funding for community
water systems to help cities and towns maintain high standards and inexpensive access to fresh water . However, since the 1980s, the
federal government has been cutting back funding to communities for water
infrastructure, with assistance falling to historic lows under the Bush administration,
reports the non-profit Food & Water Watch. Without federal funding, communities
that cant afford to keep fresh water supplies clean and safe are increasingly turning to
private companies. But at what cost? Food & Water Watch cites dozens of examples
from across the country where water privatization has gone woefully bad : [H]igh
rates and bad service plague communities who transfer control of their water service
to the hands of corporations. Common complaints include skyrocketing rates, sewage
flooded basements, broken pipes, bad water quality, and cost overruns. The water barons
prioritize stockholder returns over public wellbeing and leave municipalities to clean up the mess.
Growth hurts clean water florida tursm proves

Fleming, St. Petersburg Times, 11 (Gwen, lexis, dw: 2-8-2011, da:
6-22-2011, lido)
For years, the people of Florida have watched as many waterways once used for fishing,
swimming and other everyday activities developed a coating of green sludge. The
majority of Florida's impaired waters are affected by nitrogen and phosphorous
pollution - carried by stormwater runoff from urbanized areas, discharges from wastewater treatment plants and fertilizer runoff from
farms. What helps plants thrive on land causes harmful algae blooms when it reaches the water . These blooms have made
residents sick, caused property values to plummet and turned tourists away from the
state's treasured waters. To ensure the future health of Florida's residents and economy, EPA is setting clear,
measurable standards to reduce pollution in Florida's treasured water bodies. Just
three months ago we announced that we would take sensible steps to implement these
standards and use a 15-month period before the standards take effect to sit down with
state and local leaders and water utilities to make sure we are all prepared to achieve
these objectives. These standards are not without their opponents, including many
who claim that improved clean water standards will be too expensive and harm
Florida's economy. In fact, the reverse is true. Less than 10 percent of Florida's farmland would need to be
treated and the technology needed is already available. Expensive new technology is not required or necessary to keep our waters clean. But, if
we fail to put the technology we have to use, the problem will only expand to more of Florida's waters . While
the EPA is doing

its best to address confusion and misinformation, we are more focused on the
cooperation needed to protect our waters. We must find common ground because
poor water quality directly affects not only public health and the environment, but
also tourism and jobs. Florida's tourism industry - the state's No. 1 industry - employs nearly 1 million Floridians and pumps
billions into the state's economy each year. In an average year, tourists spend more than $60 billion in the state - generating thousands upon
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
thousands of jobs as well more than $3 billion in taxes. Many
354
of these tourists come to Florida to fish, boat

and ride water scooters. But if pollution kills aquatic life and makes the waters
unclean and unsafe, fewer tourists will come. Floridians will not just lose one of their most precious natural resources, but also the
dollars and jobs generated by a cornerstone of the statewide economy.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
355
Growth Bad Environment - Deforestation

Economic growth causes deforestation Nigeria proves
Usman and Adefalu, University of Ilorin 10 (BA and LL, Biodiversity,
Nigerian forestry, wildlife and protected areas: Status report, dw: 9-1-2010, da: 6-22-2011, lido)
First, there
was the problem of increasing deforestation as a result of farming,

construction and lumbering activities. There was therefore, the need to prevent the
total destruction of forests in the country. Secondly, the rapid rate of soil degradation and
desertification especially in marginal areas was another important reason for a positive action
towards conserving the natural environment. Cultivation, cutting of firewood, and firing of the bush for farming and game was destroying the
natural vegetation cover and exposing the soil to erosion. Thirdly, there was the need to control the rapid rate of destruction of wild animals
it was realized that creation of game

reserves could turn such areas into tourist centres. The total forest area of all types in
Nigeria was Nigerian forestry, wildlife and protected areas: estimated at 360,000
square km in 1975. With the reckless destruction of forests at the rate of about
600,000 hectares per year, there was the fear that timber resources would be depleted
in the next few years (NEST 1992).
especially with the increasing danger of extinction of some species . Finally,
Deforestation causes extinction

Gatto 8 (Tim, The Agonist, staff,
http://agonist.org/timgatto/20080425/the_tipping_point_and_critical_mass_are
_we_there_yet, dw: 4-25-2008, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
Just what are these issues that are such a threat to mankinds continued existence ?
While many people and governments attempt to remain blithely ignorant of the situation, global climate change threatens to
destroy upwards to half of all species of life on this planet. The irresponsible behavior of mankind towards the Earth is
criminal in nature. The Amazon rain forest, which supplies twenty percent of the planets
oxygen as well as removing nearly the same amount of carbon dioxide, is being
destroyed at a rate which translates to an area the size of Belgium, being destroyed
yearly. The Amazon rainforest which can be likened to the lungs of our planet can
never be replaced. The discharge of fresh water from the mouth of this largest of
rivers, makes up twenty percent of the fresh water discharged into the oceans. In fact, one
minute of fresh water discharge from the Amazon into the Atlantic could provide New York City with its entire water needs
for sixty years. The habitat of plants that havent yet been discovered, plants that could
contain medicinal properties and cure disease, are being destroyed before scientists
can evaluate their properties and possible uses. Once a species is gone from the Earth,
it is gone forever. In this regard, there is no second chance.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
356
Growth Bad Environment Defo UQ

Loss of biodiversity and land is caused primarily by
humans expanding capital
Asafu-Adjaye 3 (John, prof @ univ of queensland, Contemporary Economic Policy vol
21, proquest, dw: apr 2003, da: 6-22-2011, lido)
by far the
major causes are conversion and degradation of natural habitats. Habitat loss affects
all three of the principal levels of biodiversity (i.e., genetic, species, and ecosystem
biodiversity). Conversion refers to the transformation of a natural form of a resource
into another form suitable for human use. This can occur in various ways. For
example, conversion occurs when an excessive amount of the main constituents of an
ecosystem is withdrawn (e.g., clear felling of a forest). Another instance is when too much of
an introduced element (artificial or natural) is added to the ecosystem. Conversion occurs
mainly to supply the needs of a growing human population. One of the consequences
of conversion is that the available habitat becomes fragmented . Over time, the isolated
fragments are unable to support the remnants, resulting in species loss. Vitousek et al.
(1986) estimated that the human species uses about 40% of potential terrestrial net primary
product based on an estimate of 5 billion people (1990 population) and a daily
consumption of 2500 calories per capita. The United Nations predicts that world
population growth would rise to 10 billion people by 2050 (UN Population Division, 1993).
Although environmental factors such as climate contribute to biodiversity decline,
Given the projected increase in the world's population, it will be a major challenge to avoid a staggering loss of
Given that biodiversity is a public good whose benefits cannot be

appropriated by individuals, the rate of conversion and thus the rate of biodiversity
decline is higher than is socially desirable (Krautkraemer, 1995). The decline of
biodiversity resources is also due to the fact that the value of these resources is
underestimated or ignored in decision-making processes. Another unique feature of
biodiversity compared to other public goods is that whereas the costs are borne
locally, the benefits accrue globally. Therefore, the incentive to supply (or conserve)
biodiversity may be lesser than for other public goods. Although government policies
are supposed to correct the market failure associated with biodiversity, there are
numerous cases in which government policies have actually promoted biodiversity
decline. Examples include the pricing of logs in tropical forests and subsidization of land clearing and export
biodiversity in the future.
commodities. In the following section the framework for modeling biodiversity decline is discussed together with
the econometric specification of the relationship between biodiversity and various socioeconomic variables.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
357
Growth Bad Environment Species Module

Growth kills species
Trainer 10 (Ted, UNSW, http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/AffluentSoc.html,
dw: 9-16-2010, da: 6-21-2011, lido)
Perhaps the most worrying limits we are encountering are not to do with minerals or energy. Water:
There are
already serious water shortages in about 80 countries. Access to water will probably
be the major source of conflict in the world in coming years. About 480 million people
are fed by food produced from water pumped from underground. The water tables
are falling fast and the petrol to run the pumps might not be available soon. In
Australia overuse of water has led to serious problems, e.g., salinity in the Murray.
The greenhouse problem will make these problems worse. By 2050 the volume of
water in the Murray-Darling system might be cut by 50%. Food and land. Food prices and
shortages are already serious problems, causing riots in some countries. If all people will soon have on earth had an American
diet, which takes about .5 ha of cropland alone, we would need 4.5b ha, but there are only 1.4 b ha in use. That area
will decline as ecosystems deteriorate, water supply declines, pressure to produce

increases, land is used to produce bio-fuels, and as global warming has its effects.
Timber: If all 9 billion people were to use timber at the US rate we would need 4
times the worlds forest area. Pressures from population growth and corporations is
reducing tropical rainforests, where most species live. Fish: Nearly all fisheries are
being over-fished and the oceans are being polluted. World fish catch is likely to go down from here
on. The mass of big fish in the oceans, such as shark and tuna, is now only 10% of what it was some decades ago. Species
loss; At least 10% of species of fish, plants, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals
are threatened with extinction. The loss rate among lower forms is probably much
greater. We seem to be entering a period of large scale extinction.
Loss of biodiversity leads to extinction

Diner 94 (Major David N.; Instructor, Administrative and Civil
Law Division, The Judge Advocate General's School,
United States Army) "The Army and the Endangered
Species Act: Who's Endangering Whom?" 143 Mil. L. Rev.
161l/n WBW
Biologically diverse ecosystems are characterized by a large number
of specialist species, filling narrow ecological niches. These
ecosystems inherently are more stable than less diverse systems.
"The more complex the ecosystem, the more successfully it can resist a
stress. . . . [l]ike a net, in which each knot is connected to others by several
strands, such a fabric can resist collapse better than a simple, unbranched
circle of threads -- which if cut anywhere breaks down as a whole." 79 By
causing widespread extinctions, humans have artificially simplified
many ecosystems. As biologic simplicity increases, so does the risk
of ecosystem failure. The spreading Sahara Desert in Africa, and the
dustbowl conditions of the 1930s in the United States are relatively mild
examples of what might be expected if this trend continues. Theoretically,
each new animal or plant extinction, with all its dimly perceived and
intertwined affects, could cause total ecosystem collapse and human
extinction. Each new extinction increases the risk of disaster. Like a
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
358
mechanic removing, one by one, the rivets from an aircraft's wings,

80 mankind may be edging closer to the abyss.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
359
Growth Bad Environment Species UQ

Species loss happening rapidly now
Leahy 10 (Stephen, International Environmental Journalist, Jan 13,
[ipsnews.net/news.asp?idnews=49964] AD: 6-22-11, jm)
UXBRIDGE, Canada, Jan 13, 2010 (IPS) - Humanity is destroying the network of living things that
comprise our life support system. While this sawing-through-the-branch-we're-perched-on is largely
unintentional, world leaders can't say they didn't know what's going on: 123 countries promised to take urgent action in
2003 but have done little to stem the rising tide of extinctions in what's known as the extinction or
biodiversity crisis. Species are going extinct at 1,000 times their natural pace due to human
activity, recent science has documented, with 35 to 40 species vanishing each day, never to be seen again. "The question of
preserving biological diversity is on the same scale as climate protection," German Chancellor Angela Merkel said in a
speech in Berlin Monday at the official launch of the United Nations' International Year of Biodiversity. This week's official
launch will be followed by the first major event of the International Year, a high-profile meeting at the Paris headquarters of
the U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation, Jan. 20-21. "We need a sea change. Here, now,
immediately - not some time in the future," Merkel said.
Species loss happening rapidly now

Leahy 10 (Stephen, International Environmental Journalist, Jan 13,
[ipsnews.net/news.asp?idnews=49964] AD: 6-22-11, jm)
UXBRIDGE, Canada, Jan 13, 2010 (IPS) - Humanity is destroying the network of living things that
comprise our life support system. While this sawing-through-the-branch-we're-perched-on is largely
unintentional, world leaders can't say they didn't know what's going on: 123 countries promised to take urgent action in
2003 but have done little to stem the rising tide of extinctions in what's known as the extinction or
biodiversity crisis. Species are going extinct at 1,000 times their natural pace due to human
activity, recent science has documented, with 35 to 40 species vanishing each day, never to be seen again. "The question of
preserving biological diversity is on the same scale as climate protection," German Chancellor Angela Merkel said in a
speech in Berlin Monday at the official launch of the United Nations' International Year of Biodiversity. This week's official
launch will be followed by the first major event of the International Year, a high-profile meeting at the Paris headquarters of
the U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation, Jan. 20-21. "We need a sea change. Here, now,
immediately - not some time in the future," Merkel said.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
360
Growth Bad Environment Species

Growth drives species loss
Trainer 10 (Ted, http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/TheEnvProb.html, dw: 924-2010, da: 6-21-2011, lido)
We are probably entering a period of rapid and massive loss of species. This is primarily
because one species, out of the possibly 30 million on the planet is taking so much of
the planets area and biological production. The mass of big animals in the sea is
down to 10% of its original value. Most fisheries are being harvested beyond
sustainable limits. Many rivers such as the Colorado and the Murray are dying
because humans are taking far more water than these ecosystems can tolerate. Water
tables are falling. Forests are reducing by perhaps 20 million ha p.a. Melbournes growth plan includes destruction of
a large area of scarce remaining native grassland. Soils are being eroded or otherwise lost. A general index of these
kinds of impacts is evident in Vitouseks conclusion that humans are taking about
40% of the net primary productivity of all the land on the planet. (Vitousek et al., 1997.) This
figure indicates the extent to which humans are taking, converting and eliminating habitats. The loss of habitats is the main
factor responsible for species loss. Of the c. 8 billion ha of productive land on the planet humans have taken 1.4 billion ha for
cropland, 3+ billion for pastures, and much of the productivity of the 3+ billion ha under forest cover. As the footprint
analyses make clear we are harvesting from habitats other species once lived in a rate
that is around 1.4 times that which might be maintained continually. Not only are we
expropriating the sustainable surplus that could be harvested from nature, we are
increasingly harvesting the stocks needed to produce that surplus. Again consider the probable
future of habitats in view of the multiples stated above. What will the availability of habitats be if 9
billion live as affluently as Australians do now, or as affluently as they expect to with
3% economic growth? Enormous areas would have to be returned to nature in order
to restore habitats to quantities and qualities that might halt species loss. This cannot
be done without dramatic reduction in the amount of resources humans take from
nature and the associated amount of wastes they dump back into nature. This in turn
would not be possible without either cutting production and consumption
dramatically, or achieving enormous technical advance which firstly brings the
impacts down to tolerable levels and secondly holds them there despite constant
increase in economic output.
Market economies put biodiversity at the buyers disposal

economic growth would encourage more to degrade
biodiversity
Ayoo 8 (Collins, Department of Economics, University of Calgary,
Management of Environmental Quality iss 5, dw: 2008 is, da: 6-22-2011, lido)
Market and charge systems are intended to correct the distortions and weaknesses in
prices and markets that provide wrong signals to producers and consumers and
encourage them to degrade biodiversity. Implementing market and charge systems
fosters trade in biodiversity goods and services and enables biodiversity to be priced
in a way that reflects its relative scarcity, costs, and benef its. Creating markets has the advantage of
ensuring that biological resources are allocated efficiently and put to their best use. By creating the ability to buy, sell,
or trade in biodiversity or to exchange biodiversity damaging economic activities
between sites, it is possible to encourage biodiversity conservation and discourage
activities that result in biodiversity loss. Revenues can also be generated by assigning
charges or prices to biodiversity goods and services. Some examples of market and
charge systems that can be used to protect biodiversity are the direct creation of
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
361
markets through the purchase and sale of biodiversity goods and services and valueadded products where there is demand on the part of consumers; the establishment of tradeable
rights, shares, and quotas in biological resources and environmental quality; setting new charges or rationalizing existing charges; and
introducing charges for biodiversity goods and services which are currently received free. Improving
the way markets

work provides incentives to producers and consumers and ensures that their choices
are based on a sound knowledge about the effects of their decisions on biodiversity.
Indirect incentives to take pressure off biodiversity can also be provided by
establishing new markets for biological resources themselves or their alternatives .
Market incentives can be used to promote biodiversity conservation by ensuring that the prices and markets for biological resources themselves
incorporate efficiency and scarcity concerns. These
principles have recently been implemented in

Kenya where the prices of timber and royalty rates have been rationalized to reflect
the true costs of forest management and the relative scarcity of indigenous species ([13]
Emerton, 2000).
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
362
Growth Bad Environment Species

Growth consumes biodiversity
Closely connected to the unsustainable utilization of biological resources is the use of
destructive harvesting and production techniques. These techniques are often used to maximize the
harvests and fail to take into consideration the impacts of on biodiversity. Some examples of these practices
are the illegal use of destructive fishing gear which is widespread in several fisheries
in developing countries, timber harvesting that is indiscriminate and not directed
towards trees that maximize the economic returns, slash and burn agriculture, and
the unselective exploitation of wild species ([13] Emerton, 2000). The greatest threat to
biodiversity is, however, due to the conversion, modification, and fragmentation of
natural ecosystems to alternative uses which do not maintain a diverse pool of natural
species or which undermine the provision of vital ecological functions ([22] Koziell, 2000;
[12] Ehrlich and Kremen, 2001). These changes in land use are often driven by the perception that employing land in
alternative uses would generate higher economic returns ([28] Norton-Griffiths and Southey, 1995). They often result
in permanent changes to the habitat whose natural systems and component species
are destroyed and replaced ([12] Ehrlich and Kremen, 2001). Examples include the conversion of
wetlands to agriculture, mariculture, settlement or mining. Part of the reason for this
widespread trend is that cost-benefit analyses of such land use conversions invariably
fail to adequately account for important non-market costs and benefits. It is also to
some extent due to the use of high discount rates in the assessment of land use
alternatives. Other activities that threaten biodiversity are those that alter the
environmental quality and the ecological functions that are required to maintain
biodiversity and ecosystems ([13] Emerton, 2000). These include production and consumption activities that
generate waste or by-products that harm the natural resource base. Notable examples are untreated domestic waste, the use of
hazardous or toxic chemicals or the disposal of industrial effluents or by-products into land, air and water. Although the
above forces are the major direct threats to biodiversity loss, they are to a large extent
driven by economic factors. This claim is predicated on the fact that close links exist
between economic policies and the actions of economic agents . According to [38] UNEP (2004),
activities that lead to biodiversity degradation are permitted or even encouraged to
occur because of failures and distortions in markets, laws, policies and institutions
that govern the use of biological resources. [38] UNEP (2004) further notes that these
failures and distortions make it seem more profitable to degrade biodiversity in the
course of economic activities. These economic causes act as incentives that encourage
economic agents to degrade biodiversity, or as disincentives that discourage
biodiversity conservation.
Economic policy causes governments to kill biodiversity

It is usually the case that governments formulate and implement policies that are
aimed at stimulating economic activity and meeting particular national or sectoral
goals. These are often accompanied by legislations to regulate the behavior and/or
actions of economic agents so as to achieve stated economic goals. These policies and laws are
invariably accompanied by instruments such as subsidies, taxes, fees, and fines. Many of these instruments encourage economic agents to
degrade biodiversity either because they stimulate activities that lead to biodiversity loss or because they fail to contain and/or enforce checks
against biodiversity degradation. Some
examples include agricultural policies that encourage highinput arable production, and industrial and urban policies that encourage
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
development and settlement in ecologically sensitive areas or contain inadequate
consideration of waste management and pollution control ([13] Emerton, 2000). Figure 2 [Figure
omitted. See Article Image.] illustrates how subsidies can harm the environment by
encouraging the overuse of environmental amenities or by causing the artificial
expansion of industries that make use of the environment as an input
363
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
364
Growth Bad Environment Oceans

The ocean ecosystem is on the brink of collapse
Black 6/20 (Richard, environment correspondent, BBC News, 2011,
[www.bbc.co.uk/news/science-environment-13796479] AD: 6-22-11, jm)
Carbon dioxide levels are now so high, it says, that ways of pulling the
gas out of the atmosphere need to be researched urgently - but not using
techniques, such as iron fertilisation, that lead to more CO2 entering the
oceans. "We have to bring down CO2 emissions to zero within about 20
years," Professor Hoegh-Guldberg told BBC News. "If we don't do that,
we're going to see steady acidification of the seas, heat events that
are wiping out things like kelp forests and coral reefs, and we'll see
a very different ocean." Another of the report's authors, Dan Laffoley,
marine chair of the World Commission on Protected Areas and an adviser to
the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN), admitted the
challenges were vast. "But unlike previous generations, we know what
now needs to happen," he said. "The time to protect the blue heart of
our planet is now."
Oceans collapsing now Growth is the cause
CBS 6-21
(http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2011/06/20/scitech/main20072805.
shtml, dw: 6-21-2011, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
The group's report focuses on four case studies. The first involves
the potentially deadly trio of factors -- warming, acidification and
anoxia -- affecting today's oceans. The second involved the
disappearing coral reefs around the world. The third looked at the
problem of pollution in the ocean. The fourth focused on the
notoriously bad problem of overfishing. In the first case study, the
report concludes that "Most, if not all, of the five global mass
extinctions in Earth's history carry the fingerprints of the main
symptoms of...global warming, ocean acidification and anoxia or lack
of oxygen. It is these three factors -- the 'deadly trio' -- which are
present in the ocean today. In fact, (the situation) is unprecedented
in the Earth's history because of the high rate and speed of change."
In the case of coral reefs, the report concludes that there exist
"multiple threats (that) reefs are facing, that are now acting
together to have a greater impact than if they were occurring on
their own. This suggests that existing scientific projections of how
coral reefs will respond to global warming have been highly
conservative and must now be modified." Pollution in the oceans is
not a new concern to scientists, but the panel discovered that there
is currently "a wide range of novel chemicals now being found in
marine ecosystems...suspected to be harmful to marine life." As for
overfishing, there are already examples of humans nearly wiping out
entire species due to their popularity on the dinner table. In the case
of a fish called Chinese bahaba, "It has taken less than seventy years
for this giant fish to become critically endangered after it was first
described by scientists in the 1930s." The group of scientists
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
365
concluded that "urgent and unequivocal action" must be taken "to

halt further declines in ocean health."
Ocean collapse causes extinction

Craig 3 (Robin, prof of law, McGeorge review, p. 155, vol 34, da: 6-23-2011,
lido)
The worlds oceans contain many resources and provide many services that humans consider valuable. Occupying
more than seventy percent of the earths surface and ninety-five percent of the
biosphere, oceans provide food; marketable goods such as shells, aquarium fish and
pharmaceuticals; life support processes, including carbon sequestering, nutrient
cycling, and weather mechanics; and quality of life, both aesthetic and economic, for
millions of people worldwide. Indeed, it is difficult to overestimate the importance of
the ocean to humanitys well-being: The Ocean is the crade of life on our planet, and
it remains the axis of existence, the locus of planetary biodiversity, and the engine of
the chemical and hydrological cycles that create and maintain our atmosphere and
climate. Ocean and coastal ecosystem services have been calculated to be worth over twenty billion dollars per year, worldwide. In
addition, many people assign heritage and existence value to the ocean and its creatures, viewing the worlds heritage and existence value to the
ocean and existence value to the ocean and its creatures, viewing the worlds seas as a common legacy to be passed on relatively intact future
generations.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
366
Growth Bad Environment Overpopulation

Overpopulation causes extinction
Kolankiewicz 10 (Lean, Progressives for immigration reform, writer,
http://www.progressivesforimmigrationreform.org/2010/03/05/from-big-tobigger-how-mass-immigration-and-population-growth-have-exacerbatedamericas-ecological-footprint/, dw: 3-2010, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
In essence, if we American Bigfeet do not opt for a different demographic path than the
one we are treading now, Ecological Footprint analysis indicates unequivocally that
we will continue plodding ever deeper into the forbidden zone of Ecological
Overshoot, trampling our prospects for a sustainable future. Incidentally, we would also be trampling the survival
prospects for many hundreds of endangered species with which we share our country. These birds, mammals,
fish, amphibians, reptiles, butterflies, mussels, and other taxa are menaced with
extinction by our aggressive exploitation of nearly every ecological niche, nook, and
cranny. In nature, no organism in overshoot remains there for long. Sooner or later, ecosystem and/or
population collapse ensues. Are we humans, because of our unique scientific acumen,
immune from the laws of nature that dictate the implacable terms of existence to all
other species on the planet? Our political, economic, and cultural elites seem to think
so, and en masse, we certainly act so. Yet ironically, many scientists themselves believe
otherwise: that all-too-human hubris, unless checked by collective wisdom and selfrestraint, will prove to be our undoing, and that civilization as we know it may
unravel.44
Growth causes overpopulation more people consume

more resources
Ramphal 1 (Shridath, Co-Chairman of the Commission on Global
Governance, UNEP,
http://www.unep.org/ourplanet/imgversn/91/ramphal.html, dw: 2-1-2001, da:
6-23-2011, lido)
In the review of progress now being undertaken by the international community, there is a case for weighing up
developments on all the separate issues that together make up the environmental problem facing the world - and for being
concerned with the detail. But there is also a danger that, engrossed in the detail, we may miss the larger picture, and that in
focusing on a number of issues, however important, we might lose sight of the big one. The big issue posed by
the challenge of environment is that of resources versus consumption. The crux of

sustainable development is to order global development in such a way that its impact
on the Earth's resources does not imperil the life chances of those who will follow us.
We who live now do not have freehold rights to the Earth's ecological capital: we are only tenants with temporary custody and the moral
obligation to act as responsible trustees. We say this almost rhetorically; we do not live by its precepts. Resources, and how we use them, are at
the heart of most of our environmental problems. There
are questions about the world's continuing

capacity to produce the food - grain, fish, meat - needed for an expanding population.
There has been worry that water scarcities could become dangerously acute. There
are signs that the modern world's love affair with the motor vehicle is coming under
strain. Concern has been expressed about land, energy, raw materials, wastes,
pollution. Environmental disquiet has undoubtedly spurred action on all these - and other - fronts. But the push
for growth, the drive to increase the gross domestic product, goes inexorably on, as if
it had no link to all these other issues. It is assumed without question that people in
even the most affluent countries must have a higher standard of material well-being
year after year - and that this process of enrichment must go on without interruption,
without end. The impulse to achieve economic growth is natural and necessary in
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
367
poorer countries. Living standards are, on average, much lower, and many hundreds
of millions of their people are still to be lifted out of the most abject poverty and
deprivation. The dazzling performance of some developing nations, primarily the 'Asian Tigers', has tended to obscure the stubborn persistence of poverty.
The success of these countries notwithstanding, the poor are not only still with us, but now with us in larger numbers than ever. Globalization may have transformed
As
many as 1.6 billion people - more than a fourth of the world population - are poorer
than they were 15 years ago, says the United Nations Development Programme. In 19
countries, people are poorer than they were 35 years ago. Not for them the easy assumption that living standards would
continue to improve from year to year; the hard reality has been that their incomes, meagre as they are, have gone on falling, year after year . Roughly three-quarters
of the world's people live in developing countries - but, because they are poor, they
account for only a quarter of the world's consumption. Their living standards
urgently demand to be raised, not least so that their basic needs of food, health,
education and shelter may not remain unfulfilled. They have as much right to the use
of the world's resources as any other of the world's people. But if total world consumption cannot be increased
the world economy in many respects but there are parts it has not reached, people it has not touched, and others it has affected not to enrich, but to impoverish .
without running down the world's ecological capital, poor countries can only have a larger slice of the pie if rich countries are ready to countenance a different
distribution - and adjust to a smaller share for themselves.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
368

Growth is the root cause of overpop distribution of
resources
Shekhar 9 (Manisha, Prof @ Saxena college, Ecommerce Journal,
http://www.ecommercejournal.com/articles/12807_environment_does_not_allow_further_economic_gr
owth_in_the_world, dw: 1-30-2009, da: 6-23-2011, lido)
The relation between consumption, poverty, environmental destruction and
population has long been one of the most controversial issues in the environmental
debate.
Every
additional person will mean increased environmental destruction and overuse of
natural resources. They see the Third World population growth as a ticking bomb, and argue that it must be curbed
by drastic means. Although it is true that there is a limit to how many people the earth can
sustain, the above reasoning has some fundamental flaws. First, looking at the
number of people without also taking into account each persons consumption gives
the wrong message. In fact, over consumption and affluence in the rich world and
among the worlds elites is a more serious problem than the number of children that
poor people have. Currently the richer fifth of the world consumes four fifths of the
worlds resources and is responsible for the majority of the pollution and waste . On
Some environmentalists argue that the growing population of the world (especially in the South) is a root cause to the global environmental destruction and one of the most serious threats. They say that the world is rapidly reaching the maximum number of people that it can feed.
average, a child born in the United States will be a 50-100 times larger burden to the Earths ecosystems than a child born in
the Third World. Therefore, population should be as much of a Northern concern as a Southern concern. With their current
lifestyles, most of the Northern countries are already over-populated. Second, concentrating on numbers is to focus too
much on symptoms of much larger, underlying problems. Those worried about the rapidly growing
human population have too often seen technical approaches such as family planning
and coercive population control measures as solutions. Yet, it is clear that the most
important factors behind the reduction of population growth are the improvement of
social conditions, womens status, education and reproductive rights, and overall
equity in society. Availability of contraceptives is just a necessary condition, but far
from the solution. Even if one focuses on numbers, the best way to reduce population
growth is to fight for social Justice.
Economic prosperity drives overpopulation worse off

countries produce more
dw: 9-16-2010, da: 6-21-2011, lido)
The rich countries with about one-fifth of the world's population are consuming
around four-fifths of the world's energy production. The rich world average per
capita consumption is about 17 times that of the poorest half of the world's people. It is
important to recognize that these figures significantly underestimate the inequality in resource use, because they include only
raw materials used in the rich countries and do not include the large volumes of materials embodied in imported goods.
Rich countries now do not carry out much manufacturing but import most of the
manufactured goods they use from Third World factories. So figures on use in or by rich countries
do not include all the energy used to produce these goods. Similarly their environmental impact statistics do not include the
damage done in Third World countries in producing the goods the rich countries import. POPULATION The world's
population in 2009 was around 6.7 billion. It is expected to peak at 9 billion around
2070. Most of the increase will be in the poor countries. Third World people are often
criticised for having such large families when they are too poor to provide for them.
However, the economic conditions of poverty make it important for poor people to
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
have large families. When there are no age pensions people will have no one to look
after them in their old age if they do not have surviving children. Also when infant
death rates are high it is necessary to have many children in order to be sure some
reach adulthood. These are powerful economic incentives to have large families and
they will only be removed by satisfactory development which enables pensions and
safe water supplies in villages etc. Many believe the world is presently far beyond a sustainable population,
and that this might be only .5 - 2 billion people. We now feed only about 1.5 billion people well, but might soon have to
provide for 9 billion. Indicators of the biological productivity of the planet are falling and many agricultural indicators are
worrying (e.g. falling water tables), even without the probable effects of global warming. Over-population is
therefore a very serious problem, but there is a much more serious problem; that is
over-consumption on the part of the rich countriesand the goal the rest have of
rising to our living standards. Population is likely to rise by about 50% but if all
rise to the present rich world rates of consumption world resource use and footprint
will be about 8 10 times as great as they are now.
369
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
370

UQ
Resources depleting and population increasing now
Heinberg 6-1 (Richard, Oil Price, http://oilprice.com/Energy/Energy-
General/An-End-to-Growth-The-Environments-Impact-on-our-EconomicDecline.html, dw: 6-1-2011, da: 6-23-2011, lido)

As resource extraction moves from higher-quality to lower-quality ores and deposits,
we must expect worse environmental impacts and accidents along the way . There are
several current or planned extraction projects in remote and/or environmentally sensitive regions that could each result in
severe global impacts equaling or even surpassing the Deepwater Horizon blowout. These include oil drilling in
the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas; oil drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge;
coal mining in the Utukok River Upland, Arctic Alaska; tar sands production in
Alberta; shale oil production in the Rocky Mountains; and mountaintop-removal coal
mining in Appalachia.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
371
Growth Bad Environment Ozone

Ozone depletion solves life on earth
Greenpeace 1 (http://archive.greenpeace.org/ozone/holes/holebg.html, dw: 2-1-2001,
da: 6-23-2011, lido)
When chemists Sherwood Rowland and Mario Molina first postulated a link between chlorofluorocarbons and ozone layer
depletion in 1974, the news was greeted with scepticism, but taken seriously nonetheless. The vast majority of credible
scientists have since confirmed this hypothesis. The ozone layer around the Earth shields us all from
harmful ultraviolet radiation from the sun. Without the ozone layer, life on earth
would not exist. Exposure to increased levels of ultraviolet radiation can cause
cataracts, skin cancer, and immune system suppression in humans as well as
innumerable effects on other living systems. This is why Rowland's and Molina's
theory was taken so seriously, so quickly - the stakes are literally the continuation of
life on earth.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
372
Growth Bad Environment - AT: Tech

Tech cant solve barriers, small amount, cant use tech in
warming
Trainer 10 (Ted, UNSW,
http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/AffluentSoc.html,dw: 9-16-2010, da: 6-212011, lido)
Most people are "technical fix optimists", assuming that technical advance will make it unnecessary for us to change to
simpler lifestyles and very different systems and a zero-growth economy. The belief is that better ways will
enable higher "living standards" to be continued with reduced total resource use and
environmental impact. They assume this will be possible because of better recycling,
improved energy efficiency, stronger legislation on pollution and waste, and more
public education. Large reductions in resource use per unit of output are likely to be
achieved in the near future, given that in past decades abundant cheap energy has not
prompted efficiency effort. However the low hanging fruit, the easy gains will soon
have been made and further progress in reducing will be increasingly difficult. There
is also a tendency for a Jeavons effect; for efficiency gains to lower costs which then
prompts increased use. Some people (notably Weisacker and Lovins, 1997, Factor Four, and Hawken, Lovins
and Lovins, 2000, Natural Capital) argue that in general we could produce things with only 1/4
(or perhaps eventually 1/10) of the resources and energy now neede d. Even if this is so the
reduction would be far less than would be necessary to enable all people to have present rich world living standards. Let us
just assume that we have to halve resource and environmental impacts per unit of output (the above figures indicate much
higher reductions are required.) If by 2050 9 billion have risen to the living standards we in
Australia would then have given 3% p.a. economic growth, meaning world output
would be 30 times as great as it is now then we would have to achieve a Factor 60
reduction in impact per unit of output! A Factor 4 reduction would be insignificant. (For a detailed critique
of the book Natural Capitalism see Trainer, "Natural Capitalism can not overcome resource limits." ) Discussions of
technical advance and economic growth have generally failed to focus on the
significance of increased energy use. Often greater output etc. has been achieved
primarily through increased use of energy (and switching to more effective fuels, such as from coal to
gas.) Agriculture is a realm where technical advance has been predominantly a matter of increased energy use. Over the
last half century productivity measured in terms of yields per ha or per worker have
risen dramatically, but these have been mostly due to even greater increases in the
amount of energy being poured into agriculture, on the farm, in the production of
machinery, in the transport, pesticide, fertilizer, irrigation, packaging and marketing
sectors, and in getting the food from the supermarket to the front door and then
dealing with the waste packaging. Less than 2% of the US workforce is now on farms,
but agriculture accounts for around 17% of all energy used (not including several of the factors
listed above.) The Green Revolution has depended largely on ways that involve greater energy use.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
373
Growth Bad Environment - AT: Motive

Financial attampts at solving BioD fail
The motivation for using financial instruments to conserve biodiversity is that
biodiversity conservation is a costly undertaking that gives rise to significant costs
that are borne by governments, the private sector, individuals, households, and local
communities. Funds therefore need to be provided to offset and compensate for these
costs so that those affected can have sufficient incentive to conserve biodiversity . [28]
Norton-Griffiths and Southey (1995) support this view and claim, based on their study of biodiversity
conservation in Kenya, that the net revenues from biodiversity conservation were
inadequate to cover the opportunity costs to land. Their other significant findings were that the
government of Kenya was subsidizing conservation activities whose chief values were all indirect and external to Kenya; that
due to the high opportunity costs of conservation the government needed to consider degazettting parks and reserves; that
due to the global nature of the benefits of Kenya's conservation efforts, it was
inappropriate that much of the cost of conservation was borne by Kenya; and that the
magnitude of the opportunity cost of conservation was sufficient to drive the
conversion of land used for biodiversity conservation to settlement and agriculture.
Motive doesnt solve

dw: 9-16-2010, da: 6-21-2011, lido)
There is little doubt that in future

energy and other resources will become much more expensive, but conventional
economists reason that as economic growth continues to raise GDP and to lift incomes
we will have no difficulty paying much more for energy, for scarcer resources and
fixing the environment. The fault in the argument is the fact that if the price of crucial resources such as energy
rises greatly, the GDP will not riseindeed the entire economy might crash. An economy cannot increase
GDP at a normal 3% p.a. unless many conditions and inputs remain as increasingly
favourable as they were. For instance an economy that grows to 2080 at 3% p.a. would then be producing 8 times
This is a very seductive argument, but it is mistaken and misleading.
as much every year, but that would not be possible unless it could get many more times the inputs of resources and energy
that it does now and could deal with many times the environmental impact. So whether or not we can have
the growth and become richer depends on resource and environmental conditions,
and whether these inputs can grow at the rate required to enable the economic growth
assumed. And this of course is what the limits to growth analysis shows will not be
possibleor will be possible for a small number for a limited time as they take and
use up most of the accessible resources.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
374
Growth Bad Environment - AT: Service

Industry
Services Industry wont take over is wrong SQ disproves
and materialization uses energy anyways
dw: 9-16-2010, da: 6-21-2011, lido)
-Some people assume that the economy can continue to grow in the service and
information sectors, without increasing use of materials and energy. This is also
known as the de-materialisation thesis, -that technical advance is now enabling the economy to grow
without increasing the demand for materials and energy. However services already make up about 75% of
our economic activity. Services are quite resource intensive. Common (1995) estimates that they
account for 27% of Australia's energy use. Several, such as transport, tourism and construction,
involve high energy use. Several others such as retailing, insurance and advertising, depend on production and
consumption of material goods. All require lighting, offices, electricity etc. It is not plausible that the overall volume of
economic activity could multiply many times, without large increases in energy use. In addition there are many resourceintensive activities that will not be reduced if more of the economic growth takes place mostly in the service sector, including
defence and the large household sector of the economy. Certainly materials and energy use per unit of GDP in rich countries
is falling, but this is misleading. It seems to be due to a) shift to higher quality fuels such as
electricity and gas (more value can be derived from a unit of energy in the form of oil
than in the form of coal, because coal use involves higher costs for transport etc.), and
b) manufactured goods increasingly coming from the Third World, as distinct from
being produced in rich countries and having their energy costs recorded there. Trade
figures seem to show that this is what is happening. (See Trainer, The Dematerialisation Myth, and
web reference at end.) Aadrianse (1997) concludes that materials used per capita in rich countries are still increasing. Morrow
(p.172.)finds that even though about 80% of a rich economy is to do with services, resource
consumption is still increasing at 1% p.a. A good measure of materials consumption is

the volume of garbage we throw out, and in rich countries this is increasing fast.
(However it does not include materials built into structures, or turned into pollution
flows.) The claim that de-materialisation is occurring therefore seems to be invalid. It
is likely that considerable de-materialisation is possible, but the scope for it and the
limits to what it might achieve are not at all clear at present . In any case no realistic dematerialisation would enable a sufficient reduction to permit the economy to grow continually at say 3% p.a. while our use of
materials and energy falls. (For a more detailed discussion see The Dematerialisation Myth)
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
375
Famine
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
376
Growth Bad Famine

Growth puts tremendous strain on arable land.
First Fruit 99 (charity organization for developing
countries, http://www.firstfruit.org/newsresources/guiding_trends/five-undercurrents accessed
6/22/11)
By 2015 nearly half the world's population will live in countries that are waterstressed mostly in Africa, the Middle East, South Asia, and northern China. Despite the overall adequacy
of food, problems of distribution, availability and price will remain. Large-scale
migrations and conflicts will be among the consequences. The depletion of basic
resources will reach crisis levels among the poor in areas where population is dense,
growth rates are rapid, food security is threatened, and/or water supply is stressed.
Increasingly intense land use will cause significant degradation of arable land and
loss of tropical forests. Global economic growth and population increases, particularly
in developing countries, will drive a 35 45 percent increase in demand for energy by
2030. Air quality will continue to deteriorate in burgeoning urban areas, which, along with other forms of pollution, will
exacerbate community health issues. Calls to the international community to take action against a warming climate will
mount.
Growth promotes fertilizers over land degradation.

Esposito 11 (Anthony, Market Watch,
http://www.marketwatch.com/story/chile-sqms-q1-net-profit-jumps-46-year-onyear-2011-05-24 5/24/11 accessed 6/22/11 JF)
Improved global economic growth and a growing world population, which strain resources such as arable land and
water availability, have fueled demand for fertilizer and specialty-chemical products." Robust demand in all of our
business lines supported the solid earnings performance in the first quarter of 2011. Strong fertilizer market conditions
drove growth in our specialty plant nutrition business line, and better pricing conditions in potash markets sustained our
fertilizer business lines," said SQM's chief executive officer, Patricio Contesse.
Land key to food supply

UNSC 7 (UN Social Council, Africa Review Report on
Drought and Desertification Pg. 7-8 accessed 6/22/11)
25. It is common knowledge that land
degradation and desertification constitutes major causes

of forced human migration and environmental refugees, deadly conflicts over the use
of dwindling natural resources, food insecurity and starvation, destruction of critical
habitats and loss of biological diversity, socio-economic instability and poverty and
climatic variability through reduced carbon sequestration potential . The impacts of drought
and desertification are among the most costly events and processes in Africa. The widespread poverty, the fact that a large
share of Africas economies depend on climatesensitive sectors mainly rain fed agriculture, poor infrastructure, heavy disease
burdens, high dependence on and unsustainable exploitation of natural resources, and conflicts render the continent especially
vulnerable to impacts of drought and desertification. The consequences are mostly borne by the poorest people and the Small
Island Developing States (SIDS). In the region, women and children in particular, bear the greatest burden when land
resources are degraded and when drought sets in. As result of the frequent droughts and
desertification, Africa has continued to witness food insecurity including devastating

famines, water scarcity, poor health, economic hardship and social and political unrest.32 The gravity of drought
and desertification impacts in the region is demonstrated by the following examples.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
377
Health
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
378
Growth Bad Health General

Economic growth is bad for environment.
Elkins 5 (Jules R, U of Illinois,
http://paa2005.princeton.edu/download.aspx?
submissionId=50706, 6-23-11, AH)
The type of industrialization
underway in todays developing countries provides a poignant

example of the pernicious side of economic growth. It is a process marked by rapid
urbanization, crowding, poor access to clean water, and high levels of industrial
pollution. The adverse health consequences of these by-products of industrial growth have
proven difficult to accurately measure, since industrialization also has positive effects, the most salient of which lie in rising
incomes. Moreover, there is little available data from developing countries to analyze this relationship. But it is an
important relationship, given the rapid pace of industrialization in many developing

countries over the last several decades.
Bad environment is bad for health.

Elkins 5 (Jules R, U of Illinois,
http://paa2005.princeton.edu/download.aspx?
submissionId=50706, 6-23-11, AH)
Results from the quasi-experimental design show that the
change in incidence of all respiratory

problems, coughing, and breathing difficulty was positively correlated with the subdistricts change in pollution, and was significant at the one percent level. Other health problems,
including fever, headache, flu, accidents, mortality, disruptions of daily activities, doctor visits, and medication were
insignificant or negative, except for the change in incidence of diarrhea (significant at 1 percent) and overall poor health
(barely significant at 5 percent, t=2.05). Results from the quasi-experimental design tend to be insensitive to the inclusion of
a wide variety of controls, which provides an indirect measure of the validity of the main assumption of this study design
that the treatment is close to randomly assigned.
Environmental destruction causes disease.

TFAH 8 (Trust for Americas Health, Oct,
http://healthyamericans.org/assets/files/GermsGoGlobal.p
df, 6-23-11, AH)
Deforestation and reforestation also can be factors in the spread and prevalence of certain emerging infectious diseases.
Globally, rates of deforestation have grown significantly since the beginning of the 20th century. Driven by rapidly
increasing human population numbers, large areas of tropical and temperate forests,
as well as prairies, grasslands, and wetlands, have been converted to agricultural and
ranching uses. The result has been an upsurge of certain infectious diseases, as the
relationships between humans and disease vectors (carriers) shift. Deforestation, with
subsequent changes in land use and human settlement patterns, has coincided with increased malaria prevalence in Africa,
Asia, and Latin America.58 Conversely, reforestation in the Northeastern and the upper Midwest regions of the U.S. has
promoted an increase in the population of the whitetailed deer, an important host for the ticks that carry Lyme disease.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
379
Economic inequality causes mass disease


6-23-11, jam)
There also lies a problem in the Third World. Developed countries high living standards and quest for an everincreasing quality of life lead to Third World poverty and the deprivation of the Third World's access to its own
resources. As Third World countries get deprived of materials, the developed world
consumes and imports over half of their resources. A few developed countries seem to be consuming the
globe's resources and this consumption rate is always increasing. "The rich must live more simply that the poor may simply
live"(Trainer, 1985). The Third World is exploited in many ways. One way is that the best land in a developing
country is used for crops exported to developed countries, while citizens of the Third World starve
and suffer. Another way is the poor working conditions of the Third World. A third exploitation can be overlooked but no less
disgusting; "The world's greatest health problem could be simply by providing water for
the perhaps 2.000 million people who now have to drink form rivers and wells contained by
human and animal wastes. Technically it is a simple matter to set up plants for producing iron and plastic pipes.
But most of the world's iron and plastic goes into the production of luxurious cars, soft-drink
containers, office blocks and similar things in rich countries"(Trainer, 1985).
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
380

Growth causes prolif of disease.
df, 6-23-11, AH)
Lower cost and efficient means of international transportation allow people to travel
to more remote places and potential exposure to more infectious diseases . And the close
proximity of passengers on passenger planes, trains, and cruise ships over the course of many hours puts people at risk for
higher levels of exposure. If a person contracts a disease abroad, their symptoms may not emerge until
they return home, having exposed others to the infection during their travels . In addition,
planes and ships can themselves become breeding grounds for infectious diseases.
Growth causes disease.

WHO 4 (http://apps.who.int/tdr/publications/tdr-researchpublications/globalization-infectiousdiseases/pdf/seb_topic3.pdf, 6-23-11, AH)
Large-scale projects designed to
stimulate economic growth, but with ecological consequences, are

another common cause of migration in low-income countries. For instance, extensive migration often
accompanies water resources projects as people are drawn to the economic opportunities created
during construction and operation of the new development. In the early phases, much of this is temporary migration and
involves single males. Apart from occupational hazards, these workers risk infections associated with
crowding, poverty and sexual behaviour. Consequently, TB, gastroenteritis and STDs
are common infections. Later, vector-borne diseases become more prominent as
people move from non-endemic to endemic areas. People may be susceptible to
parasitic diseases (e.g. malaria) that flourish at water project sites in tropical climates
(Hunter et al., 1993); famously, construction of the Panama Canal was delayed for decades as a result of malaria, which
decimated successive teams of engineers and labourers. Large lakes can also provide migratory routes for people, some of
whom may spread infections from endemic to previously unaffected areas. In Ghana, the movement of people across Lake
Volta led to the first cases of trypanosomiasis in southern parts of the country (Hunter et al 1993); similar problems have
followed deforestation and other land clearance projects (see above). In addition , the economically-driven
movement of domestic animals can spread vectors and pathogens. In Australia, this has
extended the range of tick species that act as vectors of a variety of pathogens (Petney, 2001).
Disease causes armed conflict and civil war.

Letendre, Fincher, & Thornhill 10 (K, CL, & R, U.S. National
Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health, 4-1,
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term=%22Letendre
%20K%22%5BAuthor%5D, 6-21-11, AH)
Geographic and cross-national variation in the frequency of intrastate armed conflict and civil war is a subject of great
interest. Previous theory on this variation has focused on the influence on human behaviour of climate, resource competition,
national wealth, and cultural characteristics. We present the parasite-stress model of intrastate
conflict, which unites previous work on the correlates of intrastate conflict by linking
frequency of the outbreak of such conflict, including civil war, to the intensity of
infectious disease across countries of the world. High intensity of infectious disease
leads to the emergence of xenophobic and ethnocentric cultural norms. These cultures suffer
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
381
greater poverty and deprivation due to the morbidity and mortality caused by disease, and as a result of decreased investment
in public health and welfare. Resource competition among xenophobic and ethnocentric groups
within a nation leads to increased frequency of civil war. We present support for the parasite-stress
model with regression analyses. We find support for a direct effect of infectious disease on intrastate armed conflict, and
support for an indirect effect of infectious disease on the incidence of civil war via its negative effect on national wealth.
We
consider the entanglements of feedback of conflict into further reduced wealth and
increased incidence of disease, and discuss implications for international warfare and global patterns of wealth
and imperialism.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
382

Disease causes extinction.
Yu 9 (Victoria, Dartmouth Undergraduate Journal of
Science, 5-22, http://dujs.dartmouth.edu/spring2009/human-extinction-the-uncertainty-of-our-fate, 6-2311)
A pandemic will kill off all humans.
In the past, humans have indeed fallen victim to viruses. Perhaps the
best-known case was the bubonic plague that killed up to one third of the European population in the mid-14th century (7).
While vaccines have been developed for the plague and some other infectious diseases,
new viral strains are constantly emerging a process that maintains the possibility
of a pandemic-facilitated human extinction. Some surveyed students mentioned AIDS as a
potential pandemic-causing virus. It is true that scientists have been unable thus far to find a sustainable cure
for AIDS, mainly due to HIVs rapid and constant evolution. Specifically, two factors account for the viruss abnormally high
mutation rate: 1. HIVs use of reverse transcriptase, which does not have a proof-reading mechanism, and 2. the lack of an
error-correction mechanism in HIV DNA polymerase (8). Luckily, though, there are certain characteristics of HIV that make
it a poor candidate for a large-scale global infection: HIV can lie dormant in the human body for years without manifesting
itself, and AIDS itself does not kill directly, but rather through the weakening of the immune system. However, for more
easily transmitted viruses such as influenza, the evolution of new strains could prove far more consequential. The
simultaneous occurrence of antigenic drift (point mutations that lead to new strains) and antigenic
shift (the inter-species transfer of disease) in the influenza virus could produce a new version of
influenza for which scientists may not immediately find a cure. Since influenza can spread
quickly, this lag time could potentially lead to a global influenza pandemic, according to the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention (9). The most recent scare of this variety came in 1918 when bird flu managed to kill over 50 million people
around the world in what is sometimes referred to as the Spanish flu pandemic. Perhaps even more frightening is the fact that
only 25 mutations were required to convert the original viral strain which could only infect birds into a human-viable
strain (10).
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
383
Growth Bad Health General UQ

Funding for global health efforts will increase despite the
recession.
Cohen 11 (Jon, Science Magazine, 2-14,
http://news.sciencemag.org/scienceinsider/2011/02/whitehouse-proposes-modest-fund.html, 6-22-11, AH)
In the face of a Republican-led effort to slash funding for global health programs, the Obama
Administration
proposed budget for 2012 calls for slightly increasing the investment on its Global
Health Initiative (GHI) by 11% to $9.8 billion. Although several programs go up or down by roughly
10%, the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria would receive a 23%
boost in its current budget, set in fiscal year 2010, to $1.3 billion. Congress is still formulating a
continuing resolution that would fund the federal government through the rest of fiscal year 2011, which started 1 October.
The increase is good news in this funding environmentany boost is, especially if you compare to the level of cuts
proposed in the House continuing resolution on Friday, says Jirair Ratevosian, a policy analyst with the American
Foundation for AIDS Research in Washington, D.C.
Funding for health is at an all time high.

Fitzpatrick 11 (Meagan, CBS News, 4-11,
http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/canadavotes2011/
realitycheck/2011/04/conservatives-health-fundingfacts.html, 6-23-11, AH)
"Under Prime Minister Harper, health
transfers to the provinces and territories have increased

by 33 per cent - an all-time high," it said. The Tories use this line over and over again whenever they are
asked about the health file. Health Minister Leona Aglukkaq knows it like the back of her hand, resorting to it every time
she is challenged in the House of Commons about health-care funding and what the government's intentions are for post-2014
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
384
Growth Bad Health Avian Flu

Growth causes disease, paves way for avian flu.
http://healthyamericans.org/assets/files/GermsGoGlobal.pdf, 6-23-11, AH)
Globalization, the worldwide movement toward economic, financial, trade,
and communications integration, has impacted public health
significantly. Technology and economic interdependence allow
diseases to spread globally at rapid speeds. Experts believe that the
increase in international travel and commerce, including the increasingly
global nature of food handling, processing, and sales contribute to the spread
of emerging infectious diseases.47 Increased global trade has also brought
more and more people into contact with zoonosis -- diseases that originated
in animals before jumping to humans. For example, in 2003, the monkeypox
virus entered the U.S. through imported Gambian giant rats sold in the
nations under-regulated exotic pet trade. The rats infected pet prairie dogs,
which passed the virus along to humans.48 International smuggling of
birds, brought into the U.S. without undergoing inspection and/or quarantine,
is of particular concern to public health experts who worry that it
may be a pathway for the H5N1 bird flu virus to enter the country.
Without control, bird flu pandemic could kill millions.
MSNBC News 5 (2-23,
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/6861065/ns/healthinfectious_diseases/t/who-bird-flu-pandemic-imminent, 623-11, AH)

World Health Organization officials urged governments on Wednesday to act swiftly to control the spread of bird flu, warning
that the world is in grave danger of a deadly pandemic triggered by the virus . The illness
has killed 45 people in Asia over the past year, in cases largely traced to contact with sick birds, and experts have warned the
H5N1 virus could become far deadlier if it mutates into a form that can be easily transmitted among humans. A global
pandemic could kill millions, they say. We at WHO believe that the world is now in the gravest possible danger
of a pandemic, Dr. Shigeru Omi, the WHOs Western Pacific regional director, said Wednesday. He said the world is
now overdue for an influenza pandemic, since mass epidemics have occurred every
20 to 30 years. It has been nearly 40 years since the last one .
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
385
Growth Bad Health Avian Flu UQ

Avian flu is under control.
IRIN 11 (A Service of the UN Office for the Coordination of
Humanitarian Affairs, 4-18,
http://www.trust.org/alertnet/news/cambodia-bird-flu-riskunder-control-say-health-experts, 6-22-11, AH)
"There is no cause for alarm," Chea Nora, a technical officer within the Emerging Disease Surveillance and
Response unit at the World Health Organization (WHO) in Phnom Penh, told IRIN. "Even though Cambodia is the only
country [in the Mekong region] that has had cases this year , H5N1 is well under control here." The four deaths,
in February and March, were the first reported cases of H5N1 in Cambodia since April last year and raised the number of
cases in the country to 14 since 2005, 12 of which have been fatal, according to the communicable disease department at
Cambodia's Ministry of Health. [http://www. moh.gov.kh/?lang=en ] Nora said it was important to note that the cases
occurred in different areas of the country, that laboratory tests indicated the virus
was neither mutating nor getting stronger, and that the avian flu season, which
corresponds with the dry season in Cambodia, from November to May, is nearing its
end.
Avian flu is under control now.
Sagita 11 (Dessy, Staff Writer for Jakarta Globe, 6-19,
http://www.thejakartaglobe.com/home/ indonesia-says-bird-flu-isunder-control-expert-disagrees/361893, 6-22-11, AH)
The government is claiming success in its efforts to tackle avian flu
despite almost half of all the deaths recorded around the world occurring in
Indonesia. Bayu Krisnamurthi, executive chairman of the National
Committee for Avian Influenza Control and Pandemic Influenza Preparedness
(Komnas FBPI), told the Jakarta Globe on Wednesday that although
Indonesia was leading the world in the number of recorded fatalities
from bird flu, the total number of reported cases keeps
decreasing. Since the virus first emerged in 2003, 138 people have died
from infections in Indonesia, while the worldwide death toll is less than 300.
In 2006 alone, more than 40 Indonesians succumbed to the H5N1 virus. In
2009, however, there were just 13 confirmed deaths from bird flu, the
lowest number of fatalities since 2005. The virus is still sometimes
found in poultry and occasionally in humans, but now people already
know how to react and respond to the problems, Bayu said. He
said the improved awareness was proof that the campaigns
promoted by the government were working well, and that people
were learning about how to prevent transmission and what to do in
the event of an outbreak.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
386
Growth Bad Health TB

Growth leads to globalization.
Garrett 6 (Geoffrey, Yale University Journal, 1-10,
http://bev.berkeley.edu/ipe/readings/The%20 Causes%20of
%20Globalization.pdf, 6-23-11, AH)
Figures 2 and 3 show a
strong correlation between the growth of international economic

flows and the liberalization of foreign economic policies around the world. The correlation
between global trade flows and (unweighted) average taxes on trade (revenues from tariffs, duties, etc. as a percentage of
total trade) between 1973 and 1995 was 0.89. The reduction in tariff-type barriers was to some measure offset by increasing
use of nontariff barriersin the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) at least (Garrett, 1998a,
p. 811). Moreover, although trade taxes more than halved over the period, they still averaged 8% of total trade revenues in
1995. Nonetheless, the global trend line is surely indicative of the fact that global trade
flows and trade liberalization around the world have moved in lock step in recent decades.
Globalization can spread drug-resistant TB.

df, 6-23-11, AH)
The threats posed by XDR-TB garnered public attention in May 2007, when Andrew Speaker, a
U.S. citizen with

drug-resistant tuberculosis, led public health officials on a trans-Atlantic chase. The
incident began when Speaker flew to Europe on a commercial airline for his wedding and honeymoon. He was aware
that he had an active case of drug-resistant TB, but it was not until he was out of the
U.S. that tests suggested he had XDR-TB. CDC officials tracked Speaker down in
Rome and asked him to turn himself into Italian health officials. Instead, he and his
wife flew commercially to Prague, then on to Montreal, and drove by car back into
the U.S. Speaker claims he took these actions because CDC indicated that he would be
held in Italian quarantine for up to 2 years. Out of concern that Speaker could have infected
fellow travelers with the disease, health officials advised anyone who flew with him on the trans-Atlantic
flights to be tested. Subsequently, Speaker was treated at the National Jewish Medical and Research Center in Denver, where
it was announced that Speakers earlier diagnosis was incorrect and that he instead had the more treatable MDR-TB. CDC
later confirmed this diagnosis. The incident raised serious questions about the effectiveness and
timeliness of TB testing, U.S. border security, and the practicality of international

restrictions on travel by people with infectious diseases . A Congressional investigation into the
incident found significant security gaps, heightening concern about vulnerability to potential cases of pandemic influenza or
smallpox.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
387
Growth Bad Health TB

Growth spreads TB, AIDS, malaria, and cholera.
Fidler 96 (David P, Indiana University School of Law, April,
http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/eid/vol2no2/ fidler.htm, 6-2311, AH)
The assertion that emerging infections are a global problem requiring a global strategy echoes observations made in other
spheres of public policy: the traditional distinctions between national and international political, social, and economic
activities are losing their importance (4). Globalization is eroding traditional distinctions between domestic and foreign
affairs. Globalization has been defined as the process of denationalization of markets, laws, and politics in the sense of
interlacing peoples and individuals for the sake of the common good (5). Globalization is distinguished from
internationalization, which is defined as a means to enable nation-states to satisfy the national interest In areas where they
are incapable of doing so on their own (5). Internationalization involves cooperation between sovereign states, whereas
globalization refers to a process that is undermining or eroding sovereignty. Globalization arises from the confluence of
something old and something new in international relations. It involves the very old process of political and economic
intercourse among sovereign states. The new element is the intensification and expansion of such intercourse made
possibleby technological advances in travel, communications, and computers. Encouraging such intensification and
expansion is liberal economic thinking, which posits that economic interdependence makes all states
economically better off and builds order and peace in the international system (6).
The
changes wrought by new technologies unleashed in the receptive international milieu created by liberal trade and economic
policies have led to the belief that these developments are undermining sovereignty. Observers of international relations
frequently note that governments no longer have control over economic forces at work within their countries. The speed and
volume of international capital flows illustrate the denationalization of economics occurring through the process of
globalization (7). Another example is the development of the global companyan enterprise that can no longer be considered
national because of the global reach of its operations, financing options, markets, and strategies (7). The globalization of
finance and business has ramifications for politics and law as leaders and legal systems adapt to the global era (8). In public
health, a similar combination of old and new factors can be seen. States have historically cooperated on infectious disease
control, first through international sanitary treaties and later through the World Health Organization (WHO) (9). While
international cooperation is not new, current global circumstances confronting the control of infectious disease are.
Globalization is also at work in public health. The assertion that a country cannot tackle emerging infectious diseases by itself
demonstrates that public health policy has been denationalized. Globalization has affected public health in three ways. First,
the shrinking of the world by technology and economic interdependence allows

diseases to spread globally at rapid speed. Two factors contributing to the global threat from emerging
infections stem directly from globalization: the increase in international travel (2, 10) and the increasingly global nature of
food handling, processing, and sales (2, 10). HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, cholera, and malaria
represent a few infections that have spread to new regions through global travel and
trade (10). The beneficial economic and political consequences of economic interdependence may have negative
ramifications for disease control. In the European Union, for example, the free movement of goods, capital, and labor makes
it more difficult for member states to protect domestic populations from diseases acquired in other countries (11). Second,
the development of the global market has intensified economic competition and increased
pressure on governments to reduce expenditures, including the funding of public health programs, leaving
states
increasingly unprepared to deal with emerging disease problems. Industrialized as
well as developing countries confront deteriorating public health infrastructure s (12).
Referring to the United States, one author described this deterioration as the thirdworldization of the American health care
system (13).
Extinction
Unruh 7 (Bob, World Net Daily Staff, 6-24,
http://www.wnd.com/?pageId=42238, 6-23-11, AH)
The World Health Organization is appealing for billions of dollars in funding to avert
the apocalypse en route if a virtually untreatable form of tuberculosis that already
infects 30,000 people a year is left unchecked. The TB, called XDR-TB for extensively drug resistant, is
virtually immune to currently available antibiotics, turning aside the effects of both front-line and secondary drugs, officials
have said. It has been in the news of late because of an American airline passenger, Andrew Speaker, an Atlanta, Ga., lawyer,
who was diagnosed, then traveled to Europe for his wedding, and returned, on commercial airliners, potentially exposing
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
388
hundreds of people to the frequently fatal disease. He now is being treated at a special center in Denver that deals with cases
of tuberculosis. "XDR-TB is a threat to the security and stability of global health. This
response plan identifies costs, milestones and priorities for health services that will
continue to have an impact beyond its two-year time line," said WHO Director-General Dr.
Margaret Chan.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
389
Growth Bad Health TB UQ

Tuberculosis is coming under control.
CDC 10 (3-19,
http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm5910a2.
htm, 6-23-11, AH)
Every year, CDC reports results from the National TB Surveillance System for the previous year. For 2009, a total of 11,540
tuberculosis (TB) cases were reported in the United States. The TB rate was 3.8 cases per 100,000
population, a decrease of 11.4% from the rate of 4.2 per 100,000 reported for 2008.
The 2009 rate showed the greatest single-year decrease ever recorded and was the
lowest recorded rate since national TB surveillance began in 1953 (1). TB case counts and rates
decreased substantially among both foreign-born and U.S.-born persons, although foreign-born persons and racial/ethnic
minorities continued to have TB disease disproportionate to their respective populations. The TB rate in foreign-born persons
was nearly 11 times higher than in U.S.-born persons. The rates among Hispanics and blacks were approximately eight times
higher than among non-Hispanic whites, and rates among Asians were nearly 26 times higher. The large decrease in reported
cases during 2009 might represent a decrease in TB disease resulting from changes in population demographics or improved
TB control. However, increased underreporting or underdiagnosis of TB also is possible. CDC currently is investigating
possible causes for the sharp decrease in reported TB cases. Diagnosing and reporting all TB cases is essential to ensure
treatment of patients with TB and implementation of other public health interventions that interrupt transmission.
Tuberculosis is at an all-time low.

Maugh 11 (Thomas H, 3-24,
http://articles.latimes.com/2011/mar/24/news/la-heb-ustb-03242011, 6-23-11, AH)
The number of tuberculosis cases in the United States reached an all-time low last
year, with only 11,181 cases reported to public health authorities, according to the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. That represented a 3.9% drop in the number of cases from
the preceding year, but was a disappointment on two counts: the number of cases had dropped by 11.9% in 2009, and
authorities had hoped a major decline would continue; and in 1989, health officials had set a goal of eradicating TB in the
U.S. by 2010, a roadmark that was clearly not met.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
390
Growth Bad Health AIDS

Growth spreads AIDS, TB, malaria, and cholera.
Fidler 96 (David P, Indiana University School of Law, April,
http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/eid/vol2no2/ fidler.htm, 6-2311, AH)
The assertion that emerging infections are a global problem requiring a global strategy echoes observations made in other
spheres of public policy: the traditional distinctions between national and international political, social, and economic
activities are losing their importance (4). Globalization is eroding traditional distinctions between domestic and foreign
affairs. Globalization has been defined as the process of denationalization of markets, laws, and politics in the sense of
interlacing peoples and individuals for the sake of the common good (5). Globalization is distinguished from
internationalization, which is defined as a means to enable nation-states to satisfy the national interest In areas where they
are incapable of doing so on their own (5). Internationalization involves cooperation between sovereign states, whereas
globalization refers to a process that is undermining or eroding sovereignty. Globalization arises from the confluence of
something old and something new in international relations. It involves the very old process of political and economic
intercourse among sovereign states. The new element is the intensification and expansion of such intercourse made
possibleby technological advances in travel, communications, and computers. Encouraging such intensification and
expansion is liberal economic thinking, which posits that economic interdependence makes all states
economically better off and builds order and peace in the international system (6).
The
changes wrought by new technologies unleashed in the receptive international milieu created by liberal trade and economic
policies have led to the belief that these developments are undermining sovereignty. Observers of international relations
frequently note that governments no longer have control over economic forces at work within their countries. The speed and
volume of international capital flows illustrate the denationalization of economics occurring through the process of
globalization (7). Another example is the development of the global companyan enterprise that can no longer be considered
national because of the global reach of its operations, financing options, markets, and strategies (7). The globalization of
finance and business has ramifications for politics and law as leaders and legal systems adapt to the global era (8). In public
health, a similar combination of old and new factors can be seen. States have historically cooperated on infectious disease
control, first through international sanitary treaties and later through the World Health Organization (WHO) (9). While
international cooperation is not new, current global circumstances confronting the control of infectious disease are.
Globalization is also at work in public health. The assertion that a country cannot tackle emerging infectious diseases by itself
demonstrates that public health policy has been denationalized. Globalization has affected public health in three ways. First,
the shrinking of the world by technology and economic interdependence allows

diseases to spread globally at rapid speed. Two factors contributing to the global threat from emerging
infections stem directly from globalization: the increase in international travel (2, 10) and the increasingly global nature of
food handling, processing, and sales (2, 10). HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, cholera, and malaria
represent a few infections that have spread to new regions through global travel and
trade (10). The beneficial economic and political consequences of economic interdependence may have negative
ramifications for disease control. In the European Union, for example, the free movement of goods, capital, and labor makes
it more difficult for member states to protect domestic populations from diseases acquired in other countries (11). Second,
the development of the global market has intensified economic competition and increased
pressure on governments to reduce expenditures, including the funding of public health programs, leaving
states
increasingly unprepared to deal with emerging disease problems. Industrialized as
well as developing countries confront deteriorating public health infrastructure s (12).
Referring to the United States, one author described this deterioration as the thirdworldization of the American health care
system (13).
AIDS will cause extinction.

KRQE News 2 (8-28, http://www.rense.com/general28/exc.htm, 6-23-11, AH)
"We are faced with extinction," said Dr. Banu Khan, head of the
National AIDS Co-ordinating Agency in Botswana. Swaziland will
see an average of 33 years and Zimbabwe, Zambia and Namibia 34
years. Angola, Lesotho, Malawi, Rwanda and Mali will see life
expectancy drop to the mid- to late 30s. Without AIDS, average life
in southern Africa would have been around 70 years by 2010. The
figures are the latest in a series that show Africa buckling under the
growing AIDS epidemic. Sub-Saharan Africa has 28.5 million of the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
391
world's 40 million infected people. Stephen Lewis, Canada's former

ambassador the United Nations, said Canada's response to the crisis
has been "abysmal, wholly inadequate."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
392
Growth Bad Health AIDS UQ

AIDS and tuberculosis are under control; the initiative will
pay for itself.
Henderson 10
(Mark, Science Editor for The Times, 2-22,

http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/science/ article7035256.ece, 6-22-11,
AH)
The global Aids epidemic could be contained within just five years by testing
everybody in high-risk regions and immediately treating all those who are found to be
HIV positive, according to a leading scientist. Universal therapy with anti-retroviral drugs
would not only save millions of lives but also prevent transmission of HIV by making
people who carry the virus less infectious, said Brian Williams, of the South African Centre for
Epidemiological Modelling and Analysis (Sacema). While such an initiative would be expensive at
first, costing at least $3 billion (2 billion) a year in South Africa alone, it would
rapidly pay for itself by cutting the cost of caring for Aids patients and reducing the
economic damage caused by Aids deaths, Dr Williams told the American Association for the Advancement
of Science conference in San Diego. In the absence of a vaccine, an aggressive treatment programme is the first promising
way of controlling a condition that affects 33 million people worldwide and kills 2.1 million every year, he said. It also
has the potential to halve tuberculosis infections associated with HIV and Aids .
AIDS is under control, and cases of tuberculosis have

decreased as well.
Ranieri 11 (Tina, Holistic Health Examiner, 6-10,
http://www.examiner.com/holistic-health-in-national/aidsis-under-control-no-more-war, 6-22-11, AH)
A study, HIV
Prevention Trial Network (HPTN) an international research project

announced in May that it was being terminated, because it had succeeded. AIDS will be
30 years old this June 2011. The study, led by Myron Cohen of the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. It will be 30
years since Centers of Disease Control and Prevention reported a cluster of unusual infections in Los Angeles. The war
on AIDS has done well, Elizabeth Taylor would be proud. There are now several clear
ways of attacking the problem. Anti-AIDS drugs have been made available to every
one infected, universal access, which is an objective to be achieved by 2015 and
getting every one to take them. About one in five stops taking them within a year. One result of the
HPTN052 was less Tuberculosis, a disease that was a common consequence of AIDS.
Circumcision trials have shown it is a good way to stop men from catching the virus by 50%. The rate of circumcision has
skyrocketed in Africa. Attempts to protect women from developing vaginal microbicides that
destroy HIV infected semen has been successful. There has been a well proven way of
stopping virus transmission using drugs, between mothers and babies at birth, 90%.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
393
Growth Bad Health Ebola

Figures 2 and 3 show a strong correlation between the growth of
international economic flows and the liberalization of foreign
economic policies around the world. The correlation between global
trade flows and (unweighted) average taxes on trade (revenues from tariffs,
duties, etc. as a percentage of total trade) between 1973 and 1995 was
0.89. The reduction in tariff-type barriers was to some measure offset by
increasing use of nontariff barriersin the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD) at least (Garrett, 1998a, p. 811).
Moreover, although trade taxes more than halved over the period, they still
averaged 8% of total trade revenues in 1995. Nonetheless, the global
trend line is surely indicative of the fact that global trade flows and
trade liberalization around the world have moved in lock step in recent
decades.
Globalization spreads ebola.
Mingst 7 (Karen A, Professor Ph.D at U of Kentucky,
Essentials of International Relations, ch. 10, AH)
The international community was caught unawares by the new realities spawned by
globalization. Ebola, SARS, Avian bird flu, and HIV/AIDS outbreaks have been acerbated by
increased global mobility.
Ebola could wipe-out a huge percentage of humanity.

Chicago Tribune 94 (10-16,
http://articles.chicagotribune.com/1994-1016/features/9410160231_1 _marburg-virus-ebola-hot-zone,
6-23-11, AH)
The answer you want to hear to the question posed by this story's headline is, of course, "No." But the best you'll get from
Richard Preston, who knows a great deal about the brilliantly colored virus that benignly dots this page, is a halting,
"Probably not. It is, however, likely that this could be a slate wiper. It could wipe out a vast portion
of humanity." The virus is Ebola. It is named for a river in Zaire. It is almost unimaginably
lethal. "Ebola kills 9 out of 10 people who contract it. And Ebola does in 10 days
what it takes AIDS 10 years to accomplish," says Preston.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
394
Ebola could mutate, risking extinction.

Boyd 2 (Robert, Herald Washington Bureau, 1-18,
http://www.aegis.org/news/mh/2002/ MH020106.html, 623-11, AH)
They are responsible for a host of ailments ranging from pesky common colds to the devastating HIV epidemic and
incurable killers like Ebola, again on the prowl in Africa. Unlike bacteria _ much larger germs that can usually
be controlled by antibiotics _ most viruses cannot be defeated with existing medications. Antibiotics work only against living
organisms, and viruses lack most of the features of life. They cannot move, eat or reproduce on their own, but must depend
on the genes they steal from their unwilling host. In addition, viruses evolve rapidly. A new strain capable of causing a
global epidemic, like the flu virus that killed 25 million people in 1918-19, could emerge at any moment, Crawford wrote in
her recent book, "The Invisible Enemy: A Natural History of Viruses" (Oxford University Press, 2000). Some
scientists even speculate that a future "doomsday virus" combining the worst features of smallpox
and Ebola could wipe out the human race. Joshua Lederberg, a Nobel Prize-winning biologist at Rockefeller
University in New York, has called viruses "the single biggest threat" to human life on the planet. "Barring what we
do to one another, if anything is going to wipe out humankind, it will be a virus ,"
Lederberg said.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
395
Growth Bad Health Ebola UQ

Ebola is currently under control
In2EastAfrica 11 (In2EastAfrica, 5-27,
http://in2eastafrica.net/ebola-outbreak-under-control/, 622-11, AH)
The Ministry of Health has said the Ebola outbreak in the country is under control. The head of the
Ebola national task force, Dr. Anthony Mbonye, said there has been no confirmed case since May 6
when the index case was reported. The ministry assures the general public that the outbreak is
under control as seen in the absence of new confirmed cases. The public is requested to report any
suspected cases to the nearest health unit, he said. The ministry said that a total of 21 people have been tested at
the Uganda Virus Institute in Entebbe and all prove negative. Mbonye said in a statement that
experts were monitoring the 25 people who got in contact with the first victim.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
396
Growth Bad Health Infant Mortality


Globalization causes high infant mortality rates.

Desai 11 (Geeta, Organizational Development Consultant,
5-4, http://www.ifuw-forums.org/blog/2011/05/04/effectsof-globalization-on-women-in-developing-countries/, 6-2311, AH)
However, the vast majority of women in all developing countries are worse off now than before. To
illustrate: Structural Adjustment Programs have required governments to cutback on food and healthcare subsidies,
increasing the burdens already shouldered by women and their families. Additionally, food security is threatened by free trade
policies that dictate food be produced for trade rather than domestic consumption. Instead of reforming public healthcare and
its delivery, globalization has resulted in the rapid privatization of healthcare and the
decline of government facilities which serve poor women and their children. Without
primary healthcare, diseases such as leprosy, malaria, measles, neonatal tetanus, polio, and tuberculosis are in
evidence again. Also affecting women are high infant mortality rates and the rates of death
during childbirth. But, by far the worst consequence of globalization is the uptick in human and sex- trafficking as
thousands of women have gone missing while looking for much needed employment far away from the safety nets of their
families and communities.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
397
Growth Bad Health Infant Mortality UQ

Programs exist that are decreasing infant mortality rates.
WBALTV 9 (8-10,
http://www.wbaltv.com/r/20349962/detail.html, 6-22-11,
AH)
The number of infants who die in Baltimore city is down due in part to a governmentfunded program called Healthy Start. The 18-year-old program gives pregnant
women access to health support systems before their babies are born. Since the
program began, the infant mortality rate has dropped. "We are engrained in the community, and we
hired folks from the community who know where hard-to-reach women are. They weave us into the fabric of
the community, linking them to services to improve their birth outcomes," said
Healthy Start spokeswoman Alma Roberts. Maryland Sen. Ben Cardin and Maryland Rep. Elijah Cummings toured the
facility on Monday and praised the program for what it's accomplished. "We are engrained in the community, and we hired
folks from the community who know where hard-to-reach women are. They weave us into the fabric of the community,
linking them to services to improve their birth outcomes." - Alma Roberts, Healthy Start " Can we save money?
Yes. Can we at the same time get better results and create healthier lives? Yes -- that's
what this is all about. We're going to set an example," Cummings said. "They beat the odds
here. The infant mortality rates are much better than the city at large. The number of
children born with weigh where they can really be healthier has increased," Cardin said. Those who run the program said it
works because they go out into the community. "We have health care professionals -- advocates who live in the community
where we are. They see these moms every day they have those relationships," said Healthy Start spokeswoman Natasha
Rambert. "The counselors come out and they make sure you and your baby are doing well and that you're participating in
your doctor's appointments," one mother said. The program has served more than 12,000 women and their babies since the
program began.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
398
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
399
Growth Bad Health Biotech


Globalization hurts ALL companies.

Financial Web No Date
(http://www.finweb.com/investing/how-globalizationaffects-u-s-companies.html, 6-23-11, AH)
U.S. companies
that import raw materials or goods from overseas are exposed to the
risk that the U.S. dollar will decline. If it does, the cost of the imported goods will rise
when valued in terms of the dollar. U.S. companies that export raw materials or goods overseas are exposed
to the risk that the dollar may increase in value. If the dollar gets stronger, the revenue that the company generates in other
currencies will, in turn, buy fewer dollars. U.S. companies that have overseas operations are exposed
to the risk that either the dollar will strengthen or weaken, depending upon whether
they're making overseas investments or bringing profits back home. If the company is
investing overseas, the risk is that of a declining dollar. If repatriating its profits, the company would prefer not to see a
strengthening dollar. Take a look at the following situation: An American company enters into a contract to build a new
manufacturing plant in France. It will take a full three years to complete the plant, bring it online, and have it become
profitable. During those three years, the U.S. company will be converting dollars into francs, and will be exposed to the risk
that the dollar will decline, thereby buying fewer francs. After the plant becomes profitable, the company will be converting
francs into dollars and the risk will be that the dollar will get stronger (less dollars bought by the francs). Even United
States companies that don't import, export, or have overseas operations but only
have foreign competitors are often exposed to FX risk. Let's examine the scenario of an American
company that is not engaged nor has any interest in importing or exporting goods; all of their products are sold in the U.S. A
foreign competitor, however, does have an interest in doing business internationally. For instance, if the dollar were to rise
sharply against the foreign company's home currency, it would be able to charge less dollars for its goods sold in America
while still maintaining its profit margin. This is because the company's expenses are denominated in its reference currency
which the strengthened dollar would now buy more of. As such, the viability of the U.S. company could be threatened by the
FX risk. The changing value of the United States dollar affects virtually every American company to one degree or another.
Therefore, even U.S. investors who restrict themselves to buying only domestic investments need to be aware of how
changing FX rates affect their portfolios. In order to do this, investors should understand some of the reasons that foreign
exchange rates change.
Biotech companies prevent extinction.

Ewens 00 (Lara E, Boston College Law School, 9-21,
http://www.bc.edu/bc_org/avp/law/lwsch/ journals/bciclr/23_2/05_FMS.htm, 623-11, AH)
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
Note, however, that although
biotechnology cannot create genetic traits after the loss of a

species, it can help prevent extinction by numerically increasing failing species or
inserting greater disease resistance into endangered plant species.
400
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
401
Growth Bad Health Biotech UQ

Biotech companies are receiving funding now.
Floridas RC 10 (Floridas Research Coast, 11-8,
http://www.floridarc.com/index.php?
src=news&srctype=detail&category=Floridas
%20Research%20Coast%20News&refno=129, 6-22-11, AH)
More than 75 Florida firms were awarded more than $26 million in federal tax credits or
grants for research and development of new products with promise to significantly advance
healthcare in the country, BioFlorida announced this week. The federal credits or grants are designed for projects that show
significant potential to produce new cost-saving therapies, create U.S. jobs, increase the country's competitiveness or
significantly advance the goal of curing cancer within the next 30 years. The program was created as part of the national
healthcare overhaul. The credit or grant can cover up to 50 percent of the cost of biomedical
research expenses that qualify. The maximum credit is $5 million per firm, and $1 billion for the program
nationwide. Only firms with 250 or fewer employees were eligible to apply for credits or grants to put toward 2009 and 2010
investments. The U.S. Treasury Department reported it received more than 5,600 applications requesting more than $10
billion. `This is a great way to help young innovative companies through these tough
economic times, and we will continue to support efforts to expand and extend the
therapeutic tax credit program in Congress,'' said Russell Allen, president and chief
executive officer of BioFlorida.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
402
Heg
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
403
Growth Bad A2: Growth = Heg

The global financial crisis has destabilized counter-balancers
and made US hegemony sustainable
Mead 9 (Walter Russell, Henry A. Kissinger Senior Fellow in U.S. Foreign
Policy at the Council on Foreign Relations, 2/4,

www.freerepublic.com/focus/news/2169866/posts, AD: 6/20/10) jl
Even before the Panic of 2008 sent financial markets into
turmoil and launched what looks like the worst global recession in
decades, talk of American decline was omnipresent. In the long
term, the United States faces the rise of Asia and the looming
fiscal problems posed by Medicare and other entitlement
programs. In the short term, there is a sense that, after eight years
of George W. Bush, the world, full of disdain for our way of life,
seems to be spinning out of our--and perhaps anybody's--control.
The financial panic simply brought all that simmering anxiety to a boil,
and the consensus now seems to be that the United States isn't
just in danger of decline, but in the full throes of it--the
beginning of a "post-American" world. Perhaps--but the long
history of capitalism suggests another possibility. After all,
capitalism has seen a steady procession of economic crises and panics,
from the seventeenth-century Tulip Bubble in the Netherlands and the
Stop of the Exchequer under Charles II in England through the
Mississippi and South Sea bubbles of the early eighteenth century, on
through the crises associated with the Napoleonic wars and the
spectacular economic crashes that repeatedly wrought havoc and
devastation to millions throughout the nineteenth century. The panics of
1837, 1857, 1873, 1893, and 1907 were especially severe, culminating
in the Great Crash of 1929, which set off a depression that would not
end until World War II. The series of crises continued after the war, and
the last generation has seen the Penn Central bankruptcy in 1970, the
first Arab oil crisis of 1973, the Third World debt crisis of 1982, the S&L
crisis, the Asian crisis of 1997, the bursting of the dot-com bubble in
2001, and today's global financial meltdown. And yet, this relentless
series of crises has not disrupted the rise of a global capitalist system,
centered first on the power of the United Kingdom and then, since World
War II, on the power of the United States. After more than 300 years, it
seems reasonable to conclude that financial and economic
crises do not, by themselves, threaten either the international
capitalist system or the special role within it of leading capitalist
powers like the United Kingdom and the United States. If anything, the
opposite seems true--that financial crises in some way sustain
Anglophone power and capitalist development. Indeed, many
critics of both capitalism and the "Anglo-Saxons" who practice it
so aggressively have pointed to what seems to be a perverse
relationship between such crises and the consolidation of the
"core" capitalist economies against the impoverished periphery.
Marx noted that financial crises remorselessly crushed weaker
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
404
companies, allowing the most successful and ruthless

capitalists to cement their domination of the system. For
dependency theorists like Raul Prebisch, crises served a similar
function in the international system, helping stronger countries
marginalize and impoverish developing ones. Setting aside the
flaws in both these overarching theories of capitalism, this analysis of
economic crises is fundamentally sound--and especially relevant to the
current meltdown. Cataloguing the early losses from the financial crisis,
it's hard not to conclude that the central capitalist nations will
weather the storm far better than those not so central.
Emerging markets have been hit harder by the financial crisis
than developed ones as investors around the world seek the
safe haven provided by U.S. Treasury bills, and commodityproducing economies have suffered extraordinary shocks as
commodity prices crashed from their record, boom-time highs.
Countries like Russia, Venezuela, and Iran, which hoped to use
oil revenue to mount a serious political challenge to American
power and the existing world order, face serious new
constraints. Vladimir Putin, Hugo Chavez, and Mahmoud Ahmadinejad
must now spend less time planning big international moves and
think a little bit harder about domestic stability. Far from being
the last nail in America's coffin, the financial crisis may actually
resuscitate U.S. power relative to its rivals
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
405
Growth Bad A2: Growth = Heg

Economic difficulties are absorbed by awesome hegemonic
production even recessions wont cause concern
Stratfor 8 [Net Assessment: United States. Dec 2007 Jan 2008.
http://www.stratfor.com/analysis/net_assessment_united_states]
One must always remember the U.S. GDP $13.2 trillion in
measuring any number. Both the annual debt and the total national
debt must be viewed against this number, as well as the more
troubling trade deficit. The $13.2 trillion can absorb damage and
imbalances that smaller economies could not handle. We would
expect a recession in the next couple of years simply based on the time
since the last period of negative growth, but we tend to think that it is
not quite here yet. But, even if it were, it would simply be a normal
part of the business cycle, of no significant concern.
Economic crises are universal wont impact US leadership

Freedman, 9. Lawrence, Prof of war studies @ Kings College London. A
Subversive on the Hill, The National Interest, May-June, Lexis.
It is at the regional level rather than the global level that the American
position might become vulnerable. The current crisis may well produce
great turbulence in particular countries or groups of countries at a time
when the United States feels it has enough on its plate internationally and
is in an introspective mood because of the severity of its own economic
challenges. Yet, contrary to early expectations, the economic crisis has
not in itself led to a shifting of power balances. When the crisis was
assumed to be largely financial in nature, so that the United States and the
United Kingdom would suffer most, a shift to the surging economy of
China was anticipated. Continental Europe could look on smugly and the
oil producers would continue to benefit from high prices. The collapse of
world trade, and subsequently the price of oil, soon made these
judgments look premature. Indeed, the shock may be greater for
countries with no relevant experience of the business cycle or else,
as with the oil producers, burdened with ambitious plans based on
the always-dangerous assumption that the recent past describes
an indefinite future. The crisis is pulling everyone down: for the
moment, at least, there are no clear winners. If the United States was
the only country held back because of its economic difficulties then others
might well take advantage of perceived American weakness. But in this
case, with everyone struggling to confront big domestic issues, the
United States is unlikely to face major challengers. When a state is
forced to dedicate resources to internal problems, it has its own incentives
to keep external relations calm. True, unforeseen crises can upset all
calculations, but shared weakness may give the Obama
administration some relief in terms of how it might be tested. It is
already committed to addressing these various regional conflicts with a
greater reliance on diplomatic means than the Bush administration, a sign
that new military conflicts are unlikely.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
406
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
407
Poverty
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
408
Growth Bad Poverty

Growth increases poverty and hurts health
Jacobs and Podobny 7 (IA and MT, Universal Corporation: Alpha and
Beta Division (Australia) and Australian Red Cross: Blood Service, Australia,
University of South Australia, Australia, Do all benefit from economic growth?,
http://ije.oxfordjournals.org/cgi/content/full/36/2/470, 3/21/07, AD: 7/6/09) JC
Whilst, economic growth has the potential to reduce poverty, history records that not all American citizens
have necessarily benefited from economic growth reducing poverty by the elevation
of real incomes.20 Yates had identified that for American working class persons, real hourly wages
were lower in the 1990s than in 1970s25 and that between 1977 and 1990 the real family income fell for
the poorest 60% of all families but increased by a third for the wealthiest 20% of
families.26 These figures are more recently supported by Dooley and Prause who reveal that American males in the 25th
percentile earned less in real terms in 1997 (a year of supposedly good economic times) than their 25th percentile peers did
in 1967 (p. 3).27 To further illustrate that employment need not contribute to poverty reduction for all members of society,
thereby better health for all, Figure 1 illustrates the annual income of a full-time worker in America, single with two
qualifying children, working at minimum wages and receipt of Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) from 1970 till 2004.28
From this graph it is evident that although working on a full-time basis, such families have not
been able to maintain living above the poverty level, even after receiving the EITC. This
reinforces findings by others27,29 that not all individuals in societies necessarily benefit
from economic development, hence not all are able to benefit from economic status
improvement as a result of (official) economic growth, consequently such
subpopulations would not experience better health (lower morbidity and mortality rates) as implied by
Brenner (p. 1215).20 Given that not all members of society necessarily benefit from economic growth, it is not surprising that
there is widening in life expectancy between socioeconomic groups in US,30,31 which reconciles the vast
literature on socioeconomic status23,32,33 and supports Wilkinson's34 observation that among the rich developed countries,
health is indeed related to relative rather than absolute income, and that, as a consequence, health may not be strongly related
to economic growth (p. 257). As a result of such environmental factors operating in most western countries, and given that
inadequately employed workers may reflect similar health outcomes as the unemployed,35 future health-economy research
should consider utilizing more comprehensive labour market measures.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
409
Growth Bad Poverty

Alternate causalities to poverty
Fane and Warr 2 (Geroge and
Peter, Australian National University,
How Economic Growth Reduces Poverty,
http://www.ciaonet.org/wps/wap02/wap02.pdf, WIDER, Discussion Paper No.
2002/19, Feb 2002, AD: 7/6/09)
The results and methodology reported here suggest that large oversimplifications are
involved in relating poverty reduction directly to GDP growth, without distinguishing
among different possible sources of growth. Contrary to the implicit assumptions of
many commentators, the poor do much better if a given amount of GDP growth is
produced by technical progress in services, or manufacturing, than if it is due to
technical progress in agriculture. Although more work needs to be done to improve on the parameter values
assumed in this study, these qualitative results are robust with respect to wide variations in assumptions about elasticities of
substitution among goods and factors. The results also imply that growth in broad sectors
agriculture, manufacturing, services, etc.will be associated with very different

effects on poverty and inequality depending on whether the exogenous shocks affect
demand or supply. For example, an increase in the supply of factors used intensively in agriculture depresses the real
returns to these factors while raising agricultural output; whereas an increase in demand for agricultural products, perhaps
due to policy changes, would raise both agricultural output and the real returns to the factors used intensively in agriculture.
Growth is not the only factor to poverty

Madan 2 (Anisha, Financial analyst for GE and MBA at Kellogg School,
Northwestern University, The Relationship between Economic Freedom and
Socio Economic Development,
http://www.econ.ilstu.edu/uauje/PDF's/CarrolRound/madanpost.pdf, UAUJE, pg
8-10, 2002, AD: 7/6/09)
There is a vast amount of literature and studies performed that show that economic
growth is not the end-all and be-all of economic development. Focus needs to be on
social indicators that depict the quality of life of people. The Basic Needs approach to development
formulated by Paul Streeten attempts to provide opportunities for the full physical, mental, and social development of the
human personality and then derives ways of meeting this objective. The emphasis is on ends rather than means and nonmaterial needs are recognized. (Streeten, 1981). Thus, mere economic growth rates cannot be a proxy for
the quality of life and cannot indicate that basic needs are met. This is explained as follows:
(1)
The income or economic growth approach to measuring human progress deals only with the quantity of products but not with
the appropriateness of those goods and services. (2) Some basic needs can only be satisfied, or more effectively satisfied
through public services (education, water, and sanitation), through subsidized goods and services, or through transfer
payments. (3) Consumers, both poor and rich are not always efficient in optimizing nutrition and health. Additional income
can be spent on foods with lower nutritional value leading to a decrease in health. (4) The manner in which additional income
is earned may affect the quality of life adversely. Compared to others, certain production choices can
increase income more but have a greater negative impact on human and
environmental well being. One example of this is female employment. Although the mother's income can rise,
breast-feeding may reduce, which decreases the nutrition of babies. (5) Increased income does not guarantee
a reduction in the mal-distribution of wealth within society or households. Therefore, the
Basic Needs Approach shows that the economic growth approach neglects the
importance of non-material needs and ignores the significance of socio-economic
development.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
410
Growth Bad Poverty Structural Violence

Growth leads to structural violence that outweighs
nuclear war
Abu-Jamal 98 (Mumia, activist, 9-19,
http://www.flashpoints.net/mQuietDeadlyViolence.html)
We live, equally immersed, and to a deeper degree, in a nation that condones and ignores wide-ranging
"structural' violence, of a kind that destroys human life with a breathtaking ruthlessness. Former Massachusetts
prison official and writer, Dr. James Gilligan observes; By "structural violence" I mean the increased rates of death and
disability suffered by those who occupy the bottom rungs of society, as contrasted by those who are above them. Those
excess deaths (or at least a demonstrably large proportion of them) are a function of the class structure; and that
structure is itself a product of society's collective human choices, concerning how to distribute the
collective wealth of the society. These are not acts of God. I am contrasting "structural" with "behavioral violence" by
which I mean the non-natural deaths and injuries that are caused by specific behavioral actions of individuals against
individuals, such as the deaths we attribute to homicide, suicide, soldiers in warfare, capital punishment, and so on. -(Gilligan, J., MD, Violence: Reflections On a National Epidemic (New York: Vintage, 1996), 192.) This form of
violence, not covered by any of the majoritarian, corporate, ruling-class protected media, is invisible to us and
because of its invisibility, all the more insidious. How dangerous is it--really? Gilligan notes: [E]very fifteen years, on
the average, as many people die because of relative poverty as would be killed in a nuclear war that caused 232 million
deaths; and every single year, two to three times as many people die from poverty throughout the world as were killed by the
Nazi genocide of the Jews over a six-year period. This is, in effect, the equivalent of an ongoing, unending, in fact
accelerating, thermonuclear war, or genocide on the weak and poor every year of every decade, throughout the world.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
411
Terrorism
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
412
Growth Bad Terrorism

Growth creates terrorists empirically proven all the big
guns are loaded
Radu 9 (Michael is a senior fellow at the Foreign Policy Research Institute
Ph.D.,), The futile search for root causes of Terrorism,
http://www.unc.edu/depts/diplomat/archives_roll /2002_07-09
/radu_futile/radu_futile.html
Those who hold to "poverty as the root cause" do so even though the data does not fit
their model. Even leaving aside multimillionaire Osama bin Laden, the backgrounds
of the September 11 killers indicates that they were without exception scions of
privilege: all were either affluent Saudis and Egyptians, citizens of the wealthy Gulf
statelets, or rich sons of Lebanon, trained in and familiar with the ways of the West
not exactly the victims of poverty in Muslim dictatorships. Many poor Egyptians, Moroccans,
and Palestinians may support terrorists, but they do notand cannotprovide them
with recruits. In fact, Al Qaeda has no use for illiterate peasants. They cannot
participate in World Trade Center-like attacks, unable as they are to make themselves
inconspicuous in the West and lacking the education and training terrorist operatives
need.
Terrorism will escalate into extinction

Morgan 9 (Dennis, Hankuk University of Foreign Studies, Yongin Campus South Korea Futures, Volume 41, Issue 10, December 2009, Pages 683-693, World on Fire)
LL
Moore points out what most terrorists obviously already know about the nuclear tensions between powerful
countries. No doubt, theyve figured out that the best way to escalate these tensions into
nuclear war is to set off a nuclear exchange. As Moore points out, all that militant terrorists
would have to do is get their hands on one small nuclear bomb and explode it on
either Moscow or Israel. Because of the Russian dead hand system, where regional
nuclear commanders would be given full powers should Moscow be destroyed, it is
likely that any attack would be blamed on the United States Israeli leaders and Zionist
supporters have, likewise, stated for years that if Israel were to suffer a nuclear attack, whether
from terrorists or a nation state, it would retaliate with the suicidal Samson option against all major
Muslim cities in the Middle East. Furthermore, the Israeli Samson option would also include attacks on Russia and even
anti-Semitic European cities In that case, of course, Russia would retaliate, and the U.S. would then
retaliate against Russia. China would probably be involved as well, as thousands, if not tens of
thousands, of nuclear warheads, many of them much more powerful than those used at Hiroshima and Nagasaki,
would rain upon most of the major cities in the Northern Hemisphere. Afterwards,
for years to come, massive radioactive clouds would drift throughout the Earth in the
nuclear fallout, bringing death or else radiation disease that would be genetically
transmitted to future generations in a nuclear winter that could last as long as a 100 years, taking a
savage toll upon the environment and fragile ecosphere as well. And what many people fail to realize is what a precarious,
hair-trigger basis the nuclear web rests on. Any accident, mistaken communication, false signal or
lone wolf act of sabotage or treason could, in a matter of a few minutes, unleash the
use of nuclear weapons, and once a weapon is used, then the likelihood of a rapid
escalation of nuclear attacks is quite high while the likelihood of a limited nuclear war is actually less
probable since each country would act under the use them or lose them strategy and psychology; restraint by one power
would be interpreted as a weakness by the other, which could be exploited as a window of opportunity to win the war. In
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
413
other words, once Pandora's Box is opened, it will spread quickly, as it will be the signal for permission for anyone to use
them. Moore compares swift nuclear escalation to a room full of people embarrassed to cough. Once one does, however,
everyone else feels free to do so. The bottom line is that as long as large nation states use internal and external war to keep
their disparate factions glued together and to satisfy elites needs for power and plunder, these nations will attempt to obtain,
keep, and inevitably use nuclear weapons. And as long as large nations oppress groups who seek self-
determination, some of those groups will look for any means to fight their oppressors
In other words, as long as war and aggression are backed up by the implicit threat of
nuclear arms, it is only a matter of time before the escalation of violent conflict leads
to the actual use of nuclear weapons, and once even just one is used, it is very likely that many,
if not all, will be used, leading to horrific scenarios of global death and the destruction
of much of human civilization while condemning a mutant human remnant, if there is
such a remnant, to a life of unimaginable misery and suffering in a nuclear winter.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
414
War
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
415
Growth Bad War

War is only sparked by upswingswe need to transition
before 2025
Chase-Dunn & Bornschier 99 (Christopher, Director of the Institute
for Research on World-Systems, U of California-Riverside, and Volker, prof at

the University of Zurich, Switzerland, The Future of Global Conflict, Sage
Publications, p. 43, jam)
While the onset of a period of hegemonic rivalry is in itself disturbing, the picture becomes even grimmer
when the influence of long-term economic cycles is taken into account. As an extensive body of
research documents (see especially Van Duijn, 1983), the 50 to 60 year business cycle known as the Kondratieff wave (Kwave) has been in synchronous operation on an international scale for at least the last two centuries. Utilizing data
gathering by Levy (1983) on war severity, Goldstein (1988) demonstrates that there is a
corresponding 50 to 60 year cycle in the number of battle deaths per year for the period 14951975. Beyond merely showing that the K-wave and the war cycle are linked in a systematic fashion,
Goldsteins research suggests that severe core wars are much more likely to occur late in the upswing
phase of the K-wave. This finding is interpreted as showing that, while states always desire to go to war, they
can afford to do so only when economic growth is providing them with sufficient
resources. Modelski and Thompson (1996) present a more complex interpretation of the systemic relationship between
economic and war cycles, but it closely resembles Goldsteins hypothesis. In their analysis, a first economic upswing
generates the economic resources required by an ascending core state to make a bid for
hegemony; a second period of economic growth follows a period of global war and the establishment of a new period of
hegemony. Here, again, specific economic upswings are associated with an increased likelihood of the
outbreak of core war. It is widely accepted that the current K-wave, which entered a downturn around
1967-73, is probably now in the process of beginning a new upturn which will reach its apex around 2025. It is
also widely accepted that by this period US hegemony, already unravelling, will have been definitively eroded.
This convergence of a plateauing economic cycle with a period of political multicentricity within the core should,
if history truly does repeat itself, result in the outbreak of full-scale warfare between the declining
hegemon and the ascending core powers. Although both Goldstein (1991) and Modelski and Thompson (1996) assert that
such a global war can (somehow) be avoided, other theorists consider that the possibility of such a core war is sufficiently
high that serious steps should be taken to ensure that such collective suicide does not occur (Chase-Dunn and OReilly, 1989;
Goldfrank, 1987).
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
416
Growth Bad War

Economic growth and an increase of resources causes
conflict history proves
Meir Kohn 5 (11-?- 5, Economic Development and the Evolution of
Government in Pre-Industrial Europe, P1, Dartmouth College, Dpt of

Economics, http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=866986) LE
In pre-industrial Europe, government and the economy developed
together, each influencing the other. The development of each was
shaped by competition. Governments competed for territory, principally by
means of war. Their success depended primarily on their ability to mobilize
resources. So governments that could tap the resources of thriving
economies had an advantage over governments that could not. Of
course, whether or not an economy thrived depended to no small extent on
the nature and conduct of its government. This nexus of government, war,
and economy generated a sort of cycle. A period of peace allowed
economies to develop and grow. This economic growth increased the
resources available to governments, enabling them to embark on
military adventures. War and the means used to finance it depressed
economic activity and eventually starved governments of resources. This
made it impossible for them to continue fighting. Peace then returned and the
economy slowly recovered. This set the scene for another cycle. Economic
growth and war were both self-limiting. It is this political-economic
cycle much more than the demographic-economic cycle of Malthus that has
been the main obstacle to sustained economic progress.
Growth catalyzes war

Boehmer 10 (Charles R., Ph.D Pennsylvania State U in IR, associate prof @
U of Texas at El Paso, Defence and Peace Economics, Vol. 21(3), June, pp.249268, EBSCO, AD: 6-22-11, jm)
Still, states often experience economic growth, whereas violent interstate conflicts are rare events. I do not argue that
economic growth is a general and direct source of conflict between states. I contend instead that growth acts as a catalyst,
pouring fuel on fires where conflicts have already commenced. Economic growth should influence the perceptions state
leaders have about their states performance. I argue that economic growth acts as a catalyst for violent
interstate conflicts by increasing the willingness of states to use military force in foreign
policy, particularly to reciprocate militarized threats and uses of force or to escalate conflicts
in a violent manner. Most and Starr (1989: 22) define willingness as the willingness to choose (even if the choice is no
action), and to employ available capabilities to further some policy option over others. Most and Starr situate willingness
against a background of opportunity. Naturally, not all states have the same opportunity to realistically choose policies that
lead to interstate violence or war, at least with an equal chance of victory.
Data proves growth causes war

The theory set forth earlier theorizes that economic growth increases perceptions of state strength,
increasing the likelihood of violent interstate conflicts. Economic growth appears to increase
the resolve of leaders to stand against challenges and the willingness to escalate disputes. A nonrandom pattern exists where higher rates of GDP growth over multiple years are positively and
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
417
significantly related
to the most severe international conflicts, whereas this is not true for overall
of military expenditures, as a measure of the war chest proposition,
does not offer any explanation for violent interstate conflicts . This is not to say that growth of
conflict initiations. Moreover, growth
military expenditures never has any effect on the occurrence of war, although such a link is not generally true in the aggregate
using a large sample of states. In comparison, higher rates of economic growth are significantly related to violent interstate
conflicts in the aggregate. States with growing economies are more apt to reciprocate military
challenges by other states and become involved in violent interstate conflicts.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
418
Growth Bad War

Numerous historical examples prove
Cashman 2k (Greg, prof in the Department of Political
Science at Salisbury U in Salisbury, Maryland, "What
causes war?: an introduction to theories of international
conflict," book, p. 135-136, jm)
Several scholars argue the opposite point of viewthat the
depths of the economic cycle do not instigate

the pursuit of war. Blainey cites this as a major
factor in preventing Austria from attempting to recapture Silesia in 1749 and for
delaying the Japanese invasion of Korea in 1873.38 In fact, several analysts suggest that it isn't
depression that leads to war, but economic recovery. In other words, it is the up side of the business
international conflict but serve instead to constrain
cycle, not the down side, that is most frequently associated with war. The most famous argument is probably that of A. L.
Macfie, who published in 1938 a study of the effects of the British business cycle on twelve wars from 1850 to 1914. (The
British themselves were only involved in three of these wars, but it is assumed that the fluctuations present in the British
economy reflected a truly international business cycle, thus justifying the use of British economic statistics with the war
behavior of several countries.) Matching annual statistics on employment against the onset of
war, he concluded that wars were most likely when an economic recovery was in its
later stages.39 A recent study of global economic cycles (called "long cycles") and war from 1495 to 1975 by Joshua
Goldstein finds a strong and consistent correlation between the severity of war and
economic upswings.40 Although wars have occurred in roughly equal numbers throughout history in the upswing
and downswing phases, the most severe wars have taken place in upswing phases . From 1495 until
1918 each peak in war severity occurred near the end of an upswine phase.
Economic growth spurs belligerence which empirically

causes war
Cashman 2k (Greg, prof in the Department of Political Science at
Salisbury U in Salisbury, Maryland, "What causes war?: an introduction to

theories of international conflict," book, p. 135-136, jm)
A psychological explanation for the relationship between war and economic upturns is also frequently made. Indeed, both
Macfie and Blainey, as well as Goldstein, suggest that economic recoveries are associated with a
general mood of optimism, which is the real cause of war . Blainey argues, When trade is
deteriorating and when unemployment is increasing the mood of governments tend to
be cautious and apprehensive. Dwindling revenues and soaring claims for the state's aid aggravate the mood. On the
other hand, when prosperity is highand this time is the most dangerous to peacethere
comes a sense of mastery of the environment.43 Blainey is describing here a collective
national mood. This general feeling of optimism and confidence colors the judgment of both political
leaders and common people.44 Blainey believes such a feeling of optimism and mastery was evident on the
eve of the Crimean War, the Franco-Prussian War, the Boer War, and others. 45 Dexter
Perkins finds the American experience fits this general pattern. He contends that belligerent,
prowar feelings in the United States coincided with recoveries from economic downswings.
The War of 1812 followed hard on the heels of a commercial upturn; the Mexican War occurred after the
depression of 1837-1842; the Spanish-American War took place after the return to prosperity following the
depression of 1893; World War I followed the economic decline of 1913-1914; and World War II took place
during the recovery from the Great Depression of the 1930s.46
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
419
Growth Bad War Long Waves

Economic growth breeds war- best empirical evidence
throughout history
Goldstein 87 (Joshua S, Poli- Sci @ MIT , Journal of Conflict Resolution, Vol
31, No 4, Dec. 1987, http://www.jstor.org/stable/174156 , P. 591- 92) ET
Why should an upturn in economic growth lead, about a decade later, to an upturn in great
power war? My answer is based on the cost of wars. The biggest wars occur only when the core
countries can afford them, which is after a sustained period of economic growth (Farrar,
1977; Vayrynen, 1983). When treasuries are full, countries will be able to wage big wars; when
they are empty, countries will not wage such wars.21 Thus, when the growth of production
accelerates, the war-supporting capacity of the system increases, and bigger wars
ensue. Throughout history, wars have cost money. In preindustrial times, most
European wars were fought by mercenaries hired by monarchs. A favorite phrase in this era was
"money is the nerves of war." If the mercenaries were not paid, they would not fightor, worse, they would turn on their masters. Braudel (1972) describes fifteenth- to
seventeenthcentury European wars as moving in surges-the economy recovered from one
war and was in turn drained by the next.22
High growth wars are the most frequent and largest scale
Goldstein 87 (Joshua S, Poli- Sci @ MIT, Journal of Conflict Resolution, Vol
31, No 4, Dec. 1987, http://www.jstor.org/stable/174156 , P. 590) ET
The lagged correlations reported here suggest a new theory of the long wave, based on a two-way
causal relationship between economic and political variables. Sustained economic growth both promotes
(enables) war and is disrupted by war. Figure 10 illustrates the cyclical sequence of production and war in this theory.
Faster growth gives rise to increased great power war severity. Higher war severity in turn
dampens long-term economic growth. Lower growth leads to less severe war, which in turn allows
faster economic growth. This sequence takes roughly 50 years-one long wave-to complete. While war and
economic growth are the driving variables, prices react to war, and real wages react to war and
prices.
High growth wars are the most severe

Goldstein 87 (Joshua S, Poli- Sci @ MIT , Journal of Conflict Resolution, Vol
31, No 4, Dec. 1987, http://www.jstor.org/stable/174156 , P. 592-93) ET
This effect of economic growth on the severity of war may be augmented by a "lateral
pressure" effect (North and Lagerstrom, 1971; Choucri and North, 1975; Strickland, 1982). During production
upswings, the great powers grow more rapidly-heightening competition for world
resources and markets, and raising the stakes for international competition and
conflict. Kondratieff himself (I928/ 1984: 95) attributes the correlation of major wars with
long wave upswings to a process much like lateral pressure: The upward movement in
business conditions, and the growth of productive forces, cause a sharpening of the struggle for
new markets-in particular, raw materials markets.. .. [This] makes for an aggravation of international political
relations, an increase in the occasions for military conflicts, and military conflicts
themselves. Lasswell (1935/1965: 121) likewise argues that "prosperity expands markets,
intensifies contact, sharpens conflict and war."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
420

Economic growth incentivizes war psychologically and
financially
Goldstein 85 (Joshua S, Poli Sci @ MIT, International Studies Quarterly vol.
29, No. 4, Dec 1985, http://www.jstor.org/stable/2600380, p. 415, jm )
There are strong theoretical reasons for long economic waves and recurring major wars to be linked with each other.
Causality could potentially run in both directions. Long-term economic upswings could increase the
likelihood of war through several mechanisms: (1) the expansionary upswing phase could heighten
competition for markets, resources and strategic territory, raising the likelihood of international
conflict and war (North and Lagerstrom, 1971); (2) long-term prosperity could support higher military
expenditures, arms races, and the costs of war (Farrar, 1977); and (3) prosperity could create an
aggressive, expansionist psychological mood conducive to war (Lasswell, 1935: 116-121).13
Conversely, major wars can affect the world-economy, especially prices. Heavy expenditures for war goods raise the overall
level of demand, while prolonged wars often reduce the overall level of production (especially in front-line countries) due to
war damage, labor shortages, blockades, etc. (Bernstein, 1940). Hence prices tend to rise, and inflation becomes globalized
(even affecting neutrals) during a major war. Thompson and Zuk (1982) analyze the effect ofwars on British and US
wholesale prices (1750-1938 and 1816-1977, respectively). They find a statistically significant increase in prices following
the onset of major wars, and report that 'an impressive proportion of the [Kondratiefi] price upswings'
can be accounted for by such wars. In addition to prices, wars may also affect other economic variables such as
production, capital investment, innovation, and employment.14
Economic growth empirically causes great power war

29, No. 4, Dec 1985, http://www.jstor.org/stable/2600380, p. 421- 423, jm)
Columns 5 and 6 show the incidence of war years during upswings and downswings- column 5
measuring as a war year any year in which a great power war was in progress; column 6 measuring only years in which very
major wars were in progress. The first measure matches the upswing/downswing pattern from 1595 on, except for two
periods (1747-1761 and 1917-1939). Overall, 71 percent of the upswing years saw great power wars
in progress, as compared with 50 percent of the downswing year The correlation is stronger for the
incidence of very major wars (column 6). There were no wars this severe before 1595, but after 1595 the
upswing/downswing pattern matches the ups and downs of war incidence with only one exception (1917-1939 slightly higher
than 1893-1916). Of the upswing years, 40 percent saw very major great power war in progress,
as compared with only 6 percent of the downswing years
Growth causes power differentials that lead to war

Goldstein, 85 [Joshua, International studies quarterly, v29, n4, p411-444,
Kondratieff Waves as War Cycles, jstor, jm]
3. The 'power transition' school (Organski, 1958; Farrar, 1977 ;Organski and Kugler, 1980; Doran and Parsons,
1980; Gilpin, 1981) holds that differences in the growth and development of national
capabilities lead to shifts in the relative power of the world's major nations. One nation holds the
most powerful position in the international order, while rising powers (with growing capabilities) try to
establish anew place for themselves in that international order. When a rising challenger has
been locked out of the established order, or a leading power fears losing its position to a
challenger, war may be used to change or preserve the international order. The power transition model
is not explicitly cyclical, except in Doran's 'power cycle' variant, and even in that case is not linked to the economic long
wave. It could, however, help to explain the tendency of major wars to recur regularly. After a major war, the international
order is restructured around winners and lossers. A long period must then elapse before the losers (or new entrants) can
equalize their capabilities with those of the dominant power (which emerged from the war with a head start)-even if all
countries have long since recovered economically from the war.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
421

Any war goes nuclear
Goldstein, 85 [Joshua, International studies quarterly, v29, n4, p411-444,
Kondratieff Waves as War Cycles, jstor, jm]
First, the incidence of great power war is declining-more and more 'peace' years separate the great power wars. Second, and
related, the great power wars are becoming shorter. Third, however, those wars are becoming more severe-
annual fatalities during war increasing more than a hundredfold over the five centuries.
Fourth (and more tentatively), the war cycle may be gradually lengthening in each successive era, from about 40 years in the
first era to about 60 years in the third. The presence of nuclear weapons has continued these
trends in great power war from the past five centuries-any great power wars in this era will
likely be fewer, shorter and much more deadly .
History proves long wave theory is true

Goldstein 5 (Josh, poli sci @ MIT, NATO Conference, Feb 5,
http://www.joshuagoldstein.com/jgkond.htm, jm )
Looking forward, moving clockwise around Figure 2, I projected that an upturn in production, marking a change from the
stagnation quarter-cycle to the rebirth phase, would be the next development, perhaps starting in the mid-1990s (I would
now say 1992). Specifically, the stagnation phase (running from 1980 to 1991) was defined as follows: production growth
is low and uneven; investment is low; war severity declines; inflation is low (or prices even decline); innovations begin
rising; real wages fall. The subsequent rebirth phase starting by the mid-1990s was defined thus: production growth picks
up again, investment follows; prices are low; war severity is low; innovation is high; real wages are high. During that
rebirth phase, according to my theory, great-power war and military spending would
continue a downward trend that I dated from the late 1970s, while inflation remained in check
but production growth accelerated. Barrons magazine in 1988 subtitled an interview, Joshua Goldstein
Looks to the Nifty 90s. These projections of an upcoming phase of prosperity and peace ran counter to the short-term trends
and conventional wisdom in the late 1980s. President Ronald Reagan had reversed the post-Vietnam trend
by sharply increasing military spending, while Cold War II had replaced an earlier period of dtente.
These trends were counter-cyclical, I wrote. The idealized long wave scheme in Figure 2 was not intended to
track long-wave phase timing exactly, but in fact it tracks quite well. Taking literally the timing of the sequence
shown in Figure 2, we may set the price peak at the top to 1980 the last firm point of reference at the
time of writing in the late 1980s. The price peak indicates the end of a phase of higher inflation
and, historically, a period of price deflation (as between the World Wars), or in recent times a period merely of lower
inflation. At the same time, the real wage trough indicates a rising trend in real wages (which reflect inflation inversely).
About twelve years into the cycle, or 1992, would be the production trough, indicating
a
pickup in the pace of production growth after a long sluggish period. In 1995, the investment trough marks
a similar upturn in investment, and around nineteen year after the price peak, or 1999, innovations peak and begin a period of
either decline or slower growth in innovation.
Finally, out around 21 years into the cycle, or 2001, the
war trough indicates a new upturn in military spending (historically an upturn in great-power war
severity). The price trough (ending a half-cycle of low inflation) would come at +/- 25" years, around 2005.
Empirically true
Goldstein 5 (Josh, poli sci @ MIT, NATO Conference, Feb 5,
http://www.joshuagoldstein.com/jgkond.htm )
According to my long-wave sequence, sometime around 1977 should have marked the end of a
war upswing period and the start of a downswing to last until roughly the turn of the century. The interesting thing
about the projection in the late 1980s is that U.S. military spending had recently reversed a long trend of
decline and risen somewhat (even as a percent of a rising GDP). The long-wave model projected a renewed downward
trend, and that is what actually occurred (Figure 3). In terms of U.S. military spending, however, the 1977 date would seem
somewhat late. (The 1940-80 war upswing has always been problematical in my scheme because of the huge war right at the
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
start). In terms of long-wave timing, the
new upturn in U.S. military spending since 2001(see Figure 3) is

worrisome, as it could signal the starting gun for a new long-term upswing of rising
military spending, an upswing that could even culminate in another ruinous greatpower war in the coming decades.
422
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
423

Statistical analysis proves growth causes war
Goldstein 87 (Joshua S, Poli- Sci @ MIT, Journal of Conflict Resolution, Vol
31, No 4, Dec. 1987, http://www.jstor.org/stable/174156 , intro, jm)
This article summarizes the main empirical findings of a research project on long waves of roughly 50 years length in
political/economic life. The statistical analysis of 40 historical economic time series, along
with
data on great power wars, indicates that war plays a central role in the long wave , that
"stagflation" can be seen as a phase of the long wave, and that war dampens economic
growth. Since 1495, long waves are identified in great power war severity and in internationally
synchronized trends of prices and real wages. Weaker long waves are found in world production since 1750, these phases
leading the war phases by about a decade. A theoretical model consistent with these lagged correlations among variables is
elaborated. Long waves are seen as arising from a two-way causality between war and
economic growth.
Numerous historical examples prove growth causes

severe war
29, No. 4, Dec 1985, http://www.jstor.org/stable/2600380, intro, jm)
Kondratieff long economic waves are found in the core of the world- system, at least in synchronized price movements, from
1495 through 1945. These long economic waves are synchronous with a cycle of war between core nations, in which an
escalatory war upswing recurs roughly every 50 years. These great power wars apparently play a central role
in the economic long wave, especially in connection with inflationary periods on long wave upswings. The
long waves of economics and war in the core of the world-system can be traced
through ten repetitions since 1495; since around 1945, however, war, prices and production have diverged.
Over five centuries, the war cycle has lengthened somewhat, the wars themselves have shortened, and their
severity has increased a hundredfold.
Growth causes war

29, No. 4, Dec 1985, http://www.jstor.org/stable/2600380, p. 419, jm)
Third, wars were correlated with economic phase periods in several ways . Each war was
categorized as having occurred primarily in one phase period.26 These war categorizations are listed in
Appendix 2. Fatalities from the wars in each phase period were summed, and expressed as an average annual fatality level for
each phase period. Average fatalities on downswings and upswings could thus be compared, and it was hypothesized
that they would be higher on the upswings. Average annual fatalities were also calculated for each phase
period by a second method-cutting the fatality time series strictly at each turning point between phases. This method counts
'overlap' years from a war into an adjacent phase period, and (when compared to the first method) indicates sensitivity to the
choice of turning points. Numbers of wars were also counted for each phase period
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
424
Growth Bad War Resources

Economic growth is unsustainable and inevitably causes
resource wars
University of New South Wales, July,

[ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/D62IfYouWantAffluence.html] AD: 6-22-11, jam)
As is the case with the other major problems confronting the planet, such as environmental destruction, it is essential
to understand the problem of global peace and conflict from the "limits to growth"
perspective. This analysis focuses on the fact that the present living standards of the rich countries
involve levels of production and consumption that are grossly unsustainable. Just to note two
of the lines of argument documented in the large literature from the limits perspective, if all 9 billion people likely
to live on earth by 2070 were to have the present rich world lifestyle and "footprint" we would
need about 12 times the area of productive land that exists on the entire planet . Secondly
if we were to cut greenhouse gas emissions sufficiently to prevent the carbon content of the atmosphere
from increasing any more world per capita energy consumption would have to be cut to about
one-eighteenth of its present amount If all 9 billion people likely by 2070 were to have the present rich world per
capita resource consumption, resource production would have to be about 8 times the present
rate. These multiples underline the magnitude of the overshoot. Sustainability will require
enormous reductions in the volume of rich world production and consumption. Yet its supreme goal is economic
growth, i.e., to increase the levels of production and consumption and GDP, constantly, rapidly and without any
limit. That the absurdity of this is never recognised in conventional economic and political circles defies
understanding. If we in rich countries average 3% economic growth to 2070 and by then all the worlds people had risen to
the "living standards we would have by then, the total world economic output would be 60 times as great as the present
grossly unsustainable level. If this limits to growth analysis is at all valid the implications for the problem of global peace
and conflict and security are clear and savage. If we all remain determined to increase our living standards, our level of
production and consumption, in a world where resources are already scarce, where only a few have affluent
living standards but another 8 billion will be wanting them too, and which we the rich are determined to get richer without
any limit, then nothing is more guaranteed than that there will be increasing levels of
conflict and violence. To put it another way, if we insist on remaining affluent we will need to
remain heavily armed.
Resource wars culminate in extinction

Heinberg 4 (Richard, Senior Fellow of the Post Carbon Institute in Santa
Rosa, California, "Powerdown: Options and Actions for a Post-Carbon World,"
p. 111, jam)
The US is also uniquely positioned to lead the global energy transition . While it is the world's
foremost energy user, the US also possesses advanced renewable-energy research facilities. And China, if it were to follow
the model of Kerala or Cuba, rather than attempting to shift its economy in the direction of greater energy-resource
dependency, could be a beacon to the less-industrialized nations of the world. However, currently neither nation is on the
path to lead a global Powerdown. Indeed, present trends suggest that the US and China are on a collision course, as the
energy appetites of both nations continue to grow in the context of deepening energy- resource depletion. For the sake of
American readers, I will put the matter as bluntly as possible: A peaceful global Powerdown is possible
only if the US leads the way. If current American domestic and foreign polices
continue, Powerdown efforts on the part of other nations may result in improved survival options for the people of those
nations, but for the world as a whole by far the most likely outcome will be devastating resource
wars continuing until the resources themselves are exhausted, the human species is
extinct, or the fabric of modern societies has been shredded to the point that anarchy
- in the worst sense of the word - prevails nearly everywhere.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
425

Economic growth ensures famine through resource
depletionthis will spark global resource wars
Milbrath 89 (Lester, Professor Emeritus of Political science and Sociology
at SUNY-Buffalo, Envisioning a Sustainable Society, pp. 343-344, AD: 7-6-9)
Trying to solve our nested set of ecological/economic problems only with technological fixes is like treating an organic
failure with a bandage. The key difficulties, which will be ignored by that strategy are that biospheric systems will change
their patterns and there will be an increasing squeeze on resources. As global human population continues to grow, and these
new people demand economic growth to fulfill their needs, there will be unbearable
pressure for resources. Soils will be depleted. Farmland will be gobbled up into urban
settlements. Water will become scarce, more polluted, and very high priced. Forests will be depleted faster than they can
regenerate. Wilderness will nearly disappear. The most easily extracted mineral deposits will be exhausted. We will search the
far corners of the globe, at very high economic and environmental cost, for more minerals and possible substitutes for those
that are being depleted. Fossil fuels, especially petroleum, will constantly diminish in supply and rise in price. Worst of all,
biospheric systems will react to our interference by no longer working the way we have counted on. International
competition for scarce mineral and fuel resources could become intense and bloody.
The highly developed nations are likely to try using their money and/or military power to garner the bulk of the resources for
their own use. (It is difficult to imagine that a big power would allow its supply of critical fuels or minerals to be cut off
without putting up a fight.) At best, those actions will only postpone the inevitable adjustment. The poorest nations
(usually those with the densest populations) will
be unable to maintain even subsistence levels

they are likely to suffer widespread famine and disease. All of this frantic activity will have devastating
impacts on the ecosphere. Climate change will debilitate every ecosystem and economy. Ultraviolet radiation will
increase, as will acid rain and toxic poisoning of our air, soil, and water. In addition,
we can expect more and more soil depletion, loss of crop land, mismanagement of water resources,
oil spills, devastating accidents (Bhopal, Chernobyl), deforestation, spreading deserts, extinction of species, loss of wildlife,
and air and water pollution. With disrupted biospheric systems and severe resource shortages, I cannot imagine that it will be
possible to sustain growth in material throughput. We may be able to grow in nonmaterial ways (increasing knowledge,
artistic output, games, and so forth), but material growth cannot continue. Our endeavor not to change will have failed to
forestall change; instead, we will become victims of change.
Interdependence increases war by increasing the risk of

resource conquests
Yee 99 (Tan Tan, Journal of the Singapore Armed Forces,
Jan-Mar,
http://www.mindef.gov.sg/safti/pointer/back/journals/1999
/Vol25_1/7.htm)JFS
Conversely, the realist view is that ceteris paribus, highly
interdependent states are more likely to go

to war with each other. Ironically, like liberals, realists also accept that economic interdependence is generally
mutually beneficial to both parties. However, they argue that the security perspective of a state is rarely if
ever defined solely in economic terms. In fact, states concerned with their security will
want to avoid becoming too dependent in the first place, as it could mean imported goods
being cut off in a crisis.20 This is particularly so for crucial imports like oil or raw materials,
without which most modern economies would collapse . Consequently, it is argued that the more
militarily powerful states have an increased incentive to go to war in order to assure
themselves of continued access to vital goods. Such a course of action pre-supposes that there are no
alternative supplies of the particular good from other sources or that the adjustment costs of doing so will be too high;
otherwise, war may not be the most viable option. Kenneth Waltz puts across the point succinctly: whilst in theory
states have little reason to fear the dependence that goes with specialisation and international
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
trade, the anarchic structure of international politics engenders in states a heightened sense of
vulnerability. This fosters the desire in states to constantly seek to increase the span of
control and lessen the extent of their dependency.21 In fact, one can trace the roots of the modern realist's understanding
of economic interdependence and war to the advent of imperialism in the 18th century. Imperialistic expansion
and the acquisition of colonies by major colonial powers can be traced to the states'
desire to secure ever-greater control over sources of supply and markets for its goods. In other
words, the colonial empires were striving to reduce their fears and dependence on external specialization by increasing
internal specialization within a now larger political realm.22
426
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
427

Resource wars are inevitable in the status quo
University of New South Wales, July,
[http://ssis.arts.unsw.edu.au/tsw/D62IfYouWantAffluence.html] AD: 6-23-11,
jam)
Increased conflict in at least the following categories can be expected. Firstly the present conflict
over resources between the rich elites and the poor majority in the Third World must increase, for example as
"development" under globalisation takes more land, water and forests into export markets. Secondly there
are conflicts between the Third World and the rich world, the major recent examples being the war
between the US and Iraq over control of oil. Iraq invaded Kuwait and the US intervened, accompanied by much highsounding rhetoric, (having found nothing unacceptable about Israel's invasions of Lebanon or the Indonesian invasion of East
Timor.) As has often been noted, had Kuwait been one of the world's leading exporter of broccoli,
rather than oil, it is doubtful whether the US would have been so eager to come to its
defence. At the time of writing the US is at war in Central Asia over "terrorism". Few would doubt that a "collateral"
outcome will be the establishment of regimes that will give the West access to the oil wealth of Central Asia. Following
are some references to the connection many have recognised between rich world affluence and
conflict. General M.D. Taylor, U.S. Army retired argued "...U.S. military priorities just be shifted towards
insuring a steady flow of resources from the Third World." Taylor referred to "...fierce competition among
industrial powers for the same raw materials markets sought by the United States" and "... growing hostility displayed by
have-not nations towards their affluent counterparts."62 "Struggles are taking place, or are in the offing, between rich and
poor nations over their share of the world product; within the industrial world over their share of industrial resources and
markets".63 "That more than half of the people on this planet are poorly nourished while a small percentage live in
historically unparalleled luxury is a sure recipe for continued and even escalating international conflict."64 The oil
embargo placed on the US by OPEC in the early 1970s prompted the US to make it clear that it was
prepared to go to war in order to secure supplies. "President Carter last week issued a clear warning
that any attempt to gain control of the Persian Gulf would lead to war." It would "be regarded as an assault on the vital
interests of the United States."65 "The US is ready to take military action if Russia threatens
vital American interests in the Persian Gulf, the US Secretary of Defence, Mr. Brown, said yesterday."66
Klare's recent book Resource Wars discusses this theme in detail, stressing the coming significance of water as a source of
international conflict. "Global demand for many key materials is growing at an
unsustainable rate." "the incidence of conflict over vital materials is sure to grow." "The wars of the future
will largely be fought over the possession and control of vital economic goods." "resource wars
will become, in the years ahead, the most distinctive feature of the global security environment."67 Much of the rich world's
participation in the conflicts taking place through out the world is driven by the determination to back a faction that will then
look favourably on Western interests. In a report entitled, "The rich prize that is Shaba", Breeze begins, "Increasing rivalry
over a share-out between France and Belgium of the mineral riches of Shaba Province lies behind the joint Franco-Belgian
paratroop airlift to Zaire." "These mineral riches make the province a valuable prize and help explain the Wests extended
diplomatic courtship,..."68 Then there is potential conflict between the rich nations who are
after all the ones most dependent on securing large quantities of resources . "The resource
and energy intensive modes of production employed in nearly all industries necessitate continuing armed coercion and
competition to secure raw materials."69 "Struggles are taking place, or are in the offing, between rich and poor nations over
their share of he world product, within the industrial world over their share of industrial resources and markets"70
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
428
Growth Bad War North/South

The north-south divide over growth and technology is the
source of conflict and environmental destruction.
Reuveny and Thompson 8 (Rafael and William, Indiana University,
International Studies Quarterly 52 P. 601 accessed 6/22/11 JF)

Taking a broader view, the basic nature of contemporary international
relations would change if the NorthSouth gap evaporated. Much of
the present-day turmoil is concentrated in the South. Wars,
economic collapses, humanitarian crises, new diseasesthe traditional
four horsemen of the apocalypsenow take place, for the most part, in the
South. While many Northerners might like to turn their backs on the
problems of the global Southern ghetto, they cannot ignore the impacts.
Population growth puts stress on the global environment and food supply.
Many Southerners are drawn to Northern affluence, if they can find ways to
penetrate Northern barriers to Southern migration. New diseases emerge
in places where people have considerable contact with animals or where
once inaccessible jungles are penetrated by the outside world; these
new diseases then tend to spread around the planet. Northern
targets are prime foci for Southern terrorism seeking the withdrawal
of Northern troops and support for client states in the South.
Southern humanitarian crises, involving famine, refugees, genocide,
and natural disasters, no longer seem as remote as they once did.
All in all, the North cannot ignore the South. The world would no
doubt be a nicer place if the NorthSouth gap disappeared. But it
appears unlikely to go away anytime soon. The evidence suggests that
whatever the case for global trickle-down, catching-up, and exploitation,
there is a structural problem with the imperfections of technological
diffusion. The liberal theory naivete assuming that technology is freely
available to whoever might need it does not seem to hold. New technology
developed by the lead economy diffuses mainly to the North. The
Northern economies benefit, while the Southern economies benefit
much less or stagnate.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
429
Growth Bad War China US Heg

Chinese economic growth endangers US heg
O'Connell 6 (Meghan, Research Associate at the Rudd Center for Food
Policy and Obesity at Yale University, China Threatens To Rival American
Power Status, United Press International, June 22,
http://www.spacewar.com/reports/China_Threatens_To_Rival_American_Power
_Status.html, AD: 7-6-9) ET
But the gap between America's dominance and China's power seems to be lessening . The
debate is no longer about whether China has the military strength to pose a threat, but what to do about it, said Daniel
Blumenthal, commissioner of the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission. "China is probably
the
only country in the world that can compete with the United States militarily and
actually pose a challenge to its hegemony," Blumenthal said, pointing to what he called a serious peacetime
military buildup by China over the last 10 years. The United States has been shoring up its alliances around the region, he
continued, with countries such as Japan, India, Vietnam and Mongolia all concerned about what China's military rise means.
Because of the nation's military expansion, intervention should China attack Taiwan can no longer be accomplished at a low
cost, said Randall Schriver, former deputy assistant secretary of state for East Asian and Pacific affairs. And though China has
been bulking up its military presence along borders near Taiwan, Schriver said that the nation's vision extends far beyond the
small island to regional and global contingencies. "The game is on in Asia, and the United States has to be engaged," Schriver
said, emphasizing the growing global importance of Asia. According to the National Intelligence Council, Schriver said, by
2020, Asia will hold 56 percent of the world's population, six of the 10 largest militaries, three of the four largest economies,
and six of the 10 largest energy consumers. By contrast, Schriver added, the NIC expects the population of the Middle East to
compose only 4 percent of the world's total in 2020. "The whole center of gravity of the earth and
human existence is moving to Asia," Schriver said, explaining that the United States needs a policy that will
develop relations with the rest of Asia while confronting China. You get Asia right by getting China right and you get China
right by getting Asia right, Schriver said. Yet in an age of globalization, any moves by China or the United States would have
grand influence in areas beyond the military. "Economic setbacks and crises of confidence could
slow China's emergence as a full-scale great power ," the National Intelligence Council wrote in its
2020 Project report on global trends for the future. "Beijing's failure to maintain its economic growth
would itself have a global impact."
U.S. hegemony prevents nuclear war

Khalilizad 95 (Zalmay Khalilizad, director of the Strategy
and Doctrine Program @ RAND & former US Ambassador
to Afghanistan) "Losing the Moment? The United States
and the World After the Cold War," Washington Quarterly,
Spring, Proquest, AD: 7-7-09 CS
Under the third option, the United States would seek to retain global leadership and to preclude the rise of a global rival or a
return to multipolarity for the indefinite future. On balance, this is the best long-term guiding principle and vision. Such a
vision is desirable not as an end in itself, but because a world in which the United States exercises
leadership would have tremendous advantages. First, the global environment would be more open and more receptive to
American values understood as democracy, free markets, and the rule of law. Second, such a world would have a
better chance of dealing cooperatively with the world's major problems, such as nuclear proliferation,
threats of regional hegemony by renegade states, and low-level conflicts . Finally, U.S.
leadership would help preclude the rise of another hostile global rival, enabling the
United States and the world to avoid another global cold or hot war and all the attendant dangers,
including a global nuclear exchange. U.S. leadership would therefore be more conducive
to global stability than a bipolar or a multipolar balance of power system.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
430
Growth Bad War China US Heg

Chinese growth destroys US heg
Straka 9, (Toni, INDEPENDENT Certified Financial Analyst), The Prudent
Investor, June 30,
http://www.nuwireinvestor.com/blogs/investorcentric/2009/06/chinaseconomic-strategy-to-become.html
China is taking advantage of the global recession to position themselves to eventually
become the world's number 1 superpower. They are lending out massive amounts of
money to countries like the US, and stockpiling gold in order to prepare for the
possible fall of the dollar. Tony Straka from The Prudent Investor explains China's economic strategy and why we
should all be watching very closely. Shocked by the fact that lamestream media and Twitter are all about Michael Jackson's
death from what appears to be a drug overdose, I enjoy being the spoiler for a world that seemingly does not know how to set
its priorities anymore. While 33 of the 42 commercial media I regularly read headline with Jacko, it is Chinese media that
published the truly important news of the day. Here's the executive version of Chinese economic news picked from the
English language People's Daily Online.
1. China takes public ownership as the main body and the other (issue) is to
adhere to the common growth of economy belonging to diverse forms of ownership. 2. The People's Bank of China
(PBoC) will stick to an appropriately easy monetary policy but will ensure reasonable growth in money and credit, the central
bank said yesterday. 3. New credit in the first half of 2009 will definitely surpass 6 trillion yuan, and some experts even
predict the figure to be up to 6.5 trillion yuan. This means that total credit in the first half of this year will be more than the
total amount invested in any year since China was founded. 4. China should buy more gold because the dollar is poised for
a fall and the metal is needed to support the greater international role envisaged for the yuan, a senior researcher with the
ruling Communist Party said. You can now go back to watch CNN's US propaganda broadcast and remain in the "don't
worry, be happy" camp which still has a solid majority in the Western world. Or would you prefer to gather a little more intel
on the next #1 power in the world? Then read on. Bullet point #1 appears to point to a struggle of ideologies in the Chinese
communist party. Chinese entrepreneurs certainly favor a more liberal business climate but
one must not forget that there is still a gap as wide as the Amazon river between the
Ferrari driving riches in towns and a rural hinterland where oxcarts and bicycles
remain to be seen as signs of prosperity. In order to prevent social upheaval China
needs to bridge this gap or it risks falling apart. The anonymous commenter in the People's Daily
reminds the world that China still favors a hands-on approach:
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
431
Growth Bad War China Aggression

And Chinese economic growth would spur nationalism and
US aggression
Brzezkninski 5 (Zbigniew, Counselor @ Center 4 Strategic & Interntl
Studies, Jan/Feb 5, Foreign Policy,
, http://www.carnegieendowment.org/publications/index.cfm?
fa=view&id=16538) ET
China is risingpeacefully so far. For understandable reasons, China harbors resentment and
even humiliation about some chapters of its history. Nationalism is an important force, and there
are serious grievances regarding external issues, notably Taiwan. But conflict is not inevitable or even likely . Chinas
leadership is not inclined to challenge the United States militarily, and its focus
remains on economic development and winning acceptance as a great power. China is preoccupied, and
almost fascinated, with the trajectory of its own ascent . When I met with the top leadership not long
ago, what struck me was the frequency with which I was asked for predictions about the next 15 or 20 years. Not long ago,
the Chinese Politburo invited two distinguished, Western-trained professors to a special meeting. Their task was to analyze
nine major powers since the 15th century to see why they rose and fell. Its an interesting exercise for the top leadership of a
massive and complex country. This focus on the experience of past great powers could lead to the conclusion that the iron
laws of political theory and history point to some inevitable collision or conflict. But there are other political realities. In
the next five years, China will host several events that will restrain the conduct of its
foreign policy. The 2008 Olympic Games is the most important, of course. The scale of the economic and
psychological investment in the Beijing games is staggering. My expectation is that they will be magnificently organized.
And make no mistake, China intends to win at the Olympics. A second date is 2010, when China will hold the World Expo in
Shanghai. Successfully organizing these international gatherings is important to China and suggests that a cautious foreign
policy will prevail. More broadly, China is determined to sustain its economic growth. A
confrontational foreign policy could disrupt that growth, harm hundreds of millions
of Chinese, and threaten the Communist Partys hold on power. Chinas leadership
appears rational, calculating, and conscious not only of Chinas rise but also of its
continued weakness.
US China war would escalate into nuclear extinction

Straits Times 2k ( Strait Times, 6.25.2k) ET
THE high-intensity scenario postulates a cross-strait war escalating into a full-scale
war between the US and China. If Washington were to conclude that splitting China would better serve its
national interests, then a full-scale war becomes unavoidable. Conflict on such a scale would embroil other countries far and
near and -horror of horrors -raise the possibility of a nuclear war. Beijing has already told the US and Japan
privately that it considers any country providing bases and logistics support to any US forces attacking China as belligerent
parties open to its retaliation. In the region, this means South Korea, Japan, the Philippines and, to a lesser extent, Singapore.
If China were to retaliate, east Asia will be set on fire. And the conflagration may not end there as opportunistic
Russia may seek to

redefine Europe's political landscape. The balance of power in the Middle East may
be similarly upset by the likes of Iraq. In south Asia, hostilities between India and Pakistan, each
armed with its own nuclear arsenal, could enter a new and dangerous phase. Will a fullpowers elsewhere may try to overturn the existing world order. With the US distracted,
scale Sino-US war lead to a nuclear war? According to General Matthew Ridgeway, commander of the US Eighth Army
which fought against the Chinese in the Korean War, the US had at the time thought of using nuclear weapons against China
to save the US from military defeat. In his book The Korean War, a personal account of the military and political aspects of
the conflict and its implications on future US foreign policy, Gen Ridgeway said that US was confronted with two choices in
Korea -truce or a broadened war, which could have led to the use of nuclear weapons. If the US had to resort to nuclear
weaponry to defeat China long before the latter acquired a similar capability, there is little hope of winning a war against
China 50 years later, short of using nuclear weapons. The US estimates that China possesses about 20 nuclear warheads that
can destroy major American cities. Beijing also seems prepared to go for the nuclear option. A
Chinese military officer disclosed recently that Beijing was considering a review of its "non first use" principle regarding
nuclear weapons. Major-General Pan Zhangqiang, president of the military-funded Institute for Strategic Studies, told a
gathering at the Woodrow Wilson International Centre for Scholars in Washington that although the government still abided
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
432
by that principle, there were strong pressures from the military to drop it. He said military leaders considered the use of
nuclear weapons mandatory if the country risked dismemberment as a result of foreign intervention. Gen Ridgeway said that
should that come to pass, we would see the destruction of civilisation.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
433
Growth Bad War China Aggression

Economic growth causes China war
Economic growth is an indicator to leaders that their state may be strong and may
win international conflicts, although this may be more perception than fact. Iraqs GDP growth
averaged 16% between 1974 and 1979 before Saddam Husseins regime initiated the IraqIran
War in 1980, although the war became an eight-year struggle of attrition nonetheless. Turning back to the Chinese
example, policy-makers may view Chinese growth through different lenses . Those that are
Realists, pessimistic, or generally fearful of Chinese power may see such growth in GDP and military
expenditures as a threat, whereas others that are Liberal may see the creation of an economy of scale and increasing
economic interaction with the West that has resulted in a booming economy. Predictions of future bellicose Chinese foreign
policy must be evaluated against a background of opportunity. As China develops, it may face fewer
severe conflicts, which threaten war with its main trading partners, and also with its
bordering states with whom there may be competing territorial claims , although as a major
power it faces a higher potential for conflict compared with a state such as Slovakia or Costa Rica. In addition, its proximity
to numerous other states means there are more potential rivals or enemies compared with what New Zealand, for example,
faces in its neighborhood. The point here is to make it clear that war need not be a result of economic growth but that when
growth does contribute to interstate violence it does so by serving as a catalyst of

willingness against a backdrop of opportunities. Chinese leaders may be less likely to
back away from violent interstate conflict if a crisis occurs during a period of
economic growth than they would before economic growth, and this risk is higher for China because its major power
status and region provide more opportunities relative to most other states.
Growth will make China aggressive that causes war

Boehmer 10 (Charles R., Ph.D Pennsylvania State U in IR,
associate prof @ U of Texas at El Paso, Defence and Peace
Economics, Vol. 21(3), June, pp.249-268, EBSCO, AD: 6-2211, jm)
The contribution of this article has been to examine propositions about economic growth in a global study. Most existing
studies on this topic focus on only the United States, samples of countries that are more developed on average (due to data
availability in the past), or are based on historical information and not economic GDP data. While I have shown that there is
no strong evidence linking military expenditures to violent interstate conflicts at the state level of 12 If one divides the
sample between major and minor powers, the effect of GDP growth affects positively participation in
Fatal MIDs by both major and minor powers, although the effect is stronger for minor powers. The opposite is
true, however, for participation in wars, where the effect of GDP growth is stronger for major powers relative to minor
powers. analysis, much of the remaining Growth-as-Catalyst perspective is grounded in propositions that are not directly
germane to questions about state conflict behavior, such as those linking state behavior to long-cycles, or those that remain at
the systemic level. What answer remains linking economic growth to war once we eliminate military expenditures as an
explanation? Considering that the concept of foreign policy mood is difficult to identify and measure, and that the bulk of the
literature relies solely on the American historical experience, I do not rely on that concept. It is still possible that such moods
affect some decision-makers. Instead, similar to Blainey, I find that economic growth, when sustained over a stretch of years,
has its strongest effect on states once they find themselves in an international crisis. The results of this study suggest that
states such as China, which have a higher level of opportunity to become involved in
violent interstate conflicts due to their capabilities, geographic location, history of
conflict, and so on, should also have a higher willingness to fight after enjoying multiple years
of recent economic growth. One does not have to assume that an aggressive China will emerge from growth. If
conflicts do present themselves, then China may be more likely to escalate a war given its recent national
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
434
performance. Future research is necessary on the relationship between economic growth and violent interstate conflicts.
This study shows that sustained economic growth is generally related to state participation in
war and other violent disputes. Evidence here also supports the proposition that economic growth increases the
resolve of states to reciprocate threats and uses of force. The next steps in this project will examine whether economic growth
affects strategic behavior between states, which necessitates an extension on the theory presented here. In addition, the results
of this study suggest that regions containing numerous growing states may be at more risk of experiencing conflict and war.
This is also a relevant issue for future research
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
435
Growth Bad War China Arms Races

Chinese economic growth is used to increase defense
budgets and build up military
Shah 7/7 (Anup, founder of global issues, 7.7.10, global issues,
http://www.globalissues.org/article/75/world-military-spending,) ET
Also, China and India, the worlds two emerging economic powers, are demonstrating a
sustained increase in their military expenditure and contribute to the growth in world
military spending. In absolute terms their current spending is only a fraction of the USAs. Their increases
are largely commensurate with their economic growth.
Chinese economic growth allows it to spend more on

weapons- 2008 proves
The last point refers to rapidly developing nations like China and India that have seen their
economies boom in recent years. In addition, high and rising world market prices for minerals
and fossil fuels (at least until recently) have also enabled some nations to spend more on their
militaries. China, for the first time, ranked number 2 in spending in 2008.
Arms races cause global war

Cross 6/17 (Giles, Our Future Planet, 6.17.10,
http://www.ourfutureplanet.org/news/400-war-the-global-arms-race-is-one-ofthe-more-shocking-aspects-of-humanity- ) ET
There are plenty of campaigning organisations out there looking to put an end to
profit from war. Among them is the International Crisis Group (ICS), which works to put an end to worldwide
conflict. Back in 2008 the group reported on how and why arms races can potentially boil over; Two states wedged between
Europe and Iran are locked in an arms race and preparing for war. The international community, particularly
the EU,
might be able to slow down Armenia and Azerbaijans slide toward another devastating
conflict. Attempts to broker peace over the past dozen years have failed, and worse, a
massive arms build up has started. Boosted by oil revenues, Azerbaijan increased its military spending by a
record 51 per cent in 2004/05, and then raised it a further 82 per cent in 2006. The shopping spree has so far included large
numbers of multi launch rocket systems, new artillery, tanks and both F-15 and Mig-29 fighters. In 2007 President Ilham
Aliyev promised to make Azerbaijans military spending equal to Armenias entire state budget. But Armenia is hardly a
tortoise in this race. Though its military budget is only about a quarter of its neighbours, it last year spent some $280 million
on weapons, another record.
More recently, in March 2009, the same group reported on fears that a space arms race was developing in Korea. Space
race dynamics are among the likely Pyongyang motivations for the Taepodong-2
launch. explained the report, describing North Korean aspirations. ICS reckoned
every advance in technology and development raised the risks of an arms race.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
436
Growth Bad War China Arms Races

Economic growth in china leads it to build up its military
Some nations like China and India have not experienced a downturn, but instead enjoyed economic
growth Most developed (and some larger developing) countries have boosted public spending to
tackle the recession using large economic stimulus packages. Military spending,
though not a large part of it, has been part of that general public expenditure
attention (some also call this Military Keynesianism Geopolitics and strategic interests to project or maintain power:
rising military spending for the USA, as the only superpower, and for other major or intermediate powers, such as Brazil,
China, Russia and India, appears to represent a strategic choice in their long-term quest for global and regional influence; one
that they may be loath to go without, even in hard economic times, SIPRI adds.
And, china spends half their defense budget on weaponsincreases in defense budget directly increase weapons
Global Security.org 10 (Mar. 5, Global Security.org,
http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/world/china/budget.htm) ET
United States Department
of Defense officials in 1986 estimated Chinese defense spending by

resources and force categories for the 1967 to 1983 period. Roughly 50 percent of defense
expenditures were for weapons, equipment, and new facilities; 35 percent for operating costs; and
15 percent for research, development, and testing and evaluation. By service, these costs broke down to 25 percent for the
ground forces; 15 percent for the Navy; 15 percent for strategic air defenses; 5 percent for ballistic missile forces; 5 percent
for tactical air forces; and about 35 percent for command, logistics, personnel, intelligence, medical care, administration,
research, development, testing and evaluation, and other support. Beginning in the late 1970s, China devoted more
resources to its Strategic Missile Force, indicating an effort to increase its strategic
security while modernizing the economy, and to national command and support
activities, reflecting an emphasis on modernization of the defense structure
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
Growth Bad War China
437
US/ China Rels
Chinese Economic growth causes US/ China conflict over

power- escalation ensured
Hileman 7/5 (Garrick, financial consultant and trader for private
corporations, 7.5.10, Seeking Alpha, http://seekingalpha.com/article/213101is-a-u-s-china-economic-war-on-its-way ) ET

The Chinese have been driving a very hard bargain with the rest of the world with their
managed currency policy. China has benefitted tremendously from joining the open world economy. However, free trade is
not an inalienable sovereign right. China's growing economic power comes with the role of being
a responsible global actor by playing by the same rules as its trading partners. The
U.S. has grown weary of waiting for the Chinese government to come around at a time
when it is also economically weakened. In short, the time has come for the renminbi to be revalued upward or U.S. action
will occur. What is China's realpolitik calculation? China's leadership, emboldened for example by
the failure of the U.S. to navigate the world away from a near financial collapse and
Google's recent blink, is growing more confident. It is reasonable to assume that China will
increasingly flex its economic muscles and may reject the U.S.'s request for a change
in its currency policy. The Chinese government stubbornly detests public pressure from foreign government
officials. Yet the Chinese leadership appears to only move when they are forced to do so.
And often when they do finally make a change, as with the most recent renminbi move, they barely budge.
At the same time, it is highly unlikely the U.S. will quietly surrender its role as the world's
dominant superpower. And the pressure is growing to take swift, assertive action on the renminbi as calls to "do
something" grow louder in the face of a deteriorating domestic economy.
US China war would escalate into nuclear extinction

Straits Times 2k ( Strait Times, 6.25.2k) ET
THE high-intensity scenario postulates a cross-strait war escalating into a full-scale
war between the US and China. If Washington were to conclude that splitting China would better serve its
national interests, then a full-scale war becomes unavoidable. Conflict on such a scale would embroil other countries far and
near and -horror of horrors -raise the possibility of a nuclear war. Beijing has already told the US and Japan
privately that it considers any country providing bases and logistics support to any US forces attacking China as belligerent
parties open to its retaliation. In the region, this means South Korea, Japan, the Philippines and, to a lesser extent, Singapore.
If China were to retaliate, east Asia will be set on fire. And the conflagration may not end there as opportunistic
Russia may seek to

redefine Europe's political landscape. The balance of power in the Middle East may
be similarly upset by the likes of Iraq. In south Asia, hostilities between India and Pakistan, each
armed with its own nuclear arsenal, could enter a new and dangerous phase. Will a fullpowers elsewhere may try to overturn the existing world order. With the US distracted,
scale Sino-US war lead to a nuclear war? According to General Matthew Ridgeway, commander of the US Eighth Army
which fought against the Chinese in the Korean War, the US had at the time thought of using nuclear weapons against China
to save the US from military defeat. In his book The Korean War, a personal account of the military and political aspects of
the conflict and its implications on future US foreign policy, Gen Ridgeway said that US was confronted with two choices in
Korea -truce or a broadened war, which could have led to the use of nuclear weapons. If the US had to resort to nuclear
weaponry to defeat China long before the latter acquired a similar capability, there is little hope of winning a war against
China 50 years later, short of using nuclear weapons. The US estimates that China possesses about 20 nuclear warheads that
can destroy major American cities. Beijing also seems prepared to go for the nuclear option. A
Chinese military officer disclosed recently that Beijing was considering a review of its "non first use" principle regarding
nuclear weapons. Major-General Pan Zhangqiang, president of the military-funded Institute for Strategic Studies, told a
gathering at the Woodrow Wilson International Centre for Scholars in Washington that although the government still abided
by that principle, there were strong pressures from the military to drop it. He said military leaders considered the use of
nuclear weapons mandatory if the country risked dismemberment as a result of foreign intervention. Gen Ridgeway said that
should that come to pass, we would see the destruction of civilisation.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
438
Growth Bad War Environment

The environment is the root cause of war
Homer-Dixon 94 (Thomas F., Ph.D. from MIT in international relations and
defense and arms control policy, International Security, Vol. 19, No. 1,
Summer, pp. 5-40, jm)
If such "environmental scarcities" become severe, could they precipitate violent
or international conflict? I have previously surveyed the issues and evidence surrounding this question and
civil
proposed an agenda for further research. 1 Here I report the results of an international research project guided by this
agenda.2 Following a brief review of my original hypotheses and the project's research design, I present several
general findings of this research that led me to revise the original hypotheses. The article continues with an account
of empirical evidence for and against the revised hypotheses, and it concludes with an assessment of the implications
of environmentally induced conflict for international security. In brief, our research showed that environmental
scarcities are already contributing to violent conflicts in many parts of the developing world. These
conflicts are probably the early signs of an upsurge of violence in the coming decades
that will be induced or aggravated by scarcity. The violence will usually be sub-national, persistent, and
diffuse. Poor societies will be particularly affected since they are less able to buffer
themselves from environmental scarcities and the social crises they cause. These societies are, in fact, already
suffering acute hardship from shortages of water, forests, and especially fertile land. Social conflict is not always
a bad thing: mass mobilization and civil strife can produce opportunities for beneficial change in the distribution of
land and wealth and in processes of governance. But fast-moving, unpredictable, and complex
environmental problems can overwhelm efforts at constructive social reform. Moreover,

scarcity can sharply increase demands on key institutions, such as the state, while it simultaneously
reduces their capacity to meet those demands. These pressures increase the chance
that the state will either fragment or become more authoritarian . The negative
effects of severe environmental scarcity are therefore likely to outweigh the positive.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
439
Economy Impact Answers

Foreign economies decoupled no global economic
decline
The Economist (London). Leaders: Decoupling 2.0:
Emerging Economies. May 23, 2009. Vol 391. Iss. 8632.
pg.14. Proquest
The biggest emerging economies will recover faster than America REMEMBER the debate
about decoupling? A year ago, many commentators--including this newspaper--argued that emerging economies had become
more resilient to an American recession, thanks to their strong domestic markets and prudent macroeconomic policies.
Naysayers claimed America's weakness would fell the emerging world . Over the past six months the global
slump seemed to prove the sceptics right. Emerging
economies reeled and decoupling was

ridiculed. Yet perhaps the idea was dismissed too soon. Even if America's output
remains weak, there are signs that some of the larger emerging economies could see a
decent rebound. China is exhibit A of this new decoupling: its economy began to accelerate
again in the first four months of this year. Fixed investment is growing at its fastest
pace since 2006 and consumption is holding up well. Despite debate over the accuracy of China's
GDP figures ( ), most economists agree that output will grow faster than seemed plausible
only a few months ago. Growth this year could be close to 8%. Such optimism has
fuelled commodity prices which have, in turn, brightened the outlook for Brazil and
other commodity exporters.
Economic decline doesnt cause war

Ferguson 6
Niall, Professor of History @ Harvard, The Next War of the World, Foreign
Affairs 85.5, Proquest
There are many unsatisfactory explanations for why the twentieth century was so
destructive. One is the assertion that the availability of more powerful weapons caused bloodier conflicts. But there is
no correlation between the sophistication of military technology and the lethality of conflict. Some of the worst violence of
the century -- the genocides in Cambodia in the 1970s and central Africa in the 1990s, for instance -- was perpetrated with the
crudest of weapons: rifles, axes, machetes, and knives. Nor can economic crises explain the bloodshed.
What may be the most familiar causal chain in modern historiography links the Great
Depression to the rise of fascism and the outbreak of World War II. But that simple story leaves
too much out. Nazi Germany started the war in Europe only after its economy had
recovered. Not all the countries affected by the Great Depression were taken over by
fascist regimes, nor did all such regimes start wars of aggression. In fact, no general
relationship between economics and conflict is discernible for the century as a whole. Some
wars came after periods of growth, others were the causes rather than the
consequences of economic catastrophe, and some severe economic crises were not
followed by wars.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
440
Extensions Decoupling
Yes decoupling OECD studies show growth in developing
economies.
IHT 6/25/2009
'Decoupling' rises again in O.E.C.D. projections; Developing economies could
be driving force for global turnaround. International Hearld Tribune. June
25, 2009. BYLINE: Nelson D. Schwartz and Matthew Saltmarsh. LexisNexis.
The developing world, traditionally the caboose of the global economy, could end up
being the engine of a worldwide recovery next year. Despite fears that they could be
among the leading victims of the financial crisis, emerging giants like Brazil, India
and China are set to rebound strongly next year, the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development predicted Wednesday, even as the advanced countries of
Europe, the United States and particularly Japan are expected to lag behind. Chinese
growth could hit 7.7 percent this year and 9.3 percent next year, faster than
previously thought, the economic policy and research group said in its semi-annual report, while Brazil's current
slowdown should reverse. Its economy could expand 4 percent next year. ''It's good to have a locomotive out there pulling the
train,'' ngel Gurra, the secretary general of the Paris-based O.E.C.D., said during an interview. ''But we can't put the onus on
their shoulders - they help, but they can't get us out of the hole." While the U.S. economy has normally
provided the primary impetus for a strong rebound from global downturns, this time
may be significantly different. Because of strong stimulus programs in the United
States and active efforts elsewhere, the economic crisis appears to be bottoming out,
the O.E.C.D said. But it also warned that the recovery was likely to be fragile and the slowdown's effects long-lasting, as
unemployment grows and unused productive capacity remains an issue for years to come. What's more, increased
savings by corporations and consumers in the United States could partly offset the
effects of the stimulus spending, holding back growth there and around the world.
The data for emerging giants like Brazil, India and China stand in sharp contrast to
the estimates for Europe, Japan, and the United States, suggesting that the oncepopular, then much-derided theory of ''decoupling'' between emerging nations and the
developed economies may indeed be genuine. Economists have furiously debated
whether decoupling was about to take place, reflecting a fundamental shift in which
traditionally dependent developing economies begin to move according to their own
fundamental trends rather than the ups and downs of the world's 30 richest countries ,
which make up the O.E.C.D and account for roughly 60 percent of global economic output.
Yes decoupling World Bank and OECD studies predict Chinese and
Indian growth.
IHT 7/1/2009
Bettina Wassener. As Asia shows signs of life, decoupling is back in play.
International Herald Tribune. July 1, 2009. LexisNexis
Now,
the tables are turning again, especially in Asia, where many emerging economies are
showing signs of a stronger recovery than in the West. And economists here have begun to use the Dword in public once again.
''Decoupling is happening for real,'' the chief Asia-Pacific economist at Goldman

Sachs in Hong Kong, Michael Buchanan, said in a recent interview. Or as the senior Asia economist at HSBC, Frederic
Neumann, said, ''Decoupling is not a dirty word.'' To be sure, the once sizzling pace of Asian economic growth has slowed
sharply as exports to and investments from outside the region slumped. Across Asia, millions of people have lost their jobs as
business drops off and companies cut costs and output. Asia is heavily dependent upon selling its products to consumers in
the United States and Europe, and many executives still say a strong U.S. economy is a prerequisite for a return to the boom
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
441
of years past. Nevertheless, the theory of decoupling is back on the table. For
the past couple of months,

data from around the world have revealed a growing divergence between Western
economies and those in much of Asia, notably China and India. The World Bank last
week forecast that the economies of the euro zone and the United States would contract
4.5 percent and 3 percent, respectively, this year - in sharp contrast to the 7.2 percent
and 5.1 percent economic growth it forecasts for China and India. Forecasts from the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development that were also published
last week backed up this general trend. Major statistics for June, due Wednesday, are
expected to show manufacturing activity in China and India are on the mend. By contrast,
purchasing managers' indexes for Europe and the United States are forecast to be merely less grim than before but still show
contractions.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
442
Extensions Decline Doesnt Cause War

Empirical studies show no causal relationship between
economic decline and war
Miller 1
Morris, Professor of Economics, Poverty: A Cause of War?,
http://archive.peacemagazine.org/v17n1p08.htm
Library shelves are heavy with studies focused on the correlates and causes of war .
Some of the leading scholars in that field suggest that we drop the concept of causality, since it can rarely be demonstrated.
Nevertheless, it may be helpful to look at the motives of war-prone political leaders and the ways they have gained and
maintained power, even to the point of leading their nations to war. Poverty: The Prime Causal Factor? Poverty is most
often named as the prime causal factor. Therefore we approach the question by asking whether poverty is
characteristic of the nations or groups that have engaged in wars. As we shall see, poverty has never been as
significant a factor as one would imagine. Largely this is because of the traits of the
poor as a group - particularly their tendency to tolerate their suffering in silence
and/or be deterred by the force of repressive regimes. Their voicelessness and
powerlessness translate into passivity. Also, because of their illiteracy and ignorance of worldly affairs, the
poor become susceptible to the messages of war-bent demagogues and often willing to become cannon fodder. The situations
conductive to war involve political repression of dissidents, tight control over media that stir up chauvinism and ethnic
prejudices, religious fervor, and sentiments of revenge. The poor succumb to leaders who have the power to create such
conditions for their own self-serving purposes. Desperately poor people in poor nations cannot organize
wars, which are exceptionally costly. The statistics speak eloquently on this point. In the last 40
years the global arms trade has been about $1500 billion, of which two-thirds were
the purchases of developing countries. That is an amount roughly equal to the foreign capital they obtained
through official development aid (ODA). Since ODA does not finance arms purchases (except insofar as money that is not
spent by a government on aid-financed roads is available for other purposes such as military procurement) financing is also
required to control the media and communicate with the populace to convince them to support the war. Large-scale armed
conflict is so expensive that governments must resort to exceptional sources, such as drug dealing, diamond smuggling,
brigandry, or deal-making with other countries. The reliance on illicit operations is well documented in a recent World Bank
report that studied 47 civil wars that took place between 1960 and 1999, the main conclusion of which is that the key factor is
the availability of commodities to plunder. For greed to yield war, there must be financial
opportunities. Only affluent political leaders and elites can amass such weaponry,
diverting funds to the military even when this runs contrary to the interests of the population. In most inter-state wars the
antagonists were wealthy enough to build up their armaments and propagandize or repress to gain acceptance for their
policies. Economic Crises? Some scholars have argued that it is not poverty, as such, that contributes to the
support for armed conflict, but rather some
catalyst, such as an economic crisis. However, a study

by Minxin Pei and Ariel Adesnik shows that this hypothesis lacks merit. After
studying 93 episodes of economic crisis in 22 countries in Latin American and Asia since World War II,
they concluded that much of the conventional thinking about the political impact of
economic crisis is wrong: "The severity of economic crisis - as measured in terms of inflation and
negative growth - bore no relationship to the collapse of regimes ... or (in democratic states, rarely) to an
outbreak of violence... In the cases of dictatorships and semi-democracies, the ruling elites responded to crises by
increasing repression (thereby using one form of violence to abort another)."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
443
Internal Links
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
444
Cuts dont help
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
445
Right Wing Fails

RightWing economics employs flawed logic
Rasmus 11 Dr. Jack Rasmus has a Ph.D in Political Economy and currently
teaches economics and politics at St. Marys College and Santa Clara
University in California. He is the author and producer of various nonfiction
and fictional works. Prior to his writing career, Jack was an economist and
analyst for several global companies and before that, for more than a decade,
a local union president, business representative, contract negotiator, and
organizer for several labor unions., (Jack R. 2011 "Why Mainstream
Economists Fail to Predict the Decisive Economic Turning Points"
http://jackrasmus.com/2011/12/23/whymainstreameconomistsfailtopredictthe
decisiveeconomicturningpoints/ )PHS
The Stunted Right Wing: Just Give Business More Profits
Radical Republicans subsequently took charge of the U.S. House of
Representatives following the November 2010 midterm electionsand with it
took over the economic policy agenda as well. The takeover created an ideal
environment for the reascendance of the right wing of mainstream economics
in the economic policy process. But if the left wing was broken and unable to
clearly understand the reasons why the Obama recovery policies have failed,
the right wing intellectually was a mere stub without feathers and
thus even more incapable of flight. The Obama programs failed to
generate recovery, they argued, because they produced a lack of business
confidence. That lack of confidence was due to business uncertainty about
the future of tax cuts, to excessive business regulation, to stalled free trade
agreements with South Korea, Panama, and Columbia, to excessive deficit
pending and debt, to the excessive cost to business in the health care
affordability act of 2010, and other such economic nonsense. Conservative
economists argued that changing these policies would release more
income for corporations and businesses to spend. More income
would automatically translate into more investment and more jobs.
The economy would then rapidly recover. Whats conveniently
ignored by this wing, however, are two major problems: First,
massive government spending cuts and sharply reduced consumer
incomes produces a steep decline in GDP and no recovery .
Conservative economists argue this slack will be more than offset by
a rise in business investment, which leads to the second problem:
namely, with corporations already hoarding $2 trillion in cash and
banks hoarding another $1.7 trillion in excess reserves today, why should
giving corporations and banks even more cash and income result in
investment and recovery? If corporations and the banks arent spending the
$2 trillion or lending the $1.7 trillion they already have and insist on hoarding,
why should giving them still more result in anything different? Exactly how
many more trillions of dollars are needed to get them to invest, lend, and
create jobs and ensure recovery?
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
446
Uncertainty Internal Link

Uncertainty reduces investment and increases
unemployment
Sylvain Leduc and Zheng Liu, research advisors in the Economic
Research Department of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, 917, 2012, FRBSF Economic Weekly,
20http://www.frbsf.org/publications/economics/letter/2012/el201228.html?utm_source=frbsf-home-highlighttitle&utm_medium=frbsf&utm_campaign=economic-letter-2012-09-17
In this Economic Letter, we examine the economic effects of uncertainty
using a statistical approach. We provide evidence that uncertainty harms
economic activity, with effects similar to a decline in aggregate demand. The
private sector responds to rising uncertainty by cutting back spending,
leading to a rise in unemployment and reductions in both output and
inflation. We also show that monetary policymakers typically try to mitigate
uncertaintys adverse effects the same way they respond to a fall in
aggregate demand, by lowering nominal short-term interest rates.
Low rates dont increase job growth
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
447
A2: Economy Resilent

Despite reports of economic growth, data shows that the
economy is weak enough for a resilient US economy to
collapse
Wighton, Business and City Editor of The Times, 8
David, August 28, The Times Newspaper, No, it really is as bad as all that,
LexisNexis
So did we get it wrong? Did we try to talk America into a recession that is not going to
happen? Washington redid the numbers yesterday and declared that the US economy
grew by a very robust 3.3per cent during the second quarter, compared with the initial 1.9per cent estimate.
Wall Street had been expecting about 2.7per cent. The big revision was mainly down to trade. Exports surged during the
second quarter as the dollar hit record lows. Wall Street seized on the unexpected good economic
news. Combined with a fall in the oil price it was enough to push the Dow Jones
average up almost 2 per cent as traders bet that their inhouse economists have all
been far too gloomy. Sadly, there are few pleasant surprises awaiting Americans as they return from their summer
vacations. Wall Street chose not to focus on the part of yesterday's data showing that the
domestic economy is extremely weak. Domestic demand over the second quarter rose by only 0.4per cent
despite the fat $168billion tax rebate cheque from Washington posted to Americans in May and June. Stripping out foreign
trade, the economy grew by a very feeble 0.2 per cent. The dollar is now strengthening,
which hurts the competitiveness of American goods, and the economies of its biggest
trading partners, Britain and the eurozone, are slowing sharply. While US jobless numbers
yesterday were also lower than expected, 425,000 Americans are still losing their job a week. Of those
economists on Wall Street who have managed to avoid the jobs cull, most are sticking to their original forecasts that more
than 6per cent of the workforce will be unemployed by Christmas. The key remains the housing market. The
S&P/Case-Shiller index - widely seen as the most authoritative measure of home

prices - showed this week that the rate of price decline had slowed in the second quarter to 2.3 per
cent. But it is far too soon to be confident we are near the turn . Robert Shiller, the Yale
University professor who is the index's co-founder, gave warning in April that price falls
were likely to double before they recovered, exceeding the 30 per cent losses suffered
during the Great Depression. Some fear they could overshoot as badly on the way
down as they did on the way up. If they do, even the amazingly resilient US economy
will be on its knees.
The economy is no longer resilient Consumer spending

varies too greatly
Economist 8
The Economist Newspaper, November 22, United States: The end of the
affair; Spending and the economy, Vol. 389, Iss. 8607, Proquest
An important reason why the American economy has been so resilient and recessions
so mild since 1982 is the energy of consumers. Their spending has been remarkably
stable, not only because drops in employment and income have been less severe than
of old, but also because they have been willing and able to borrow. The long rise in
asset prices--first of stocks, then of houses--raised consumers' net worth and made
saving seem less necessary. And borrowing became easier, thanks to financial innovation and lenders' relaxed
underwriting, which was itself based on the supposedly reliable collateral of ever-more-valuable houses. On average,
consumers from 1950 to 1985 saved 9% of their disposable income. That saving rate then steadily declined, to around zero
earlier this year (see chart). At the same time, consumer and mortgage debts rose to 127% of disposable income, from 77% in
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
448
Those forces have now reversed. The stockmarket has fallen to the levels of a
decade ago. House values have fallen 18% since their peak in 2006. Banks and other
lenders have tightened lending standards on all types of consumer loans . As a
consequence, consumer spending fell at a 3.1% annual rate in the third quarter (in part
because tax rebates boosted spending in the second), the steepest since the second quarter of 1980 when
Jimmy Carter briefly imposed credit controls. More such declines are likely to follow .
1990.
Richard Berner of Morgan Stanley projects that in the 12 months up to the second quarter of next year real consumer
spending will fall by 1.6%--a post-war record. "The golden age of spending for the American
consumer has ended and a new age of thrift likely has begun," he says.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
449
Extensions Resilent
The economy is very resilient
Investors Chronicle, 9
June 15, The indestructible US economy, LexisNexis

ECONOMICS: The US non-financial economy is doing very well in the face of disaster. Isn't it
amazing how resilient the US non-financial economy is? This sounds like a silly thing to say during the
worst recession since the 1930s. But it's the message that comes out of the latest flow
of funds figures published by the Federal Reserve. This show that, in effect, the financial
system ceased to exist in the first quarter. For the first time since records began in 1952, the
financial sector became a net borrower from the rest of the economy during this time.
Before the crisis, its net lending was over a third of GDP. This retrenchment, as my chart shows, is
wholly unprecedented. The natural effect of the closure of the financial system has been to
increase the aggregate savings of the rest of the economy. The reason for this is simple.
Some households and companies that wanted to borrow have been unable to do.
Whereas in normal times, their borrowing would have dragged down aggregate
savings, this is no longer happening. So simple arithmetic means aggegate savings
ratios have risen. However, the turnarounds here are relatively small. Households
saved 4.4 per cent of their disposable income in Q1. Yes, this is well up from the minus
0.7 per cent recorded at the pow point in Q3 of 2005. But it's still quite low by historic standards; before the mid-90s,
the savings ratio was typically twice this. The increase in corporate savings has been smaller . At its
trough in 2007Q3, non-farm non-financial firms' net financial investment (the gap between retained funds and capital
spending) was minus 1.6 per cent of GDP. In Q1 it was 2.4 per cent of GDP - though this was the highest ratio since 1953.
There's a simple reason why these changes have been small. Most spending, by
companies or households, has traditionally been financed internally, by income or
retained profits. Equally, much of the financial system's lending was between
financial firms. It was, if you want, like a casino with few links to the outside economy .
With behavioural changes relatively small, another remarkable fact makes sense that corporate profits have held up well. Fed figures show that, in Q1, non-financial firms' pre-tax profits
were 5.1 per cent of their tangible assets. Though this is well down from the cyclical peak of 9 per cent reached back in 2006,
it is above 2003's levels, and above mid-80s levels. Judged by the ability of non-financial firms to
generate profits - which in a capitalist economy is the most important metric of all - the US economy is
doing better now than it was at the height of the Reagan era, with all the
triumphalism that surrounded it. None of this, of course, is to deny the reality that the
US economy is in deep trouble. A big reason for the resilience of profits , of course, is that
the pain of the crisis is being borne by workers; the unemployment rate , at 9.4 per cent, is
at its highest since 1983. But in a capitalist economy, it's profits that matter, not people.
My point is simply that non-financial corporate America is surviving one of the greatest economic
disasters in history remarkably well. In this sense, capitalism is still surprisingly healthy.
Global economy is resilient Multiple shocks empirically

disprove their impact and other factors prevent future
collapse.
Financial Times 06, 9/27, A slowing US could brake the world
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/1/fea012ae-4d7a-11db-87040000779e2340.html
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
450
To doubt the resilience of the world economy must now look perverse. Since
2000, it has overcome so many obstacles: post-bubble traumas in Japan; the
bursting of a global stock market bubble in 2000; the terrorist attacks of
September 11 2001; a US recession; years of stagnation in the eurozone;
wars in Afghanistan and Iraq ; real oil prices at levels close to those
of the late 1970s; and the failure to complete the Doha round of
multilateral trade negotiations. Yet, in spite of all this, world
economic growth was 4.1 per cent in 2003, 5.3 per cent in 2004
and 4.9 per cent in 2005, measured at purchasing power parity
exchange rates. In the International Monetary Funds

latest World Economic Outlook (WEO), it is forecast to
reach 5.1 per cent this year.* Growth is also broadly shared: in
2006, suggests the IMF staff, it will be 3.4 per cent in the
US, 2.4 per cent in the eurozone and 2.7 per cent in Japan.
In emerging markets it is far higher: 8.7 per cent in developing
Asia, 6.8 per cent in the Commonwealth of Independent
States, 5.8 per cent in the Middle East, 5.4 per cent in
Africa, 5.3 per cent in central and eastern Europe and 4.8
per cent in the western hemisphere. How has it been possible for
the world economy to leap over so many hurdles? We can offer three
answers: first, the power of the underlying drivers of economic
expansion US productivity growth, globalisation and the rise of
Asia; second, the ability of central banks and fiscal authorities to exploit
the credibility they won in the 1980s and 1990s in response
to the shocks of the 2000s; and, not least, the role of the
US as borrower of last resort.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
451
A2: Inflation Solves

Fed overreach destroys the economy
CNN, June 14, 2006,
[http://money.cnn.com/2006/06/14/news/economy/fed_too_
far/index.htm] (PDNSS5729)
And the possibility of significantly higher rates was what was
worrying some on Wall Street Wednesday. "We don't really fear
inflation, we fear the medicine," said Art Hogan, chief market
analyst at Jefferies & Co. "The real fear is that the Fed goes too far
and really slows the economy down more than we would like to see.
The medicine, if you take too much of it, can cause a recession."
Fed has a history of raising rates too high

CNN, June 14, 2006,
[http://money.cnn.com/2006/06/14/news/economy/fed_too_far/index.htm]
(PDNSS5730)
They say they central bankers are aware that inflation generally doesn't peak
until several months after the Fed stops raising rates, at least. "This Fed
knows fairly well that there are lag effects. They know what they've done
already has yet to be reflected in the economy," said Stuart Hoffman, chief
economist, PNC Financial. "If they get to 6 percent or higher, that is too high.
They won't take rates that high unless inflation is much worse than anyone
expects." But even Hoffman conceded the Fed has a history of raising
rates too far in its past efforts to put on the brakes. "The problem is
you never know if you've gone too far until you get there," he said.
Fed will miscalculate, destroying the economy
Senator Bunning, 7 06 [U.S. SENATE COMMITTEE ON BANKING, HOUSING AND

URBAN AFFAIRS HOLDS A HEARING ON THE FEDERAL RESERVE'S
SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO CONGRESS, CQ Transcripts,
Lexis] (PDNSS57258)
What is dragging the market down is interest rates and uncertainty about the
Fed action. The Fed can do three things with its interest rate actions: It can
overshoot, it can undershoot, or it can get it just right. And it is much easier
to mess up than to get it just right. The Fed has raised rates at 17 straight
meetings. The Fed fund rate stands at 5.25 percent today and could go
higher. There has been no pause to see how the economy reacts to those rate
hikes; it has been one increase after another. At the current pace, the Fed is
going to overshoot and not even know it. By the time the full impact
of interest rate increases is evident, it will be too late: The U.S.
economy will be damaged and, for that matter, the world economy
could follow. The decisions of our central banks are often followed
by foreign central banks, and many have raised rates to keep pace
with the U.S. So many foreign economies rely on a strong U.S.
economy for their growth and stability, the Fed is marching into
dangerous territory and not looking back.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
452
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
453
AT: Depression Impact Automatic Stabilizers

Solve
AUTOMATIC STABILIZERS AND MONETARY
POLICY WILL PREVENT WORLD DEPRESSION
Toronto Star 98
How likely is it that the world economy will slip into a deflationary spiral and
economic depression? Improbable. The deflationary depression of the 1930s
was deep, long and worldwide because leading economies didn't have
effective tools of monetary policy or built-in stabilizers such as
unemployment insurance to sustain spending in the presence of widespread
joblessness. Today's governments in the leading industrialized countries have
been trimming the welfare state but they haven't dismantled it. Automatic
stabilizers are still in place to resist an economic free-fall into depression.
States during the 1930s were committed to a gold standard and enjoyed little
flexibility in monetary policy. Today's leading states, acting through central
bankers, can try to counteract deflation by lowering interest rates and
increasing money supplies.
1929 WORLD ECONOMIC CRASH IS NOT A

REALISTIC SCENARIO GIVEN CHANGES IN
FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS
Cheney 01, John Hancock Financial Services chief economis, 2001 [Bill,
National Public Radio, 3 14 01]
I think we have a bunch of institutions in the financial markets which are
liable to prevent that kind of unwinding. I think we have a bunch of automatic
stabilizers in the economy in terms of the tax system, unemployment
compensation, a whole variety of structures that prevent the kind of decline
in the real economy, which then would feed back into the financial markets.
So, I think the whole 1929 scenario is pretty much out of the question at this
point. s
AUTOMATIC STABILIZERS WOULD PREVENT A

GLOBAL DEPRESSION
Kuttner, co-editor, American Prospect, 97 [BOSTON GLOBE, Robert, Nov.
2]
Ever since the 1930s, economist have insisted that a financial crash could
never again turn into a mass depression because the modern economy had
automatic stabilizers unemployment compensation, Social Security, union
contracts, defense spending. If a stock market panic caused a temporary fall
in private purchasing power, economic demand would be maintained by
these other sources.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
454
Automatic stabilizers prevent depression

Manikiw, Harvard economics professor, 2000
[Gregory, Fortune, February 21, Proquest]
The U.S. government today is, as a percentage of GDP, about seven times its
size at the turn of the last century. One byproduct of big government is
economic stability. Whenever the economy slows, income taxes fall and
spending on unemployment insurance and antipoverty programs rises--even
without any deliberate policy change. This automatic fiscal stimulus mitigates
the downturn.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
455
AT: Automatic Stabilizers

Automatic stabilizers have been eroding.
Asian Wall Street Journal 01
<2/9/01 How Tight Would The Belt Get in U.S? --- Consumers May Cling to
Some Luxuries>
Since the Depression, the federal government has instituted several
programsSocialSecurity,unemploymentinsurance,MedicaidandMedicarethat have acted
as built-in stabilizerswhentheeconomybeganslowingdown.But recently,somestateshave
tightenedeligibilityrulesforunemploymentinsurance,andfewerpeoplewholosetheirjobsmaybeableto
collectbenefits."The social safety net has been shredded," says JeffFaux,
president of the Economic Policy InstituteinWashington,D.C."We haven't had a
full business cycle that would test the impact of losing automatic stabilizers
suchaswelfareandunemploymentinsurance."
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
456
AT: Kritiks of Calculability

1. Cost-benefit analysis is critical on the issue of
resources- their alternative destroys the value to life

If, on the other hand, we mean that each and every natural resource,
regardless of its utility to mankind, should be preserved beyond some
minimal critical levelfor example, if we construe sustainable
development to mean the maintenance of a set of resource
opportunities 13then, without reference to costs and benefits,
the concept is simply anti- human and inimical to the interests of
future generations. As a thought experiment, assume that the only
way we could have preserved the American bison beyond a
minimum critical level was to leave the Great Plains largely
untouched by agriculture. Would the sacrifice of what was to become
the worlds most productive cropland in order to protect the great buffalo
herds have been in either the economic or social interest of future
generations? A policy paradigm that refuses to consider the costs
or benefits of such decisions is incapable of making a moral
argument about the interests of future (human) generations. But
to include cost and benefit calculations in such decisions brings
us right back to the economic concept of maximizing welfare.
The admonition that the proceeds of such tradeoffs be preserved for our
children is superfluous. Since all wealth is eventually inherited by future
generations, there would appear to be no rationale for a special
statesupervised account to be established for their benefit.
2. Dillon would say your plan sucks- the context of their

evidence is a criticism of the very concept of political
decidability - Dillon concludes that all decisions are both
problematic and calculating.
3. Turn- calculability is critical to life with value and ethics
Paul C. Santilli, Siena College, 2003
[Radical Evil, Subjection, and Alain Badious Ethic of the Truth Event, May
18-22, http://www.isud.org/papers/pdfs/Santilli.pdf]
From the standpoint of an ethics of subjection there is even something unnecessary

or superfluous about the void of suffering in the subject bearers of evil. For Levinas,
the return to being from the ethical encounter with the face and its infinite depths is
fraught with the danger the subject will reduce the other to a "like-me," totalizing and
violating the space of absolute alterity. As Chalier puts it, "Levinas conceives of the
moral subject's awakening, or the emergence of the human in being, as a response to
that pre-originary subjection which is not a happenstance of being."28 But if there
really is something inaccessible about suffering itself, about the 'other' side of what is
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
457
manifestly finite, subjected, and damaged, then to a certain extent it is irrelevant to

ethics, as irrelevant as the judgment of moral progress in the subject-agent. Let me
take the parent-child relation again as an example. Suppose the child to
exhibit the symptoms of an illness. Are not the proper "ethical"

questions for the parent to ask questions of measure and
mathematical multiples: How high is the fever? How long has it
lasted? How far is the hospital? Can she get out of bed? Has this happened
before? These are the questions of the doctor, the rescue squads and the police.
They are questions about being, about detail, causes and effects.
Ethically our response to the needs of must be reduced to a
positivity simply because we have access to nothing but the
symptoms, which are like mine. Our primary moral responsibility is
to treat the symptoms that show up in being, not the radically other
with whom I cannot identify. Say we observe someone whose hands have
been chopped off with a machete. How would we characterize this? Would it not be
slightly absurd to say, "He had his limbs severed and he suffered," as though the
cruel amputation were not horror enough. Think of the idiocy in the common
platitude: "She died of cancer, but thank God, she did not suffer", as though the
devastating annihilation of the human by a tumor were not evil itself. For ethics,
then, the only suffering that matters are the visible effects of the
onslaught of the world. All other suffering is excessive and inaccessible.
Therefore, it is in being, indeed in the midst of the most elemental facts about
ourselves and other people, that we ethically encounter others by responding to their
needs and helping them as best we can It is precisely by identifying being and not
pretending that we know any thing about suffering, other than it is a hollow in the
midst of being, that we can act responsibly. What worries me about Levinas is that by
going beyond being to what he regards as the ethics of absolute alterity, he risks
allowing the sheer, almost banal facticity of suffering to be swallowed in the infinite
depths of transcendence. Indeed, it seems to me that Levinas too often over
emphasizes the importance of the emergence of the subject and the inner good in
the ethical encounter, as though the point of meeting the suffering human being was
to come to an awareness of the good within oneself and not to heal and repair. I
agree with Chalier's observation that Levinas's "analyses adopt the point of view of
the moral subject, not that of a person who might be the object of its solicitude."29
Ethics has limits; there are situations like the Holocaust where to speak
of a moral responsibility to heal and repair seems pathetic. But an

ethics that would be oriented to the vulnerabilities of the subjected
(which are others, of course, but also myself) needs to address the mutilation,
dismemberment, the chronology of torture, the numbers incarcerated, the
look of the bodies, the narratives, the blood counts, the mines knives,
machetes, and poisons. Evil really is all that. When the mind does its work, it
plunges into being, into mathematical multiples and starts counting

the cells, the graveyards, and bullet wounds. Rational practical
deliberation is always about the facts that encircle the void
inaccessible to deliberation and practical reason.30
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
458
Recession Leads to Depression

NEXT RECESSION WILL CAUSE A DEPRESSION
Thomas Palley 96 Professor of Economics, New School of Social Research,
THE ATLANTIC MONTHLY, July 1996, p. 58. (MHDRG/D357)
The past twenty-five years have witnessed a persistent weakening of
structural conditions within the U.S. economy. This weakening has been
predicated on changes in labor markets which have undermined the position
of American workers, polarizing income distribution and increasing job
insecurity. The effects of these changes have been obscured by a debt binge
by households and government, and by favorable demographic factors.
However, households now face increasing financial constraints, and the
demographic situation is changing rapidly. At the same time, in the face of
increased capital mobility, wages continue to decline and job insecurity
widens. These are grounds for believing that the next recession could spiral
into a depression.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
459
Slow Economy Causes Collapse

SLOWED GROWTH CAUSES GLOBAL RECESSION
BUSINESS LINE, May 2, 2000, p. online. (MHDRG/D351)
As the market decline wipes out illusory wealth, there could be an abrupt
adjustment in the household savings rate from its current historic low which
could massively squeeze consumption demand. This would mean that the
only source of stimulus in the global economy today could be dampened,
turning a process of slow growth into recession. The era of high growth and
large current account deficits could come to an end. That prognosis is now a
real possibility, though developed country governments and the international
financial institutions are pinning their hope on a 'soft-landing' in the US.
Whatever the actual outcome, there is a strong possibility that the world may
witness a return to an era of synchronised sluggishness or recession at its
developed core. The confidence exuded at the top could thus be misleading
complacence.
STRONG GROWTH CRITICAL TO AVOIDING DEFLATION

Toronto Star 03 May 21st 2003 P.LN (BLUEOC1631)
The risks of such a deflation in Canada or the United States are quite remote
today. We have learned from the 1930s as well as from the mistakes made
more recently by Japan. Yet as long as the world's major economies continue
to struggle with weak growth and excess capacity, the risk of deflation will
not disappear. The best defence is stronger growth.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
460
AT: K Waves
K waves are a myth
Business Week, 82
<October 11 A technology lag that may stifle growth>
In addition, mainstream economists are skeptical about the methodology of

the System Dynamics Group. "Their biggest failing is that they do not spend
nearly enough time on verification of underlying relationships [as do other
economists]," says F. Gerard Adams, economics professor at the University of
Pennsylvania. 'Implausible.' Many economists simply challenge the
concept of Kondratieff waves. "It is most implausible that over 200
years a periodicity exists," says Nobel Laureate Wassily Leontief. "The
whole structure of the economy changes." Nobel Laureate Paul
Samuelson calls Kondratieff cycles, "science fiction." Another problem
with Kondratieff cycles is the vagueness of their dating. Even those
who believe in the long wave differ in how they measure it. In short,
the idea that the economy moves in long cycles reflecting bursts of
technological innovation is still regarded as far out.
Five factors constrain cycles

Zarnowitz 98, senior research scholar Columbia's Center for International
Business Cycle Research, 98
<Victor,Business Economics Oct 1998 v33 n4 p39(7) Has the business cycle
been abolished? >
In the last three decades of the nineteenth and the first four decades of the
twentieth century, six major depressions occurred in the United States, which
were generally characterized by large declines in prices and nominal
aggregates as well as indexes of business activity. No declines of comparable
severity have been observed in the last half-century following the depressed
1930s and World War II. Indeed, expansions have become longer and
contractions milder during this period in other industrial economies
as well. The probable sources of this welcome evaluation are
several: (1) shifts of employment to less cyclical industries
producing mainly services; (2) fiscal automatic stabilizers; (3) federal
deposit insurance and prevention of general banking panics; (4) less
volatile monetary growth; and (5) the positive feedback effect of
perceived moderation of recessions on consumer, business, and
investor confidence.
Government spending counteracts cycles

Asian Economic Papers, 02
<Govt Spending conteracts cycles L/N>
The last point I would like to make is on the role of fiscal policy, which is not
discussed in Azis's model. I strongly believe that with financial assistance
from the international community, fiscal expansion can be used as an
automatic stabilizer or countercyclical measure to avoid major and
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
461
prolonged economic recession. Fiscal expansion is particularly powerful

during times when monetary policy is constrained by a weak banking system
and high levels of nonperforming loans.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
462
A2: US Not Key to Global Economy

Unemployment means the US cant be a global growth engine, other
markets cant fill-in. None of their evidence assumes the current
economic crisis.
Wall Street Journal, 9-6, 11,
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB1000142405311190453740457655287186877
0308.html DOA: 9/6/11
Now emerging markets, though still expanding, aren't growing fast enough to lift the entire global economy. U.S. consumers,
burdened by unemployment and a continuing housing slump, are unlikely to generate a new consumption boom. That leaves
the global economy without a potent growth engine.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
463
A2: Fed Intervention/Monetary Intervention

Solves
Likely Fed efforts will fail
TheWallStreetJournalOnline,921,11
WithunemploymenthighandPresidentObamalockedintoantigrowthtaxincreases,theFederalReserveisagainbeing
calledontointerveneinfinancialmarkets.ThelatestbadideaisfortheFedtotrytolowerlongterminterestrates
(or"flattentheyieldcurve")bylengtheningthematurityofits$2.6trillionbondportfolio.
TheFedshouldinsteadbeusingitsconsiderableenergyandexpertisetoprovidesoundmoney,andusingitsbullypulpitto
encouragefederalspendingrestraintandregulatoryreforminlinewithitsfullemploymentmandate.
Totrytoflattentheyieldcurve,theFedwouldbuymorelongmaturitybondsandfinancethembysellingsomeofits
shortertermbonds(dubbedOperationTwist)orbyfurtherincreasingthe$1.6trillioninshorttermdepositsitholdsfor
commercialbanks(inotherwords,morequantitativeeasing).
Eitherway,borrowingshortandlendinglongisriskyfinancialbehavior.Itexposesthetaxpayertointerestraterisk
sincetheFed'sbondholdingswilllosevalueifinterestratesgoup.
Justasworrisome,Fedbondpurchasesshortenthematurityofthenationaldebt.Whenitbuysbonds,theFed
negatestheTreasuryDepartment'sbondissuance,thegoalofwhichshouldbetoputlongermaturitydebtintothe
globalprivatesectorwhilebondyieldsarelow.
LongmaturityTreasurybondsprotecttaxpayersfromhigherinterestcostsintheeventthatinterestrateshavetorise
inthefuture.Butthiswon'thappeniftheFedjustbuysthebondsbackandholdsthemonitsownbalancesheet.By
myestimates,theFed'sTreasurybondpurchasesin20082011shortenedtheaveragematurityofthenationaldebttofour
yearsfromfive,notcountingthefurthershorteningfromtheFed'spurchasesofmortgagebonds.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
464
A2: Fed Intervention/Monetary Intervention

Solves
Monetary intervention is only a band aid
MarketWatch, September 6, 2011 Corporate earnings are going to get
hit
LA JOLLA, Calif. (MarketWatch) - The issues facing the global economy
are serious, and investors need to be proactive. You simply cannot become
a buy-and-hold investor even if the market happens to find a near-term
bottom in the month ahead.
Warren Buffett's investment in Bank of America (BAC) was a positive, and
some people think it was a green light to buy and hold. But recall his 2008
investment in Goldman Sachs Group (GS) , which boosted the stock
immediately, as with Bank of America, only to see shares then drop by about
50%. Remember: He is buying debt, with a kicker, of course. He is not buying
the equity outright. There is a big difference.
That said, the issues at hand is jobs and fiscal policies, including tax policies.
The global economy has come to the conclusion that monetary
policies, although capable of offering a Band-Aid, are not viable
solutions to the longer-term problems facing the world today. This
puts the onus on governments, but at the time I am writing this a few
governments were already shunning the words of the Fed's Ben Bernanke and
the International Monetary Fund's Christine Lagarde.
Markets have no confidence in new Fed strategy

WSJ, 9-20, 11,
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB1000142405311190370360457658423170702
0752.html?mod=WSJ_hp_LEFTTopStories
NEW YORKU.S. stocks tumbled as investors questioned the effectiveness of the Federal Reserve's latest unconventional
attempt to bolster the faltering U.S. economy. heDowJonesIndustrialAveragecloseddown283.82points,or2.5%,to
11124.84.TheStandard&Poor's500stockindexshed35.33points,or3%,to1166.76andtheNasdaqCompositelost52.05
points,or2%,to2538.19.
Thebulkofthedeclinescamelateinthetradingday,aftertheFedsaiditwouldincreaseitsshareoflongertermTreasurys
by$400billionbyJune2012inanefforttomakecreditcheaperandspurspendingandinvestment.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
465
A2: Fed/Monterary Intervention Solves

No longer possible for fed or monetary intervention to work
Daily Bell , 6/25/10, http://www.thedailybell.com/1161/US-Double-DipDepression.html
Generally, central banks can print more or less money, raise or lower interest rates and add or subtract liquidity
(money) from the larger economy using a variety of tools (discount window, etc.)
What happens in a very bad recession this one being called the Great Recession is that many of the tools that
mercantilist central banks use to manipulate the economy cease to work. This comes about because the central banks
in question have printed too much money (electronically and otherwise) and flooded the economy with currency that
has caused first a boom and then a bust.
Interest rates already at zero, nothing the Fed can do

Our Business News, 8/5/11, http://www.ourbusinessnews.com/news-analysistime-to-say-it-double-dip-recession-may-be-happening/
There have been some hints that the Federal Reserve might be willing to resume purchasing government bonds, which
it stopped doing in June, despite opposition from conservative members of Congress. But the revised economic data may
indicate that the previous program known as QE2, for quantitative easing had even less impact than had been
thought. With short-term interest rates near zero, the Feds monetary policy options are limited.
Fiscal policy cant solve

Manu Bhaskaran is a partner and head of economic research at Centennial Group Inc, an
economics consultancy, The Edge Singapore, August 22, 2011, My Say: Remain on guard
for more market volatility, http://theedgesingapore.com/blog-heads/manubhaskaran/32108-manu-bhaskaran-remain-on-guard-for-more-market-volatility.html
DOA: 8/30/11
It is also much clearer now that the US will not be able to use policy tools to boost
the economy as easily as before. Political opposition to government spending and
budget deficits is now so high that fiscal policy is simply unavailable. Don t forget that
161 US congressmen actually voted against the compromise deal to raise the debt
ceiling, even though they knew that failure to pass the bill would have caused a
default " such was their opposition to fiscal spending.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
466
Productivity Key to Economy

Productivity is key to the economy
The Star, 8-27, 11, http://biz.thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?
file=/2011/8/27/business/9378418&sec=business
Productivity in the US has been weakening. In 2Q11, non-farm business labour productivity fell 0.3%, the second straight
quarterly drop. It rose only 0.8% from 2Q10. Over the past year, hourly wages have risen faster than productivity. This keeps
the labour market sluggish and threatens potential recovery. It also means an erosion of living standards over the long
haul. But, these numbers overstate productivity growth because of four factors: (a) upward bias in the data - eg the US
spends the most on health care per capita in the world, yet without superior outcomes; (b) government spending on military
and domestic security have risen sharply, yet they don't deliver useful goods and services that raise living standards; (c)
labour force participation has fallen for years. Taking lower-paying jobs out of the mix raises productivity but does not create
higher value-added jobs; and (d) off-shoring by US companies to China for example, but they don't enhance American
productivity. Overall, they just overstate productivity. So, the US, like Europe, needs to actually raise productivity at the
ground level if they are to really grow and reduce debt over the long-term. The next wave of innovation will probably
rely on the world's current pool of scientific leaders - most of whom is still US-based.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
467
AT: The Fed Checks

THE FED HAS NO TIME TO REACT
FORTUNE, September 1998, p.
http://www.business2.com/articles/mag/0,1640,4396,FF.html (MHDRG/D359)
Another concern: Policymakers may not have any time to react. A Fed
interest-rate cut usually take a year or two to work through the system.
Today, economies and markets seem to be melting down practically
overnight. After Thailand devalued its currency last summer, Asian stock
market after stock market collapsed, bringing local economies down with
them. In a matter of months, 60% of the stock market wealth in the region
was wiped out.
PRE-EMPTION RISKS OVER-CORRECTION

Thomas Palley 98, economist and assistant director for public policy, AFLCIO, PLENTY OF NOTHING, 1998, p. 210-11. (MHDRG/D360)
The preemption approach risks the Federal Reserve spooking itself into a
false belief that inflation is accelerating and thereby mistakenly raising rates.
This is a dangerous game that may trigger the next downturn. Given the
current fragility of the economy, there is the risk of prematurely truncating
the recovery and sending the economy into a tailspin. Once the amplifying
effects of a downturn are in place, it is not clear that reversing interest rates
will be able to pull the economy back up. This is surely the lesson of the last
recession, which took three years of interest rate cuts to produce a
meaningful recovery.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
468
The economy is resilient GDP, employment, personal

income, and inflation prove. Prefer our evidence, it
assumes skeptics that dont put the economy into
perspective.
Hamilton, CEO, Sageworks Inc., 9
Brian, January, Texas Society of Certified Public Accountants, The United

States Will be Just Fine,
http://www.tscpa.org/Currents/EconomyCommentary.asp
There is probably something in humans and in every generation that makes us think that the problems we face are uniquely
difficult. Much has been written about the economy and, if you accept certain
assumptions from what you read, you might think that we are in the midst of a global
depression. Yet, it is important to put the current economy in perspective. We might even
try reviewing and analyzing some objective data. Last quarter, GDP fell at a rate of 0.5%, which means that the total value of
goods and services produced in the U.S. fell by a half of one percentage point last quarter over the previous quarter. (1) For
the first two quarters of this year, GDP grew by 0.9% and 2.8%, indicating that
economic growth is relatively flat this year, but that it is not falling off a cliff. This
isnt the first time GDP has fallen and it wont be the last. A decrease in GDP after almost 6 years of
increases is not positive, but almost predictable. No economy grows indefinitely and
consistently; there are always temporary lapses. In fact, if you consider the media coverage of the economy over the past year and the
consequent way people have been scared, it is remarkable that anyone is buying anything. Some would say that we cannot only look at GDP, so lets look at other factors. Interest rates remain at
historically low levels. (2) This means that if you want to borrow money, you can borrow money inexpensively as a bus iness or as a person. Loan volume in the country, according to the FDIC and
contrary to what you read about the credit crisis, actually increased last quarter compared to the same quarter last year. (3) Someone is getting loans and they are not paying excessive interest rates for
unemployment sits at 6.7%. At this time last year,

unemployment was 4.7%. The decrease in employment is not favorable, but historically an unemployment rate of
6.7% is not close to devastating. The 50-year historical rate of unemployment is 5.97%. (4) Most economists agree that the
natural rate of unemployment, which is the lowest rate due to the fact that people
change jobs or are between jobs, is around 4%. So, today we sit at 2.7% above that
rate. Once again, the very recent trend is not good but it is certainly not horrifying. I have
noticed many recent media references to the Great Depression (the period of time between late
them. How about employment? According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics,
1929 and around 1938 or so, depending upon the definitions used and personal inclinations). It might be illuminating to note
that by 1933, during the height of the Depression, the unemployment rate was 24.9%.
During that same time period, GDP was falling dramatically, which created a
devastating impact on the country. Americans have good hearts and empathize (as they should) with those who are unemployed, yet it would be easy to
go too far in our assumptions on how the working population is currently affected in aggregate. If 6% of the people are unemployed, approximately 94% of the people are working. We should always
shoot for full employment, but why would we view our efforts as poor when we dont quite make that mark? A good student might try to get straight As, but getting an occasional B or C wont end
. Personal income
rose last quarter compared to a year ago according to the Bureau of Economic Analysis. Compared to five years ago, personal income has risen by 32.1% . Even considering that
inflation was 18.13% over this period, people are generally making more money than they used to. This is another one of those statistics that
can easily get bent to fit a story. You often hear things like personal income fell last
month by 23%, but writers tend to leave larger and more important statistics out. In
this case, wouldnt you be more interested in trends over a quarter or a year? using
isolated statistics to fit your view is something that has become accepted and rarely
challenged. Next, there is inflation The inflation rate measures the strength of the dollar you hold today as compared to
a year ago. The inflation rate is currently 3.66%. Over the past 50 years, the inflation
rate has averaged about 4.2% . Inflation remains well within control. Yet, would you
be surprised to read a story next month citing an X% jump in inflation over the last
day, month? I wouldnt be. (Ironically, the one thing about the economy that is alarming from a historical
the world. Look at personal income today Personal income is income received by individuals from all sources, including employers and the government
standpoint is our national debt, which gets some but not enough media coverage. We now owe $10.6 trillion and have
become a debtor nation over the past several decades. We now depend on the goodwill and investments of outside countries,
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
while we continue to spend more than we make). Now,
469
the skeptics reading this will undoudebtly

point to other (I believe, far lesser) statistics that validate their gloomy view of the
economy and the direction of the country. I ask the reader: if people are employed, are making good wages, can borrow inexpensively, hold
a dollar that is worth largely what it was worth a year or five years ago, and live in a country where the value of goods and services is rising, tell me exactly where the crisis is? There is
no doubt that the economy has slowed, but slowness does not equal death. It is true
that the financial markets are a mess (and the depreciation of the value of equities is both scary and bad),
but analysts typically go too far in ascribing the fall of the financial markets with the
fall of a whole economy. The markets are an important component of the economy,
but the markets are not the totality of the economy . No one can say whether conditions will worsen in
the future. However, we have learned that the United States economy has been tremendously
resilient over the past 200 years and will probably remain so, as long as the structural
philosophies that it has been built upon are left intact. Americans are hard-working and innovative people and the country
will be just fine.
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
470

Even if we hit a recession, fed and treasury policy would
check Functionally unlimited funds.
Isidore 9/30/08 (Chris, CNN Money, No bailout? Here's
Plan B,
http://money.cnn.com/2008/09/30/news/economy/plan_b/?
postversion=2008093016)
A day after the House's surprise defeat of a $700 billion financial
rescue bill, talk is growing louder about alternative government steps
that could help battered credit markets and stave off
broader problems in the economy. Among the proposals
policymakers are discussing: Change rules to ease the capital
burdens on banks; make more FDIC insurance available to bank customers;

and cut short-term interest rates. "Every little bit helps," said Lyle
Gramley, a former Federal Reserve governor who is now

with policy research firm Stanford Group. "When you're in
a situation we're in now, you use any tools that might
work." In fact, the first changes came late Tuesday afternoon in
announcements by two principal agencies. The Securities
and Exchange Commission [SEC] and the Federal Accounting
Standards Board issued new guidance to companies about how to value
securities when the market for them vanish . The issue - how to put a
value on assets that nobody wanted to buy - is central to

the credit crisis. Banks and securities firms have written down $500
billion worth of mortgage-backed securities as home prices fell and
foreclosures rose. According to the new guidance issued
Tuesday, when the market for such securities dries up, companies can
value them based on their estimated future cash flow . Some experts
blame the previous rules, known as mark-to-market, for

the credit crisis. "The SEC has destroyed about $500
billion of capital by their continued insistence that
mortgage-backed securities be valued at market value
when there is no market," said William Isaac, a former
chairman of the FDIC. "It's way below their economic
value. And because banks essentially lend $10 for every
dollar of capital they have, they've essentially destroyed
$5 trillion in lending capacity." But others argue the
accounting change will come at a cost. They say without
those strict rules, investors would be more reluctant to
invest in banks - and make it even tougher for the banks
Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank DA
471
to attract new capital. "Does that make you less

attractive as a public company? Absolutely," said Art
Hogan, chief market analyst at Jefferies & Co. The SEC
wasn't the only regulator busy taking action on Tuesday.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. proposed raising the
cap on bank deposits insured by the FDIC. "A temporary
broadening of the FDIC's guarantee will provide some additional
needed confidence in the marketplace," said Sheila Bair,
FDIC chairman. Presidential candidates Barack Obama
and John McCain had called for raising the limits earlier in
the day. The current limit - $100,000 in most instances has been unchanged since 1980 despite inflation. It
protected as much as 82% of deposits in 1991 but today it
only covers 63%. Raising the cap could stem a potential run on deposits
by bank customers, particularly businesses, who fear losing their
money. Such fears led to the collapse of Washington Mutual (WM,
Fortune 500) and Wachovia Bank (WB, Fortune 500) in the past
week. Kicking the tires on other fixes The SEC and FDIC
changes announced Tuesday are not the only ideas being
discussed in Washington and among economists. Some
others: Change federal requirements that force banks to keep a certain level
of cash on hand for every dollar they lend out. Give banks the chance to
exchange loan notes for FDIC notes, which be more valuable and
allowing the banks more flexibility to make loans. Purchase on a
massive scale mortgage-backed securities issued by finance giants
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Extend limits on short sales of financial sector
stocks. Cut the fed funds rate - the Federal Reserve's target for
short-term lending - perhaps all the way to zero, or in

coordination with rate cuts by other central banks around
the globe. Clearly, the controversial $700 billion bailout package
- which would give the Treasury Secretary authority to
buy distressed assets - is not the only way to unfreeze troubled credit
markets.

PD - Ex-Im Bank

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PD - Ex-Im Bank

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Planet Debate 2014

FYI About the Export-Import Bank.........................................................10

Planet Debate 2014

A2: Structural Violence Outweighs...........................................................66

Planet Debate 2014

De-Dev Bad Human Nature.................................................................133

Planet Debate 2014

Planet Debate 2014

Growth Good Space - NASA.................................................................240

Planet Debate 2014

De-Dev Good Transition Now Key........................................................293

Planet Debate 2014

Growth Bad Environment Species UQ............................................336

Planet Debate 2014

Growth Bad Poverty............................................................................. 385

Planet Debate 2014

AT: Kritiks of Calculability.......................................................................430

Planet Debate 2014

FYI About the Export-Import Bank

Q: Is this an agency or a bank?

Q: What is happening to it?

Q: Why is the government in the export business? Isnt

Planet Debate 2014

Political Capital is key to reauthorizing ExIm Banks

Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im Bank isnt reauthorized?

A: Thats complicated. Some

Boeing Co.BA -1.78%, the largest U.S. exporter, would be in for

If the Ex-Im Bank is wound down, the impact on

worth watching for a number of reasons.

Will Democrats go to bat for an agency that

The roles of President Barack Obama and Senate Majority Leader

Planet Debate 2014

Ex-im is the lynchpin of the economy---reauthorization is

export sales by thousands of U.S. manufacturers. While it is little-known outside our

Bank is currently operating under an extension that expires on May 31.

Economic decline causes global war

Planet Debate 2014

likelihood for conflict increases , as states will be inclined to use

presence of a recession tends to amplify the extent to which

"Diversionary theory" suggests that, when facing unpopularity arising

the tendency towards diversionary tactics

periods of weak economic performance in the U nited

economic decline with external conflict at systemic, dyadic and

Planet Debate 2014

Ex Im Nuclear Power Scenario

strong and reliable Ex-Im Bank will enable U.S.

US nuclear exports critical to the survival of the nuclear

Planet Debate 2014

American leadership has been vital in the continual improvement of the

Proliferation causes nuclear war

Planet Debate 2014

Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im 1NC? Turns Case/-Econ/Manufacturing, Hegemony

prowessareamongthe foundations of national power, weseetheseattributesas

Planet Debate 2014

Planet Debate 2014

Ex-Im 2NC Overview

Obama is currently pushing for an extension of the ex-im bank in the

This outweighs the case

Time frame a program that is relied up in the status

[The Unnecessary Energy Crisis: How to Solve It Quickly,

Planet Debate 2014

immediate full-bore pre-emptive strikes and try to take out its